Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2921 Orlando Dr (a) Suites 129-130LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUMS 2921 S. ORLANDO DRIVE1291130# SANFORD, FLORIDA SA DOJ 2010 ADA -SAD (2) For the purposes of this section, alterations to windows, 010 Standards: Title III - 23 Subpart D of 28 CFR Part 36 hardware, controls, electrical outlets, and signage shall not be partment of Justice deemed to be alterations that affect the usability of or access to 36.403 Alterations: Path of travel. an area containing a primary function. all General. (d) Landlorditenant: If a tenant is making alterations as defined in § (1) An alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or 36.402 that would trigger the requirements of this section, those access to an area of a facility that contains a primary function alterations by the tenant in areas that only the tenant occupies do shall be made so as to ensure that, to the maximum extent not trigger a path of travel obligation upon the landlord with respect feasible, the path of travel to the altered area and the restrooms, to areas of the facility under the landlord's authority, if those areas telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area, are are not otherwise being altered. readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, (e) Path of travel. including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the cost and (1) A "path of travel" includes a continuous, unobstructed way of scope of such alterations is disproportionate to the cost of the pedestrian passage by means of which the altered area may be overall alteration. approached, entered, and exited, and which connects the altered (2) If a private entity has constructed or altered required elements area with an exterior approach (including sidewalks, streets, and of a path of travel at a place of public accommodation or parking areas), an entrance to the facility, and other parts of the commercial facility in accordance with the specifications in the facility. 1991 Standards, the private entity is not required to retrofit such (2) An accessible path of travel may consist of walks and sidewalks elements to reflect the incremental changes in the 2010 curb ramps and other interior or exterior pedestrian ramps; clear Standards solely because of an alteration to a primary function floor paths through lobbies, corridors, rooms, and other improved area served by that path of travel. areas; parking access aisles; elevators and lifts; or a combination b) Primary function. A "primary function" is a major activity for which of these elements. the facility is intended. Areas that contain a primary function (3) For the purposes of this part, the term "path of travel" also include, but are not limited to, the customer services lobby of a includes the restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains bank, the dining area of a cafeteria, the meeting rooms in a serving the altered area. conference center, as well as offices and other work areas in which (f) Disproportionality. the activities of the public accommodation or other private entity (1) Alterations made to provide an accessible path of travel to the using the facility are carried out. Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall supply storage rooms, employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial alteration when the cost exceeds 20% of the cost of the alteration sets, entrances, corridors, and restrooms are not areas to the primary function area. containing a primary function. (2) Costs that may be counted as expenditures required to provide c) Alterations to an area containing a primary function. an accessible path of travel may include: (1) Alterations that affect the usability of or access to an area (i) Costs associated with providing an accessible entrance and containing a primary an accessible route function include, but are not limited to-- to the altered area, for example, the cost of widening doorways (i) Remodeling merchandise display areas or employee work or installing ramps; areas in a department (ii) Costs associated with making restrooms accessible, such as store; installing grab bars, (ii) Replacing an inaccessible floor surface in the customer enlarging toilet stalls, insulating pipes, or installing accessible service or employee work faucet controls; areas of a bank; (iii) Costs associated with providing accessible telephones, such (iii) Redesigning the assembly line area of a factory; or as relocating the (iv) Installing a computer center in an accounting firm. telephone to an accessible height, installing amplification WHERE A CONFLICT IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS ARISE THE MORE STRINGENT, STRICT, PRECISE, OR EXACTING SPECIFICATIONS OR DIMENSIONS SHALL CONTROL devices, or installing a text telephone (TTY). PARCEL (iv) Costs associated with relocating an inaccessible drinking USA DOJ 2010 ADA -SAD fountain. Cl -20-30-509-0000-1300 (g) Duty to provide accessible features in the event of OWNER(S) disproportionality. (A) GENERAL. (1) When the cost of alterations necessary to make the path of SILVER STAR SHOPPING CENTER LLC PROPERTY ADDRESS 2921 ORLANDO (STE travel to the altered area fully accessible is disproportionate to the cost of the overall alteration, the path of travel shall be made accessible to the extent that it can be made accessible without incurring disproportionate costs. (2) In choosing which accessible elements to provide, priority 200/206) DR SANFORD, FL should be given to those elements that will provide the greatest 32711 access, in the following order: (2) AN ALTERATION IS DEEMED TO BE UNDERTAKEN AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, IF THE (i) An accessible entrance; MAILING 6000 (ii) An accessible route to the altered area; METROWEST BLVD STE 101 (iii) At least one accessible restroom for each sex or a single ORLANDO, FL 32835-1630 unisex restroom; (1) ALTERATIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, REMODELING, RENOVATION, (iv) Accessible telephones; SUBDIVISION NAME (v) Accessible drinking fountains; and SANFORD PLAZA (vi) When possible, additional accessible elements such as CONDOMINIUM parking, storage, PARTITIONS. NORMAL MAINTENANCE, REROOFING, PAINTING OR WALLPAPERING, and alarms. TAX DISTRICT (h) Series of smaller alterations. 84-5ANFORD- M-92 (1) The obligation to provide an accessible path of travel may not REDVDST be evaded by performing a series of small alterations to the area served by a DOR USE CODE 1105 -RETAIL CONDO single path of travel if those alterations could have been performed as a single undertaking. Q SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS SHALL BE STABLE, (i) If an area containing a primary function has been altered FIRM, SHALL HAVE A SLIP RESISTANT FINISH AND SHALL COMPLY WITH GROUND AND FLOOR without providing an SURFACES' SECTION AND CHANGES IN LEVEL' SECTION OF THE 2001 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent ARCHITECT EDESIGN MANAGEMNENT LLC 26 5T 2572 W SR 426 STE 2064 alterations of that area, or a different area on the same path of travel, are undertaken within three years of the original alteration, the total cost of alterations to the primary function areas on that path of travel during the preceding three year period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate. CONFORMANCE WITH THIS SECTION TO INDIVIDUALS WITH CERTAIN DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS) WOULD NOT BE FEASIBLE, THE FACILITY SHALL BE (ii) Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be MADE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH OTHER TYPES OF DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible OVIEDO FL 65 OVI FL path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the 3D0 1551 alterations. CONTACT, ANTHONY E EWEN, FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION RA,NCARB F I N I J�4 I 14 I E fRI AL 6 NOTE, 1;=.AQTi.Ai I ;=e -,,&i I. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH AT LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS STATED BELOW, ALL SPACES SHALL BE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE IN COMPLYING WITH THE STANDARDS BELOW. 2. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND RUBBER BASE SHALL BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-64 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS B INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD OF 26-15, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450, EXCEPT AS NOTED BELOW OF CONTENTS/ INDEX TO DRAWINGS 3. ALL EXPOSED WOOD TRIM REGARDLESS OF FINISH, SHALL BE OF A SPECIES OTHER THAN PINE USA DOJ 2010 ADA -SAD AND IN NO CASE SHALL THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION EXCEED 200 AND THE SMOKE 2010 Standards: Title III - 23 Subpart D of 28 CFR Part 36 Department of Justice DEVELOPED 0-450, AS A CLASS 'C' INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL. § 36.402 ALTERATIONS. 4. MATERIALS LESS THAN 1/28 INCH THICK WHICH ARE CEMENTED TO THE SUBSTRATE WHICH (A) GENERAL. HAVE A FLAME SPREAD CHARACTERISTIC NO GREATER THAN PAPER OF 1/28 THICKNESS DO NOT (1) ANY ALTERATION TO A PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR A COMMERCIAL HAVE TO BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84. FACILITY, AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, SHALL BE MADE SO AS TO ENSURE THAT, TO THE 5. MATERIALS SUCH AS CARPETING HAVING A NAPPED, TUFTED, LOOPED, OR SIMILAR SURFACE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, THE ALTERED PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY ARE WHEN APPLIED TO A WALL OR CEILING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF A CLASS 'A' INTERIOR READILY ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES, FINISH. INCLUDING INDIVIDUALS WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS. 6. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CEMENTED OR OTHERWISE FASTENED IN PLACE SO THAT (2) AN ALTERATION IS DEEMED TO BE UNDERTAKEN AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, IF THE THEY WILL NOT READILY BECOME DETACHED WHEN SUBJECTED TO ROOM TEMPERATURES OF PHYSICAL ALTERATION OF THE PROPERTY BEGINS AFTER THAT DATE. 300 DEGREES F FOR 25 MINUTES. (B) ALTERATION. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS PART, AN ALTERATION IS A CHANGE TO A Z. FLOORING MATERIAL SHALL A MINIMUM CLASS 11 INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR A COMMERCIAL FACILITY THAT AFFECTS OR COULD AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THE BUILDING OR FACILITY OR ANY PART THEREOF. WITH NFPA 253 (1) ALTERATIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, REMODELING, RENOVATION, 8. CARPETING, INCLUDING ANY PADDING, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS II REHABILITATION, RECONSTRUCTION, HISTORIC RESTORATION, CHANGES OR INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS NOTED ABOVE REARRANGEMENT IN STRUCTURAL PARTS OR ELEMENTS, AND CHANGES OR 9. IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE IS USED ON A GROUND OR FLOOR SURFACE, THEN IT SHALL BE REARRANGEMENT IN THE PLAN CONFIGURATION OF WALLS AND FULL -HEIGHT SECURELY ATTACHED, HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD. OR BACKING, OR NO CUSHION OR PAD, AND PARTITIONS. NORMAL MAINTENANCE, REROOFING, PAINTING OR WALLPAPERING, HAVE A LEVEL LOOP TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE ASBESTOS REMOVAL, OR CHANGES TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2 INCH, EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED ARE NOT ALTERATIONS UNLESS THEY AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THE BUILDING OR TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE A TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. FACILITY. (2) IF EXISTING ELEMENTS, SPACES, OR COMMON AREAS ARE ALTERED, THEN EACH CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CHANGES IN LEVEL SECTION OF THE AMERICAN SUCH ALTERED ELEMENT, SPACE, OR AREA SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). PROVISIONS OF APPENDIX A TO THIS PART. 10. GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND (C) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE. THE PHRASE 'TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS SHALL BE STABLE, FEASIBLE," AS USED IN THIS SECTION, APPLIES TO THE OCCASIONAL CASE WHERE THE FIRM, SHALL HAVE A SLIP RESISTANT FINISH AND SHALL COMPLY WITH GROUND AND FLOOR NATURE OF AN EXISTING FACILITY MAKES IT VIRTUALLY IMPOSSIBLE TO COMPLY FULLY SURFACES' SECTION AND CHANGES IN LEVEL' SECTION OF THE 2001 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE WITH APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS THROUGH A PLANNED ALTERATION. IN THESE CIRCUMSTANCES, THE ALTERATION SHALL PROVIDE THE MAXIMUM PHYSICAL f=LOOfR � L A UNfREFEfRENGED THEIS BE MADE ACCESSIBILITY FTHAT F.IIFTURES I `� I BILITY NCAN ACCESSIBLE ALL BIE MADE ACC SANY SIBLED PROVIDING ACC SOF * ALL REQUIRED EXITS, WAYS OF APPROACH THERETO, AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO CONFORMANCE WITH THIS SECTION TO INDIVIDUALS WITH CERTAIN DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS) WOULD NOT BE FEASIBLE, THE FACILITY SHALL BE THE STREET SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND MADE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH OTHER TYPES OF DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNOBSTRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY USE CRUTCHES, THOSE WHO HAVE IMPAIRED VISION OR HEARING, OR THOSE WHO HAVE + THE TENANT'S FURNITURE DEALER/INSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ON-SITE VERIFICATION OTHER IMPAIRMENTS). OF GOVERNING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE FOR TENANTS DRAIN FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION DRAWING GODS ANALYSIS APPLICABLE CODES- FBG BUILDING 201-T 6tH ED, FBC EXISTING BUILDING 201-1 6TH ED FBC PLUMBING 2011 6tH ED FBC MECHANICAL 201-7 6TH ED FBC FUEL GAS 2017 6TH ED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2011 FBG ENERGY CONSERVATION 201-1 6TH ED FBG ACCESSIBILITY 201-T 6TH ED NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE - 2015 DOJ 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 6tH ED NFPA 1, FIRE CODE FLORIDA 2015 INSTALLATION OF PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS NFPA 10, 2015 EDITION THIS IS A LEVEL 2 ALTERATION PER SEC 404 FBG -EB 2011 6tH TENANT TOTAL GROSS AREA - 1916 SF. GROUP M-MECANTILE OCCUPANCY ONE STORY TYPE II -B NON SPRINKLED- NON-COMBUSTIBLE 5**T'�150L LEG;ENID ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 0 - DETAIL NUMBER OR SECTION -� DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ODOOR NUMBER REVISION NUMBER SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER TA5LE OF CONTENTS/ INDEX TO DRAWINGS ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE RISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AB ANCHOR BOLTS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURE/ARCHITECTURAL BP BASE PLATE/BEARING PLATE SMG SEAMING BLK BLOCK BLDG BUILDINGOF BTJ BOLTED TIE JOIST CANT CANTILEVER CL CENTERLINE CLR CLEAR/CLEARANCE COL COLUMN . -. CB Gypsum PANEL PRODUCT INSTALL -NOTES GC CONCRETE COLUMN CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONT CONTINUOUS CONNX CONNECTION rmc-A CHAPTER 4 DETAILS CONSTRUCTION GS J CONSTRUCTION JOINT C J CONTRACTION JOINT / CONTROL JOINT DEPT DEPARTMENT DFT DRY FILM THICKNESS .. DIM DIMENSION DIST DISTANCE DN DOWN DR DRAIN DWG DRAWING EA EACH EE EACH END EF EACH FACE EW EACH WAY EL ELEVATION EMB EMBEDMENT ENGR ENGINEER ES EACH SIDE EXIST EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR FV FIELD VERIFY F F FINISHED FLOOR FLR FLOOR F D FLOOR DRAIN FTG FOOTING GA GAGE/GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLU-LAM GLUE LAMINATED G.N. GENERAL NOTES H.A.S. HEADED ANCHOR STUDS HT HEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL �� JT ���IIIIIII■� JST JOIST LGTH LENGTH LLP LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL MANUF MANUFACTURE/MANUFACTURER M B MASONRY BEAM MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MEZZ MEZZANINE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTL METAL N I G NOT IN CONTRACT NOM NOMINAL N T S NOT TO SCALE N W T NORMAL WEIGH TOPPING O C ON CENTER OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE PL PLATE PLY X - INITIAL ISSUE 9-28-2018 CaENERAL DEMO NOTES ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. SECURE REQUIRED DEMOLITION PERMITS. ARRANGE WITH OWNER AND/OR APPROPRIATE UTILITIES FOR SERVICE SHUTOFFS BEFORE BEGINNING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 2. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION OPERATIONS WITH OWNER FOR SHUT DOWN PERIODS AND SEQUENCE OF WORK PROTECT EXISTING HARDWARE AND DEVICES TO REMAIN. ASSURE CONTINUING FACILITY OPERATIONS. 3. SCHEDULES OF ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES. ALL ITEMS TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL AND SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY IN AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION. 4. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS NOT SCHEDULED FOR SALVAGE AND REUSE, OR THOSE TO BECOME PROPERTY OF THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES FROM THE SITE, AND DISPOSE OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. 5. ALL ITEMS SCHEDULED TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE SHALL BE REMOVED WITH CARE, STORED AND PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE UNTIL SALVAGED ITEMS ARE INCORPORATED IN THE NEW WORK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPLACE AND/OR RESTORE ANY ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR SALVAGE AND REUSE THAT ARE DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF CONTRACT OPERATIONS. THE OWNER SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE OF SUITABILITY OF THESE SALVAGED ITEMS FOR REUSE IN THE WORK. 6. REUSE OF SALVAGED MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY SCHEDULED, WILL BE AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE OWNER IN NO CASE SHALL SALVAGED MATERIALS BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK THAT DO NOT MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. 1. IT IS NOT THE INTENT TO SHOW EVERY PIECE OR ITEM TO BE REMOVED IN DEMOLITION WORK MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER WORK RELATED TO A WALL, OR AREA SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL, SHALL BE PERFORMED WHETHER SO NOTED OR NOT. WHERE EXISTING WALL SUBSTRATES ARE TO BE REMOVED, ALL RELATED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ALARM, PHONE, P.O.S., SECURITY, CONTROLS, EXIT SIGNS, OUTLETS, ETC. SHALL BE PROTECTED AND WHERE REQUIRED, BE REMOVED AND RE -INSTALLED TO FIT FLUSH WITH NEW WALL FINISH. WHERE EXISTING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING ITEMS ARE RUN EXPOSED ON WALL SURFACE, CONTRACTOR SHALL OPEN WALL CAVITY AS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL THE ITEMS. 8. DEMOLITION PLANS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH DRAWINGS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION SO THAT THE EXACT BOUNDARIES OF SPECIFIC DEMOLITION MAY BE DETERMINED. 9. PATCH/REPAIR/REFINISH ALL SURFACES EXPOSED BY DEMOLITION WORK TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN, AND PREPARED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED. WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS ON ALL SURFACES REQUIRED TO RENDER SUBSTRATES ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 10. WHEN WALLS, COLUMNS, OR OTHER SUPPORTING AND/OR BRACING ELEMENTS ARE SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION, STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AND BRACING FOR THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED UNTIL THE PERMANENT SUPPORTING STRUCTURES ARE IN PLACE AND ABLE TO SUPPORT IMPOSED LOADS. 11. TERMINATE, CAP AND REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, WIRING BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. PLUMBING AND PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. HVAC DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, PIPING ETC, AS REQUIRED. GEN f'AL NOTE& Gl THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK AND MATERIALS INCLUDING THAT WORK PROVIDED BY SUBCONTRACTORS. G2 ANY SURVEY PROVIDED WITH THESE DOCUMENTS IS NOT PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND 15 INTENDED ONLY FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL ACCEPT ANY AND ALL PREMISES AS FOUND. THE OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITIONS OF THE EXISTING SITE AND OR STRUCTURES AT THE TIME OF BIDDING OR THEREAFTER. NO COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR DIFFERING CONDITIONS FROM THE SURVEYS TO THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. G3 ANY DISCREPANCY OR NON -COORDINATION BETWEEN ANY PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS UNINTENTIONAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE IF HE SO BELIEVES THAT SUCH A SITUATION EXISTS. G4 ANY ERRORS, INCONSISTENCIES, OR OMISSIONS THAT THE CONTRACTOR MAY UNCOVER MUST BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTION OF ANY WORK AFTER START OF WORK WHICH HAS NOT SEEN !BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT SHALL APPROVE ALL METHODS OF CORRECTING ANY FAULTY OR ERRONEOUS WORK. G5 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF MASONRY, FACE OF STUD OR COLUMN CENTER LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G6 DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. ITEMS NOT DIMENSIONED AND DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. G1 ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. GS DO NOT OBSTRUCT STREET RIGHT OF WAYS, SIDEWALKS, ETC UNTIL ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR SAME ARE SECURED. GIB WORK SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT OR OTHERWISE CAUSE TO BE INOPERATIVE EXISTING SITE OR ANY OTHER SITE'S FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. G10 ALL WORK SHALL SE PERFORMED TO THE HIGHEST INDUSTRY STANDARD FOR WORKMANSHIP. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. ALL WORKS SHALL CONFORM THE APPROPRIATE WRITTEN NATIONAL TRADE PUBLICATIONS. Gil THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN WORK AREAS ON A DAILY BASIS. GI2 PROVIDE BACKING/BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES. G13 INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE/ORDINANCES FOR MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATIONS. G14 NO ASBESTOS MATERIALS SHALL BE ALLOWED ON IN THE WORK G15 NO STAPLES SHALL BE UTILIZED IN FASTENING ANY FRAMING OR SHEATHING MEMBER. G16 ALL SIGNAGE IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC GI -1 THE GC BIDDER(S) SHALL PROVIDE A 115% OF TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST BID ARCHITECT CONTINGENCY FUND" IN HIS BID TO THE OWNER THIS IS FOR UNFORESEEN ISSUES THAT MAY ARISE DUE ANY NORMAL UNFORSSEN, HIDDEN CONDITION, ISSUES THAT THE DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW. ANY UNUSED PORTION OF THE r7% SHALL BE TUNED OVER TO THE OWNER GC SHALL PROVIDE THE BID AND WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE BIO CONTINGENCY FUND TO THE ARCHITECT AT TIME OF BID. G18 ONLY LICENSED CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL PERFORM THE WOW SHOWN HEREIN. UNLICENSED ENTITIES SHALL SECURE THE APPROVAL OF ALL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE PERFORMING ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK OF ALL LEGALLY REQUIRED PERMITS AND A "CERTIFICATE OF ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION" BY THE ARCHITECT. DEVELOPER / OWNER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE SHALL CONFIRM AND BE AWARE OF WHICH GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT AND SHALL SECURE ANY ALL PERMITS FROM ANY ANDA SCLAIMING ALL AGENCIES EN E JURISDICTION. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE DUE TO ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON DRAWINGS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY ALL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER PROJECT. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY WORK PERFORMED BY UNLICENSED ENTITIES. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF WHICH GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT. OWNERS REP AND OR GC SHALL PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH ALL REVIEW COMMENTS AND OR TRACKING INFORMATION IN ORDER TO ADDRESS ALL COMMENTS THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPON515LE OR LIABLE DUE TO ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGS THAT ARE CAUSED OR OCCUR PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. DO NOT ORDER MATERIALS PRIOR t0 ISSUE OF ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. THIS PROJECT REQUIRES SUBMITTALS ON ALL ELEMENTS TYPICAL TO ANY COMMERCIAL PROJECT. THE GC SHALL PREPARE A LIST OF ALL SUBMITTALS EXPECTED FOR REVIEW BY ARCHITECT AND SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY WORK. THE ARCHITECT SHALL RETAINS THE AUTHORITY TO DETERMINE THE FINAL LIST ALL METAL STUD CEILING FRAMING SHALL BE 18 GA REGARDLESS OF ANY OTHER NOTE ON THESE DRAWINGS. SUITE 130 ELECTRICAL POWER, PLUMBING SERVICE, AND HVAC SERVICE SHALL NOT BE INTERRUPTED WHILE SUITE 130 IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS. ANY INTERRUPTION TO THE HVAC FOR 130 SHALL TERMINATE MIN 2 HOURS BEFORE THE TENANT OPENS FOR BUSINESS, AND THE GC SHALL ENSURE THAT THE HAVC SHALL RUN FOR THOSE 2 HOURS IF IT WAS NOT RUNNING PRIOR THAT TIME. THE GC SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK SUCH THAT THE SUITE 130 REAR DOOR OPENING IS LOCKABLE AT CLOSE OF BUSINESS. TEMP DOOR IS ACCEPTABLE SO LONG AS IT PROVIDES THE SAME LEVEL OF SECURITY AS EXISTS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION STARTS. ALL WORK INSIDE SUITE 130 SHALL ONLY OCCUR ONLY WHILE THE BUSINESS IN 130 IS OPEN AND COORDINATED WITH THAT TENANT. NO ACCESS IS ALLOWED IN 130 WHEN THE TENANT IS NOT OPEN OR PRESENT. City of Sanford Ort and Grease Program ` N Initiols & Date X I43 !`tITC I AA A TtA\L VICINITY MAP z S1120M 3-.,M FM 4 r Scale: DO NOT SCALE A5V'N ALT ALTERNATE/ALTERNATIVE ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE RISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AB ANCHOR BOLTS ARCH ARCHITECTURE/ARCHITECTURAL BP BASE PLATE/BEARING PLATE SMG SEAMING BLK BLOCK BLDG BUILDINGOF BTJ BOLTED TIE JOIST CANT CANTILEVER CL CENTERLINE CLR CLEAR/CLEARANCE COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CB CONCRETE BEAM GC CONCRETE COLUMN CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONT CONTINUOUS CONNX CONNECTION CONST CONSTRUCTION GS J CONSTRUCTION JOINT C J CONTRACTION JOINT / CONTROL JOINT DEPT DEPARTMENT DFT DRY FILM THICKNESS DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DIST DISTANCE DN DOWN DR DRAIN DWG DRAWING EA EACH EE EACH END EF EACH FACE EW EACH WAY EL ELEVATION EMB EMBEDMENT ENGR ENGINEER ES EACH SIDE EXIST EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR FV FIELD VERIFY F F FINISHED FLOOR FLR FLOOR F D FLOOR DRAIN FTG FOOTING GA GAGE/GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLU-LAM GLUE LAMINATED G.N. GENERAL NOTES H.A.S. HEADED ANCHOR STUDS HT HEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL OINTRIOR JT JST JOIST LGTH LENGTH LLP LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL MANUF MANUFACTURE/MANUFACTURER M B MASONRY BEAM MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MEZZ MEZZANINE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTL METAL N I G NOT IN CONTRACT NOM NOMINAL N T S NOT TO SCALE N W T NORMAL WEIGH TOPPING O C ON CENTER OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE PL PLATE PLY PLYWOOD P S F POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT P S 1 POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH P C PRECAST CONCRETE PRE -ENG PRE-ENGINEERED PREFAB PREFABRICATED PROJ PROJECTION PT PRESSURE TREATED PW PANEL WIDTH REF REFERENCE RE INF REINFORCING R C P REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE REQD REQUIRED R W RETAINING WALL R D ROOF DRAIN -SCHEDULE 61MIR SED IM SPG SPACE/SPACES SPECS SPECIFICATIONS SQ SQUARE S A STUD ANCHOR S S STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARD STL STRUCTURAL STRUC SYM SYMMETRICAL SF STEPPED FOOTING THK THICK THD THREAD/THREADED T B TIE BEAM T E B TOP AND BOTTOM T 4 G TONGUE AND GROOVE T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE T.O.PL. TOP OF PLATE T.O.S. 0 TOP OF STEEL TYP • TYPICAL TS 0 TUBE STEEL U N O UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT e VERTICAL VOL 0 VOLUME W F 0 WALL FOOTING WP WATERPROOF W W F WELDED WIRE FABRIC _ W H • WEEP POLE WT 0 WEIGHT W F WIDE FLANGE W / 0 WITH W / O WITHOUT WD WOOD W P WORKING POINT V m Iq Iti �1 � SCO Cb � w a b w Ci �b cc �04 .M �N Co M X04 CON �� �o 144 5 r O C1 \ C4 LUa N J IL O LLZ aM Co T 00 r t/1 LV W W Occ� IL �ZLJJ I J D OCA JOO LL Z N Z a co OC JNM REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rAFSR DRltrDW AM COPr- Pica D Dr Awsmx H"AQ fMr, LL4 tore rays coPrltrC9r AM orim Avert assrrercrs rim osa or rAlw DOCUAMM TO 2W ODrGML am Olt PUJUVM holt rAM rear bass PBSPAPM. xs7A0DVVrrwv& CHAWSS. OA P1to ARE srRiMr DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A001.dwg, A001 COVER, 9/28/2018 4:54:21 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT BUS STOP AREA d 026141" R = 5679.65 t L = 341.48'' f f I 4 1 1 A= 01'28'18" R = 3024.79' L = 77.69' f f AREA of LEASE SPACE l �...._ .�- Cos � g` gnome 40�w .am mw� II I IL . m mw. — I L. Qmm� jj 1 EXING 36 19 --- 1 \ 1 t LANDSCAPE AREA De m T*^.r /r77i?% .....� r.yt Of S.R. 4)2' .IN I LID r EXISTING STORM INLET (TYP.) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (IYP'.) THIS ARCHIT�CTU�L SITE IS�ITH��A SURVEY. ENGINEE�D SITE IS�Itf4ER A SURVEY. LANDSCAPE. NOR ENGINEE�D SITEPLAN ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Scale: 1"=50'-0" r z z 0 4 z 0 E EXISTING MVER POLE v N � W h ti M D N 10 �� 04N CON +00 IM Ch PO 04 ktO Q0N Q 4a"� W 3�a oto �63 4 rs uvM" s. Co N r Lu H Co Q N a a a cc U. Z 4 C Cc r N r �W N � W Cc W O� �O 20 —Zj cc -10 OMCC JOO LL ZNZ aaoQ J N CO REVISIONS 0 O 0 0 D cc Z 0 H Q a ui 1C m Q cc LLJO Z a uiH a a O V W Ca ccW O PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 r=Sl DDI MM AM COPr- PJGAI D Dr Dmmm JfAMMUW". LLC. 2018 ?BIS CDPPDfCM IND OrJ= DIODlB Diormew res um OF rArsr DOCUKRAFM ry T" OD/Cm" SIP2 OD PU1fA051 ADD f1BICD rBsr WJ= PDSPIB/D. DiPWDUC1701IS. MAMA ON ISSICNAXDTS AM SrPJ=r DRAWN. AE CHECK: AE li. wAC1 W I Uny nr LdPLUPXLJI UPUUX\_LU 10 rI UJeGl5VLU I0-ULDILU 18 -ULD HUU I.UW9, HUUL 01 1 r- r-LHIV, WZO/ZU 10 4:00:.Sy Filvl, i ony hr Laptop, uvvu i o rur.pco, HKUH rU11 Dieea u (Jb.UU x 14. UU Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CODES LISTED ARE A PART OF THE DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES. ALL CODE SECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER ANY DOCUMENTATION CONTAINED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY DISCREPANCY THE GC MAY FIND ON THE DRAWINGS TO THE CODE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS AT ONCE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PERFORMING THE WORK ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS IN POSSESSION OF THE CODES, HAS FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WITH THE APPLICABLE SECTIONS AND SHALL CONSTRUCT TO PROJECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODES AND THE DRAWINGS - THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT MEANT TO REQUIRE THE GC TO DESIGN ANY ELEMENT OR CONFIGURATION OF THE WORK, SUCH AS SIZING BEAMS AND COLUMNS, REINFORCING, ETC, BUT RATHER TO COMPLY WITH THE DIMENSIONAL AND OTHER RESTRAINTS OF INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS INDICATED IN THE CODES. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BLDG ELEMENTS BLDG TYPE: 111-115, FBC-B- 201-1 T602 BLDG ELEMENT REQUIRED PROVIDED PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME 0 0 BEARING WALLS EXIST 6" CMU WALL TO DECK ABO o wR FR EXTERIOR 0 0 INTERIOR 0 0 NON BEARING WALLS/PARTITONNS 30 66 EXTERIOR EXISTING WOOD STUD PARTITION ............... WALLS WITH NEW RATED METAL 0TO5 1 1 5 TO 10 1 1 10 TO 20 0 0 20 TO 30 0 0 MORE THAN 30 0 0 NON BEARING WALLS INTERIOR 0 0 FLOOR E SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 0 ROOF 4 SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 0 FBG -B 201-1 SECTION 508.4 SEPERATION FBC-B 201-1 SECTION -108 FIRE PARTITIONS 108.1. WALL SEPARATING INDIVIDUAL TENANTS: FBC-B 2011 SECTION -111 HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION FBG -B 201-1 SECTION -118 CONCEALED SPACES -118.4 DRAFT -STOPPING IN ATTICS FOR OCCUPANCIES OTHER THAN R1,R2 THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ITEM INSTALLED NOT IN NOTE CONFORMANCE WITH SAID CODES OR THE 0 SIGNED SEALED DIRECTIVES OR DRAWINGS. THE DRAWINGS MUST BEAR THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION (BUILDING DEPT). MINOR CLARIFICATION LETTERS THAT ESSENTIALLY DO NOT CHANGE THE DESIGN BUT MERELY CLARIFY IT, DO NEED THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE AHJ NA NA ANY ITEM THAT IS NOT DIMENSIONED, OR LOCATED, EITHER HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY, SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL SUCH TIME THE ARCHITECT PROVIDES A WRITTEN DIRECTIVE. HORZ AREA SHALL NOT EXCEED 3000 SF UU,4LL $ EDO®f;P, LEGEND/ 0 HR FR NEW MTL FRAME WALL II -B MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS NCRETE FLOOR STRUCTURE, STEEL TRUSSES IHR FR DOOOOOOOOOOOO0004 RATED MTL FRAME WALL 1 HR FR EXIST 6" CMU WALL TO DECK ABO o wR FR WOOD FRAME NUMBER OF STORIES: LEVEL OF THE PROJECT: 1 < 2 MAX PER T504.4 1 M -MERCANTILE 1338 SF NON RATED TENAT DEMISNG WALL 23 30 66 EXISTING WOOD STUD PARTITION ............... WALLS WITH NEW RATED METAL EXISTING PARTITION WALLS AND 0 HR FIR CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN TOTAL TENANT AREA I HR FR FRAME ALLLOD ADJACENT TO RATED 56 (OPEN UNFILLED LINES) 112 f — EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN ,--- EXISTING DOOR TO BE REMOVED t -- -- — �d \ L NEW DOOR 4 FRAME EXISTING GROUP M - CLASS A SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL ITEMS, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SUPPRESSION ETC. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ITEM UNLESS A SHOP DRAWING REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT. CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON EQUIPMENT SPECS OR SHOP DRAWINGS DURING THE REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE REVIEW CHECK BY THE ARCHITECT IS ONLY FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT AND GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN ON THE CONTACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS± SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESS AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION± COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND PERFORMING THE WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORILY MANNER ANY STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL ITEM THAT IS NOT DIMENSIONED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONSTRUCTION IN A WRITTEN RFI. FLAME SPREAD NOTES 1. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND RUBBER BASE, SHALL BE CLASSIFIED M ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS B INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD 26-15 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450. 2.ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS A INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD 0-25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450. 3.FLOORING MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF CLASS II INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 253. NOTES: 1 -PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER HAVING A MIN. RATING OF 101b 4 -A:80 -5:C FOR EVERY 3,000 SFt ALL EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE CONSPICUOUSLY LOCATED AND READILY ACCESSIBLE. 2.THE TOP OF THE EXiINC ASHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 60" AFF.t WHILE THE BOTTOM OF THE EXTWsUISHER SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 4' MIN. AFF_ 3.TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ANY EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'. CALL REQUIRED EXITSt WAY OF AFFROAC14 THERETOt AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO THE STREET SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNOBSTRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMEW5ENCY. DEVICE LEGEND 5-3 51b 4 -A:40 -5:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER H=HOOK G=CABINET 10-FFE 101b 4 -A:80 -5:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER H=HOOK C=CABINET Z4) LIGHTED EXIT SIGN - LED OR EQUAL LIGHTED EXIT SIGN (LEE) OR SIMILAR) WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTS NEW 2x2 50DINE EMERGENCE' TWIN HEAD EMERGENCE' LIGHT O O SMOKE / HEAT DETECTOR PS FIRE ALARM PULL STATION EXISTING 2 x4 BODINE EMERGENCY Hj FIRE ALARM HORN STROBE 11 — — — — — — — PATH OF TRAVEL UA — - - - - — COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL MAINTAIN 4411 CLEAR EGRESS AISLE WIDTH AT ALL AREAS OF EGRESS PATHS LEADING TO EXITS OCCUPANCY: Group M -MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE:ype II -B MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS NCRETE FLOOR STRUCTURE, STEEL TRUSSES FIRE ALARM REQ/PROV: NO/NO FIRE SPRINKLERS REQ/PRV NO/NO BUILDING HEIGHT: 21' < 55 FEET MAX ON T504.3 NUMBER OF STORIES: LEVEL OF THE PROJECT: 1 < 2 MAX PER T504.4 1 Al I OWARI F ARFA OCCUPANCY CONSTRUCTION TYPE ALLOWABLE BUILT AREA AREA PER FL /O & W/ INCR' (GROSS AREA) M -MERCANTILE II -B NS 12500 3709 SF (TENAT AREA M -MERCANTILE 1976 SF 60 NET 33 30 66 TENANT FLOOR AREAS OCCUPANCY PURPOSE CALCUALTION & STEEL DECK ERIFIED) OCCUPANCY AREA (NET) AREA/OCCUPANT (#/NSF) OCCUPANT LOAD NFPA 101 SF/PERSON NFPA OCCUPANT LOAD M -MERCANTILE 1976 SF 60 NET 33 30 66 M -MERCANTILE 1338 SF 60 NET 23 30 66 TOTAL TENANT AREA 3314 SF 56 112 EGRESS CAPACITY TABULATION OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT EGRESS WIDTH EGRESS WIDTH LOAD REQUIRED PROVIDED M -MERCANTILE 112 DOORS: 112 X 0.2 =22.4 140" NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED ! I11'!i, I i , i , , I ! ' I 1 ! I I ' I OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT NUMBER OF EXITS # OF EXITS LOAD REQUIRED PROVIDED — I M -MERCANTILE 112 4 4 -- � 52'-10" 52'-10" MEASUREMENT OF MEANS OF EGRESS ACTUAL MAX. ALLOWABLE TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200' FBC 52'-10" MAX. DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH: 20' FBC T-2" EXISTING GROUP M — CLASS C ` -A MAX COMMOM PATH OF TRAVEL 100' FBC NA illy -v 5,4LE5 'J 12c3 MIN, AISLE WIDTH: 44" >44" W j MIN. CLEAR OPENING OF EXIT DOORS: 32" 35" , ------------ THE NEW EXIST ENCLOSURE I I SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 101 -2012 SECTION NEW EXIT ENCL 7.1.3.2 "EXITS" l 1294 ' - i , , i 010 -FE -H / MEMBRANE PENETRATION SHALL ----------------------- ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................,, BE PERMITTED ONLY ON THE EXIT i 010 -FE -H ACCESS SIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE 50'-611 AND SHALL BE PROTECTED PER „ I 501-611 IST B INT NFPA 101-2012- 8.3.5.6 I i ------------------ -� EXISTINGGROUPM-CLASSC i• / I �• ii THRU PENETRATIONS OF THE BIW MEMBRANE SHALL COMPLY WITH EX15T 5,4LE5 ! -4 N F PA 101-2012 S ECT 7.1.3.2.1 (10) 1305 + 130; I . , , ! EXIST TOLE_r= THC TOfLE -- - ! 12gD ! X 1,55 T T ET EXISTING GROUP M - CLASS C 98" -112" LIFE SAFETY PLAN Scale 3/16"=1'-0" WALL AND CEILING FINISH IN THE ENCLOSURE IS PAINTED GWB PAINTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS A OR B FLOOR FINISH IS VCT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS II THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CPT 37 OF NFPA101-2012 z v �*�° o Q � wc�, Ro "to O o En U-14 N w 4 OQo �4 co r Cmr u1 Q N J a 0 LL Zo aM Co r ON H r Co W` 1'� r W Co W 00 n0 No J QaLL 0 m m .500 V. ZNZ JNCal REVISIONS Z J a W U. ''Q CC LL J PRO.1 NO.:18-024 DATE: 13-28-18 r=W DR.II M AM COPY- itraR D BY iwszaw i/111UO Mr. LLC 2018 rMF COPIRiCFP AM D!ffiR itram RasrAWTS I= vu or ?M= DOCmrim OPJGJ L sm OR PQRFWS PDR IIRYCH rJW FJ= PMPAM. RLPRODumolm mums, OR Lssickimm IRs srjucnY P20imm iD. DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE A003 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A003.dwg, A003 LIFE SAFETY, 9/28/2018 4:54:25 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT RECOMMENDED PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE PRODUCTS CONCRETE MIX UNLESS SPECIFIED ON STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS PROVIDE CONCRETE OF THE FOLLOWING MIX DESIGN - COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS = 3000 PSI MAX 2% FLY ASH OF CEMENT EXAMINATION VERIFY COMPACTED 5U5 -GRADE 18 ACCEPTABLE AND READY TO SUPPORT PAVING -TEST SUB -GRADE AND PROVIDE TEST RESULTS TO OWNER PREPARATION PROVIDE 6 OR 8 MIL POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER TAPE ALL JOINTS COAT SURFACES OF ALL FRAMES WITH OIL TO PREVENT BONDING WITH CONCRETE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONCRETE OPERATIONS EXECUTION ENSURE THAT REINFORCEMENTS, INSERTS, EMBED PATS FORMED JOINTS ARE NOT DISTURBED DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT. PLACE CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY BETWEEN PREDETERMINED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. DO NOT BREAK OR INTERRUPT SUCCESSIVE POURS SUCH THAT COLD JOINT OCCUR JOINTS PLACE CONTROL JOINTS AT 10 FOOT INTERVALS TYP UNO. PLACE JOINT FILLERS BETWEEN PAVING COMPONENTS AND BUILDING OR OTHER APPURTENANCES. PROVIDE SAW JOIST AT 5 FOOT INTERVALS IN SIDEWALKS SAW CUT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS �&" WIDE AT AN OPTIMUM TIME FRAME UP TO 24 HOURS AFTER FINISHING SLABS ON GRADE. CUT 4 INTO DEPTH OF SLAB. FINISHING STEEL TROWEL PROTECTION IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, PROTECT CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING, EXCESSIVE HEAT OR COLD TEMPERATURES AND MECHANICAL INJURY COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DALE INDUSTRIES, INC. DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC. ALLSTEEL E GYPSUM PRODUCTS, INC. FRAMING: MATERIALS STUDS: ASTM CS55, FORMED TO CHANNEL SHAPE, SOLID WEB, GAUGES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, 15/8" FACE AND 3% OR 6" DEEP TRACK. FORMED STEEL, CHANNEL SHAPED SAME WITH AS STUDS, SOLID WEB, 25 GAUGE THICK UNO, USE 22 GA AT ALL RATED WALLS ACCESSORIES BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING, PLATES, GUSSETS AND CLIPS: FORMED SHEET STEEL, THICKNE55 DETERMINED FOR CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED FASTENERS SELF DRILLING, SELF TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: ASTM A123 HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED TO 125 OZ/SF ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED AND DRILLED EXP BOLTS: WELDING IN CONFORMANCE WITH AWS DII AND AWS D13 FABRICATION FABRICATE ASSEMBLIES OF FRAMED SECTIONS OF SIZES AND PROFILES REQUIRED WITH FRAMING MEMBERS FITTED, REINFORCED, AND BRACES TO SUIT DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FINISHES STUDS: GALVANIZE TO G90 COATING CLASS TRACKS AND HEADERS: GALVANIZE TO G90 COATING CLASS BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING PLATES, GUSSETS AND CLIPS, SAME FINISHES AS FRAMING MEMBERS. WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING MATERIALS LUMBER GRADING RULES: NFcPA, SPIB, WCLIB, AND WWPA MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING: STRESS GROUP D, SPECIES, IS PERCENT MAX MOISTURE CONTENT PRE55URE PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT PER AWPA PLYWOOD: APA RATED SHEATHING GRADE C -D OR BETTER- EXPOSURE ETTEREXPOSURE DURABILITY It SANDED. ACCESSORIES FASTENERS AND NAVAHOS: FASTENERS. HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS. UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHERE ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT FOR ANCHORAGE TO SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE. BOLT OR BALLISTIC FASTENERS FOR ANCHORAGE TO STEEL. SHEATHING SECURE SHEATHING TO FRAMING MEMBERS WITH EDNS OVER FIRM BEARING AND STAGGERED INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARDS WITH PLYWOOD SHEATHING MATERIAL WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FIRE RATED WHERE REQUIRED BY BLDG OFFICIAL. OVERSIZE THE PANEL BY 12" ON ALL SIDES UNLESS SIZE 15 CALLED ON DOCUMENTS. PANEL SHALL BE J" THICK UNO BUILDING INSULATION PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS CERTAINTEED CORPORATION OWNER CORNING FIBERGLASS CORPORATIONS ATLAS ENERGY PRODUCTS INSULATING MATERIAL RIGID BOARD REFORMED UNITS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS ASTM C 665 TYPE 1 UNFACED MINERAL FIBER INSULATION 3" THICK MIM STC -50 MIN AT ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS PREPARATION CLEAN SUBSTRATE OF SUBSTANCES HARMFUL TO INSULATION AND INTERFERING WITH ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE RECOMMENDATION BOND UNITS TO SUBSTRATE WITH ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE TO PROVIDE PERMANENT PLACEMENT OF UNITS INSTALL MINERAL FIBER BLANKETS IN CAVITIES BY FRICTION FIT JOINT SEALERS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS THAT HAVE BEEN PRODUCED AND INSTALLED TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN WIATER-TIGHT AND AIRTIGHT CONTINUOUS SEALS WITHOUT CAUSING DETERIORATION OF JOINT SUBSTRATES ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALERS COMPLY WITH ASTM CS20 AND CLASSIFICATION FOR TYPE GRADE CLASS AND USES. SINGLE PART POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT FOR USE T- TO BE BY "VULKEMN 45" / MAMECO INTERNATIONAL INC OR APPROVED EQUAL ONE PART NONSAG URETHANE SEALANT FOR USE NT TO BE "VULKEM 45" / MAMECO INTERNATIONAL INC. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS USE "AC-40"/PECORA CORP OR "SONOLAC" / SONNE50RN BUILDING PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL AS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C634 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS PROVIDE NONSAG, PAINTABLE, NON -STAINING LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834 FOR CONCEALED JOINTS USE NON DRYING NON HARDENING SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALANT FOR INTERIOR JOINTS JOINT SEALANT BACKING PLASTIC FOAM JOINT FILLERS, PREFORMED, COMPRESSIBLE RESILIENT, NON STAINING MATERIAL THAT IS CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM AND NON-ABSORBANT TO LIQUID WATER AND COMPLIES WITH ASTM D 1623 AND ASTM C 1083 DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS SCHLAGE COMMERCIAL GRADE OR APPROVED EQUAL FINISHES ON REMODEL WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN - MATCH EXISTING. ON NEW PROJECTS: U526 BRIGHT CHROMIUM. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LOCKETS 38" PUSH PULL 42" DEAD LOCKS 48" EXIST DEVICES 38" GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DOMTAR GYPSUM COMPANY GEORGIA PACIFIC CORPORATION GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C36, 5/8" THICK, ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C36, FIRE RESISTIVE TYPE, UL RATED, 5/8" THICK, ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES MOISTURE RESISTIVE GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C630, 5/8" THICK ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES ACCESSORIES THERMAL INSULATION AS DEFINED CORNER BEADS, METAL EDGE TRIM, GA 201 AND GA 216 TYPE L, LK, U EXPOSED REVEAL BEAD JOINT MATERIALS, ASTM C415: REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE AND WATER METAL FRAMING AND FURRING SECTION INCLUDES WALL, BULKHEAD, CEILING, AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACES DEFLECTION TO LAW UNDER LATERAL POINT LOAD OF 100 LBS FABRICATE HORIZONTAL CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACE TO 1-/360 DEFLECTION UNDER SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS AND WIND UPLIFT FABRICATE VERTICAL WALL AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACE TO L/240 DEFLECTION UNDER SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS AND WIND UPLIFT PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DALE INDUSTRIES, INC. DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS USG INDUSTRIES FRAMING: MATERIALS FURRING CHANNELS: FORMED STEEL, MIN 25 GA, 3/8" DEEP X 3/4" HIGH X LENGTH REQUIRED MAIN CEILING CHANNELS " FORMED STEEL, MIN 16 GA, 3/4" DEEP X 11/2" HIGH X LENGTH REQUIRED HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION TO RIGIDLY SUPPORT CEILING COMPONENTS IN PLACE TO DEFLECTION LIMITS AS REQUIRED OR INDICATED. LATERAL BRACING: FORMED STEEL, MIN 16GA. SIZE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED OR SHOWN ON DAWNING CASING BEADS: FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA - DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS. MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS, EXPANDED METAL FLANGES OR HOLED METAL FLANGED WITH SQUARE EDGES. CORNER BEAD: FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POS5151-tE LENGTHS WITH EXPANDED OR HOLED FLANGES WITH BULLNOSED EDGE. BASE SCREED" FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS, EXPANDED OR HOLED METAL FLANGES WITH BEVELED EDGE. ACCESSORIES FACTORIES FABRICATED AND FINISHES TRIM UNITS, TYPES FOR FORMING REVEALS, VENTS OR OTHER INDICATED TRIM OR FEATURES SHALL BE OF TYPE AND DESIGN INDICATED, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM (6063-T5 ALLOY) AS MANUFACTURED BY FRY REGLET CO. MM SYSTEMS OR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT ANCHORAGE: TIE WIRE, NAILS, SCREWS AND OTHER METAL SUPPORT, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION TO RIGIDLY SECURE MATERIALS IN PLACE POLYETHYLENE SHEET: CLEAR, 6 MIL THICK TIE WIRE: ANNEALED GALVANIZED STEEL. FINISHES FRAMING MATERIALS: GALVANIZED HANGERS, ANCHORS, AND FASTENING DEVICES: GALVANIZED LATH MATERIALS: GALVANIZED. WALL AND FURRED SPACE FRAMINCs INSTALL LATHING AND FURRING FOR PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1063 ERECT WALL FURRING BY DIRECTLY ATTACHING TO MASONRY WALLS ERECT FURRING CHANNELS AT VERTICAL ON CHANNELS SECURE WITH FASTENERS ON ALTERNATE CHANNEL FLANGES AT 24" OC SPACE FURRING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 24" INCHES ON CENTER, NOT MORE THAN 4" FROM FLOOR AND CEILING LINE CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING INSTALL FURRING TO HEIGHT INDICATED. ERECT AFTER ABOVE CEILING OR SOFFIT WORK 18 COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGER WITH OTHER WORK INSTALL FURRING INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMN AND ABOVE CEILING WORK. SECURELY ANCHOR HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR EMBED IN STRUCTURALLY SLABS. SPACE CHANGES TO ACHIEVE DEFLECTION LIMITS INDICATED. SPACE MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 48" OC, NOT MORE THAN 2" FROM WALL SURFACES. LAP SPLICE SECURELY. SECURELY FIX CARRYING CHANNELS TO HANGERS TO PREVENT TURNING OR TWISTING AND TO TRANSMIT FULL FULL LOAD TO HANGERS PLACE FURRING CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO CHARRING CHANNELS NOT MORE THAT 2" FROM PERMUTE WALLS, AND RIGIDLY SECURE. REINFORCE OPENING IN SUSPENSION SYSTEM WHICH INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OR FURRING CHANNELS WITH LATERAL CHANNEL BRACING. EXTEND BRACING MINIMUM 24" PAST EACH OPENING. LATERALLY BRACE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. TOLERANCES MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE LINES AND LEVELS: IN 10 FEET MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION" SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING WARRANTY CEILINGS: THE MANUFACTURES WARRANTS THAT THE CEILING WILL REMAIN FREE FROM SAG, WARP, OR DELAMINATING AS A DIRECT RESULT OF DEFECTS IN THE MATERIALS OR FACTORY WORKMANSHIP, SUBJECT TO WARRANTY PROVISION OR INSTALLATION CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS. WARRANTY PERIOD: ONE YEAR FORM DATE OF INSTALLATION. PRODUCTS ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM: 24" X 48" X J" ARMSTRONG- CORTEGA - SECOND LOOK II SITEM 2-7-I6)WITH ANGLES TEGULAR EDGE PROFILE (OR MATCH EXISTING IN REMODEL PROJECTS). SUSPENSION SYETEM ARMSTRONG SUPRAFINE 9/16 " EXPOSED TEE GRID (OR MATCH EXISTING IN REMODEL PROJECTS) SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIALS ANCHORING DEVICES: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL, ASTM A153 COATING CLASS CE D, SCREWS, BOLTS, HOOKS, AND EYES. TIE WIRE: 16 GA MIN. (ASTM A641) ZINC CARBON STEEL TOUCH UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS. CONCEALED ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: NON-DRYING=, NON -SHRINKING, NON-BLEADING, GUNNABLE SEALANT: PECORA 5A-98 OR TREMCO ACOUSTICAL SEALANT COORDINATION COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES. ON NEW PROJECTS OR NEW TI PROJECTS, FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS THAT MATCH INSTALLED PRODUCT AND ENSURE QUAINTLY OF FULL SIZE EQUAL TO 5 PERCENT OF AMOUNT INSTALLED. GLUE DOWN CARPETING ALLOWANCE GC TO PROVIDE *1.50 PER SQ FOOT ALLOWANCE FOR OWNER SELECTED CARPETING. COORDINATE WITH OWNER SELECTIONS AND PROVIDE SAMPLES AS REQUESTED. WARRANTIES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE OWNER WRITTEN WARRANTIES FROM THE MANUFACTURERS FOR EDGE RAVEL, DELAMINATING, AND WEAR FOR FIVE YEARS MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION: TUFTED LOOP PILE GAUGE: /8" MIN STITCHES PER INCH: 8 TUFTS PER SQ IN: 6.4 MIN TOTAL WEIGHT: 61 OZ PER SY WEIGHT DENSITY: 5000 MIN AVERAGE DYE METHOD: SOLUTION DYED BACKING MATERIAL: SYNTHETIC WITH ANTI -BACTERIA, ANTI -FUNGUS, AND NON -ALLERGENIC CHARACTERISTICS ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER CARPET EDGE STRIP, BONNEL CQ ALUMINUM GRIPPER OR EQUAL. PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS 5W SHERWIN WILLIAMS MOORE BENJAMIN MOORE E CO. PORTER PORTER PAINTS ICI ICI PAINT PRODUCTS SCHEDULE CEMENTIOUS MATERIALS ELASTOMERIC FINISH: TWO COATS, MIN 3.5 MILS DRY FILM PRIMER: BLOCK FILLER/SEALER FIRST/SECOND COATS: ELASTOMERIC TYPE GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS FLAT ENAMEL FINISH: THREE COATS, MIN 3.5 MILS DRY FILM PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRIMER FIRST/SECOND COATS: EGG SHELL (UNO) WOODWORK (OPAQUE FINISH) 5EM1-GLOSS ENAMEL: THREE COATS UNDERCOAT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS UNDERCOAT FIRST AND SECOND COAT: SW LOW LUSTRE ALKYD FERROUS METAL SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL FINISH. TWO COATS OVER PRIMER PRIMER: SYNTHETIC, QUICK -DRYING, RUST INHIBITING: SW ANTI CORROSIVE METAL PRIMER UNDERCOAT: INTERIOR ENAMEL UNDERCOAT, SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL FINISH COAT: INTERIOR, SEMI -GLOSS, ODORLESS, ALKYD ENAMEL , SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL ZINC COATED METAL (GALVANIZED) SEMI -GLOSS FINISH: TWO COATS OVER PRIMRE PRIMER: GALV METAL PRIMER, HYRDO PRIME UNDERCOAT: INTERIOR ENAMEL UNDERCOAT, SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL FINSH COAT: INTERIOR, SEMI -GLOSS, ALKYD ENAMEL, RICH LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL RESILIENT FLOORING PRODUCTS ,AND MANUFACTURES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE MODEL "STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE" BY ARMSTRONG OR APPROVED EQUAL. 51ZE: 12" X 12" THICKNESS: '/8" COMPLY WITH ASTM F106, COMPOSITION 1 CLASS 1 (SOLID COLOR) OR CLASS 2 (PATTERN TILE) VINYL BASE ROPPE CORPORATION, VPI, OR APPROVED EQUAL FS 55-W-40 TYPE 2 VINYL, TOP SET COVED DIMENSIONS: i/8 INCH GAGE BY 4" HEIGHT LENGTH. ROLL TYPE: 4" VINYL CARPET COVE BASE ALL CARPET AREAS AND COVED BASE AT RESILIENT FLOORING AREAS QUALITY ASSURANCE OBTAIN EACH TYPE, COLOR, AND PATTERN OF THE TILE FROM THE SINGLE SOURCE WITH RESOURCES TO PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF CONSISTENT QUALITY IN APPEARANCES AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES WITHOUT DELAYING PROGRESS IN THE WORK PROVIDE RESILIENT FLOOR TILE WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AS TESTED P3/4ER ASTM E648 CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX AND ASTM E662 SMOKE DENSITY OR UL TESTING EXTRA MATERIALS FURNISH NOT LESS THAN ONE BOX FOR EACH 50 BOXES OR FACTION THEREOF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS J.L.INDUSTCIRES LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO. MODERN METAL PRODUCTS BY MUCKLE POTTER-ROEMER, INC SAMSON METAL PRODUCTS, INC QUALITY ASSURANCE OBTAIN EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS FROM SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER FIR EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE UL LISTED WITH THE UL LISTING FOR THE TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION OF EXTINGUISHERS. FINISH CARPENTRY PRODUCTS LUMBER MATERIALS: SHEET MATERIALS: SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD, P5 I GRADE C -D' GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI CUSTOM VENEER CORE FIR FACE SPECIES, FLAT CUT, USE FOR FIXED SHELVING OR SHELVING ON ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS LUMBER FOR SHIMMING AND BLOCKING: SOFTWOOD LUMBER OF SOUTHERN PINE SPECIES FABRICATION FABRICATE TO AWI STANDARDS SHOP ASSEMBLE WORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE, PERMITTING PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING FIT EXPOSED SHEET MATERIALS EDGES WITH PLASTIC EDGING CAP EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH EDGES WITH MATERIAL OF FINISH AND PATTERN WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSTANT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES, FIT CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE: SECURE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET TO REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATED FINISHED SURFACES GENERAL NOTE THE SPECIFICATIONS HEREIN ARE RECOMMENDATIONS. NOT ALL ITEMS APPLY OR APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. GC SHALL VERIFY WITH OWNER ALL OF THE OWNER'S PREFERENCES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS OR PERFORMING WORK. v co Cr N C4 04 �� mcv- 4 mot Ro, PRI 'Ed oV rnMAO w �a cqo wad, AMMONY a. Jfn7ErIROM"81 M r N r W ca a N a J a p 0 LL Z0 a c r \ O0)N ~ r w W CO yj W_ Op a0 �ZJ paLL 0C j 0 0 N LL ZZ ao)a J N cc REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 A Z 0 a V LL V LU co 0 cc IliZ PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 ansa MUM= IRE coPr- itraff D " nDEmw 7Y"mand". UZ tore rms COPMUT "D orim R/QErs REsrxrcm raw ass or rJUSE DOCIZAM 8 N rM OXIGUUL sir! an PVRFOss "it FMCS rJW ERRE PREPARED. REPRODDCMM C81ACis, all Issimmirs IRE srxrc br P1M1monvD. DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A004.dwg, A004 ARCH SPEC, 9/28/2018 4:54:27 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT WALL 4 DOOR LEGEND o WR F* NEW FRAME WALL i W R2 DOOOOOOOOOOO<XXXX RATED FRAME WALL o uRPR i -T7 EXIST S" CMU WALL o Fm PR l••••—m•—••mmommo • NON RATED TENAT DEMISNG WALL Mob4q hO EXISTING: PARTITION WALLS AND — EXISTING: PARTITION WALLS 11,14TI-I CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IHRPR NEW RATRED WALL ADJACENT (OPEN UNFILLED LINES) EXISTING: DOOR TO REMAIN --' EXISTING: DOOR TO Me REMOVED i� i O NEW DOOR < FRAME FLOOR PLAN <E *rED NOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW FLOORING AND BASE (4" VINYL) TRHUOUT (UNO) (LANDLORD TO VERIFY SPECS) 2. NEW METAL FRAMED NLB PARTITION TO CEILING ABOVE 3. NEW FURRING TO MATCH AND NEW GWB (THICKNESS TO MATCH EXISTING) 4. NEW EXTEXT DOOR 4 FRAME 5. NEW 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL FLOOR TO CEILING PER UL LISTINGS 6. NA -1. NEW WALL HUNG HC LAVATORY 8. NEW FLOOR MOUNT TANK TYPE HC WATER CLOSET S. PROVIDE ALL NEW ACCESSORIES 10. NEW 1 HOUR RATED SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CLG ABOVE 11. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE TO 4' HIGH ON 2 WALLS 12. REPAIR REPALCE COMPLETE CEILING TO NEW CONDITON 13. NEW HI LOW ELECTRIC WATER FOUNTAIN AS REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE 14. PAINT ALL WALLS WITH MIN 2 COAT LATEX ENAMEL (SHEEN SPEC BY LANDLORD) 15. PROVIDE NEW CERMAIC TILE FLOORING AND BASE IN TOLIET ROOMS 16. PROVIDE SIGN ON WALL "1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL -DO NOT CUT" 1-7. PROVIDE SIGN ON CEILING "1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING -DO NOT CUT" SALES 129 DEMOLITION PLAN Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" UN-REFERNGED SCOPE OF WORK NOTES Xl CLEAN AND RE -LAMP ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. REPLACE ALL LENS THAT HAVE DISCOLORATION X2 PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING TRIM ON ALL NEW AND EXIST TO REMAIN FIXTURES X3 AC DUCT WORK AND ASSOCIATED INSULATION TO BE REWORKED PER CODE X4 REWORK LIGHT FIXTURE AND SWITCH LOCATIONS IN NEW HC TOILET ROOM PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X5. REPLACE LIGHT FIXTURE AND SWITCH IN EXISTING TOILET ROOM PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X6 REWORK LIGHT FIXTURE SWITCHING PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X-1 EXISTING SERVICE SINK TO REMAIN AS IT IS REQUIRED BY CODE X8 REPLACE EXISTING EXHAUST FANS IN RESTROOMS FOR MIN '75 CFM AS REQUIRED BY CODE X9 DEMO ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES (RUSTED AND GRAB BARS TOO SMALL ETC) FLOOR PLAN Scale: 1/4"=V-0" 14 P ARM,AGIr 130 2 16 i IST MSM 9 ©7® 16 ._L____J. AE, NkUJ EXIT ENeL .�I��r.�•r�r� � ................. _ m 114 N 4 EO EXIST SERVICE SINK 16 XI5T BLDG M,AINT 1298 EXIST ELECTRICAL PANEL EXIST TOILET 129G V N V rh C4 � t2 6%4 CON C4 C4 co p� ppm 46-A OQ O%01Qd Mob4q hO cq� C 0 03 0 r O� N r W CO) Q N Q J IL 0 cc O LL Z0 a �r ON r F- W ISI Z~ W CO W W Op m IL O �ZLL CJD omm .j00 LL Z N Z ao)a J N CO) REVISIONS 0 A 0 Z a J IL 0 2 W 0 z a CL OC 0 0 LL PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-16 rassa MUM= AM Corr- ar sos&W Z"AGI =r. tr.� soya res .� or"a Rrcars assrxww ras oss or I== oocaiasrs m ras OPJAU c stns at PUP -am F" asp rJr nsas PF"A tn. assiminum yes sriumr PJWAZK s. DRAWN: AE CHECK.- AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A100 FLOOR PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:54:28 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT" 2' -II -L" I I L 5.-3-L" m CLEAR FINISH DIMENSION ROUGH FRAME DIMENSIONS 9" Ln 41-011 4'-9" DIMENSIONED ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" c{1 4� L _ i 1. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITION PRIOR TO ANY WORK 2. PROVIDE HC SIGN PER 2010 ADA SAD AND FBC ACCESSIBILITY (A) 2014 3. DASHED LINES INDICATE FREE CLEAR AREAS REQUIRED BY 2010 ADA q a o SAD, FBG -A 2014, E FBG -EC 2014 (OCG SENSOR). HC STALL DOOR (IF ANY) SHALL BE SELF CLOSING 4. DOORS SHALL BE SELF CLOSING 5. PROVIDE LIGHT SWITCH PER 2010 ADA SAD AND FBC-A 2014, FBC-EC 2014 6. PROVIDE REINFORCING IN WALLS FOR GRAB BARS PER DETAILS, 1. TILE AT ALL WALLS PER INTERIOR FINISH SPEC. SEE NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS FOR FLOOR AND WALL FINISH SPECS 8. ENSURE THAT THE NEW LAVATORY 15 NO MORE THAN 1'--11/4" WIDE AND 1'-51/4" DEEP AND LOCATE EXACTLY WHERE SHOWN. VERIFY THAT THE PLUMBING SPEC COMPLIES WITH THIS. THIS NOTE SHALL GOVERN OVER THE PLUMBING SPEC AND NO ALLOWANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ADA COMPLIANCE MIS-COORDIANTION. S. ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE PER ADA AND FBC-A REQUIREMENTS. GC SHALL MAINTAIN A 4 YEAR GUARANTEE THAT THE WORK COMPLIES WITH THE ADA. r 10. NEW HM DOOR AND FRAME Z 11. INSULATE DRAIN AND SUPPLY PIPES PER CODE. NO METAL SHALL BE EXPOSED z ANNOTATED ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 12. NEW WATER CLOSET ENSURE TRIP HANDLE 15 ON OPEN/WIDE/LAV SIDE OF WATER CLOSET. SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 13. NEW SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CEILING ABOVE 14. CROSS HATCH INDICATES 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL 15. SINGLE HATCH 15 UN -RATED WALL TO CEILING ABOVE 16. NEW HI LO WATER FOUNTAIN SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 1-1. VERIFY IF REAR WALL HAS FOAM FILL IN CELLS. IF NOT, ON ALL EXPOSED CMU/CONCRETE WALL AT REAR WALL (ABOVE OR BELOW THE CEILING) - THRU-OUT THE SUITE INSTALL NEW I" GWB OVER i" X 25 GA FURRING. PROVIDE R42 FOIL INSULATION. FINISH ABOVE CEILING NEED ONLY BE LEVEL 1. ALL OTHERS TO LEVEL 4 v a co K �' to �b NN w 'ra ���N w cCON� rd q a o — i• W F CAI OCN J d LL zo a Cr ON 1. r �W W� W O °C IL 0 m o J zU. Omm X00 N LL zZ J co CO REVISIONS A 0 0 0 A 0 0 z a IL cc 0 0 LL W CD OC J W PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 mass naarnM AM c»Pr- aroran ar immus �uuasnxr. U4 sora MW COPraroar AM ossa agars assrarcrs ras um or ra=gs mcananr TO ras oaraum arra oa Pujtpm roa FMCS rasr /leas PMPAM. asPaoDacrfor� csuvcss. roa � gas srarCls DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE A101 -1'/ Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 1 1 � i C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A101 ENG FLR PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:54:29 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 Al02.dwg, A102 T -ROOM DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:31 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT c;:\Users\ I ony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A103.dwg, A103 RCP, 9/28/20184:54:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3-5/S" STEEL 211 is, STEEL 2" STUDS STUDS _ ~' \ • •� • . =� Ill �. A ♦� i11��Q 5/811 CsYPSUMgr }S �� �0 �� GYPSUM .:Sr� ! App 1/N ~ PANELS4~: '' PANELS :'G' •. `v 2X4 WOOD IS I ^� ALT FOR THIS STUD SEALANT HM FRAME THIN SET TILE GROUT SOLID HM FRAME 3 ANCHORS 2X4 WOOD 18 GROUT SOLID PER JAMB ALT FOR TWIS STUD SEALANT 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB o T*rF SIM INT DR JAM 11,2..'1'_0" O HM INT TOILET RM 11111111-011 SEALANT 915 2 3 ANCHORS PER 16 4 16 JAMB 1/4'X 3" EMBED .• f HM tRAME /�:�AS tS�'"�•'.��'� CMU •r 5-7/8" s -b:': r.'�...�� a+r*�`•*1/'•y E4:it � ROOM NAME v V Enka cc to.. WALLS CLG N 129 SALES -0Q� N C� c r7�� I Q � PAINT Cq i�Q O Cocgn meq C-4 0 3-5/S" STEEL 211 is, STEEL 2" STUDS STUDS _ ~' \ • •� • . =� Ill �. A ♦� i11��Q 5/811 CsYPSUMgr }S �� �0 �� GYPSUM .:Sr� ! App 1/N ~ PANELS4~: '' PANELS :'G' •. `v 2X4 WOOD IS I ^� ALT FOR THIS STUD SEALANT HM FRAME THIN SET TILE GROUT SOLID HM FRAME 3 ANCHORS 2X4 WOOD 18 GROUT SOLID PER JAMB ALT FOR TWIS STUD SEALANT 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB o T*rF SIM INT DR JAM 11,2..'1'_0" O HM INT TOILET RM 11111111-011 SEALANT 915 2 3 ANCHORS PER 16 4 16 JAMB 1/4'X 3" EMBED .• f HM tRAME /�:�AS tS�'"�•'.��'� CMU •r 5-7/8" s -b:': r.'�...�� a+r*�`•*1/'•y •;� .. 1 15/16" •1 f - X11 N ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLOSS FINISH vm 16 SEALANT �; � ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 1 41Y, 1 ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED 32 1 , 12 ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERfFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST COND SS" THROAT VIF 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR, LETTERS TO BE MIN -i" HIGH. 3 1 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE i-II„I EXT DOOR J/41�I8 11/2 =1 0 O HM IDR J,Ai" IR /RETRO 1L2"=1'-0" SIGN NOT AN EXIT DOOR ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. fR001�1 F IN I5�4 5C14EDULE E4:it � ROOM NAME FLOOR V Enka cc to.. WALLS CLG yG ka �� co�t� Nv 129 SALES -0Q� N C� c r7�� I Q NONE PAINT Cq i�Q O Cocgn meq C-4 129A moo' wa VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 1213C O VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 125D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P O PAINT oN ANWONY S. snap ex000�rs� itt-r REVISIONS �W ~� y ul cc A J CIO THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY Q I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS �W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES W> 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION W >m D FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL -i' X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT IS 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. 00 � PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 IMSE RIUM s AM COPr- itramD ar MRS" mmuesm". LLC, "is mm COMM" No omit r"mm"= B3BAMM TO 08a Ol lygLBa DOCa1LfNlS 71D rBa opfflu16 SIM " Pujuvw Am FMW raar FJ= JWPAIM Mums, Ol! Assjvjufmrn Am srRrcnr PIWxnnm W -1 ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE 4 MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT t0 CODE. BY STARTING AND WORKING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. %� j'' I I %� I ' 1� DOOR H J' --'t RD W !""'t RE I � O I E S HARDWARE 1. ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR /I SINGLE SWING FLUSH 3. ALL HINGES TO 411/2 X 411/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS SHL PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS J DRAWN: AE 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM CRE CK.- AE 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR 4 OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL 111 111 MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. _T DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 4042.8 OF THE ADA. cp ALL NEW DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. IF SPRING HINGES ARE USED DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF -10 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS cp Q A200 O Lu w O 0 O Q (K tY z 4 U fu W W +�- fQ N O1 d J 1: \n -1 l+j %DIU u1 Z !Z U U Z m Z ff ` (L d) z O� Oi 0- U N Q O O 4(L 4) W} Q U X `) al t(1 p O X 0 U= fY r OQ O 0 Z Z} W Q (v � � � � � � w Nul � Q DOOR 5CHEIDULE Q o ? ��oo0-0— =o>z 51 ZE [DOOR RATING FIR,�IE DTL fRE�,�1R<5 }�- O =n d w U -n O O w TYPE MTR'L FINISH U F` 3 d d u01 Z Z a - Y_Z z U TYPE MATR'L FINISH, 1 EXIT DOOR 3'-0 X 1'-0 X 13/4 I 16 GA HM PAINT 1 16GA PAINT 2 1610 0 0 2 SUITE REAR OR V-0 X 1'-0 X 13/4 I ib GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 *GA PAINT 0 0 0 0 3 SUITE REAR DR V-0 X 1'-0 X 13/4 I 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 16GA PAINT 1 0 0 4 TOILET V-0 X 1'-0 X 13/4 I 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 16GA PAINT 3 0 0 0 5 MAINT F21'4 V-6 X 1'-0 X 13/4 1 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 16GA PAINT 3 0 0 •;� .. 1 15/16" •1 f - X11 N ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLOSS FINISH vm 16 SEALANT �; � ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 1 41Y, 1 ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED 32 1 , 12 ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERfFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST COND SS" THROAT VIF 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR, LETTERS TO BE MIN -i" HIGH. 3 1 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE i-II„I EXT DOOR J/41�I8 11/2 =1 0 O HM IDR J,Ai" IR /RETRO 1L2"=1'-0" SIGN NOT AN EXIT DOOR ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. fR001�1 F IN I5�4 5C14EDULE E4:it � ROOM NAME FLOOR V Enka cc to.. WALLS CLG yG ka �� co�t� Nv 129 SALES -0Q� N C� c r7�� I Q NONE PAINT Cq i�Q O Cocgn meq C-4 129A moo' wa VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 1213C EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 125D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P PAINT PAINT oN ANWONY S. snap ex000�rs� itt-r REVISIONS �W ~� y ul cc A J CIO THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY Q I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS �W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES W> •;� .. 1 15/16" •1 f - X11 N ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLOSS FINISH vm 16 SEALANT �; � ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 1 41Y, 1 ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED 32 1 , 12 ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERfFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST COND SS" THROAT VIF 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR, LETTERS TO BE MIN -i" HIGH. 3 1 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE i-II„I EXT DOOR J/41�I8 11/2 =1 0 O HM IDR J,Ai" IR /RETRO 1L2"=1'-0" SIGN NOT AN EXIT DOOR ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. fR001�1 F IN I5�4 5C14EDULE RM M ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CLG NOTES 129 SALES NONE NONE PAINT ACT 129A EXIT ENCLO VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 1213C EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 125D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P PAINT PAINT oN itt-r REVISIONS �W ~� y ul cc A J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY Q I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS �W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES W> 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION W >m D FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL -i' X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT IS 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. 00 � PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 IMSE RIUM s AM COPr- itramD ar MRS" mmuesm". LLC, "is mm COMM" No omit r"mm"= B3BAMM TO 08a Ol lygLBa DOCa1LfNlS 71D rBa opfflu16 SIM " Pujuvw Am FMW raar FJ= JWPAIM Mums, Ol! Assjvjufmrn Am srRrcnr PIWxnnm W -1 ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE 4 MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT t0 CODE. BY STARTING AND WORKING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. %� j'' I I %� I ' 1� DOOR H J' --'t RD W !""'t RE I � O I E S HARDWARE 1. ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR /I SINGLE SWING FLUSH 3. ALL HINGES TO 411/2 X 411/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS SHL PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS J DRAWN: AE 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM CRE CK.- AE 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR 4 OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) v. w0UI0I I al ly I IF_ �aNwNwi�Nuvx+ cv 1/o riv�C��slcv 1/o-vcv�cu 1/o-ucv H�uu.uwy, Hcvu uvvr[ ��,nu, y/COIGN 10 �F.U4.33 HIVI, I Ufly rlr L"dpLUp, HUiUUMLJ rUr (n19f1 wuaiity rrint).pco, /Amt rI TUII pI@6Q U (3b.UU X L4.UU inch@S), I:I, GUF'YKIGH I EDE81GN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 66 % 210 Q a LL CC 0 J O _ 0 PAINT ON GWB PROVIDE 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT EXISING LLco O ACT 2X4 ACOUSTICAL IN ALUM GRID - EXISTING TO REMAIN. AT NEW GRID V. ZNZ 44644 LL z O O PROVIDE NEW TO MATCH ( FLAT LAY - IN) 4 C J N (� CO ALL ACT SHALL INSTALLED PER ASTM C 635 AND ASTM 636 oN itt-r REVISIONS �W ~� y ul cc A J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY Q I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS �W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES W> 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION W >m D FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL -i' X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT IS 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. 00 � PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 IMSE RIUM s AM COPr- itramD ar MRS" mmuesm". LLC, "is mm COMM" No omit r"mm"= B3BAMM TO 08a Ol lygLBa DOCa1LfNlS 71D rBa opfflu16 SIM " Pujuvw Am FMW raar FJ= JWPAIM Mums, Ol! Assjvjufmrn Am srRrcnr PIWxnnm W -1 ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE 4 MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT t0 CODE. BY STARTING AND WORKING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. %� j'' I I %� I ' 1� DOOR H J' --'t RD W !""'t RE I � O I E S HARDWARE 1. ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR /I SINGLE SWING FLUSH 3. ALL HINGES TO 411/2 X 411/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS SHL PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS J DRAWN: AE v. w0UI0I I al ly I IF_ �aNwNwi�Nuvx+ cv 1/o riv�C��slcv 1/o-vcv�cu 1/o-ucv H�uu.uwy, Hcvu uvvr[ ��,nu, y/COIGN 10 �F.U4.33 HIVI, I Ufly rlr L"dpLUp, HUiUUMLJ rUr (n19f1 wuaiity rrint).pco, /Amt rI TUII pI@6Q U (3b.UU X L4.UU inch@S), I:I, GUF'YKIGH I EDE81GN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT CT CERAMIC TILE- MUST MEEP SLIP RESISTANCE COEFFICIENT CT/F`CERAMIC TILE TO 4 FEET PAINT ABOVE VCT VINYL COMP TILE 12X12 - NEW VINYL 4 H VINYL COVE BASE / SHEET VINYL FLOORING (NEW AT NEW WALLS AND VPT LOCATIONS, SALVAGE EXISTING ALL EXISTING CPT LOCATIONS) ON GWB PROVIDE 1 COAT PRIMER 4 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT NEW 66 % 210 Q a LL CC 0 J O _ 0 PAINT ON GWB PROVIDE 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT EXISING LLco ACT 2X4 ACOUSTICAL IN ALUM GRID - EXISTING TO REMAIN. AT NEW GRID V. ZNZ 44644 O O PROVIDE NEW TO MATCH ( FLAT LAY - IN) J N (� ALL ACT SHALL INSTALLED PER ASTM C 635 AND ASTM 636 ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO REVISIONS A THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 0 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION Q 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL 5 ALL NEW SGWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY 16 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASSi 6""24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL -i' X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT IS 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 IMSE RIUM s AM COPr- itramD ar MRS" mmuesm". LLC, "is mm COMM" No omit r"mm"= B3BAMM TO 08a Ol lygLBa DOCa1LfNlS 71D rBa opfflu16 SIM " Pujuvw Am FMW raar FJ= JWPAIM Mums, Ol! Assjvjufmrn Am srRrcnr PIWxnnm -1 ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE 4 MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT t0 CODE. BY STARTING AND WORKING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. %� j'' I I %� I ' 1� DOOR H J' --'t RD W !""'t RE I � O I E S HARDWARE 1. ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR /I SINGLE SWING FLUSH 3. ALL HINGES TO 411/2 X 411/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS SHL PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS DRAWN: AE 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM CRE CK.- AE 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR 4 OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. _T DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 4042.8 OF THE ADA. ALL NEW DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. IF SPRING HINGES ARE USED DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF -10 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE TYPE 1 AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUI`1.THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO TYPE I THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (31.8 N). FLORIDA LAW, SB53504(3), F.S. 2016, ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE. 10 FRAME ELEVATIONS NTS 11 DOOR ELEVATIONS NTS A200 v. w0UI0I I al ly I IF_ �aNwNwi�Nuvx+ cv 1/o riv�C��slcv 1/o-vcv�cu 1/o-ucv H�uu.uwy, Hcvu uvvr[ ��,nu, y/COIGN 10 �F.U4.33 HIVI, I Ufly rlr L"dpLUp, HUiUUMLJ rUr (n19f1 wuaiity rrint).pco, /Amt rI TUII pI@6Q U (3b.UU X L4.UU inch@S), I:I, GUF'YKIGH I EDE81GN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 010-1(oX3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 012 -14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC 3585162-33 6 2'-0" OC 5/8" FR GW5 355T125-33 CONT P CORE 50ARD 25OJ200-33 D6 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE AND DECK - 4 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" /GRID 1 HR FR CEILING 1 HR FR WALL �)D FRAME LL �T FLOOR 250J200-33 CONT I" CORE 50ARD V co •. • •► t% , ' :\ ' �'+!' ' 14 �b NN co 00 • .r• ., ,. �.... .,: .+,,; .r Vit,• 012-14X 11/2" AT 8" OC �o R� 40o 6 GOto r• 5/8" FR GW5 % •, • ��.. `•' 358T125-33 CONT 1 R p INMNr Jr. rnrr ARM ref M• f4. .. s; I :e T w• ti N • • r ,. • D6 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE AND DECK - 4 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" /GRID 1 HR FR CEILING 1 HR FR WALL �)D FRAME LL �T FLOOR 250J200-33 CONT I" CORE 50ARD D7 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF F_ 010-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 012-14X 11i2" AT 8" OC 46 5/8" FR GW5 010-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 3585162-33 a 2'-0" OC 5/8" FR GW5 358T125-33 CONT V co •. • •► t% , ' :\ ' �'+!' ' 14 �b NN co 00 .r• ., ,. �.... .,: .+,,; .r Vit,• 012-14X 11/2" AT 8" OC �o R� 40o 6 GOto r• •, • ��.. 1 R p INMNr Jr. rnrr ARM ref M• f4. O T w• ti N • • r ,. • 5/8" FR GW5 W t• ; H • i � U) Q 358T125-33 CONT N ACT AND GRID a ACT WALL ANGLE ''' ''•' J IL 012-14X 11i2" AT 8" OC •� �1 •� •� 0 cc w' U. zo 3585162-33 0 2'-0" OC t/� r 5/8" FR GW5 ' ' ON • ' .. A .• . D7 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF F_ 010-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 012-14X 11i2" AT 8" OC 46 5/8" FR GW5 010-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 3585162-33 a 2'-0" OC 5/8" FR GW5 358T125-33 CONT 250J200-33 CONT r- P CORE BOARD 5/8" FR 356T125-33 -- SECT IONDET�AlL le: (D HALF AM /� 1 lei 11 Ii At n11 �� D -I 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL •off EXIST SLAB *_ggpN_P�E� 'LATE 3 WALL SECTION - 2 WALL SECTION 1 WALL SECTIDN Scale. 3/4 -1 0 Scale. 3/4 =1-0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 1G V co � CSO 4�Cb w Ci 14 �b NN co 00 CO I cm o°' I I , �o R� 40o 6 GOto r• •, • ��.. 1 R p INMNr Jr. rnrr ARM ref O T w• ti N r W 250J200-33 CONT r- P CORE BOARD 5/8" FR 356T125-33 -- SECT IONDET�AlL le: (D HALF AM /� 1 lei 11 Ii At n11 �� D -I 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL •off EXIST SLAB *_ggpN_P�E� 'LATE 3 WALL SECTION - 2 WALL SECTION 1 WALL SECTIDN Scale. 3/4 -1 0 Scale. 3/4 =1-0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 1G C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A100-.dwg, A300 WALL SECT, 9/28/2018 4:54:34 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT . V co � CSO 4�Cb w Ci 14 �b NN co 00 CO I cm o°' I �o R� 40o 6 GOto 1 R p INMNr Jr. rnrr ARM ref O T N r W H U) Q N a J IL 0 cc U. zo OC CO) t/� r ON r N W W W W > 00 a0 z �a j 0 o a"It � Uj 0�� JO �Q zea � -' Q JN( 3 REVISIONS 0 A 0 0 0 L PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-16 ME= MUFMW IRR COPr- RICBl3B By Rumm JfI11LCpdN}; M4 sofa rffis COPrBrcar INB OrAM Amm Bssr wm rm Uss OF rArss BOCUAM a TO r= ORRSINIL srrs OR PUBPOsr "A FMCS rarr FM PRSPIRRB. 188IgAmwslBfm AwAmur D. DRAIN: AE CSECK•• AE A300 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A100-.dwg, A300 WALL SECT, 9/28/2018 4:54:34 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT . 351 D1 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF 5 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" ACTURE ' GW5 TO TOP OF WALL AS SHOWN D2 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF D4 A301 1 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL .00R 6 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 25OJ200-33 CONT 1-*12-14XII/2 a6"OC P FR CORE 50ARD 358T125-33 CONT W, FR CAWS DRYWALL SCREWS F 3585162-33 a 2'-0" � WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" D3 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF ZUCTURE ING ni. Il�in� w A w II JII �� � SECTION DETAIL D4 Scale: HALF ING n,_ I I n n CONT GA W/ 5 EA SIDE 3565162-33 a 2'-0" OC 8 WALL SECTION P FR CORE BOARD 358T125-33 CONT %11 FR GWB DRYWALL SCREWS PER THE UL LISTING D5 DETAIL Scale: HALF 58T125-33 CONT v co N b Ci C� °q CON Rb aqh to A Ob �V.ch01 Nariq �� O ��4 0 C2 r \ N r W 1"", - cc cc Q N Q J CL 0 LL zo Q M V� r ON r N W H � W� W Lu O� GC � 1a 0 No ZLJL � J D 0�� .j00 LL ZNZ Q0)Q .jcmM REVISIONS A 0 0 A 0 Z _O W co J Q PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S -28 -IS MW DRI MM AM COPr- RWerAD ar snssrcR slRlse MT LK sola MY COPrRrCer AM 0fJ= Bream Resmcrs rm um OF !seas DocuAaRm TO res oxmimu alts an PuMoss POR FMCH rAW WARE' PRSPAJM. RSPRODumoNs. CRIRCAS. OA IaslCRAMM Ilex arJUCnr PJWRMFTJM DRAWN.AE CHECK: AE A301 t-.1U21G1.b%l Uily P'Ir LdpLUp%LJl UpUUx\_Lu to r'�UJ@GL51LV-It3-ULd�LVIa-ULp H-IUU-.0Wg, HSU-1 MALL Ot:k 1, y/Lt5lLV ItS 4: 4:34 HNI, i ony rir Lapiop, HuiouHu rut trlign uuanty rnm).pcs, HKUH rUi Dieea u (sb.UU x 14.UU Inches), 1:1, GUPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A302 CLG DETAILS, 9/28/2018 4:54:35 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A400.dwg, A400 STD BLDG DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:37 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1/211 EQUAL 2" MIN. FROM et EDGE OF SLAB HATCHING INDICATES o II 1/2 1 x C1xl�lQ�cti &cb L CLIr ANOrL�b, x x SCREWS RATED Rcxw6 + AS REQ'D ATTACH TRACK TO SLAB 3" MIN. USING: C2Xd.145"0 HILTI X -DNI SPCAING LOGATEDwAs1 SHOWN ABOVE. +T—L w �'� � � Enka! v w �� a t Neq cot, �w M I � PI �`'� o� FN �� o°; I A c.e b71�b � 'ilk 11w�T�i� COP VIEW�� avoov Ro N o C o LNM 13PAO-VIII, 1111101111" ON q Ns R�! �'� �'O '� a7TAGa���ear�c FIRE RATED INTERSECTION FRAMING � ' TO bTl� I,IbNQ�(2PA96* FIRE RATED (1�1TER5EC�"IOld x SCM 3A EXIST STEEL DECK • *80A . "/ RUNNER TRACK Scale: 3i4 HATCHING INDICATES 3/1(0" SELF TAPPER EYE 1­40OKS / CONCRETE SLAB (1 '10-16 SCREW SCREWS j RATED FRGWB 91411 x (BY OTHERS) e EACH FLANGE. AS REQ'D TYP. RAW PLANIO R" Mei#"• 1 JAMM b1'L e a d a e • a. ,a.:• ON eL"A"M PM twecre � 12 GA WIRE 4'-0" OCEW MAX 6= a CALANTny, FIRE RATED INTERSECTION FRAMING ANIZO rr s. ZWNN 000"81 cu wnp bn�, °i' LAY IN HEADER TM S�I�D �"O CRACK D��,4I� 1=1R� RA��D 11�1��R5�C�IOi�I SM M"MR 1 It 3 Scale: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOt SCALE Scala: �/�"=1' -0" 1/2 " "T" BAR MAIN BEAM EQUAL Z M o " 1 1/4" TO U_1/2 1 1/2" DIA.1/ -GRAB BAR - I„ O x FRT 2X6 OR FRT 2X8 W 4- 1/4" X 1 1/2" SCREWS AND WITH 4"H X 20 FRAMING CLIP W/ 4 #10 X 3" SCREW EACH `� `� SIDES TO METAL STUDS MERE E E N x DETAIL TO LEFT O 02 ♦ DOOR FRAME BEYOND x WALL/ \ 2 "x2 "x16 GA. CLIP ANGLE, DOOR-5EE PLAN 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH. GRAB BAR SECTION cm USE: (3)+'10-16 SCREWS ON TEGULAR EDGE SQUARE EDGE CARPET EACH LEG AS SHOWN ABOVE. Uj 4' LAY -IN PANELS LAW'- IN -PANELS * x f LW r RUBBER OR VINYL REDUCER STRI SCREWS PER EQUIPMENT MANF SPECIFICATIONS JOHN50NITE CTA -K BRACKET WALL PLATE U_ a JAMB STUDS. EQUIPEMNT N VCT ON CONC. SLAB SEE ELEVATIONS FOR o SIZES. a QUANTITY E MEMBER J x HEAD TRACK�-__FRT2X6 OR FRT 2X8 W 4- 1/4" X 1 1/2" SCREWS AND a SEE ELEVATION FOR WITH 4"H X 20 FRAMING CLIP W/ 4 #10 X 3" SCREW EACH 0 MEMBER SIZES. SIDES TO METAL STUDS WHERE REQUURED AS SHOWN ON DETAIL TO LEFT O WALL BOARD LL CEILING TILE ,44NGER R�DI�C�R 5�'RIP D�tAI� D��AI� GRAB BAR _ SI�PPOR� BRAC1G�t �-I�AD �O JAl"16 A� DOOR S M 1( o DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOt SCALE �j �O Sca Is: DO NOT SCALE Scale: 3/4 =1 -0 Co r O F r J LU SCREWS AS REQ'D.Z ~ W W D W > � z CORNER I1�1TER5ECT I ON DETAIL O o — a°.. o Z J m STUD OR CLIP ANGLES LL AS REQ'D. FOR SCREWS STUD CONNECTION cc J Z cc Q O GC m a p � LL Z zNz a T CORNER INTER&ECTION DETAIL j a m ca ° 11 3/4"=1'-0" REVISIONS °scale: FASTEN HERE WITH o ° 4 014X 11/2 " TAPPING SCREWS. ° o ° ° Q A 12 GA DANGER LOIRE Q AT 4'-0" OC EW AYIN NOM. 2' CROSS TEE 0 FRT 2X6 OR FRt DANIEL AT 2'-0' OC 2X8 j0 PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE. S-28-18 ,.• ' rases mIIAWME AM COPr- arr"arso BY smaw NAMCss:a7; LLC. 8018 rays COMM11I ar AM ossa VERTICAL WALL rm m � °! SCUDS AT 24" O.C. >r° �. AJIUM CHAMa. 02 Assi Yuan Am sljumr Awfinurim ISOMETRIC DRAWN. AE WALL FINISH CHECK.• AE PRELUDE MAIN BEAM 16 GA CLIP NOM. 4' CROSS TEE-/ GENERAL NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN SEE ALTERNATE DETAIL ON COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF A4O4 HORIZONTAL FASTENERS. A400 PRELUDE MAIN BEAMS AT 4'-0" OC MAX OFF5ET BRACKEN" 6 BLOCKING CEILING GRID 13 DO NOT SCALE DO NOT SCALE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A400.dwg, A400 STD BLDG DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:37 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C�Y�'SUI"f FANEL FfROEDUCTS INSTALLATION NOTES 1. THE ENTIRE TEXT OF THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION ENTITLED APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS GA 216-2013 SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. THE GC SHALL PRINT THE PUBLICATION AND ATTACH IT TO EACH AND EVERY SET SUBMITTED TO THE BLDG DEPT. THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PUBLICATION ARE MANDATORY AND SHALL MANDATE COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT WHETHER OR NOT ENFORCED BY LOCAL OFFICIALS AND OR INSPECTORS OR NOT. THE ARCHITECT ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR GYPSUM PANELS NOT APPLIED AND FINISHED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE PUBLICATION AND THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS LISTED BELOW. 2. PRIOR TO GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT ERECTION ALL WOOD AND/OR METAL FRAMING SHALL BE VERIFIED TRUE TO LINE AND PLUMB. THIS MAY BE ACHIEVED BY USE OF LASERS, LASER LEVELS, AND OTHER HIGH PRECISION ELECTRONIC DEVICES. THE VERIFICATION MAY BE DOCUMENTED WITH DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY AND DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDING. THE FRAMING VERIFICATION SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL STUDS AND PLATES ARE ALIGNED TO WITHIN 1/16" IN ANY 10 FOOT AREA AND Y4" OVER ANY WALL TOTAL LENGTH DISTANCE. STUDS SHALL BE ALIGNED TO PLUMB WITHIN 1/16" IN ANY 10 FOOT AREA AND 3/32" TOTAL FROM TOP TO BOTTOM. 3. WHERE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS ARE NAILED TO WOOD CROSS FURRING ON CEILING THOSE FURRING MEMBER'S SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 1/2 X 1 1/2" ACTUAL SIZE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER TABLE 1, 2, OR 3 ON THE GA -216-2013 PUBLICATION. WHERE SCREW APPLICATION IS USED WOOD FURRING MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4"X 1 1/2" ACTUAL SIZE 4. UNLESS SPECIFIED HEREIN, THE SURFACES TO WHICH THE ABUTTING GYPSUM PANELS PRODUCT EDGES OR ENDS ARE ATTACHED SHALL NOT BE LESS 1 1/2" WIDE FOR WOOD FRAMING AND 1 1/14" WIDE FOR STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. AT INTERNAL CORNERS OR ANGLES BEARING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4" 5. THE ATTACHMENT SURFACE OF ANY FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBER SHALL NOT VARY MORE THAN 3/32" FROM THE PLANE OF THE FACES OF ADJACENT FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBERS. SPACING OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE PER TABLE I OR PER CODE TABLES WHICH EVER IS MORE STRINGENT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR THE SUPPORT OF CEILING FIXTURES. 6. WHEN LOOSE FILL INSULATION IS USED ABOVE THE CEILING, THE ATTIC INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE CEILING PANEL PRODUCT IS APPLIED AND BEFORE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS ARE TAPED OR ANY OTHER WET FINISHING OPERATION ARE BEGUN ON THE WALLS OR CEILING. -1. WHEN THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLED ABOVE CEILINGS IS SUPPORTED BY THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT CEILING MEMBRANE, THE WEIGHT OF THE OVERLAID INSULATION SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHOWN IN TABLE 4 FOR THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT TYPE , THICKNESS, NUMBER OF LAYERS AND FRAMING SPACING. CONSULT THE INSULATION SUPPLIER FOR INSULATION WEIGHT INFORMATION 8. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL NOT BE CUT BY SCORING AND BREAKING 9, CUT ALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS BY SAWING WITH A DEVICES THAT ENSURES STRAIGHT LINE CUTTING TO WITH 1/16" OVER THE LENGTH OF THE BOARD 10. ALL CUT EDGES SHALL BE SMOOTHED AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN NEAT FITTING JOINTS. 11. ALL HOLES AND CUT SHALL BE ACHIEVED BY USE OF A ROUTER 12. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED FIRST TO CEILINGS AND THEN TO WALL. APPLY AND COMPLETE HANGING ALL CEILINGS BOARDS IN THE ENTIRE BUILDING BEFORE INSTALLING THE FIRST WALL BOARD. 13. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT JOINT SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT NO JOINT WILL OCCUR WITHIN 12" OF THE CORNER OF A WINDOW OR DOOR OPENING UNLESS CONTROL JOINTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT THESE LOCATIONS. 14. JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS SHALL NOT OCCUR ON THE SAME STUD. 15. ALL ENDS AND EDGES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT JOINTS, EXCEPT THOSE LISTED BELOW IN 15, 16, AND 1-1 BELOW, SHALL BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING MEMBERS OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 16. TREATED OR UNTREATED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALL OR CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 1-1. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS EDGES OR ENDS, ORIENTED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALL FRAMING THAT OCCUR ABOVE CEILINGS IN CONCEALED SPACED WHEN THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT IS TERMINATED AT LESS THAN FULL HEIGHT OF THE FRAMING NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING G OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 18. WHEN ADHESIVES ARE USED BETWEEN LAYERS IN MULTI -LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, JOINT IN THE SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT LAYERS NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING MEMBERS. 19. IN SINGLE LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, END JOINTS PARALLEL TO AND ON THE SAME SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE STAGGERED BETWEEN ALTERNATE COURSES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND FROM JOINTS ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS 20. IN MULTI LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, END JOINT PARALLEL TO AND ON THE SAME SIDE OF FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE STAGGERED BETWEEN ALTERNATE COURSES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS 21, BASE LAYER END JOINT PARALLEL TO AND ON ONE SIDE OF THE FRAMING SHALL BE STAGGERED FROM THE BASE LAYER END JOINT ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS 22. WHERE ADJACENT LAYERS ARE APPLIED IN THE SAME DIRECTION, EITHER PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR APPLICATION, JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET BETWEEN LAYERS, HORIZONTAL JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET NOT LESS THAN 12" AND VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET NOT LESS THEN ONE CAVITY SPACE. 23. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT SHALL BE ABUTTED AT JOINTS SO AS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ONE ANOTHER BUT NOT FORCED TOGETHER FOR THE FULL LENGTH OF THE JOINT. ANY GAPING OR SPACE BETWEEN BOARDS AT JOINTS INCLUDING AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION. IN FIRE RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION IS SHALL BE CONSIDERED GROUNDS FOR REJECTION BY THE ARCHITECT. 24. ALL FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY JOINT COMPOUND BEING APPLIED AND AFTER THE COMPOUND IS APPLIED. MULTI LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE ARCHITECT AT EACH SUCCESSIVE LAYER PRIOR TO AND AFTER THE APPLICATION OF THE COMPOUND AT EACH LAYER. 25. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH 3 DAYS NOTICE PRIOR TO EACH OBSERVATION PERIOD. 26. IN NON RATED SYSTEMS PROJECT THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE ABUTTED AT JOINTS SO AS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ONE ANOTHER BUT NOT FORCED TOGETHER FOR THE FULL LENGTH OF THE JOINT AND THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT 3 DAYS NOTICE TO OBSERVE THE PROJECT PRIOR TO ANY JOINT COMPOUND BEING APPLIED. 21. AT INSIDE CORNERS THE EDGE OR END OF THE ENTIRE FIRST WALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO FRAMING. THE SUBSEQUENT WALL SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO THE FIRS WALL PANEL PRODUCT. THE BOARDS SHALL ABUT TIGHT BUT NIT BE FORCED. NO FRAMING-: SHALL BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE CORNER 28. AT OUTSIDE CORNERS THE FIRST WALL BOARD SHALL BE BROUGHT FLUSH TO THE SECOND WALL FRAMING PLANE. THE SECOND WALL PANELS SHALL BE BROUGHT FLUSH TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF THE FIRST WALL PANELS. NO FRAMING SHALL BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE CORNER. 29. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CONSTRUCT THIS PROJECT UNLESS YOU HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO PROVIDE A VIRTUALLY "GAP FREE" GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION. WHERE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT ON SITE, GAPS 1/4" WIDE AND LESS MAY REMAIN. 30. GAPS BETWEEN 1/8" AND 1/4" WIDE SHALL BE PRE -FILLED WITH SETTING TYPE JOINT COMPOUND 31, GAPS LESS THAN 1/8" WIDE SHALL BE PRE -FILLED WITH EITHER DRYING -TYPE OR SETTING TYPE COMPOUND 32. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS APPLIED TO WALLS SHALL BE APPLIED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE SPACED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 33, A CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE A PARTITION, WALL, OR CEILING TRAVERSES A CONSTRUCTION JOINT (EXPANSION, SEISMIC, OR OTHER BUILDING ELEMENT EXPANSION CONTROL ELEMENTS) 34. CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION RUNS IN AN UNINTERRUPTED STRAIGHT PLANE EXCEEDING 30 LINER FEET. 35. CONTROL JOINT IN DIRECT APPLIED INTERIOR CEILING AND SUSPENDED CEILING WITHOUT PERIMETER RELIEF SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINT DO NOT EXCEED 30 FEET. 36. CONTROL JOINT IN SUSPENDED CEILING WITH PERIMETER RELIEF SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT NO LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS DO NOT EXCEED 50 FEET. 3-1. CONTROL JOINT IN EXTERIOR CEILING AND SOFFITS SHALL BE TALENTED SO THAT LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS DO NOT EXCEED 30 FEET 38. A CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS CHANGE DIRECTION. 39. FASTENERS AT GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS EDGES AND ENDS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 3/8"FROM THE EDGE OR END. IN PERPENDICULAR APPLICATIONS FASTENERS AT EDGES AND ENDS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE EDGE OR END. DO NOT FASTEN PERIMETER INTO THE TOP OR BOTTOM PLATES (OR FURRING) OF WALL EXCEPT AT FIRE RATED WALLS, STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE WALLS, OR OTHER SPECIAL CONDITIONS THAT REQUIRE SUCH ATTACHMENT. 40. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE HELD IN CONTACT WITH FRAMING MEMBERS OR UNDERLYING SUPPORT WHEN DRIVING FASTENERS. ANY EVIDENCE THAT THE BACK OF THE BOARD IS NOT IN FULL CONTACT SHALL BE CAUSE AND MANDATE FOR REJECTION BY EITHER ARCHITECT AND/OR LOCAL GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR 41. SCREWS INTO WOOD FRAMING SHALL PENETRATE A MIN 3/4". FOR 1/2"PANEL PRODUCTS USE A 1 1/4" LONG SCREWS. 42. SCREWS SHALL BE DRIVEN SO THAT THE SCREW HEAD ARE SLIGHTLY BELOW THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT SURFACE WITHOUT BREAKING THE FACE PAPER, FRACTURING THE CORE, OR STRIPPING THE FRAMING MEMBER AROUND THE SCREW SHANK. 43, DO NOT USE STAPLES TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING. 44. DO NOT USE NAILS TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING 45. USE ONLY SCREWS TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING 46. FASTENER TYPE, SIZE, AND SPACING FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE SPECIFIED FIRE RATED DESIGN. 41 AT CEILING WALL INTERSECTIONS, THE FIRST SCREW FASTENER INTO EACH CEILING FRAMING MEMBER, FRAMED EITHER PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE WALL SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 12" OUT FROM THE INTERSECTION. 48. USE THE FLOATING ANGLE METHOD OF APPLICATION TO MINIMIZE THE EFFECT OF TRUSS UPLIFT IN ALL LOCALES WHERE THE WIND V -ULT IS GREATER THAN 120 MPH. 49. SCREW SPACING ON WALL AND CEILING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SPECIFIED IN THE 2014 FBG CODES 5tH ED., BUT IN NO CASE SHALL IT BE LESS THAN 12" ON WALLS. ON CEILINGS IT SHALL NOT BE LESS 7' 50. FLOATING ON INTERIOR WALL ANGLES OR CORNERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED 51. ALL HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN THE FIELD OF WALLS AND CEILING SHALL BE TAPERED EDGE TO TAPERED EDGE. TAPERED EDGE TO CUT EDGE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CUT EDGE TO CUT EDGE HORIZONTAL JOINT IN WALL SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 52. ALL CORNER BEAD SHALL BE NAILED AT cY OC EACH EDGE STAGGERED- DO NOT USE CRIMPING TOOL METHOD. DO NOT USE PAPER TAPE METHOD. 53. ARRANGE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT APPLICATION OVER STEEL FRAMING SO THAT THE LEADING EDGE OE EACH PRODUCTS IS ATTACHED TO THE OPEN OR UNSUPPORTED EDGE OF THE STEEL STUD FLANGE (SEE FIG cJ ON THE GA SPEC) 54. SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THE FRAMING NOT LESS THAN 1/2" 55. WHERE RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS ARE USED OVER WOOD OR STEEL FRAMING THE SCREWS USED TO ATTACHED THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT TOT EH FURRING SHALL NOT CONTACT THE FRAMING. 56. EXTERIOR GPP SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON FRAMING AT 16" OC FOR Y2" BOARDS AND 24" OC MAX FOR V BOARDS. 5-1. EXTERIOR SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL OR SHALL SLOPE DOWN AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. 58. EXTERIOR GPP SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH Y4" MIN SPACING OR GAP AWAY FROM THE VERTICAL EDGES OF THE WALL/ FASICA BOARDS. ADDITIONAL_ NOTES 1. FOR GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS USED IN FIRE AND OR SOUND RESISTIVE 455Et" 1BL IES THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES 5HALL GOVERN. SYSTEI" 1 DET,4IL5 FOR FIRE AND 50UND 5HALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER THE GYPSUI" 1 ASSOCIATION PU5LIC,4TION ENTITLED FIRE RE515TIVE DESIGN MANUAL GA -600 2. ATTIC AND SIMILAR UNCONDITIONED 5i=,4CE5 ,4BOVE GYP5U1" I PANEL 1PRODUCT5 6HALL BE VENTILATED BY PROVING GROSS VENTILATION FOR ALL 5PACE5 BETWEEN THE ROOFAND THE TOP FLOOR LEVEL CEILING 3. IN THE 5T,4TE OF FLORIDA ONLY LICENSED DR T WALL GONTRACTOR5 5HALL INSTALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS OR ANY COMPONENT THEREOF. 4. ALL GPP 6H,4LL FOR EACH PROJECT SECTION ,AND INSTALL AREA 5HALL BE OF THE 5AME MANUFACTURER ,AND TYPE. DO NOT CRO55 MIX 1"1ANUFACTURERS OR GPI= TYPES 5. U5E ONLY GLA55 MATT GPP FOR BEHIND CERAMIC TILE ,AND WET AREA5. �. ,ALL MATERIAL& 6HALL C;CMf=LY WITH SECTION 2 OF GA -21(0-2013. THE GYSPUM PANEL PRODUCT MANUFACTURER 5HALL ENSURE THAT THE f=ANEL5 COMPLY WITH ALL THE A5TM STAN4RDS LISTED V V cc �w ��t-g ch � �l� 0043 PQj %a � w e00 1 A �t *.6 'o e e 'gra O t'7 r O� N r W H a N a J a 0 cc LL z aCO) CO) r ON r W W ca W W > cc 00 m a0 mZLJJ J 0 0CCCC J00 13 LL ZNZ Q (1) a J N N REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N ui0 Z Z _O H OltJ a Z H 0 0 lm 0 a J W Z a a CO) CD PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 r=ss mutmvcs uta com- juaffm BY ms" MAJUGEA M; LLC. MIS rm corroroar No orim Area= ltssIM= rm oss or Timm born wrrs TO rm OAW4 L alts OR ruxmw "n FZ" rJr tests PP"AAsn. x"BoDucrfo". cziw", an Asslat OUM uta srPJ=r 1AD>ZNM DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE A500 �..wsC���i viiy nr �a�w�wrvNUUx� Lu i8 rrv�ecislGu ia-uLnrLu its-11L� H�uu.awg, H�UU hTt' f'IVL Jr'CL.J, J/LiS/LU liS 4:�4:4U HNI, cony nr �apiop, HUiQLHU t'UI- (Hlgn l.tUalliy Yflni).pC3, HKl.ri iUll DI@eQ U (L4.UU X �E�.UU InCh2S�, 1:1, GUNYKIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT LEVER HANDLE ON FAUCET 1'-5" MIN INSULATE HOT WATER PIPE AND DRAIN PIPE IIF NOT COVERED OR IN CABINET) z m - � m r � z i IPL' LAVATOR-T- REQUIREt"ENT5 Scale: N, 24"x" MIRS" SOA SEE _L a n 11 PAPER TOWEL D ISPEN T- m OFFSET WASTE NOTE *3 15" MIN SEE PLAN KNEE CLEARANCE PER SECTION 306 ADA -ABA ACs. ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION TE HOT SUPPLY AND WASTE. Scale: NTS FOUL SUFFICIENT SPACE IS REQUIRED IN TOILET ROOM FOR A WHEELCHAIR MEASURING 30"W x 48"L TO ENTER ROOM AND PERMIT DOOR t0 CLOSE. WHEN DOOR IS LOCATED IN CORRIDOR SIDEWALL AND SWINGS INTO CORRIDOR, MIN. WIDTH OF CORRIDOR SHALL BE 60". FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE LOCATED t0 MINIMIZE EXCESS BODY MOVEMENT (STANDARD AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER) FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE OSCILLATING HANDLE wA'1AX 3 LBF OPERATING FORCE, ELECTRIC OPERATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL. TOILET COMPOSITION DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED w/ LOOP OR U -SHAPED HANDLE IMMEDIATELY BELOW LATCH. 60" DIA. TURNING SPACE IN THE RESTROOM WITH A CLEAR HT. OF 21" MIN. AFF. THE TURNING SPACE CAN OVERLAP CLEAR SPACES OF OTHER FIXTURES, AND DOOR CAN SWING INTO THE TURNING SPACE BY 12" MAX RESTROOM DOOR SHALL NOT SWING INTO REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE OF ANY RESTROOM FIXTURE. PROVIDE A 36" MIN. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE ACCESSIBLE SINGLE ACCOMMODATION RESTROOM WITH COMPLIANT CLEARANCES AT DOORS AND AROUND OBJECTS PROVIDE PRIVACY LATCH LOCATED ABOVE THE HC COMPATMENT DOOR PULL. FACE OF DOORS WITHIN 10" AFF TO HAVE FULL WIDTH SMOOTH KICK PLATE. PROVIDE ONE ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY IN THE HC STALL. WATER CLOSET: • TOILET IS LOCATED 16" TO 18" FROM THE SIDE WALL TO ITS CENTERLINE • FLUSH VALVE LEVER IS LOCATED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET 4 44" MAX AFF • FLUSH VALVE REQUIRES 5 LB. MAX FORCE t0 OPERATE • TOP OF SEAT IS 11" TO IS" AFF • SEAT HT. IS 2" MAX • TOILET PAPER DISPENSER ALLOWS FOR CONTINOUS PAPER FLOW 4 DOES NOT CONTROL DELIVERY • TOILET PAPER DISPENSER IS LOCATED 1" t0 S" FROM THE FRONT OF THE TOILET TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE DISPENSER TOL I E T ROOM REQU I RF'IENT& Scale: NTS �p Q' UNOBSTRUCTED LU m 3011 NIDI= L !`'tet Y f --'t I Of;R I RE Q U I Z E I R E N 15 Scale: NTS SINGLE OR MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION RESTROOM • GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS • GRAB BARS 4 THE ADJACENT SURFACES HAVE ROUNDED EDGES FREE OF SHARP OR • ABRASIVE ELEMENTS WITH A 1/8" MIN. RADIUS . THE GRAB BARS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE ALLOW FOR A VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL • BENDING STRESS, SHEAR 4 TENSILE FORCE OF 250 LW MIN • GRAB BARS HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 11/4" TO 1 In" MAX . THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR 4 ANY PROJECTING OBJECT BELOW ORAT EACH END IS 1 1/2" • THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR 4 ANY PROJECTING OBJECT ABOVE IS 18" MIN. • GRAB BARS ARE LOCATED MIN 33" TO THE TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE 4 MAX 36" TO THE TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE. • THE SIDE GRAB BAR IS 42" MIN IN LENGTH 4 LOCATED 12" MAX FROM BACK WALL 4 EXTENDING 54" MIN. FROM WALL • THE BACK GRAB BAR 18 36" MIN. IN LENGTH, LOCATED 12" MIN. FROM CENTER LINE OF TOILET TOWARDS THE NEAR WALL 4 24" MIN. IN THE OT14ER DIRECTION. GRAS 5AR5 AT WATER CL 05E T5 _126 11,0 riij Scale: NTS Sca Is. NTS d dp 1 1/2" MIN. Ci -R. 1 1/4" TO 1 IR" C ;e BAR DIA. - E GRAB BAR CLEARANCE PROVIDE 48" BAR PROVIDE 42" BAR C4 ENSURE TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE COMPLIANCE 54" MIN. TOILET PAPER 36" 12" 42" MN. DISPENSER MIN. CL MAX. 24" 12" MIN. MIN. �q C I O m7 1 FLUSH VALVE p ON WIDE SIDE -7 x 1" TO S" TO (L lt MOUNT AT 351/2" TO MAX. TOP OF BAR TO 16 TO 18" ENSURE 11 t0 FINISH 45 CAV AT WATER t R TMEt VGI` --- a � I I I I I 9 I I I I o o L ---------J UPPERCASE \ LAVATORY NOTES- OBSTRUCTED - PROVIDE A CLEAR SPACE 30"x48" IN FRONT 100�\ OF THE LAVATORY. REQUIRED • PERMANENT - THE 48" DEEP CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MAY Q EXTEND IS" MAX. UNDERNEATH THE LAV. 4 � aqQ A MAX. OF 6" CAN EXTEND INTO THE REQ. 11" KNEE CLR (S" TO 21" TOE SPACE. MIN.AFF), - TOE CLEARANCE IS FROM (0" TO 9") AFF 4 11" MIN. DEEP TAPERING 6" MIN. BEYOND THE LOWER POINT OF THE 8 DOWN TO 8" MIN. DEEP KNEE CLEARANCE, AND 11" MIN. FROM THE MIN FRONT EDGE OF LAV. Aa - KNEE CLEARANCE IS FROM (9" TO 21") AFF 4 11 11" MIN. CLR AT THE LOWER PORTION MAX. TAPERING DOWN TO 8" MIN. CLR AT THE UPPER PORTION. NARROW OBSTRUCTION DEEPER OBSTRUCTION - ALL DRAIN 4 HOT WATER PIPES UNDER LAV. NEED TO BE INSULATED OR COVERED w/ ITOE A BOOT OR SHIELD TO PREVENT CONTACT. CLR " ALL SHARP 4 ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER n (0" TO 9" AFF) IS JItemr THE LAV. NEED TO BE COVERED TO r _ 6Bll YIa�rIDDoE CONTACT. PREVENT I - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE RE0. Zr-1 PAPANCIF CLEAR SPACE. 6"MAX.��6" 30"x48" CLR FLR - TOP OF LAVATORY SHALL BE 34" MAX. AFF ,MIN. — SPACE - BOTTOM OF FRONT APRON SHALL BE 29" CAN EXTND. IS" MAX MIN. Il"MIN UNDER LAV. w/ 6" MAX INTO REQ. TOE SPACE FAUCETS. IS" MAX CLR FLOOR - FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECH. SPACE BELOW L V. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, - _ — OR TWISTING OF WRIST. — — — — — — - THE FORCE TO OPERATE THE FAUCET CONTROL SHALL BE 5 LBF. MAX rA - PUSH -TYPE 4 ELECTRONICALLY - CONTROLLED MECH. ARE ACCEPTABLE. - CL I - SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE TO REMAIN OPEN FOR 10 SECONDS MIN. I 6" MAX INTO THE REQ. TOE SPACE 30" W x 48" D CLR FLR SPACE L,AV TCCR*' REQU REz EENT5 Sca Is. NTS d dp 1 1/2" MIN. Ci -R. 1 1/4" TO 1 IR" C ;e BAR DIA. - E GRAB BAR CLEARANCE PROVIDE 48" BAR PROVIDE 42" BAR C4 ENSURE TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE COMPLIANCE 54" MIN. TOILET PAPER 36" 12" 42" MN. DISPENSER MIN. CL MAX. 24" 12" MIN. MIN. �q C I O m7 1 FLUSH VALVE p ON WIDE SIDE -7 x 1" TO S" TO (L lt MOUNT AT 351/2" TO MAX. TOP OF BAR TO 16 TO 18" ENSURE 11 t0 FINISH 45 CAV AT WATER t R TMEt VGI` --- a � I I I I I 9 I I I I o o L ---------J REACH RANGES Scale: NTS 6" RAISED WHEELCHAIR LOGO MOUNTED SIGNAGE Id 31, TO BE LOCATED ON MIN. LATCH SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF 1 DOOR -SWING. ,�— UPPERCASE \ CHARACTERS OBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED 100�\ RAISED 1/32" REQUIRED • PERMANENT Q E Q cc NO 0 � aqQ waw NN ,n � K[MAI ` xx GRADE 11BRAILL Y_ F — FONT SHALL BE 10° SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE © w mZ MAX. NARROW OBSTRUCTION NARROW OBSTRUCTION DEEPER OBSTRUCTION REACH RANGES Scale: NTS 6" RAISED WHEELCHAIR LOGO MOUNTED SIGNAGE Id 31, TO BE LOCATED ON MIN. LATCH SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF 1 DOOR -SWING. ,�— UPPERCASE \ CHARACTERS \ LETTERING 100�\ RAISED 1/32" REQUIRED • PERMANENT Icc ~/1 umII cc NO 0 � aqQ waw NN � E ' CORRESPONDING GRADE 11BRAILL Z FONT SHALL BE i r SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE © w ,n - RESTROOM SIGNS ARE TO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE LATCH BIDE OF DOOR BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWING. - RESTROOM SIGNS ARE PERMANENT ROOM SINS HAVING RAISED CHARACTERS WITH BRAILLE BELOW STATNG MEN, WOMEN, OR WISEX WITH A 18" x 18" MIK CLR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT 4 ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH TO WIT14N 3" WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTUDNG OBJECTS - RESTROOM SIGNAGE HAS A PICTOGRAM ABOVE THE TEXT N A SEPARATE FIELD 6" MIN. HIGH - RESTR00M SIGNAGE HAS 6" MIK HT. 18A ABOVE - SKIN 18 MOUNTED 80 THAT ITS BASELINE O= THE TOP ROU OF RAISED G-FARACTERB IS 60" MAX AFF 4 THE BASELINE OF THE LOIEST ROU OF TEM 18 48" MIN AFF 418 60" AFF TO THE CEWOMNE - RAISED CHNQACMRS, PICTOGRAMS, AND SYMBOLS HAVE A NON -GLARE FN18H 4 CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND - RESTROOM IDENTIFICATION DOOR SIGNAGE 18 TO BE LOCATED 60" AFF TO THE CENTERLM ON THE DOOR, AND ARE TO BE DISTNCTLY DIFFERENT FROM DOOR N COLOR AND CONTRAST - THE SIGN 614OULO BE 1/4" THICK AND CONTRAST VISUALLY WITH THE DOOR - THE SKIN SHOULD WAVE ROUNDED, CHAMFERED, OR EASED CORNERS WITH A 1A3" MIK RADIUS 5IG1 AGE REQUIREMENT6 Scats: NTS =mom xr�vmiiiiiiliiiii: Sca Is: NTS rPULL SIDE r PULL SIDE r PULL SIDE — — — l+ CLEARANCE SPACE f0.rL j � I I I I PROVIDE MIN. 10" HT. IS" MIN CLEAR _ 18" MIN. CLR BOTTOM RAIL KICK X, PLATE I IWHEN AT ACCESSIBLE DOORS I i GREATER THAN ( ROs I ADD. CLSPACE x P 32" MIN.IN POCKET 'RE IF DOOR IS DOOR FROM FULLY 32" CLEAR M 12" EQUIP. w/ BOTH RECEDING I I MIN. LATCH 4 CLOSER II DOOR AT RECESS OR ALCOVE DOOR 4 HARDWARE NOTES: CLEARANCE UNINTERRUPTED SPACE At BOTTOM OF DOOR SHALL BE 10". PUSH SIDE I SPACE Wa • THRESHOLD MAX. HT. SHALL BE 1/2" w/ MAX VERTICAL CHANGE I OF 1/4". L _ _ _ _ _ _ J _ _ J • EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FORM INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT . HARDWARE SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM SINGLE EFFORT, NO GRASPING OR WRIST MOVEMENT ( LEVERS, PUSH -PULLS OR PANIC DEVICES ) • HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED AND CENTER AT 30" - 44" HT. AFF . DOOR CLOSERS MUST BE SET 80 THAT IT TAKES At LEAST 5 MIN. CLEARANCE ® SLIDING DOOR DOOR LANDING CLEARANCES SEC. TO CLOSE FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF W DEG. TO WITHIN 12" OF THE LATCH . ALLOWABLE ry__II�AeU C_ C OS IOC / OPENING FORCE ; INT. DOORS - 5 LBF. X MAEXT. DOORS - 8 LBF. MAX FORCE Sca Is: NTS m a IL k a a Iu r O LU v O OJU N m * Q - A 30"x48" CLR FLOOR SPACE IS PROVIDED AT EACH ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY. - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF THE ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY - ALL CONTROLS ARE WITHIN COMPLIANT REACH RANGES AND ARE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST - FORCE TO OPERATE OR ACTIVATE CONTROLS 15 5 LBS. MAX. - BABY CHANGING STATION SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED SO THAT THEY INTRIIDE ON ANY REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE N THE OPEN POSITION. IT IS PREFERABLE NOT TO LOCATE THEM N THE ACCESSIBLE STALL. - SOAP OR OTHER DISPENSERS LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL OF THE LAVATORY SHOULD BE 40" MAX TO THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART IF THE LAV. OR COUNTER IS 20" OR LESS DEEP. - DISPENSERS, DISPOSAL UNITS, COAT HOOKS, AND SHELVES MAY OVERLAP THE CLEAR SPACE OF THE TOILET BY 3". - FREE-STANDING ACCESSORIES CAN NOT BE LOCATED IN THE CLEAR SPACE OF: ANY DOOR OR OTHER ACCESSORY. - SEAT COVER DISPENSER CAN NOT BE LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL BEHIND THE TOILET. TOILET ROOM ACCE550RIE5 Scale: NTS NOTES: - ALL MACH RANGES ARE FROM 30" x 48" LEVER CLEAR SPACE OF (2%) SLOPE MAX - ALL OPERABLE PARTS ARE WITHIN COMPLIABLE REACH RANGES - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE - ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND DO NOT RE0. TIGHT GRASPING, PNCHNG, OR TURNING OF THE WRIST - FORCE TO OPERATE ANY CONTROLS SHALL BE 5 LBS. MAX FORWARD REACH RANGE: - UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE IS 15" MIN. t0 48" MAX. - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGES SHOULD HAVE THE SAME CLEAR DEPTH BELOW THE OBSTRUCTION AS THE REACH DEPTH ABOVE - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE OVER AN OBJECT SHALL BE: • 48" MAX WHEN LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 20" IN DEPTH • 44" MAX. WHEN GREATER THAN 20" AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 25" IN DEPTH ginE er�4 RANGE: - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE 10" MAX FROM WALL - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT SHALL BE 54" MAX 4 LOW REACH OF S" MIN. AFF - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX AFF (FLR MOUNTED) AND 48" MAX AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION IS LESS THAN 10" AFF. - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX AFF (FLR MOUNTED) AND 46" MAX. AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION IS MORE THAN 10" 4 LESS THAN 24" AFF. 1/2 . � ML z U_ `r9i O 4-1 rxA N ON 1 LETT MR l Sca to: NTS CHARACTERS RAISED CORRESPONDING 1/32" 4 2" HIGH MAX GRADE II BRAILLE RM. 101 w '03� COS. com ka cc Z, REQUIRED • PERMANENT Icc ~/1 DOOR IDENTIFICATION ROOM SIGN cc NO 0 CHARACTERS RAISED CHARACTERS I" HIGHT 5/8" 4 2" HIGH MIN. 12" MIN. w/ 1/4" STROKE ll CHARACTERS 5" HIGHT WEST STAI w/ 3/4" STROKE EXIT DN E MAIN LEVEL - STAIRS n ::•:HIL CORRESPONDING CORRESPONDIWs GRADE It BRAILLE GRADE II BRAILLE TACTILE EXIT SIGN TACTILE STAIRWAY SIGN low #Affm 4101111111111 /rlt low vll� IU 0 0 00 ,r ELEC. WALL SWITCH CONVENIENCE WALL OUTLET 5-11 RECEPTACLE u � OUT NOTES: - CONTROL LIGHTING, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 48" FROM T.O. OUTLET BOX AND NO LESS THAN 15" FROM BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF FIN. FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. - CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECI4. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINC14NG OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQ. TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. OF FORCE. IWLV, VWii�T,Lv, r•yi iLG1V INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM CONTROL HEIG4TS Sca Is. NTS NOTES: - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING SIGNAGE IN FIELD AND PROVIDE NEW SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED PER FL ACCESSIBILITY CODE - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORD "EXIT" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT IS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN - TACTILE EXIT SIGN IS REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO ILLUMINATED SIGN ABOVE EXIT DOORS CONTRACTED GRADE 11 BRAILLE PER 2012 FL ACCESSIBLTY CODE SHALL BE USED - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS SHALL BE UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 11 BRAILLE - PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT t0 THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A PERSON APPROACH WITHOUT FDOORENCOUNTERING PROTUDINCs 05JECTO OR STANDING WITHING THE SWING PATH Or- DOOR. - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEIGI IT RATIO PER 2012 FL ACCESSIBLTY CODE - CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH BAC<GIRDUND - CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH - SIGNAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 60" APF. TO THE CENTER OF THE SIGN and per 10313. ADDITIONAL MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS LOCATION SHALL BE 80 THAT A PERSON APPROACHING WITHIN 3" OF SIGN DOES NOT ENCOUNTER PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR TACTILE EXIT" SIGNAGE fREQUIRE1 ENT5 Scale: NTS V V �O %i nt aq w '03� COS. com ka cc Z, appit� 041-,4OO Icc ~/1 ti ugpv RO �W4 044rol cc NO 0 � aqQ waw NN r I NI -\N ANWONY l SUN AR0008781 N J a cc LL ZD a (Ar N r W r W� W 0 Cc a0 �Z j Q4LL CC j 0CC 00 U. ZNZ 4C 0) ...1 N Vi REVISIONS 0 A 0 A PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 TBRBR DRAWMW ARE COPY - Pica= BY Rms" AFANAMMff. LLC, "18 Tffi8 COPYAWff An OTAM B/CBTB Aff5rA1Cf8 THR VSR OF TBsBR DOCVJLI<NTS TO TRR OBIClNAL am OR PVBP08R POR VRIEN TBRY WARR PRRPARRD. RRPBODL�Cl70NSLBINBRB" OR I88I4 N!'8 ARR Sl9t1 r PA0AzR1rzD. DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE im C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects12018-0262018-026 A601.dwg, A601 STD HC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:43 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHANTER 3 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCESSIBILITY - BUILOING BLOCKS 301 GENERAL 3043 Size. turning space shall comply with 3043.1 or 30432. 306 KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE 308 REACH RANGES 301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 3 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced 3043.1 Circular Space. The turning space shall be a space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum. 306.1 General. Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground space or 308.1 General. Reach ranges shall comply with 308. [•; by a requirement in this code. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. turning space, the space shall comply with 306. Additional space shall not be prohibited beneath an element :it F 302 FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES 30432 T -Shaped Space. The turning space shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1525 mm) but shall not be considered as part of the clear floor or ground space or turning space. 302.1 General. Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall comply with square minimum with arms and base 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be 3062 Toe Clearance. 3082 Forward Reach. v CON ko 302. clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 3062.1 General. Space under an element between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (230 mm) 3082.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward stet CON I 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance above the finish floor or ground shall be considered toe clearance and shall comply with 3062. reach is unobstructed, the high forwarder �`� �o�� com 1 in with 306 only at the end of either the base or one arm. 30622 MaximumDe tKToe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under anelement. reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum �Q �w oq°'� p y g y 30623 Minimum Required Depth. Where toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear and the low forward reach shall be 15 ,n Ro HN Nq 30-2.2 Carpet. Carpet or carpet iiia shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, or floor space, the toe clearance shall extend 1-1 inches (430 mm) minimum under the element. inches (380 mm) minimum above 0 backing or no cushion or pad.Carpet or carpet tale shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or 3062.4 Additional Clearance.5pace extending greater than 6 inches (150 mm) beyond the available the finish floor or ground. Q ��a �� �� level cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Exposed edges of carpet -- knee clearance at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not be considered toe clearance. W �a, oto cs,a,ri, shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge.Carpet 3062.5 Width. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (-160 mm) wide minimum. edge trim shall comply with 303. ,• ; 9 Y2 MaX 13 FIGURE 30432 T -SHAPED TURNING SPACE 6 m 17-26" FIGURE 3082.1 304.4 Door Swing. Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces. UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high forward reach is 305 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend AMINO" s. ZWJrN' 9781 FIGURE 3022 FIGURE 3062 beneath the element for a distance not less than the required CARPET PILE HEIGHT 305.1 General. Clear floor or ground space shall comply with 305. TOE CLEARANCE reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall 3052 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. inches (510 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 3063 Knee Clearance. inches (510 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches 11120 3023 Openings. Openings in floor or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 3053 Size. the clear floor or ground space shall be 30 inches (160 mm) minimum by 48 inches (1220 3063.1 General.Space under an element between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter except as allowed in 40-1.43, 409.43, 410.4, 81OB3 and 810.10. Elongated mm) minimum. the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall comply with,306.3_ maximum. openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. 3063.2 Maximum Depth. Knee clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 3063.3 Minimum Required Depth. Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a cc ` 48 Mid clear floor space, the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep minimum at 21 inches (685 mm) above the , Z finish floor or ground. 0 3063.4 Clearance Reduction. Between 9 inches (230 mm) and 21 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground, the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for Q j" -- each 6 inches (150 mm) in height. 3063B Width. Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (160 mm) wide minimum. 0 U. W FIGURE 30822 LU FIGURE 3053 i OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH 131 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE 0 min Q c €--_,.,_.,,,_,-.. 3083 Side Reach. a 3083.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear floor or ground space allows a 305.4 Knee and toe Clearance. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or rounds ace shall be permitted parallel approach to an element and the side reach Is N FIGURE 3023 to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. g p p J ELONGATED OPENINGS IN FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) a 305,B Position. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either I ndnmaximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum J a forward or parallel approach to an element. � � above the finish floor or ground. a EXCEPTIONS:ekwako Ow W 1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or Q ul 303 CHANGES IN LEVEL ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction 303.1 General. Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall comply FIGURE 3063 is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. 0 with 303. KNEE CLEARANCE 0 3032 Vert Ica l.Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be vertical. - , LL a f t 301 PROTRUDING OBJECTS ZUJ �J 1 30.1 General. Protruding objects shall comply with 301. °, Q Cl) 30.2 Protrusion Limits. Objects with leading edges more than 21 inches (685 mm) and not more than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4 inches (100 mm) maximum horizontally into the circulation path. i n'}. 0 0 a �- CV Z EXCEPTION: Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 41/2 inches (115 mm) maximum. 7" r v W n W CO W W > m FIGURE 3083.1 > FIGURE 3032 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH 0 0 cc VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL X W W 3033 Beveled. Changes in level between 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (13 mm) high FIGURE 3058 � 30632 Obstructed High Reach. Where a clear floor or IL 0 V 9 9 9 ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and 20 maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2. POSITION OF CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACEthe high aide reach is over an obstruction, the height of Z J 0 " Q LLQ Advisory 3033 Beveled.A change in level of 1/2 inch (13 mm) is permitted to be 1/4 inch (6.4 the obstruction shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum and the aFIGURE 302 depth of the obstruction shall be 24 inches 0610 mm) mm) vertical plus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) beveled. However, in no case may the combined change 305.6 Approach. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an accessible maximum. the high side reach shall be 48 inches 01220 mm) J 0 V route or adjoin another clear floor or rounds ace. LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS 9 0 � m in level exceed 1/2 inch 013 mm). Changes in level exceeding 1/2 inch 013 mm) must comply g p 305maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. with 405 (Ramps) or 406 (Curb Ramps). .E Maneuvering Clearance. Where a clear floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise Where the reach depth exceeds 10 Inches (255 mm), the high J 0 0 LLconfined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be provided in accordance 3073 Post -Mounted Objects. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons shall overhang circulation side reach shall be 46 inches (ilio mm) maximum for a reach 0 r LL with 305.1.1 and 30...2. Z h 305.x.1 Forward Approach. Alcoves shall be 36 Inches 0915 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 21 inches (685 mm) minimum and 80 depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. Z CV r 24 inches (610 mm). p inches (2030 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where a sign or other obstruction is a 0) a O mounted between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater than 12 J CV CO) N Inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be 2-1 inches (685 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2030 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. _. EXCEPTION: The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be required to comply . with 303. REVISIONS �.�n >1044 MW FIGURE 3033 BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL �, ` � , ' a � W *) D �s 36 non, 303.4 Ramps. Changes in level greater than i/2 inch (13 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply FIGURE 30832 with 405 or 406. OBSTRUCTEDPROD N0.:18-024 DATE: 9 :Ia- HIGH SIDE REACH -28-18 FIGURE 3013 rasa o UMM Asa cbrr- FIGURE 305.-1.1 Aran= ar AWSMN MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, FORWARD APPROACH POST -MOUNTED PROTRUDING 309 OPERABLE PARTS �a iMiOn= OBJECTS 309.1 General. Operable arts shall comply with 309. � � srxrcrs m � °r 304 TURNING SPACE p p p y 00cam sea an PUXMM FM 304.1 General. Turning space shall comply with 304. 305.2 Parallel Approach. Alcoves shall be 60 inches 01525 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 30-1.4 Vertical Clearance. Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2030 mm) high minimum. Guardrails 3092 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space �� MUMMA oil 3042 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or round surfaces of a turnip space shall comply with 302. p or other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80 inches (2030 mm) high. complying with 305 shall be provided. 30931-leight.Operable Ass arRrcn.r 9 9 p p y 15 inches 0380 mm). p g arts shall be laced within one or more of the reach ranges Changes in level are not permitted. The leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 21 inches (685 mm) maximum above the Ic p g specified in 308. EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. finish floor or ground. s p DRAIiN: AE Advisory 3042 Floor or Ground Surface Exception. As used in this section, the prase EXCEPTION: Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 18 inches 01980 mm) minimum 309.4 Opera tion.Opera b Is parts shall be operable with one hand "changes in level"refers to surfaces with slopes and to surfaces with abrupt rise exceeding above the finish floor or ground. and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the CHECK.• AE +-. wrist. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 that permitted in Section 3033. Such changes in level are prohibited in required clear floor a pounds (222 N) maximum. and ground spaces, turning spaces, and in similar spaces where people using wheelchairs Xf I and other mobility devices must park their mobility aids such as in wheelchair spaces, or manuver` to use elements such as at doors, fixtures, and telephones. The exception permits slopes not steeper than 1:46. g'1Min 104.1 DIMENSIONS. iam DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. 9-' ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC A602 FIGURE 305.12 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, PARALLEL APPROACH FIGURE 301.4 WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN VERTICAL CLEARANCE ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE 301.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. I routes. i C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A602.dwg, A602 CPT3 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:46 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH C APTER 4 OF THE 2017 FBC -ACCESSIBILITY - A CESSIBLE ROUTES 402 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 4042.42 Doorways without Doors or Crates Sliding Doors, and Folding Doors. Doorways less 402.1 General. Accessible routes shall comply with 402. TABLE 4042.4.1 y g g y than 3ro 4022 clearances Components.Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components: MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS AND GATES an inchesces complyiplying g with Table 4042.42. wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or Folding doors shall have maneuvering surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts. All components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 4 and 2083.1. 403 WALKING SURFACES 403.1 General. Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with 403. 4032 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302. 4033 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48. 403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303. 403.5 Clearances. Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with 403.5. EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, clearances on common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed. 403.5.1 Clear Width. Except as provided in 40352 and 403.53, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION: The clear width shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum For a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 46 inches (1220 mm)long minimum and 36 inches (915 mmAuide minimum. FIGURE 4035.1 CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 40352 Clear Width at Turn. Where the accessible route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum approaching the turn, 46 inches (1220 mm) minimum at the turn and 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum leaving the turn. EXCEPT ION: Where the clear width at the turn is 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum compliance with 403.52 sha l I not be required. 4'r 4035.3 Passing Spaces.Anaccessible route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525 mm) shall provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 feet (61 m) maximum. Passing spaces shall be either: a space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimums or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a T-shaped space complying with 30432 where the base and arms of the T-shaped space extend 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum beyond the intersection. 404 DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES 404.1 General. Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 404. EXCEPT ION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be required to comply with 4042.1, 40428, 4042.9, 40432 and 4043.4 through 4043.1. 4042 Manual Doors, Doorways, and Manual Gates. Manual doors and doorways and manual gates intended for user passage shall comply with 4042. 404.2.1 Revolving Doors, Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 404.2.2 Double -Leaf Doors and Gates. At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with 40423 and 4042.4. 40423 Clear Width. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (515 mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (865 mm) and 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (100 mm). EXCEPTIONS: 1. In alterations, a projection of 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for the latch side stop. 2. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 18 inches (1580 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. 32 i 32 min r FIGURE 40423 CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS 4042.4 Maneuvering Clearances. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance. EXCEPTION:Entry doors to hospital patient rooms shall not be required to provide the clearance beyond the latch side of the door. 4042.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 4042.4.1. MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWING DOORS AND GATES TYPE OF USE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE APPROACH DIRECTION DOOR OR GATE SIDE PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (BEYOND LATCH SIDE UNLESS NOTED) FROM FRONT PULL 60 INCHES 18 INCHES FROM FRONT PUSH 48 INCHES 0 INCHES (1) FROM HINGE SiDE PULL 60 INCHES 36 INCHES FROM HINGE SiDE PULL 54 INCHES 42 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PUSH 42 INCHES(2) 22 INCHES(3) FROM LATCH SIDE PULL 48 INCHE5(4) 24 INCHES FROM LATCH SiDE PUSH 42 INCHE5(4) 24 INCHES I. Add 12 inches (305 mm) if closer and latch are provided. 2. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer and latch are provided. 3. Beyond hinge side. 4. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer is provided. s 't r:t a .:.:.y . ?',r ------------- i i ,push Wah>pPtead% pa* side, ry r)Mr FIGURE 404.2.4.1 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS AND GATES TABLE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, MANUAL SLIDING DOORS, AND MANUAL FOLDING DOORS 1. Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. I: FIGURE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WiTHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. Advisory 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway. This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed. TT FW bobdmw amd btb FiGURE 4042.43 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES 4042.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 4042.5 shall be permitted. 40425 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. EXCEPT ION: Existine or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (15 mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 40425. 4042.6 Doors in Series and Gates in Series.The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. 4042.1 Door and Gate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 305.4.Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self -latching devices at 54 inches (1310 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock 4042.8 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 4042.6. 4042.8.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of SO degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 404282 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 10 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 15 seconds minimum. 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 3. Exterior hinged doors shall be designed so that such doors can be pushed or pulled open with a force not exceeding 85 pounds (318 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Advisory 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the force required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep the door in a closed position Florida law, s.553.504(6), F.S., establishes requirements for exterior door opening force. 4042.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (110 mm)of the same plane as the other.Cavitfes created by added kick plates shall be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 4042.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped. 4043 Automatic and Power -Assisted Doors and GatesAutomatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 4043. Full -powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/514MA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power -assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.15 (1991 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). 4043.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (615 mm) minimum in power -on and power -off mocle.The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position. 40432 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power -assisted doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 4042.4. EXCEPTION:Ukere automatic doors and gates remain open in the power -off condition, compliance with 4042.4 shall not be required. 404.33 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 4042.5. 4043.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with 404210. 40435 Controls. Manua Ily operated controls shall comply with 305. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 404310 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 4042 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 4043.6 shall not be required. 404.3.1 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE APPROACH DIRECTION PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (BEYOND STOP/LATCH SiDES UNLESS NOTED ) FROM FRONT 48" INCHES 0 INCHES FROM 61DEO) 42 INCHES 0 INCHES FROM POCKET/HINGE SIDE 42 INCHES 22 INCHES (2) FROM STOP/HINGE SIDE 42 INCHES 24 INCHES 1. Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. I: FIGURE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WiTHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. Advisory 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway. This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed. TT FW bobdmw amd btb FiGURE 4042.43 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES 4042.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 4042.5 shall be permitted. 40425 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. EXCEPT ION: Existine or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (15 mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 40425. 4042.6 Doors in Series and Gates in Series.The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. 4042.1 Door and Gate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 305.4.Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self -latching devices at 54 inches (1310 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock 4042.8 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 4042.6. 4042.8.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of SO degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 404282 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 10 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 15 seconds minimum. 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 3. Exterior hinged doors shall be designed so that such doors can be pushed or pulled open with a force not exceeding 85 pounds (318 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Advisory 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the force required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep the door in a closed position Florida law, s.553.504(6), F.S., establishes requirements for exterior door opening force. 4042.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (110 mm)of the same plane as the other.Cavitfes created by added kick plates shall be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 4042.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped. 4043 Automatic and Power -Assisted Doors and GatesAutomatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 4043. Full -powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/514MA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power -assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.15 (1991 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). 4043.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (615 mm) minimum in power -on and power -off mocle.The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position. 40432 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power -assisted doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 4042.4. EXCEPTION:Ukere automatic doors and gates remain open in the power -off condition, compliance with 4042.4 shall not be required. 404.33 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 4042.5. 4043.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with 404210. 40435 Controls. Manua Ily operated controls shall comply with 305. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 404310 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 4042 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 4043.6 shall not be required. 404.3.1 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. ANWONr Jr. RUN IR00087t O cl r N VW W F- a N J a O LLZ a M C \ ON H TM W W W Op M In. O No J oa" O�� JOO LL ZNZ J co co REVISIONS 0 A A A 0 0 cc Z O H a LL V V W CL DII Z a' � II J R W 0 W a a Z U H J m cc ca W V V a V LL N N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 5-28-18 r"SR DBI MM AM COPr- AFQ D DT AWSMN HAMi nMr. LLQ 2018 rMS COPrRresr AM OrJWR RRwam sssrmm ras vas or rAm DOCUAWMFS ro rm ORMUML SM OR PVBP M "A WJUCH rJW Usxs PJWAJ D. RLPRODVCYMIM CAMAS. OR ASSIGNAM ra wee snuchr AWAM M. DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE FIGURE 4042.6 DOORS IN I ERIES AND GATES IN SERIES LL_6_m_�i I C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A603.dwg, A603 CPT4 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:51 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT I r. Al .01W ti °OOCF, O �� 101 NC" v ANWONr Jr. RUN IR00087t O cl r N VW W F- a N J a O LLZ a M C \ ON H TM W W W Op M In. O No J oa" O�� JOO LL ZNZ J co co REVISIONS 0 A A A 0 0 cc Z O H a LL V V W CL DII Z a' � II J R W 0 W a a Z U H J m cc ca W V V a V LL N N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 5-28-18 r"SR DBI MM AM COPr- AFQ D DT AWSMN HAMi nMr. LLQ 2018 rMS COPrRresr AM OrJWR RRwam sssrmm ras vas or rAm DOCUAWMFS ro rm ORMUML SM OR PVBP M "A WJUCH rJW Usxs PJWAJ D. RLPRODVCYMIM CAMAS. OR ASSIGNAM ra wee snuchr AWAM M. DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE FIGURE 4042.6 DOORS IN I ERIES AND GATES IN SERIES LL_6_m_�i I C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A603.dwg, A603 CPT4 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:51 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT I ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE 2017 FBC-ACCESSIBILITY - PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 6 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced 604.5.1 Side Wall. The side wall grab bar shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum, located 12 by a requirement in this code. inches (305 mm) maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (13-70 mm) minimum from the 602 DRINKING FOUNTAINS rear wall. 602.1 General. Drinking fountains sha I I comply with 301 and 602. 6022 Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach and centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided., 6023 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. 602.4 Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 4-111 U 602.5 Spout Location. The spout shall be located B inches (380 mm) minimum from the vertical support and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum From the front edge of the unit, including bumpers. FIGURE 602.5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN SPOUT LOCATION 60210 Water Flow. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit.The angle of the water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the front face of the unit.Where spouts are located less than 3 inches (15 mm) of the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees maximum. Where spouts are located between 3 inches (15 mm) and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees maximum. 602.1 Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 603 TOILET AND BATHING ROOMS 603.1 General. Toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with 603. 6032 Clearances. Clearances shall comply with 6032. 6032.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room. 603.2.2 Overlap. Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fixtures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap. 60323 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors shall be permitted to swing into the required turning space. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Doors to a toilet room or bathing room for a single occupant accessed only though a private office and not for common use or public use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance provided the swing of the door can be reversed to comply with 60323. 2. Where the toilet room or bathing room is for individual use and a clear floor space complying with 3053 is provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. 6033 Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the finish Floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 603.4 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 604 WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS 604.1 General. Water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with 6042 through 6048. EXCEPTION: Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 604.9. 6042 Location. The water closet shall be positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water closet shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 11 inches (430 mm) minimum and IS inches (485 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in 60482. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach. FIGURE 6042 WATER CLOSET LOCATION 6043 Clearance. Clearances around water closets and in toilet compartments shall comply with 6043. 6043.1 Size. Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the side wall and 56 inches (1420 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall. FIGURE 6043.1 SIZE OF CLEARANCE AT WATER CLOSETS 60432 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance. 604.4 Seats. The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 11 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. 6048 Grab Bars. Grab bars For water closets shall comply with 609:Grab bars shall be provided on the side wall closest to the water closet and on the rear wall. FIGURE 604.5.1 SIDE WALL GRAB BAR AT WATER CLOSETS 604.52 Rear wall, The rear wall grab bar shall be 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and extend from the centerline of the water closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on the other side. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The rear grab bar shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water closet. 2. Where an administrative authority requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet area. FiGURE 60452 REAR WALL GRAB BAR WATER CLOSETS 604.6 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 30S.Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 604.82. 604.1 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 1 inches (180 mm) minimum and S inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser.The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. Advisory 604.1 Dispensers. if toilet paper dispensers are installed above the side wall grab bar, the outlet of the toilet paper dispenser must be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor and the top of the gripping surface of the grab bar must be 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor. ILI FIGURE 604.1 DISPENSER OUTLET LOCATION 6048 Toilet Compartments.Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the requirements of 6048.1 and 60483. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with 603. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with 604B2 and 60483. 6048.1 Wheelchair Accessible Compartments. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall comply with 6048.1. 6048.1.1 Size. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the sidewall, and 56 inches (1420 mm) deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. �€ ate! fl wapwrsiaaet FIGURE 6048.1.1 SIZE OF WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT 6048.12 Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with 404 except that if the approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum.Doors shall be located in the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum From the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the front partition.The door shall be self-closing.A door pull complying with 4042.1 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment area. dpm r i rrrrwrrnrrrrrrr�rrrr��iwrr . FI URE 6048.12 WHEELCHAIR ACCES5i5E TOILET COME 'ARTMENT DOORS 604.8.13 Approach. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet. 6048.1.4 Toe Clearance. The front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment -side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. EXCEPTION:Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment greater than 62 inches (1515 mm) deep with a wall -hung water closet or 65 inches (1650 mm) deep with a floor -mounted water closet. Toe clearance at the side partition 1s not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1615 mm) wide. Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment for children's use that is greater than 65 inches (1650 mm) deep. FIGURE 6048.1.4 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE 6048.1.5 Grab Ears. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be located on the wall closest to the water closet. In addition, a rear -wall grab bar complying with 604.52 shall be provided. 6048.110 Lavatory. In new construction, the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment shall contain an accessible lavatory within it, which must be at least 19 inches wide by 1-7 inches deep, nominal size, andwall-mounted.The lavatory shall be mounted so as not to overlap the clear floor space areas required by section 604 for the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment and shall comply with section 606. Such lavatories shall be counted as part of the required fixture count for the building. See also section 2133.4. 6048.11 Water closet. In new construction, the accessible water closet within the wheelchair accessible compartment shall be located in the corner, diagonal to the door. Advisory 6048.110 Lavatory and 6048.1.1 Water Closet. Florida law, section 553B04(5), F.S., stipulates that "...required bathing rooms and toilet rooms in new construction shall be designed and constructed..." with an accessible lavatory in the wheelchair accessible compartment and the water closet located in a corner diagonal to the door. The ADA Standards for Accessible Design and therefore this code require wheelchair accessible compartments in new construction and in alterations of existing buildings to have self closing doors. While the Florida lavatory requirement and water closet placement apply only to new construction, they are desirable for all wheelchair accessible compartments and should be considered where feasible. FIGURE 6048.1.6 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSI5LE TOILET COMPARTMENT IN NEW CONSTRUCTION Note: The drawings are not the complete code requirements, do not depict all possible options and the code text must be reviewed for additional requirements 60483 Coat Hooks and Shelves.Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 605 URINALS 605.1 General. Urinals shall comply with 605. 6052 Height and Depth. Urinals shall be the stall -type or the wa I I -hung type with the rim 11 inches (430 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall be 13 1/2 inches (345 mm) deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture. 105 REFERENCED STANDARDS 105.1 Genera I. The standards listed in 1052 are incorporated by reference in this code and are part of the requirements to the prescribed extent of each such reference. The Director of the Federal Register has approved these standards for incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.G. 552(x) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the referenced standards may be inspected at the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004± at the Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, Disability Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DCt at the Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10424, Washington DC± or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-141-6030 1052 Referenced Standards. The specific edition of the standards listed below are referenced in this code. Where differences occur between this code and the referenced standards, this code applies. 1052.1 ANSI/51-IMA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the 5uilders Hardware Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Avenue, 11th floor, New York, NY 10011 (http://www.buitdarshardware.com). ANSI/5HMA A156.10-1999 American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors (see 4043). ANSI/5HMA A156.19-199-7 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 4043, 40832.1, and 4093.1). ANSI/5HMA A156.19-2002 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 4043, 40832.1, and 40S3.1). ANSI/5HMA A156.15-ISSI and A156.19-2002 applies to power assist doors, low energy power operated doors or low energy power open doors for pedestrian use not provided for in ANSI/5HMA A156.10 for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors. Included are provisions intended to reduce the chance of user injury or entrapment. 10522 ASME. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016 (http://www.aame.org). 10523 ASTM. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org). 1052.4 ICC/15C. Copies of the referenced standard may be obtained from the International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, Virginia 22041 (www.iccsafeorg). International 5uilding Code, 2000 Edition (see 201.1, 20-72, 216.42, 216.43, and 10052.1). International Building Code, 2001 Supplement (see 201.1 and 20-7.2). International 5uilding Code, 2003 Edition (see 201.1, 2012, 216.42, 216.43, and 10052.1). 1052.5 NFPA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 5atterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-1411, (http://www.nfpa.org). NFPA 12 National Fire Alarm Code, ISSS Edition (see 102.1 and 809.52). NFPA 12 National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition (see 102.1 and 809.52 ). (a) wobung $W" FIGURE 6052 HEIGHT AND DEPTH OF URINALS 6053 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach sha I I be provided. 605.4 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309. 606 LAVATORIES AND SINKS 606.1 General. Lavatories and sinks shall comply with 606. Advisory 606.1 General. if soap and towel dispensers are provided, they must be located within the reach ranges specified in 308. Locate soap and towel dispensers so that they are conveniently usable by a person at the accessible lavatory. 6062 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with 305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided. 606.3 Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the Front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 606.4 Faucets. Controls for faucets shall comply with 309. Hand -operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. 606.5 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces.Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. N � 03 C�'CoA b t- fri0pA �N �A� �� � 03 W4 Cq 4� *■� _ 10 Wrsonr s snap O Cl) N TM W 0 LL Z0 440 ON H TM W W y W O� a0 � Z J U. 0�� J00 LL ZNZ a0,a J C4 ca REVISIONS 0 A 0 A A ca Z _O a V LL W IL cc 0 Z a co a W cc LUa caa V H J m cc W 0 0 a V LL N N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-16 r"Ss MURMCB use COPr- Area D Br RMSIM Muxa�f. LLC, sola rMS COMICer AM Or=Jt JUMN msrxwrs rB= USl or r=Ss BCCUAMM TO rBs OJUVJ= sm OB PUJUVM POB FMCa rJW FJ= PBSPIBSB. CALMS, OB Assiskirmm IBI BrRICIZT PJMMWIM DRAWN. AE CHECK: AE A604 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A604.dwg, A604 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:55 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE 2017 FBC--ACCESSIBILITY - PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES 609 GRAB BARS 609.1 General. Grab bars in toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall comply with 609. 6092 Cross Section. Grab bars shall have a cross section complying with 6092.1 or 60922. 6092.1 Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 11/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum. 60922 Non -Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with non -circular cross sections shall have a cross-section dimension of 2 inches (51 mm) maximum and a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 4.8 inches (120 mm) maximum. (a) (b) FIGURE 60922 GRAB BAR NON -CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION 6093 Spacing. The space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). The space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION: The space between the grab bars and shower controls, shower fittings, and other grab bars above shall be permitted to be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. FIGURE 6093 SPACING OF GRAS BARS 609.4 Position of Grab Bars. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface, except that at water closets for children's use complying with 604.9, grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position 18 inches (455 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. The height of the lower grab bar on the back wall of a bathtub shall comply with 601.4.1.1 or 60-1.42.1. 609.5 Surface Hazards. Grab bars and any wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges. 609.6 Fittings. Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings. 609.1 Installation. Grab bars shall be installed in any manner that provides a gripping surface at the specified locations and that does not obstruct the required clear floor space. 609.8 Structural Strength. Allowable stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the grab bar, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM° ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. 0 C2 N TM W I— U) Q N Q J a 0 Ix 0 LL ZO a T \ ON TM W W2 UJ� Op cc a0 �ZLJL � J 0 0CCM J00 LL ZNZ av)a J N Co REVISIONS 0 A 0 0 0 ca Z _O Q V LL V W IL ca 0 Z Q ca J a W 0 IT-] Ir UJI— IL Q V H J m co cc W V V Q V LL N O N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE. 9-28-18 rD:as DRIMM AM COPr- arcarsD By sDsarcw Mxianizrff, M4 sola r®s COPYJUMF AM OrAIR AMM asarsrcra r" ass or rases DOCUARNM r0 r" ORraff" and an Pa tn" "it WMCB reit WJ= PBSPAM. ALMNODUMNA'A CBI11 S. OR ASSIVARM"T AM arRtCnr PAWznurza DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE A604.1 J, C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A604.dwg, A604-1 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:57 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT Q �w I q c'Co NQ 0 0 C2 N TM W I— U) Q N Q J a 0 Ix 0 LL ZO a T \ ON TM W W2 UJ� Op cc a0 �ZLJL � J 0 0CCM J00 LL ZNZ av)a J N Co REVISIONS 0 A 0 0 0 ca Z _O Q V LL V W IL ca 0 Z Q ca J a W 0 IT-] Ir UJI— IL Q V H J m co cc W V V Q V LL N O N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE. 9-28-18 rD:as DRIMM AM COPr- arcarsD By sDsarcw Mxianizrff, M4 sola r®s COPYJUMF AM OrAIR AMM asarsrcra r" ass or rases DOCUARNM r0 r" ORraff" and an Pa tn" "it WMCB reit WJ= PBSPAM. ALMNODUMNA'A CBI11 S. OR ASSIVARM"T AM arRtCnr PAWznurza DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE A604.1 J, C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A604.dwg, A604-1 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:57 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION AND SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 7 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCES IBILITY - COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES -703 SIGNS 103.1 General. Signs shall comply with 103. Where both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided. T032 Raised Characters. Raised characters shall comply with 1032 and shall be duplicated in braille complying with 1033. Raised characters shall be installed in accordance with 103.4. 1032.1 Depth. Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (08 mm) minimum above their background. -10322 Case. Characters shall be uppercase. 10323 Style.Characters shall be sans serif.Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1032.4 Character Proportions.Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "1 n -70325 Character Height. Character height measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8 inch (16 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter "I". EXCEPTION: Where separate raised and visual characters with the same information are provided, raised character height shall be permitted to be 1/2 inch (13 mm) minimum. FIGURE 1032.5 HEIGHT OF RAISED CHARACTERS 1032.6 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I"shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character. -7032.1 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (32 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (32 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum. -70328 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the raised character height. T033 Braille. Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with 1033 and 103.4. 1033.1 Dimensions and Capitalization. Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table -1033.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms. TABLE 1033.1 Mi.2Ail I f= rJItw=M_A1rNJc, MEASUREMENT NG MiNIMUM IN INCHES MAXIMUM IN INCHES Dot base diameter 0.059 (15 mm) to 0.063 0.6 mm) Distance between two dots in the same celll 0.090 (23 mm) to 0.100 (25 mm) Distance between corres ondin dots in adjacent cellal 0241 C6.1 mm) to 0300 CTB mm) Dot heiclht 0.025 Cob mm) to 0.031 (0.9 mm) Distance between corresponding dots from one cell dlrectly belowl 0395 (10 mm) to 0.400 (102 mm) FIGURE 1033.1 BRAILLE MEASUREMENT 10332 Position. Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If text is multi -lined, braille shall be placed below the entire text$raille shall be separated 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements. EXCEPTION:5raills provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (48 mm) minimum and shall be located either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised characters or symbols. AM OF FIGURE 10332 FIGURE -103.4.1 POSITION OF BRAILLE HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS A50VE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND 103.4 Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile characters shall comply with -703.4. 103.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or Ground.Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 Inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character. EXCEPTION:Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with -103.4.1. X03.4.2 Location.Where a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch sideAklere a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive Ieaf.Ukere a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand doorithere there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold -open devices. FiGURE 103.42 LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS 1035 Visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with -1035. EXCEPTION: Where visual characters comply with 1032 and are accompanied by braille complying with 1033, they shall not be required to comply with -10352 through -1035.9. 1035.1 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their background shall have a non -glare finiehGharacters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 103.52 Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both 10353 Style. Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1035.4 Character Proportions.Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "0" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter 10355 Character Height. Minimum character height shall comply with Table -70355. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing Further approach towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase letter{ "I". TABLE 103.5.5 V15UAL GHARACTER HEIGHT HEIGHT TO FINISH FLOOR OR D, tarstto-VTTM GROUND FROM BASELINE OF HORIZONTAL VIEWING DISTANCE MiNIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT CHARACTER F, . 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than or equal to less than -12 inches (1830 mm) 5/8 70 inches (1-180 mm) inch (16 mm) 5/8 inch (16 mm) 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than V*eAsiis 3l6 5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) or equal to A ., �4 a• ". a :-# ':. f b .`0 B b fi 6 b �. 10 inches (1-180 mm) - P # r' above 12 inches (1630 mm) Greater than -10 inches (I-180 mm) $GALE: N.T. S, ' CfliPEl o- to less than or equal to 120 inches less than 180 inches (4570 mm) FIGURE 1033.1 BRAILLE MEASUREMENT 10332 Position. Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If text is multi -lined, braille shall be placed below the entire text$raille shall be separated 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements. EXCEPTION:5raills provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (48 mm) minimum and shall be located either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised characters or symbols. AM OF FIGURE 10332 FIGURE -103.4.1 POSITION OF BRAILLE HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS A50VE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND 103.4 Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile characters shall comply with -703.4. 103.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or Ground.Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 Inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character. EXCEPTION:Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with -103.4.1. X03.4.2 Location.Where a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch sideAklere a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive Ieaf.Ukere a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand doorithere there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold -open devices. FiGURE 103.42 LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS 1035 Visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with -1035. EXCEPTION: Where visual characters comply with 1032 and are accompanied by braille complying with 1033, they shall not be required to comply with -10352 through -1035.9. 1035.1 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their background shall have a non -glare finiehGharacters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 103.52 Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both 10353 Style. Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1035.4 Character Proportions.Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "0" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter 10355 Character Height. Minimum character height shall comply with Table -70355. Viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing Further approach towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase letter{ "I". TABLE 103.5.5 V15UAL GHARACTER HEIGHT HEIGHT TO FINISH FLOOR OR D, tarstto-VTTM GROUND FROM BASELINE OF HORIZONTAL VIEWING DISTANCE MiNIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT CHARACTER F, . 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than or equal to less than -12 inches (1830 mm) 5/8 70 inches (1-180 mm) inch (16 mm) 5/8 inch (16 mm) 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than V*eAsiis 3l6 5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) or equal to 12 inches (1830 mm) and greater per Foot (305 mm) of viewing distance 10 inches (1-180 mm) above 12 inches (1630 mm) Greater than -10 inches (I-180 mm) $GALE: N.T. S, ' CfliPEl o- to less than or equal to 120 inches less than 180 inches (4570 mm) 2 inches (51 mm) (3050 mm) y :; Greater than CI -180 mm) tlat�oiat'aPklaFA 15013007CC328'iAf' t less than or equal to 120 inches 180 inches (45-10 mm) and greater 2 inches (51 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance (3050 mm) t prc#xy stOUf'lSQ 13flQ7 RO or AMM 6110,3oroettar above 180 inches (4510 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 mm) less than 21 feet (6400 mm) 3 inches C15 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 mm) 21 Feet (6400 mm) and greater 3 inches (15 mm), plus 1/6 inch (32 mm) per Foot (305 mm) of viewing distance merAkio#ts9andcoat(On•Graund).l^8013306701'81 arANSI A118A arbetter. 2 Cemetitinous$pndCoat 00,00C - above 21 feet (6400 mm) 1035b Height From Finish Floor or Ground. Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 1035b. 1035.1 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I"shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent maximum of the height of the character. 1035.8 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent characters, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 percent maximum of character height. -7035.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 1-70 percent maximum of the character height. 103.6 Pictograms. Pictograms shall comply with 103.6. 103.6.1 Pictogram Field.Pictograme shall have a field height of 6 inches (150 mm) minimum.Charactere and braille shall not be located in the pictogram field. .r.ar �l ' MEN FIGURE '103.6.1 PICTOGRAM FIELD 103b2 Finish and Contrast.Pictoerame and their field shall have a non -glare finishPictograme shall contrast with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field. -703.63 Text Descriptors. Pictograms shall have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply with 1032, 1033 and 103.4. 103.1 Symbols of Accessibility. Symbols of accessibility shall comply with 103.1. 103.1.1 Finish and Contrast. Symbols of accessibility and their background shall have a non -glare finish. Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their background with either a light symbol on a dark background or a dark symbol on a light background. 103.12 Symbols. 103.12.1 International Symbol of Accessibility. The International Symbol of Accessibility shall comply with Figure 103.12.1. FIGURE -103.12.1 INTERNATIONAL SYM50L OF ACCESSIBILITY 103.122 International Symbol of TTY. The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 103.122. FIGURE 103.122 INTERNATIONAL SYM50L OF TTY -103.123 Volume Control Telephones. Telephones with a volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in Figure 103.123. FIGURE 103.123 VOLUME CONTROL TELEPHONE 103.12.4 Assistive Listening Systems.Assistive listening systems shall be identified by the international Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 103.12.4. FIGURE 103.12.4 INTERNATIONAL SYM50L OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE On -Around orAbove-Ground Concrete MAPEI: MF12ra-Full Crackisolation Membrane (l=ull coverage') TCNA: F12.5 -16 -Full GararnicTite TTMAC: N/A 1). GROUT 2) CEMENTITIOU S BOND COAT 3): BONDED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE 4), PRIMERFOR BONDED CRACKiSOLA11ON MEMBRANE, (SHEET) CONCRETE, ON -GROUND OR ABOVEGROUND SOFT JOINTS CRACK M&WAOS re de§el"dd:ftWd ,'Tit C,euntd M Nott. Arrwi Se (TCNA)W48:.TUNA H -4b ok for Cnamio Tile #nstb#{brog q#fid the Afir a, Tilt --Marble AS-Wation of Canada's C'PihkRC) TAe'jy5laraSon Manaaa MAPE1 Ppaduttr are hied as opi�hs an¢ are sulsYtLOd ror TONAs and TrMAes,9 edA4t 1 and # 4113(1 �OOT9 standards: R*asaspat.the rS#aranaad handb•a�rs andaift4 M 4a shoatsrdteirvPie bujracheni and>,pPlrsahon'YmdaMsrs`Some firstrratenmethods androompartent matEriak ...t [if4rrznceA..ro1liP0ellwrtaliv the WV toognsut ali appy-od twoor res is "wc"a e-pNto 3LSepTI V,, INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAPEI: MF115A Above -Ground Concrete TCNA: F1 15A-16 Epoxy Grout TTMAG: 311 F -A Ceramic Tile EPDXY GROUT - 2). CEMENTITIOUS BONES COAT F-3). OPTIONAL MEMBRANE a4 .� + #_;' s a T 4 A v NEaftwm'Patorrttenca Reaukemeryls from TCNA 2016 Gutefetlnes 1, arout *Poo"; A_ pox.�# or Kerapoxy CQ ISO 18097 aC Epoxy Graig ISO 13007 RG or ANSI At 16.3 6_ Kerapoxy tEG CO 0713067 RO'' 2 CmirierM#ws Band Corr options= Comentittouf Bond Cost-, iSO 13007 C2 orANSi At 18A A. XeMboad 'T 1 KOW80 "° System ISO 13007 CM92P2 S Kareb WfKsra(oWtl System W13wiC2E32P2 C. Grf#ucVWd ystam ISO 13067C2FS2P2 D, tarstto-VTTM 4 a U*8ftxLFTRapld IS01M7C2TFSIP1 F, . M 01106762ESIP1 3. Optlotwi Alembrane mons: A- Mel#ekWeArrufDstense B. V*eAsiis 3l6 .' . 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT c�Cqrqo , $GALE: N.T. S, ' CfliPEl o- M htinimelnPerriNmaratiia lTeta s om TCRA 2 g Gl ad "allot' �. GroetOpiiais{ y :; �< tlat�oiat'aPklaFA 15013007CC328'iAf' Camertdraul:ISO 43ONCOIorANSIA11a8clrbetier B Kenxtifa?v .KEr ISO13Y07,02WA ISP IM07 RIG t prc#xy stOUf'lSQ 13flQ7 RO or AMM 6110,3oroettar E ISO i3t107} SCALE. r � s AAS r� merAkio#ts9andcoat(On•Graund).l^8013306701'81 arANSI A118A arbetter. 2 Cemetitinous$pndCoat 00,00C - C. Kwiw=yrar Kora lgxy CQ ISO 13007 AG D. MAPI=1 Fiaxcotor*#" CQ Epoxy Grout. 160 ,13007 RG or ANSI A11$_3 Or better FAmleflttiousBaldcoat 18013007O2S1orANSIA1Ila, 4or A 4raW0 7 Wiwataako 8Ystari i 501300_ C2E82P2 better. 13 1CerabosdrKplatastac*_System iSOI3no7.C2Es2P2 H, Ades0ex"' PIC! (for gifts tile) Iso 13007 C2TE G Grant " ni t5R 13007 c2fE2P3 Emr`onme" Classdil*m6s D Utref�xr* 9 ISO 13007C2EPIP1 E. r. Utrafkw Lit- Lr"cwLFrPaoxt [so 13007 02rE01 P1 ISO 1W07C2rrSIP•9 ResidentlattRes) 1, 2, 3 3' @olydddCr;�1[•IwHfi1� 11 mbr Options; ow"'mal kcam) 1, 2, 3:, A, Utausid° 2 {st eat) B- kia/,.�t8stxr t7 S�vltf Ratind t�rlmainr@ont[ed Crack daRiatMets ane hbavy Reskien#al fhoi",opaitrrom, tondom da hlsi and oAmrnerclaf € k oris a<iMdedC i'nissols ftMeekvnl ` k). malls,tr tabuildits,r�a#rants,$011e'ifs)fld*:bdWlndebo'ahnd cteriort th VOM dr9 it0 ),Ideatfture'dWa2nbise1r4'n$m§on'hrot* f1burs of1'43dlti-'salty c Of mu9u-story buildlrvs M&WAOS re de§el"dd:ftWd ,'Tit C,euntd M Nott. Arrwi Se (TCNA)W48:.TUNA H -4b ok for Cnamio Tile #nstb#{brog q#fid the Afir a, Tilt --Marble AS-Wation of Canada's C'PihkRC) TAe'jy5laraSon Manaaa MAPE1 Ppaduttr are hied as opi�hs an¢ are sulsYtLOd ror TONAs and TrMAes,9 edA4t 1 and # 4113(1 �OOT9 standards: R*asaspat.the rS#aranaad handb•a�rs andaift4 M 4a shoatsrdteirvPie bujracheni and>,pPlrsahon'YmdaMsrs`Some firstrratenmethods androompartent matEriak ...t [if4rrznceA..ro1liP0ellwrtaliv the WV toognsut ali appy-od twoor res is "wc"a e-pNto 3LSepTI V,, INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAPEI: MF115A Above -Ground Concrete TCNA: F1 15A-16 Epoxy Grout TTMAG: 311 F -A Ceramic Tile EPDXY GROUT - 2). CEMENTITIOUS BONES COAT F-3). OPTIONAL MEMBRANE a4 .� + #_;' s a T 4 A v NEaftwm'Patorrttenca Reaukemeryls from TCNA 2016 Gutefetlnes 1, arout *Poo"; A_ pox.�# or Kerapoxy CQ ISO 18097 aC Epoxy Graig ISO 13007 RG or ANSI At 16.3 6_ Kerapoxy tEG CO 0713067 RO'' 2 CmirierM#ws Band Corr options= Comentittouf Bond Cost-, iSO 13007 C2 orANSi At 18A A. XeMboad 'T 1 KOW80 "° System ISO 13007 CM92P2 S Kareb WfKsra(oWtl System W13wiC2E32P2 C. Grf#ucVWd ystam ISO 13067C2FS2P2 D, tarstto-VTTM 18613007C2TESIP1 E_ U*8ftxLFTRapld IS01M7C2TFSIP1 F, Ubaftx3 M 01106762ESIP1 3. Optlotwi Alembrane mons: A- Mel#ekWeArrufDstense B. V*eAsiis 3l6 .' . 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT Enywonm"" ClassFficatlons Res 1, 2, 3,5 Comtrt 1, 2, 3, 5 ice Beg= Extra Heavy' INTERIOR WALLS OVER WOOD OR METAL STUDS MAPEI: MW248 Wood or Metal Muds TCNA: W24846 Glass Mat Wetter -Resistant Gypsum Backer Board TTMAC: N/A Ceramic Tile 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104. 1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. V CERAMIC TILE d". ,- 02 wEn 2ka .7 000 GROUT to w Ci 00 C5 6� 04N p �� CZ I _9 �o o O .' . 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT c�Cqrqo GLASS MAT WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKER BOARD a� y :; •Lz a 4 WOOD OR METAL :STUDS SCALE. r � s M T, .s. iMAPEI Products AssembN 1. Gra ut optlorw. MkIlI num Panora►ones R&GW< !nM ftM T04A 2016.2M rt li►few A, Uftnxvior* Phos FA iSO 13907 CG2INAF rdltitius Grout: 150 13007 CGI or ANSI At 16.6 or better B. Kerscamo U ISO 13607 CO2WAt C. Kwiw=yrar Kora lgxy CQ ISO 13007 AG D. MAPI=1 Fiaxcotor*#" CQ Epoxy Grout. 160 ,13007 RG or ANSI A11$_3 Or better 2. ComerltitMoue Bond Coat Optione: Cement ars Bard Goat iSO 13607 G299 nr ANSI At 18.A or tsar A>KBreband°T//iar�sfesflCCeSygtem ISO 13W7 C2E32P2 B: Kerf6crrd/Kerirlsstre'r" suystsm ISO 13097 C2ES2P2 g"*Q"MWWGtP;d G: (ran&apt#f System ISO 13007 C2F$2P2: Res 1 0. tlltreflox- 3 ISO 13067C2€S1P1 E. Uhnflax LFT's ISO 13007 C21 ES1P1 Cam t F. L#WexLFT Rapid tSO1304702TFS1P1 G. MAPEI &WOW `titer ISO 13007 C2,t ES1IP1 H, Ades0ex"' PIC! (for gifts tile) Iso 13007 C2TE 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104. 1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A605.dwg, A605 CPT7 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:55:00 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 02 wEn 2ka .7 000 to w Ci 00 C5 6� 04N p �� CZ I _9 �o o O c�Cqrqo a� r � s ANTRONY Jr. dWZN ABODO9781 J W c TOM W J C4IsesTOM1 W N V ca W 0. Q ♦♦A N N Q J_ a Q D W c Q O L a� W Cc r F - ON a Q T= = N WIs- V ZCID Is - LU W m � Op 0 W V -ZU Q CJD (� O�� m .� O O Y. ZNZ LL Vm ao)a O J C4 C* N REVISIONS a a A A a a a PROJ NO.:iS-024 DATE: 9-28-16 ME= D RIMA. IRs COPi= Juan sD Dr XMIGN J/AMMUMT. LLC. 8018 rms COPnersar AM OTJ= Attars nssrRrew res ass or rims DOCUltsM TO res Oftffix L SnT OR PLrAFM rme FRICIF rJW WJ= RUMA a ID. RSPROMMM COAMS. Olt P res srarerzr DRA IIN: AE CHECK.' AE A605 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A605.dwg, A605 CPT7 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:55:00 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT m li N r� 1 Enka ci System No. BW -S-0003 N Enkaw N ASSEMBLY RATINGS 1 AND 2 HR (SEE ITEM 2) �� -4 �p - L RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN I CFM/LIN FT (SEE ITEM 3B) ,r LL RATING AT 400°F - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FT (SEE ITEM 3B) �� a'`1 pO osp .; JOINT WIDTH - 3/4 IN. MAX System No. WW -$-0052 � �'� �'�' �°j � a a �o Q ASSEMBLY RATING 1 2 3 AND 4 HR (SEE ITEMS 2 AND 3B) �„ poo, ftp O (::4b4A C2 JOINT WIDTH 1 IN. MAX ��.14 C', _NO � ra L RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FT ` rJ L RATING AT 400 OF - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FT DESIGN NO. V438 2 1 1 B DECEMBER 21, 20xo NONBEARING WALL RATINGS - 1, 2, 3 OR 4 HR (SEE ITEMS 4 d 5) • ' * Mitt INDICATES SUCH PRODUCTS SHALL BEAR THE UL OR CUL F CERTIFICATION MAG FOR JURISDICTIONS EMPLOYING THE UL OR CUL ,A • • ' i • •� . ; CERTIFICATION (SUCH AS CANADA), RESPECTIVELY. Q 1- FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS —(NOT SHOWN) —CHANNEL SHAPED, A 4 ' FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE STUD SIZE, WITH MIN 1-1/4 IN. LONG LEGS, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS 24 IN. OC MAX. �xMMYA alrameR00087af 1. Floor Assembly -MIN 4-V2 IN. (114 MM) THICK REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF OR 3B 2. STEEL STUDS —CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG 1600-2400 KG/M3) STRUCTURAL CONCRETE. FLOOR MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY 6 IN. (152 MM) THICK UL CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN WIDTH AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5, CLASSIFIED HOLLOW -CORE Precast Concrete Units*. MIN 1-1/4 IN. FLANGES AND 1/4 IN. RETURN, SPACED A MAX OF 24 IN. OC. SEE Precast Concrete Units CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURES. STUDS TO BE CUT 3/8 TO 3/4 IN. LESS THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT. 2 Wall Assembly - THE 1 OR 2 H FIRE -RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. IN ADDITION, THE WALL MAY INCORPORATE A HEAD -OF -WALL 3. NOT USED JOINT SYSTEM CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE HW SERIES JOINT SYSTEMS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. THE WALL SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: 4. 4. BATTS AND BLANKETS* —(REQUIRED AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM A. Steel Floor Runner - FLOOR RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF MIN NO. 25 GAUGE GALV STEEL 1. Wall Assembly - THE I, Z 3 OR 4 HR FIRE -RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE 5) —MINERAL WOOL BATTS, FRICTION FITTED BETWEEN STUDS AND RUNNERS. CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE STEEL STUDS (ITEM 2B). FLOOR RUNNERS TO BE PROVIDED WITH MIN 1-V4 CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES MIN NOM THICKNESS AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5. IN. (32 MM) FLANGES. RUNNERS SECURED WITH STEEL FASTENERS SPACED 12 IN. (305 MM) OC. WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS CAKED OR SZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF B. Studs - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-12 IN. (89 MM) WIDE. STUDS CUT V2 TO 3/4 IN. (13 TO 19 MM) LESS IN LENGTH CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT WITH BOTTOM NESTING IN, RESTING ON AND FASTENED TO FLOOR RUNNER 2 WITH A. Studs - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-11N. (89 MM) WIDE BY 1-V4 IN. (32 MM) DEEP CORROSION PROTECTED MIN 25 SHEET METAL SCREWS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 241N. (610 MM) OC. MSG STEEL CHANNELS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 241N. (610 MM) OC. STUD INSTALLED NOMINALLY C. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/81N. (16 MM) OR 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) CENTERED AT JOINT LOCATION. 4A. BATTS AND BLANKETS* —(OPTIONAL) —PLACED IN STUD CAVITIES, ANY ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR A 1 OR 2 HR FIRE RATED WALL, RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS B. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/8 IN. (16 MM), 1-1/4 IN. (32 0 GLASS FIBER OR MINERAL WOOL INSULATION BEARING THE UL SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY EXCEPT MM), 1-1/2 IN. (38 MM) OR 2 IN. (51 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR 1, 2,3 AND 4 HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, M CLASSIFICATION MARKING AS TO SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS THAT A MAX 3/4 IN. (19 MM) GAP SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE *. AND/OR FIRE RESISTANCE. TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR- RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. 11*� SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR SZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF The hourly fire rating of the joint system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall. THE HOURLY RATING OF THE JOINT SYSTEM IS DEPENDENT ON THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY 0) CLASSIFIED COMPANIES- 3. Joint System -Max separation between top of floor and bottom of gypsum board is 3/4 in. (19 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. N CONSISTS OF A PACKING MATERIAL AND A FILL MATERIAL, AS FOLLOWS: 2. Wall Assembly - MIN 6 IN. (152 MM) THICK STEEL -REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF OR r A. Packing Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION, POLYETHYLENE BACKER ROD 1600-2400 KG/M3) STRUCTURAL CONCRETE. WHEN THE HOURLY RATING IS GREATER THAN 3 HR, THE MIN OR GLASS FIBER INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO THE GAP BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD THICKNESS OF THE WALL SHALL BE 7-5/81N. (194 MM) WALL MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY UL CLASSIFIED F 5. GYPSUM BOARD* —GYPSUM PANELS WITH BEVELED, SQUARE OR AND THE TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR AND RECESSED FROM EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL TO Concrete Blocks*. TAPERED EDGES. FOR SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED ACCOMMODATE THE REOUIRED THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL. SEE Concrete Blocks (CAZT) CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURERS. VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY WITH JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS. FOR B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -Sealant - MIN V2 IN. (13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL INSTALLED ON EACH SIDE 3. Joint System - Max width of joint is 1 in. (25 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: ALL PRODUCTS EXCEPT F5W-8, HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT BE BACKED OF THE WALL BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR, FLUSH A. Forming Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - IN 2, 3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, POLYETHYLENE a BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT WITH EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL. WHEN MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION IS USED AS A PACKING MATERIAL, BACKER ROD, MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION OR FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION FRICTION FIT INTO JOINT N JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE STAGGERED. FOR TWO MIN THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL IS V4 IN. (6 MM). OPENING, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. Q LAYER SYSTEMS (CONSTRUCTED WITH 5/8 IN, THICK BOARD) GYPSUM SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT, SPECSEAL LCI SEALANT, SPECSEAL LC150 SEALANT, PENSIL B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - IN 1 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, MIN 5/8 IN. (16 MM) THICKNESS OF J PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS 300 SEALANT OR SPECSEAL SERIES SIL300. FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT OPENING. IN Z 3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, MIN I IN. (25 MM) d CENTERED OVER STUDS AND STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE Note: L Ratings apply when SpecSeal ES Sealant is used. THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT OPENING. SEALANT APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, FLUSH SIDES OF STUDS AND IN ADJACENT LAYERS. HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK WITH BOTH SURFACES OF THE WALL. Q BE BACKED BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT, PENSIL 300 SEALANT, SPECSEAL SERIES SIL300 SEALANT, HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE SPECSEAL LC150 OR SPECSEAL LE600 SEALANT. 0 STAGGERED- HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED Note: When SpecSeal LC150 or LE600 Sealant is used, the max assembly rating is 2 hr. LL A MIN OF 12 IN. FOR TWO LAYER SYSTEMS (CONSTRUCTED WITH 1/2 IN. THICK '''' II /� I I *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK BOARD) INNER LAYER OF GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY ANDO�'�"Ol"I O W�� D�",4I�RATED C�j,� W,��� �O �l.F ��e�� a O OUTER LAYER OF GYPSUM PANELS MAY BE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR , C, HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED ONE Sola: DO NOT SCALE Sole: DO NOT SCALE STUD CAVITY. FOR THREE AND FOUR LAYER SYSTEMS INNER LAYERS TO BE 0 APPLIED VERTICALLY WITH JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS AND STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS. VERTICAL N r JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY. OUTER LAYER MAY BE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. THE THICKNESS AND W NUMBER OF LAYERS FOR THE 1 HR, 2 HR, 3 HR AND 4 HR RATINGS ARE AS F FOLLOWS: W N W rsoara �— � � 0 wak W Rathuh Hr M"SW 08061 lit. No. of Layem & Imm of pastel It." Thim of I wM (atm 41 Y 3-618 3 fiyetr 5/8 io, thick optkww 1 Z --zit 1 QRS', vz in. thick 1 in. thick 2> 1-5/8 2 low* 1/2 in, thick: opt oml 2 2-1/2 2 tayer 1 SM in. tst k 5, 09 1 Wye,,,74'in. thick 3 in- ick 3' 11-6/3 3 ***,,.Win_ thick p{rtkoreal 3 2-518, 3 Wy iM €Fir*, opC'oml 4 1-5fq 4 taws, ; -1/2 in, thick opf[onal 4 a -s/$ 4 ia+y*M S18 ih, Wkk opt -1 System No. W -L-1172 0 LJ F Ratings - 3 and 4 Hr (See Item 1) cc a 0 T Rating - 0 Hr J L Rating At Ambient - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft Z L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. HW -S-0044 a LL A40AL2" CRNA= so 0 CC is H As*=" 11111111200 - I OW 2 W (Ow K.. Z) F 1b0V - 1 and Z 11* (SM RM 2 —J 0 0 to ,4 � _ LL j 3 1�Ow1M1t1 JO1Mk - kPT 1 2 W ft� km 2) 2 Wall Assembly - THE I HR OR 2 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOAKD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE Z N 4C J -8-60111 N4 11111111111110V - 1 Old Z W (am hm Z) CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400, V400 OR W400 J N (/) M i C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects \2018-026\2018-026 A700.dwg, A700 UL LISTING, 9/28/2018 4:55:05 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERM 17 SERIFS WALL AND PARTITION DESIGNS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE L MMS AIt Akio* - LMs Ihm 1 Cl9I&vt PL "N111111111000 - 1 WA 2 W (41 . RM 2) FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A. Steel Floor and Ceiling Runners - FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF GALV L AR 4010 N - Le" It M1 1 CR40LIn PL N=W1 Jolt 1111111116MW4dw - 4 k STEEL CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE STEEL STUDS (ITEM 2B). CEILING RUNNER TO BE PROVIDED WITH MIN 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) FLANGES. CEILING RUNNER SECURED TO STEEL FLOOR UNITS, PERPENDICULAR TO STEEL REVISIONS L NeUM At 46 Ina - LNe ih m 1 CM" f In it FLOOR UNIT DIRECTION, WITH STEEL FASTENERS OR, WELDS SPACED MAX 241N. (610 MM) OC. 0 NATIONAL GYPSUM CO —1/2 IN. THICK TYPE EXP -C, FSW-G, FSK -G, B. Studs - STUDS TO BE MIN 3-5/8 IN. (92 MM) WIDE, 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) DEEP NO. 25 GA STEEL CHANNELS. STUD SPACING FSW-G, FSMR-C OR FSK !N. THICK TYPE F FSW, FSK, FSWIC FSW- �A L PAN AR 4M' - Lon 1hM11 CNti>ti K NOT TO EXCEED 241N. (610 MM) OC. 0 W- , F5 -51 E FSW-G, FSK -G, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSW-C, FSMR-G OR FSK -C, 3/4 IN. THICK TYPE C. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/8 IN. (16 MM) AND 1-V4 IN. ULTRASHIELD (32 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR l HR AND 2 HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE Section A -A DIRECTORY, EXCEPT THAT THE GYPSUM BOARD IS CUT TO FOLLOW THE CONTOUR OF THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS Q 6. FASTENERS —(NOT SHOWN) —TYPE S OR 5-12 STEEL SCREWS USED TOA WITH A MAX 3/4 IN. (19 MM) GAP MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS. The hourly fire the is dependent the hourly fire 0 ATTACH PANELS TO STUDS ( ITEM 2) OR FURRING CHANNELS ( ITEMS i OR 7A). rating of joint system on rating of the wall assembly in which it is SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS: WHEN 5/8 IN. THICK GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY, 1 IN. LONG, SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 1. Wall Assembly -The 3 or 4 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/steel stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and installed. 3. Joint System -Max separation between bottom of floor and top of wall is 3/4 in. (19 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM CONSISTS *d • 0 IN. OC IN THE FIELD OF BOARD. WHEN 5/8 IN. THICK GYPSUM PANELS in the manner specified in the individual 0400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: OF THE FOLLOWING: A. Forming Material 0 APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, 1 IN. LONG SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG VERTICAL - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - IN 2 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, FOAM BACKER ROD EDGES AND IN THE FIELD, AND 12 IN. OC ALONG TOP AND BOTTOM OF WALL- A. Studs - Wall framing shall consist of steel channel studs. Steel studs to be min 3-5/8 in. (92 mm) wide and spaced max 24 FRICTION FIT INTO JOINT OPENING AND RECESSED MIN V2 IN. (13 MM) FROM EACH SURFACE OF WALL. WHEN USED WITH !TEM 2F AND APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, SCREWS SPACED 8 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - MIN V2 IN. (13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT IN. OC IN THE FIELD AND 8 IN. ALONG THE TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES OF THE B. Gypsum Board* - Multiple layers of min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thick gypsum wallboard. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, OPENING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, FLUSH WITH BOTH SUR ( ) DIAM BEAD OF FACES OF WALL. A MIN V4 IN. 6 MM PROD N0.:18-024 WALL. WHEN 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS ARE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is A SEALANT SHALL BE APPLIED AT POINT CONTACT LOCATIONS. SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC DATE: S-28-18 HORIZONTALLY, 1 IN. LONG, SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 13-1/2 in. (343 mm). 7. j - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT Le'. 12 IN. OC IN THE FIELD OF BOARD, WHEN 3/4 IN. THICK PANELS ARE APPLIED The hourly F Rating of the firestop system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is -A �� �� AMtorr arcaM BY atassrGN VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY, 1-1/4 IN. LONG SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND IN THE FIELD. TWO LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 installed. tT� *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK YIXICiJf<M; aac, 2018 rm C AM 0 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 AND 5/8 IN, THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN. CC -SECOND 2. Through Penetrants - One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the 4 ONGUM Sffz an PURPM "it LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN. OC firestop system. The annular space between the pipe, conduit or tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 1/4 in. to Farce rJW FJ= P PAMM. o s. t WITH SCREWS OFFSET 8 IN. FROM FIRST LAYER. THREE -LAYER SYSTEMS: max 1/2 in. (6 to 13 mm). Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following r FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN, 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED A. Steel Pipe - Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. DRAWN: AE 24 IN. OC. THIRD LAYER- 2-1/4 IN, LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC. SCREWS OFFSET MIN 6 B. Iron Pipe - Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. ; ' • • • CHECK.AE IN. FORM LAYER BELOW. FOUR -LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG C. Conduit - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) rigid steel conduit, nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) electrical metallic FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 tubing or nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduit. IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS SPACED 24 IN, OC. THIRD LAYER- D. Copper Tubing - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type M (or heavier) copper tubing. 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN, THICK PANELS OR 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN, OC. FOURTH LAYER- 2-5/& IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK E. Copper Pipe - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. PANELS OR 3 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC- 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Materials* - Sealant - Min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both SCREWS OFFSET MIN ro IN. FROM LAYER BELOW. surfaces of wall. SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal Series SSS Sealant or SpecSeal LCI Sealant 1. Floor Assembly - THE FIRE -RATED FLUTED STEEL DECK/CONCRETE FLOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL FLOOR -CEILING DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE *Bearing the UL Classification Mark RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A700A Steel Floor and Floor Units* - MAX 3 IN. (76 MM) DEEP GALV STEEL FLUTED FLOOR, UNITS. R B. Concrete - MIN 2-12 IN. (64 MM) THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE, AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP PLANE OF THE FLOOR UNITS. RATED WALL DETAIL - - UL V430 T*rf=ICAL 5ARE FIFE PENETRATION HEAD OF WALL DETAIL 3 4 Sca Is: DO NOT SCALE Sca la: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOT SCALE i C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects \2018-026\2018-026 A700.dwg, A700 UL LISTING, 9/28/2018 4:55:05 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERM 17 vesign No. u4b9 July 26, 2018 Assembly Rating — 1 HR Nonbearing Wall * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or clJL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. ..., .... -.... ... ..... a. w.-. x. N... r.., i... •..�w.a...a.. .... e 11 ,• x CEIUNG HORZ. SECTION LOO 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners — "J" - shaped, 2-1/2 in. wide with unequal legs of 1 in. and 2 in., fabricated from 24 MSG galv steel (min 20 MSG steel required when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used). Runners attached to structural supports with steel fasteners located not greater than 2 in. from ends and not greater than 24 in. OC. 2. Steel Studs — "C -H" shaped studs, 2-1/2 in. wide by 1-1/2 in. deep, fabricated from min 25 MSG gale steel (min 20 MSG steel required when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used), spaced 24 in. or 600 mm OC (max 16 in. OC when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used). Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 3/8 in, less than floor to ceiling height. 3. Gypsum Board* — 1 in. thick gypsum wallboard liner panels, supplied in nominal 24 in. or 600 mm widths. Vertical edges inserted in "H" shaped section of "C -H" studs. Free edge of end panels attached to long leg of "I" runners with 1-5/8 in. long Type S head steel screws spaced not greater than 12 in. OC. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Types Shaftliner, EGRG Shaftliner or GlasRoc Shaftliner CGC INC — Type SLX. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFCSL GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types TP -6, DGUSL, and TRSL UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SLX USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type SLX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SLX. 250r_462-33 EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL 1 11 fl n A cr-, METAL CORNER BEAD 25OJ200-33 CONT 1" CORE BOARD 4. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD — 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M -Glass, AG -C, LightRoc. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X-2, Type X, Type X-1. CGC INC — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Types LGFC-C, LGFC-C/A, LGFC6A GEORGIA-PACIFI — - - CGYPSUM L L C Types 5, DAPC, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base.. -Type X, Water Rated Type X, Sheathing Type X Soffit - - - - yp Type X, Type TG C, Type LWX, Veneer Plaster Base -Type LWX, Water Rated Type LWX, Sheathing Type LWX, Soffit -Type LWX, Type DGLW, Water Rated -Type DGLW, Sheathing Type- DGLW, Soffit -Type DGLW, Type LW2X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type LW2X, Water Rated - Type LW2X, Sheathing - Type LW2X, Soffit - Type LW2X, Type DGL2W, Water Rated - Type DGL2W, Sheathing - Type DGL2W, Type DGG, Type DAP, Type DS. PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PABCO GYPSUM — Types C, PG -11, PG -C, PGS-WRS. SAINT-GOBAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE — Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FireStop ACTIV'Air, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line, Gyproc Dura Line MR, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH, Gyproc Dura Line ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH ACTIV'Air THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, FRX-G, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX or WRC. USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. 4A. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips (Item 6) required behind vertical joints RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 4B. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4, Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 6B) or Lead Discs (see Item 6C). MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X -Ray Shielded Gypsum 4C. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4.). Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ- L-201f, Grade "C". HM 45 MIN FR FRAME FILL SOLID WITH GROUT EX15T WOOL? FRAi F_ WALL. D10 PLAN DETAIL D11 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF Scale: HALF RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 4D. Gypsum Board* — For use with Item 5D, Batts and Blankets*and minimum stud depth increased to 4 in. - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULD( 5. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Mineral wool batty partially or completely filling stud cavity. ROCKWOOL — Type AFB THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB, SAFB FF 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) — (100% Borate Formulation) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 Ib/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 Ib/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only. 5B. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation 5C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL 5D. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 4D. Placed in stud cavities, any min. 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (SKNV or SZ3Z) Categories for names of Classified companies. 6. Lead Batten Strips — For Use with Item 4A - (Not Shown) — Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 4A) and optional at remaining stud locations. Strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6A. Lead Discs or Tabs (Not Shown) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 6) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0,125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 5) underneath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6B. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". 6C. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". dicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 25CJ200-33 CONT PROVIDE ?2"0 X 11%4" PAs 8" OC a • ' C� rn ' P CORE BO RID t •• • • •.:'~ i.;� 1" CORE BOARD , I MASONRY I • �`•• • '• WALL f •.; . ; ;....: •.••`:, • •+. •••..:.....• •. a ;•'•.° "• ''' 012-14X I1/2 AT 8" OC • 250J200-33 CONT 4 •: ( A ' . • • STRIP OF P CORE 5D OR RGWB ;';• "' �� i ♦ i �' i •- "' 5/8" FR GWB • 5/8" FR GWB i .:ti . +• :. . •..►- r• .. .• . ... Q. A SEALANT EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL I I i • 1• i • • 5/8" FR GW5 i------------------ ? , , i 3585125-33 TYF` SECTION DETAIL � ---- D 12 Sca►e: HALF D 13 Scale: HALF v v P 51 �N C� rn ti M14 at, Ro, 40 �o Orn ANTRO" Jr. anal 0 C1 r \ N V= W U) a N a IL 0 LL Z0 Q rM t/� r ON ~ TM N W W CO W OIr� n0 a 0 J Z LL0 0cc J00 LL ZNZ J N CO REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 IL ca 0 _Z H J 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 1=8l MURMW AM COPY- RIQBrRD BY BMSMN MAMOWAG Mr'. M4 101! TZIF COPYRIGBY AMD OrZM JUG= RMMIM THL WS or 111M D0007t:Mr9 8D TEE OPJvn b sm OR Pf7RP081 POR FRIM rJW FM PRSPIRLR. RIPRODUCYI m. CBIMGMS. OR ASSIVRAWNM IRs SMMY PIWAMMIR DRA IIN: AE CHECK: AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A700.dwg, A701 UL LISTING, 9/28/2018 4:55:07 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES 1 . PLUMBING INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL STATE LOCAL CODES, AND UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS. 2. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES RELATIVE TO THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK 3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS DURING PRE-BID SITE VISITS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INCLUSION OF ALL REQUIRED DEMOLITION IN AREAS UNDERGOING MODIFICATION, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH WORK IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DEMOLITION SHALL GENERALLY BE ARRANGED TO AGREE WITH THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF WORK UNDER THE VARIOUS PHASES AND IN COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A FULL SET OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT, AND SHALL BE AWARE OF THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES WHICH MAY REQUIRE COORDINATION. 5. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY POINT OF CONNECTION TO, AND ELEVATION OF EXISTING PIPING, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. 6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK IN CHASES, CEILING SPACES AND OTHER AREAS WHERE CONFLICTS MAY OCCUR. 7. ALL PIPING SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE EVERY OFFSET, ELBOW, UNION, VALVE, TRAP, ACCESS PANEL, ETC. THAT IS REQUIRED FOR A PROPERLY WORKING SYSTEM. NO ADDITIONAL COST WILL BE ALLOWED FOR FITTINGS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE PIPING SYSTEM WITHIN THE SPACE PROVIDED AND ARE REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODES AND REGULATIONS. 8. PERFORM ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED FOR UNDERGROUND PLUMBING LINES. ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE MADE IN A MANNER TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM BEARING FOR ALL PIPES. AFTER WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CLEAN EARTH PLACED IN LAYERS NOT OVER SIX (6) INCHES DEEP AND THOROUGHLY COMPACTED TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT. EXCAVATION BELOW THE REQUIRED GRADE SHALL BE REFILLED WITH SAND OR GRAVEL. WHERE ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED, IT SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO THREE (3) INCHES BELOW THE REQUIRED GRADE AND FILLED WITH SAND AND FINE GRAVEL. EXCESS MATERIAL FROM EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PROPERTY UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 9. SANITARY OR STORM DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED BELOW SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. 10. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPE, OR STORM DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. 11. SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE WATER TESTED BEFORE FINAL CONNECTION TO THE SANITARY SEWER. ALL OPENINGS SHALL BE PLUGGED EXCEPT THE HIGHEST OPENING, WHICH SHALL PRODUCE A MINIMUM OF A 10 FOOT HEAD. THE SYSTEM SHALL RETAIN THE WATER LEVEL FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN (15) MINUTES AT WHICH TIME ALL JOINTS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND ALL OBSERVED LEAKS CORRECTED. 12. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING RUN UNDER SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER TUBING WITH CAST BRASS FLARED TYPE FITTINGS. 13. NEW DOMESTIC WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE SCHEDULE 80 CPVC. 14. PROVIDE "WATTS" NO. 8A 'VACUUM BREAKER ON ALL HOSE BIBS AND WALL HYDRANTS. 15. SOLDER SHALL BE LEAD FREE, HAVING A COMPOSITION SIMILAR TO 95.5% TIN, 4% COPPER, AND 0.57. SILVER AS MANUFACTURED BY ENGELHARD CORPORATION OR EQUAL. 16. VALVES IN DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE BRONZE BODY WITH FULL PORT STAINLESS STEEL BALL, AND LEVER HANDLE. 17. STERILIZE THE ENTIRE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM THOROUGHLY WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 50 PARTS PER MILLION OF AVAILABLE CHLORINE. USE EITHER LIQUID CHLORINE CONFORMING TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION BB -C-120 OR CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE OR CHLORINATED LIME CONFORMING TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION, 0-C-114. INTRODUCE INTO THE SYSTEM IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ALLOW THE STERILIZING SOLUTION TO REMAIN IN THE SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS, DURING WHICH TIME ALL VALVES AND FAUCETS SHALL BE OPENED AND CLOSED SEVERAL TIMES. AFTER STERILIZATION, THE SOLUTION SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL THE RESIDUAL CHLORINE CONTENT IS NOT GREATER THAN 0.2 PARTS PER MILLION UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. 18. WATER PIPING SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST OF NOT LESS THAN 100 PSI FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS WITH A PRESSURE LOSS N IN EXCESS OF 1 PSI. 19. INSULATION FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE 3/4' THICK, PREFORMED FIBERGLASS WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION HE MAY USE 3/8' THICK PRE -MOLDED FOAM PLASTIC SIMILAR TO "ARMAFLEX" INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH OWNER A CERTIFICATE STATING THAT ALL TESTS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED AND THAT ALL OF THE PIPING SYSTEMS ARE FREE OF DEFECTS, IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP AND ALL SYSTEMS HAVE SUCCESSFULLY PASSED THE TESTS. THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE SIGNED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 21. FOR FACTORY -ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ON WHICH THE MANUFACTURERS FURNISH STANDARD PUBLISHED GUARANTEES AS REGULAR TRADE PRACTICE, OBTAIN SUCH GUARANTEES AND REPLACE ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT WHICH PROVES DEFECTIVE DURING THE LIFE OF THESE GUARANTEES. 22. GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR WHICH MATERIALS ARE FURNISHED, FABRICATED OR FIELD ERECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL FACTORY - ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE IS FURNISHED, AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH INSTALLING MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEED EQUIPMENT. THIS PERSONAL ,GUARANTEE SHALL EXIST FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND TO DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OF ANY KIND. 23. FABRICATED OR FIELD ERECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL FACTORY - ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE IS FURNISHED, AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH INSTALLING MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEED EQUIPMENT. THIS PERSONAL ,GUARANTEE SHALL EXIST FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND TO DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OF ANY KIND. HANGER INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIER TYPE IS REQUIRED FOR LOW TEMPERATURE PIPE PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH INSULATION 0B PSF MIN. DENSITY) UNDER INSULATION SHIELD INSULATION SHIELD AT HANGER ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 1 - SEE SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD 4 INSERT FOR ALL PIPING (8" MIN.) - NOTES: SEE SPECIFIER FOR DETAILED HANGER REQUIREMENTS `-SADDLE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 43 - SEE SPECIFICATIONS DIA. HANGER RODS WITH 36" MAX. SPACING ON EACH CHANNEL X F SIDE VIEW TRAPEZE HANGER FOR UP TO 1000 LB. UNIFORM LOAD 1-5I8" X 12 GAUGE CHANNEL OR 2 "x2 "xl/4" ANGLE PIPE HANGERS 1. DEMO EXISTING LAVATORY 2. PROVIDE IN WALL STEEL FLOOR MOUNTED LAVATORY CARRIER ZURN 21231 CONCALED ARM SYSTEM 250 LB LOAD RATING 3. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON LAVATORY AND EWF 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY 5. EXTEND EXISTING SUPPLY FROM EXISTING LAV LOCATION- 1/2" CPVC 6. CLEAN EXISTING FIXTURES AND REPAIR t0 WORKING ORDER OR REPLACE IF UNITS ARE BEYOND REPAIR 1 EXISTING SERVICE SINK CLEAN AND REPAIR t0 WORKING OREDER A 121 HLAV 11/2 11 ARM EWF I DO NOT SCALE�1! �- 11/2 ARM li - I I'! 1 1 MIN. HWC i r 1 3 MAX. "" ! I t }- -NA), -t) i 1 j! j 3 16 LEVELING SCS 4 I m i iI Till 4 III D E F LOCKI ALIGNMENT DEVICE TRUSS 2 $ MIN. H 2 MAX. B G ADJUSTM?T SCREWS MUST BE LOCATED AT A BOTTOM AS SHOWN FINISHED SURFACES l� 22. LAVATORY CARRIER 4 X 31/2" EXP ANCHORS G FOR ALL DIMEISON WITH LETTERS REFER TO ROUGH IN GUIDE OF SPECIFIC FIXTURE - WITH STANDARD SLEEVE LENGTH OF 4 DO NOT SCALE 1 E CHAN I CAL LEGEND MAXIMUM PIPE/TUBING SUPPORT SPACING NOM. SIZE IN. TI -IRU 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 1(o 16 20 CLOSET PIPE FT. VALVE WITH CP -P2 LITHIUM BATERY, WITH OVERRIDE BUTTON,WHITE, OPEN FRONT SEAT 9 10 11 12 14 16 Il 19 22 23 25 21 28 30 TUBING FT. 5 FT 6 1 8 S 9 10 12 13 14 16 - - - - - - NOTE: FOR TRAPEZE HANGER TAKE SPACING OF SMALLEST SIZE ON TRAPEZE. PIPE HANGERS 1. DEMO EXISTING LAVATORY 2. PROVIDE IN WALL STEEL FLOOR MOUNTED LAVATORY CARRIER ZURN 21231 CONCALED ARM SYSTEM 250 LB LOAD RATING 3. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON LAVATORY AND EWF 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY 5. EXTEND EXISTING SUPPLY FROM EXISTING LAV LOCATION- 1/2" CPVC 6. CLEAN EXISTING FIXTURES AND REPAIR t0 WORKING ORDER OR REPLACE IF UNITS ARE BEYOND REPAIR 1 EXISTING SERVICE SINK CLEAN AND REPAIR t0 WORKING OREDER A 121 HLAV 11/2 11 ARM EWF I DO NOT SCALE�1! �- 11/2 ARM li - I I'! 1 1 MIN. HWC i r 1 3 MAX. "" ! I t }- -NA), -t) i 1 j! j 3 16 LEVELING SCS 4 I m i iI Till 4 III D E F LOCKI ALIGNMENT DEVICE TRUSS 2 $ MIN. H 2 MAX. B G ADJUSTM?T SCREWS MUST BE LOCATED AT A BOTTOM AS SHOWN FINISHED SURFACES l� 22. LAVATORY CARRIER 4 X 31/2" EXP ANCHORS G FOR ALL DIMEISON WITH LETTERS REFER TO ROUGH IN GUIDE OF SPECIFIC FIXTURE - WITH STANDARD SLEEVE LENGTH OF 4 DO NOT SCALE 1 E CHAN I CAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DE5CRIPTION NEW SANITARY DRAIN PIPING EXIST SANITARY PIPING - POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING - - - POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING -00 FLOOR DRAIN �- POG T POINT OF CONNECTION t0 EXISTING TO MEET ANSI Al 17.1 M HANDICAP SPECIFICATION. MOUNT SINK AT 33.9" TO RIM 19.25" X 17.25" MISCELLANEOUS PLUMBING NOTES ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES MAY BE SUPPLIED ON AN "OR EQUAL" BASIS. PLUMBING SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FULL SUBMITTAL PACKAGE t0 AND FOR THE REVIEW OF THE GC AND THE ARCHITECT. INCLUDE FULL COMPLETE INFORMATION ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DEVICES, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, MATERIALS, AND ACCESSORIES. PLUMBING WASTE AND SUPPLY PLAN SUBMIT A MIN OF 3 COPIES BOUND AND IDENTIFIED WITH THE PROJECT NAME, PLUMBING SUB -CONTRACTOR NAME, AND DATE. FL UM5 INC-; EQUIFt, CENT 4 F I XTUfR SC�4 D UL ITEM NO. ITEM DE5CRIPTION c� �a w- tot; GLACIERS BAY ARAGON WALL MOUNT, WHITE, LAVATORY, 13 -0010 -ADA OR APPROVED EQUAL PROVIDE HLAV HC BUILDERS 4 IN CENTERSET 2 LEVER HANDLE LOW ARC FAUCET 7032EC-A8104 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) 0 14 LAVATORY TO MEET ANSI Al 17.1 M HANDICAP SPECIFICATION. MOUNT SINK AT 33.9" TO RIM 19.25" X 17.25" HC WATER AMERICAN STD MADERA 1.6 GPF ADA FLOOR MOUNTED, ELONGATED 3461.660 OR APPROVED HWC CLOSET EQUAL. EXCEEDS ASME A112.19.2 M FOR VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES. SELECTRONIC FLUSH VALVE WITH CP -P2 LITHIUM BATERY, WITH OVERRIDE BUTTON,WHITE, OPEN FRONT SEAT EWF DRINKING NEW HI - LO ADAAG COMPLIANT ELAKY LMABF8 115V 60 HZ 8GPM 5.0 FL AMPS 370 W FOUNTAIN OR APPROVED EQUAL WATER WHA HAMMER WATTS SERIES 15. ARRESTOR WCO CLEAN OUT STANDARD PVC GRADE 2 WAY CLEAN OUT CONFIGURATION WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER Scale: 1/2"=1'-0" C404.82 LAVATORIES OR RESTROOM -5 OF PUBLIC FACILITIES. LAVATORIES OR RESTROOMS OF PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL: 1. BE EQUIPPED WITH OUTLET DEVICES WHICH LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.5 GPM (0.03 L/5) OR BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING VALVES THAT LIMIT DELIVERY TO A PER CYCLE MAXIMUM OF 025 GALLONS (0.95 L) OF HOT WATER FOR RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS AND TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.50 GALLONS (1.9 L) FOR NONRECIRCULATING SYSTEMS. EXCEPTION: SEPARATE LAVATORIES FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL NOT BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING VALVES. 2. BE EQUIPPED WITH DEVICES WHICH LIMIT THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO A MAXIMUM OF 110'F (43'C). 3. MEET THE PROVISIONS OF 42 GFR 6295(K), STANDARDS FOR WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS. FAUCET SEE SPECIFICATI LAMINAR FLOW CONTROL DEVICE tt ujLu m �? 8 ��0 0 LOOSE z KEY STOP ESCUTCHEON Ik OFFSET Xw WASTE FINISHED U TRAP (FLOW) FLOOR Q PARALLEL t0 WALL IL u- 4 5HC LAVATAORY DO NOT SCALE 4 v c� �a w- tot; oi � 0 14 0 Cl) r N TM W co a N OCJ a LL Z 0 4C C r \ O0)N TM W Z W CO) W O� IL 0 2 Z MJ �JLL p 0IIXcc X00 N LL ZZ J N co) REVISIONS 0 0 L PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-16 mass MUMIM AM Corr- Bresrao ar aasstrx JfIMMMMl MC. tole rets COPl1MM AM ossa M"Mxrsrmvrs res USX or r� TO rim oitwzw sea an PUAF s roa WERN rAW FJW FeSPIRM aoHs. celHcss. oR 188IQNJfaars IRS srwimi DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE I-%UbersuUny rnr- Lap1Qpwr0po0x�_zUl0 r-rojectsvzults-uznxzults-urts rluu.awg, rluU t-LUMb ULAN, V/Zt5/ZU"It54:00:1V HM, cony hr Laptop, AUtoUAU rur (hign uuaiity rnnt).pc3, ANUM tull Dleea U (3Ei.UU x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT MECHANICAL SYMBOLS 1 71 SYMBOL & ABBREV. DESCRIPTION 5 " SA/SUP SUPPLY AIR (RISE/DROP) MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW RA/RET RETURN AIR DUCT (RISE/DROP) 80 SI EA/EXH EXHAUST AIR DUCT (RISE/DROP) 110 160 400 CD/SR CEILING DIFFUSER/SUPPLY REGISTER ARROWHEAD REPRESENTS NUMBER OF THROW 240 600 RR/RG RETURN REGISTER/GRILLE 340 800 ER/EG EXHAUST REGISTER/GRILLE 440 1000 10" 300 RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FD FIRE DAMPER II (L) DUCT LINING (1" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) SINGLE LINE DUCT BRANCH TAKE -OFF DUCT TRANSITION (RECTANGULAR TO ROUND) FLEX FLEXIBLE DUCT -NO LIMIT ON LENGTH (FLEX CONNECTORS NOT A T T -STAT PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT S T -STAT THERMOSTAT SENSOR (REMOTE) D D CONDENSATE DRAIN 0 DIA. DIAMETER DL DL DOOR LOUVER UC UC DOOR UNDERCUT (3/4" MINIMUM) 10 ----- DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR VERIFY AHU AND CU LOCATION AND ROOF CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. ANY AND ALL NEW EQUIPMENT STANDS TO BE REPLACED OR INSTALLED SHALL BE DESIGNED AND PAID BY FOR BY THE GC AND MECH HVAC SUB AND SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A FLORIDA PE. NONE ARE SCHEDULED OR ANTICIPATED. THIS IS ONLY FOR ANY REPLACEMENT DUE TO FAILURE PRIOR TO COMPLETION PRIOR TO BID AND PERMIT APPLICATION VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION, CONFIGURATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT. CONFIRM ALL ITEMS ABOVE THE CEILING .LOWED) REPORT AHU & CU MODEL #S TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. REPORT CFM CAPACITY OF THE AHU TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTUATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. SUPPLY FLEX DROP DUCT RETURN GRILL SIZES SIZES DUCT SIZE MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW C.; N WPQ 5 " 50 CFM GRILL SIZE MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW 6" 75 80 SI 200 CFM 7" 110 160 400 240 600 8" 160 340 800 9" 225 440 1000 10" 300 540 1200 HVAC PLAN NOW RATED WALL 2— NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" r z z O �J NEW 6" DIA SUPPLY VERIFY EF DUCT TO ROOF PRIOR TO BID 8X8 STEEL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF EXHAUST FAN IS NOT OR 8" DIA CONNECTED TO DUCTWORK UP TO ROOF OR OUT THRU WALL f EXISTING FLEX DROPS 2—NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL— ONE ABOVE THE OTHER CONNECT 12" DIA (113 SI) OUTSIDE AIR DUCT TO SIDE OF EXISTING RETURN AIR PLENUM RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SIDE OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM - EXISTING STEEL RETURN PLENUM—REMOVE DUCT ON BOTTOM AND SEAL OFF. VERIFY SIZE PRIOR TO BID PROVIDE DETAIL SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING NEW CONNECTIONS PENETRATION THRU NON RATED WALL EXISTING AHU TO REMAIN ESTIMATED 10 TONS VIF CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SI OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM INSTALL THE 2 18" DIA FLEX RETURN ONE OVER THE OTHER EXACTLY AS SHOWN PROVIDE MIN 48" X 24" SPACE FOR AHU SERVICE SIDE ACCESS yU N V �o C.; N WPQ CoitC4 04 N -w nl V'T CAA0Vp- nP_(`TPrnR '400 Cb 00 CO W HVAC PLAN NOW RATED WALL 2— NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" r z z O �J NEW 6" DIA SUPPLY VERIFY EF DUCT TO ROOF PRIOR TO BID 8X8 STEEL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF EXHAUST FAN IS NOT OR 8" DIA CONNECTED TO DUCTWORK UP TO ROOF OR OUT THRU WALL f EXISTING FLEX DROPS 2—NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL— ONE ABOVE THE OTHER CONNECT 12" DIA (113 SI) OUTSIDE AIR DUCT TO SIDE OF EXISTING RETURN AIR PLENUM RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SIDE OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM - EXISTING STEEL RETURN PLENUM—REMOVE DUCT ON BOTTOM AND SEAL OFF. VERIFY SIZE PRIOR TO BID PROVIDE DETAIL SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING NEW CONNECTIONS PENETRATION THRU NON RATED WALL EXISTING AHU TO REMAIN ESTIMATED 10 TONS VIF CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SI OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM INSTALL THE 2 18" DIA FLEX RETURN ONE OVER THE OTHER EXACTLY AS SHOWN PROVIDE MIN 48" X 24" SPACE FOR AHU SERVICE SIDE ACCESS yU N V �o C.; N WPQ CoitC4 04 Q0 4� Ci '400 Cb 00 CO W r,q W&t' to �a waw AM=Nr Jr. asap IROoo9918f 0 co cif o� N I= n ..J. N a J IL L z0 04 CO2 CO r ON r Co W 1. W CO W W > 00 0.0 No Z oa" o��o 0 oc .j00 0 r LL ZN Z ao)a J N cc REVISIONS A A 0 0 0 A 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 MRS DR WOO IRs COPr- ffiQarsD sr msR;a :arML."riDs ormA R/QBrs aesrnrcra ria ass or rises DOCUAMM TO ras oRIMU sera oR PaRFM POR FMca rJW wsss PRSPAMM. RSPRODucrmj m Calacss, an DssrCJ MEM IRs srRrcrar pJwAzwm DRAIPN. AE MAINTAIN MIN 12" HORIZONTAL CLEAR CHECK.• AE TO ELEC PANELS FROM DUCT ABOVE EF -1 75 CFM WITH GRILL RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN 1OX10 OR 10" DIA _•1-1`111-11.7 1 .1 — . wj___— vw _ — --- ..I'ww.mvvrj' ISI 1ww I lvrw 1 t 111 d,Lv,LI! lu't.JJ.GG 111v1, 1 V11y I IF LaIJLWI I P1uwvPly rur `nlyll WUC311Ly rlun�.�.lw, P1Rl.ir-i lun uiCCu u koo.uu x L4.uu incnes), I:I, L;UFYKl(jH I LUESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT F5C-M-2011 I SECTION 604 INSULATION 604.1 GENERAL. DUCT INSULATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS Ill THROUGH 604.13 AND THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, ENERGY CONSERVATION. 6042 SURFACE TEMPERATURE. DUCTS THAT OPERATE AT TEMPERATURES EXCEEDING 120'F (49'G) SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT THERMAL INSULATION TO LIMIT THE EXPOSED SURFACE TEMPERATURE TO 120'F (49'C). 6043 COVERINGS AND LININGS. COVERINGS AND LININGS, INCLUDING ADHESIVES WHERE USED, SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX NOT MORE THAN 50, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM ES4 OR UL 1231 USING THE SPECIMEN PREPARATION AND MOUNTING PROCEDURES OF ASTM E2231. DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL NOT FLAME, GLOW, SMOLDER OR SMOKE WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C411 AT THE TEMPERATURE TO WHICH THEY ARE EXPOSED IN SERVICE. THE TEST TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT FALL BELOW 250'F (121'0). COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED. 604A FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. FOAM PLASTIC USED AS DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 604. Ill APPLIANCE INSULATION. LISTED AND LABELED APPLIANCES THAT ARE INTERNALLY INSULATED SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 604. 604bPENETRATION OF ASSEMBLIES. DUCT COVERINGS SHALL NOT PENETRATE A WALL OR FLOOR REQUIRED TO HAVE A FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OR REQUIRED TO BE FIREBLOCKED. 604.1 IDENTIFICATION. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION, EXCEPT SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM, AND FACTORY -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE LEGIBLY PRINTED OR IDENTIFIED AT INTERVALS NOT GREATER THAN 36 INCHES (914 MM) WITH THE NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER THE THERMAL RESISTANCE R -VALUE AT THE SPECIFIED INSTALLED THICKNESS AND THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEXES OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIALS. DUCT INSULATION PRODUCT R -VALUES SHALL BE BASED ON INSULATION ONLY, EXCLUDING AIR FILMS, VAPOR RETARDERS OR OTHER DUCT COMPONENTS, AND SHALL BE BASED ON TESTED C -VALUES AT 15'F (24'C) MEAN TEMPERATURE AT THE INSTALLED THICKNESS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PROCEDURES. THE INSTALLED THICKNESS OF DUCT INSULATION USED TO DETERMINE ITS R -VALUE SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: IFOR DUCT BOARD, DUCT LINER AND FACTORY -MADE RIGID DUCTS NOT NORMALLY SUBJECTED TO COMPRESSION, THE NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE USED. 2FOR DUCT WRAP, THE INSTALLED THICKNESS SHALL BE ASSUMED TO BE 15 PERCENT (25 PERCENT COMPRESSION) OF NOMINAL THICKNESS. 3FOR FACTORY -MADE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS, THE INSTALLED THICKNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY DIVIDING THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ACTUAL OUTSIDE DIAMETER AND NOMINAL INSIDE DIAMETER BY TWO. 4FOR SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM, THE AGED R -VALUE PER INCH, MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS, SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING AT THE TIME OF FOAM APPLICATION. AIR CONDITIONING HEATING AND VENTILATION SPECIFICATIONS SCOPE OF WORK: 1.) ALL WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR, AND THE PERFORMING OF ALL FUNCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS, FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND ALL DUCTWORK, GRILLES, REGISTERS, ETS., INCLUDING ALL CONNECTIONS TO EACH SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IT SHALL FURTHER INCLUDE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM, WHETHER SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT OR NOT. 2.) INSTALL A COMPLETE AND WORKING MECHANICAL SYSTEM IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE AND SMACNA STANDARDS. COORDINATION: 1.) ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY EACH OTHER'S WORK. CODES AND PERMITS: 1.) ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS, REQUIRED BY CITY, COUNTY AND STATE, AS WELL AS FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.) PERMITS: OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES. 3.) INSPECTIONS: FURNISH OWNER WITH CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. ALL WORK MUST BE INSPECTED. 209/1041 1.) ALL PRODUCTS SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED, OF ESTABLISHED AND REPUTABLE AMERICAN MANUFACTURERS. ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT USED FOR THE SAME PURPOSE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2.) SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE. ANY ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INCLUDED AS THOUGH SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO THE PROVIDED. SUCH ACCESSORIES WOULD INCLUDE FILTERS, CONDENSATE DRAINS, RELIEF VALVES, SERVICE VALVES, THERMOSTATS, VIBRATION INSULATORS, ETC. MOTOR STARTERS FOR PRE WIRED EQUIPMENT (AND OTHER PROTECTION AND CONTROL DEVICES) ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. 3.) SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO A MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IS ONLY TO ESTABLISH TYPE, QUALITY, AND PERFORMANCE REQUIRED. THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. LISTING OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS AN UNCONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF THE PRODUCTS OF THOSE MANUFACTURERS. SUBSTITUTIONS: T SHOWN HEREIN 1.) SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS S OW SHALL BE AT THE OWNER'S, ARCHITECTS, OR ENGINEERS WRITTEN APPROVAL ONLY WITH COPIES OF APPROVAL SENT TO THE PROJECT FILE. ANY DEVIATION FROM THESE DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND WIRING: 1.) ALL WIRING IS INCLUDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL INTEGRAL STARTERS, CONTROLS, RELAYS AND OTHER DEVICES ARE INCLUDED UNDER THE MECHANICAL DIVISION. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND WIRING SHALL CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND PROPERLY IDENTIFIED WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS. RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS AND OPERATION IS INCLUDED UNDER THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. VERIFY ALL VOLTAGES, PHASES AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT, AND IF DISCREPANCIES OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THEIR DECISION. DUCTWORK: 1.) ALL MAIN TRUNK AIR CONDITIONING AND HEATING DUCT WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD (R-6.0) IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS, SEAMS SHALL BE STAPLED OR TAPED AND SEALED WITH GLASS FABRIC IMBEDDED IN MASTIC. USE OF PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES AS THE ONLY DUCT CLOSURE METHOD IS PROHIBITED. DUCT WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/2" WIDE GALVANIZED CHANNEL, STRAPPED TO STRUCTURE WITH #12 WIRE. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4 FEET OR OTHER PER DETAIL/SPEC THIS SHEET. 2.) FLEXIBLE DUCT WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF U.L. CLASS I POLYESTER LINED, METAL HELIX SUPPORTED, INSULATED FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE DUCT (R-6.0). MAXIMUM DEVELOPED LENGTH INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE UNLIMITED. DUCT WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/2" WIDE, 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BANDS. THE BANDS MAY BE SUPPORTED WITH #12 WIRE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. USE ONLY APPROVED CLAMPS TO SUPPORT THE WIRE TO THE PEMB ROOF GIRTS ABOVE. ALTERNATE IS MINIMUM 2" WIDE NO BURN RATE/SELF EXTINGUISHING FABRIC HANGER STRAPS. THESE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF METAL STRAPS. BANDS SHALL BE SECURED DIRECTLY TO THE TOP CHORD OF PEMB ROOF GIRT STRUCTURE USING SCREWS, RIVETS, OR BOLTS. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4 FEET. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DUCT DROP IS 1 INCH IN 10 FEET. 3.) EACH DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL REQUIRED DUCTWORK FITTINGS, TURNING VANES, SPUTTER DAMPERS AND SUPPORTS, AND EXTRACTORS AT ALL RIGHT ANGLE TAKEOFFS AND TEES. 4.) NOT USED 5.) ALL ROUND DUCT BRANCH TAKEOFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPIN -IN WITH AIRSCOOP AND BALANCING DAMPER. 6.) ALL FRESH AIR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCT SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. 7.) DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE TO THE INSIDE OF ACOUSTICAL/INSULATION LININGS. INCREASE SIZES OF DUCTS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CLEAR INSIDE DISTANCE. 8.) DUCTWORK SHALL CONFORM TO DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PROHIBITED. IN CASE OF CHANGE IN DIMENSIONS, CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS: 1.) FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, CEILING DIFFUSERS AND DOOR GRILLES WHERE INDICATED. THEY SHALL BE OF SIZE AND MODEL CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.) ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND CEILING DIFFUSERS MUST BE SET FLUSH AND TRUE TO WALL OR CEILING TO PREVENT AIR LEAKAGE AROUND EDGES. ALL UNITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NEOPRENE GASKETING AROUND THE INSIDE OF THE FRAME. 3.) ALL UNITS SHALL BE FACTORY FINISHED, OF COLOR SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1.) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL THE NECESSARY CUTTING OF VAPOR BARRIER LID. GC SHALL PATCH VAPOR BARRIER LID TO VAPOR TIGHT CONDITION AFTER INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED ELEMENTS 2.) NO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE CUT. NO EXCEPTIONS 3.) PATCH AROUND ALL OPENINGS TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 4.) DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION INCLUDING SHEET METAL GAUGES, REINFORCEMENT, JOINT SEALING, AIR LEAKAGE, AND DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE -MECHANICAL, LOW VELOCITY DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 5.) COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AIR DEVICES, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC., WITH PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND GENERAL CONTRACTORS DRAWINGS. 6.) WORKMANSHIP: ALL EQUIPMENT APPURTENANCES, DEVICES AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN CONFORMITY WITH THE PROVISIONS AND INTENT OF THE LATEST APPROVED MECHANICAL CODE. 7.) LOCATE ALL EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS 10'-0" MIN. FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 8.) LIGHTING LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DIFFUSER LOCATION. CONTRACTORS SHALL MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO DIFFUSERS TO AVOID ANY CONFLICT WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT. 9.) PROVIDE ALL EXHAUST AIR DUCTS WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPER. 10.) PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER AT EACH AND EVERY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 11.) TAKE -OFF FITTING SHALL BE TAB TYPE WITH DAMPER. 12.) CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND INSPECT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. NOTIFY BUILDING OWNER OF ANY DYSFUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT IMMEDIATELY. 13.) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS IN SATISFACTORY WORKING CONDITION PRIOR TO TURN OVER TO OWNER 14.) NOT USED. 15.) ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS ARE TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED AND CALIBRATED FOR PROPER OPERATION. 16.) NOT USED 17.) PROVIDE CLEARANCES AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 18.) PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 19.) INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT EVERY 90 -DEGREE TURN ON AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES. 20.) MOUNT ALL SENSORS AT ADAAG REQUIRED HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. HVA! �i;(�FE �iF �V�i)F;K INV��L ✓E` A I�EPJIcii SIiiME E>;I`TIN(c, f�lJ',T\^1r%f='K E:'UT F(-)IJII'MENT I. TIS f;EMAIN. 1'J14IINNF NFV"1 Ulf ;T \Vc�)f';K Y TEM Cf!fJTF;C�iL F' TSTAT . (cmaLLE E(� IJIf';ED A(,C;EtiSU(ilEs E ( A HG lVN I� N FLAN THE �^IOf?K DiilE� NC�)l INC;LIJDDE ANY NEI;^I AHU (SII? CU FnUif'MENT. ALL ESI TINC�Ei�UIPMENT HALL bE VEf;IFIED AN? IE TEV FwP; DELIVERY OF MINIMUM CFM AT P�E�I�:N TEMPEFATl1F,E PEh MANUFACTUf?EF SI''ECIFICATIC�)N'�. I''F;t�i'JIUE A F;Ef''C�1F;T T21 ui�VNEF1 ANP) AF;CHIIFCT I'F,I��;F; T(�� ANY ft)UCTV'✓C�11';K TCI K,E IN`TALLEU SHALL F°.E NEV'1 ANU ,HALL h>E INti i ALLEU F`Ef; 2�111� f F:.C; ME<;HANI(::AL NO HVA(; vf K ,HALL TAF;T UNmrl IT. A ME(;HANICAL PEF';MIT I`� I`� UED f:lti' THF_ CITY FINAL TESTS: 1.) BEFORE ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT, IT SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED THAT ALL APPARATUS IS FUNCTIONING PROPERLY AND EFFICIENTLY. GUARANTEE: 1.) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP FROM DEFECT OF WORKMANSHIP, AND SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER ALL DEFECTIVE MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP, FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR AFTER COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. FBC-M-2011 603.9 JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS. ALL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS IN METALLIC AND NONMETALLIC DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE AND NAIMA FIBROUS GLASS DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. ALL JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED AND SEALED WITH WELDS, GASKETS, MASTICS (ADHESIVES), MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED -FABRIC SYSTEMS, LIQUID SEALANTS OR TAPES. TAPES AND MASTICS USED TO SEAL FIBROUS GLASS DUCTWORK SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 A-P"FOR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE, "181 A-M"FOR MASTIC OR "181 A-H"FOR HEAT -SENSITIVE TAPE. TAPES AND MASTICS USED TO SEAL METALLIC AND FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND FLEXIBLE AIR CONNECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 18113 AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 B-FX"FOR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE OR "181 B-M"FOR MASTIC. DUCT CONNECTIONS t0 FLANGES OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SEALED AND MECHANICALLY FASTENED. MECHANICAL FASTENERS FOR USE WITH FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC AIR DUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 1815 AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 5-C."CLOSURE SYSTEMS USED TO SEAL ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. EXCEPTION: FOR DUCTS HAVING A STATIC PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF LESS THAN 2 INCHES OF WATER COLUMN (500 PA), ADDITIONAL CLOSURE SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR CONTINUOUSLY WELDED JOINTS AND SEAMS AND LOCKING -TYPE JOINTS AND SEAMS OF OTHER THAN THE SNAP -LOCK AND 5UTTONLOCK TYPES. 603.10SUPPORTS. DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE. FLEXIBLE AND OTHER FACTORY -MADE DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PM -M -20M 6091 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND RJDdl AIR CON ECTOR& R-EXELE AN DUCTS. BOTH METALLIC MID NONMETALLIC, SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 6031.1, 60l 60313 AND 6031,4. ME)UCLE AIR CONNECTORS, BOTH METALLIC AND NONMETALLIC, 04odL L C01MLY WRH SECTIONS Sol THARCUGN 6091.4. 6091.1 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS, Il METALLIC AND NORIWALLIC, SHALL BE TEl M ACCORDANCE WITH UL ISL SUCH DUCTS 64LA -L BE LISTED AND LABELED AS CLASS 0 OR CLASS I FLEMIll AIR DUCTS AND SHALL DE INSTALLED N ACCORCE DANWTH SECTION 3041 Sol DUCT LENGTH. FL.DdOl AIR DUCTS SHALL NOT BE LIMITER N LENGTH. 641l FLEXIBLE AIR CONNECTOR& FLDCIBLE AIR CONNECTORS, BOTH METALLIC AND NONMETALLIC. SHALL BE TESTED N ACCORDANCE WTH UL IK SUCH CONNECTORS SHALL BE L16TED AND LABELED AS CLAW 0 OR CLAW I FLEXIBLE AIR CONNECTORS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED N ACCOIDMICE HATH SECTION 3041 603121 CONECTOR LENGTH. RMOBLE AIR C40MW M SHALL BE LIMITED N LENGTH TO 14 FEET (4261 MM). 6031]] CONNECTOR PENETRATION LMITATION6. FLDCIBLE AIR CONNECTORS SHALL NOT PASS TFUROUGFI ANY 11,11ILL, FLOOR OR CEILING. 60313 AIR TEMPERATURE. THE DESI TEMPERATURE Q AIR TO BE CONVEYED N KAXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND KAX BLE AIR CONECTORB 8 4ALL BE LESS THAN 211l (121'C). 60"AMEX61-E AIR DUCT AND AIR CONNECTOR CLEARANCE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND AIR CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MNl CLEARANCE TO MI APPLIANCE AS SPECIFIED N THE APPLIANCE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION NST UCTION6 ALL NEW OR REUSED DUCTS SHALL BEAR A LABEL INDICATING TYPE OF DUCT FBG -M-2011 SECTION 606 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS CONTROL 606.1 CONTROLS REQUIRED. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED AND LABELED FOR INSTALLATION IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION_ DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 268A. OTHER SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 268. 6062WHERE REQUIRED. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED IN SECTIONS 606.2.1 THROUGH 60623. 6062.1 TO PREVENT THE RECIRCULATION OF DANGEROUS QUANTITIES OF SMOKE, A DETECTOR APPROVED FOR AIR DUCT USE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE SUPPLY SIDE OF AIR -HANDLING SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA WA, STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS. SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED FOR USE IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE AIR FILTERS AND AHEAD OF ANY BRANCH CONNECTIONS IN AIR SUPPLY SYSTEMS HAVING THE CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CUFT/MIN. EXCEPTION: SMOKE DETECTORS ARE NOT REQUIRED IN THE SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM WHERE ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING SERVED BY THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ARE PROTECTED BY AREA SMOKE DETECTORS CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE. THE AREA SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 606.4. 6062? COMMON SUPPLY SYSTEMS. WHERE MULTIPLE AIR -HANDLING SYSTEMS SHARE COMMON SUPPLY WITH A COMBINED DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CFM (0.9 1`13/6), EACH SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 6062.1. EXCEPTION: INDIVIDUAL SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR EACH FAN -POWERED TERMINAL UNIT, PROVIDED THAT SUCH UNITS DO NOT HAVE AN INDIVIDUAL DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CFM (0.9 M3/5) AND WILL BE SHUT DOWN BY ACTIVATION OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: -SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED BY SECTIONS 6062.1 AND Ill 2AN APPROVED AREA SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR PLENUM SERVING SUCH UNITS 3 -AN AREA SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM AS PRESCRIBED N THE EXCEPTION TO SECTION 6062.1. IN ALL CASES, THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 606.4 AND 606.4.1. Ill RETURN AIR RISERS. WHERE RETURN AIR RISERS SERVE TWO OR MORE STORIES AND SERVE ANY PORTION OF A Ill AIR SYSTEM HAVING A DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 15)00 CFM (1.1 M3/S), SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH STORY. SUCH SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE LOCATED UPSTREAM OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE RETURN AIR RISER AND ANY AIR DUCTS OR PLENUMS. 60631NSTALLATION. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 12. THE REQUIRED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MONITOR THE ENTIRE AIRFLOW CONVEYED BY THE SYSTEM. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR FAN UNITS WHOSE SOLE FUNCTION IS TO REMOVE AIR FROM THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDING TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SMOKE DETECTORS FOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE. 606.4 CONTROLS OPERATION. UPON ACTIVATION, THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL SHUT DOWN ALL OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES OF THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LISTING AND LABELING OF APPLIANCES USED IN THE SYSTEM. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS THAT ARE PART OF A SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL SWITCH TO THE SMOKE CONTROL MODE UPON ACTIVATION OF A DETECTOR Ill SUPERVISION. THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WHERE A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED BY THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE. THE ACTUATION OF A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDI5LE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. IN FACILITIES THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE MONITORED BY A SUPERVISING STATION, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL REPORT ONLY AS A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL, NOT AS A FIR= ALARM. EXCEPTIONS: I.THE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION IS NOT REQUIRED WHERE THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATES THE BUILDING'S ALARM -INDICATING APPLIANCES. 2.IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTUATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS INSTALLED THRU AN EXHAUISTIVE AND THROUGH FIELD INVESTIGATION PRIOR TO ANY BID OR CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PROVIDE COMPLIANCE WITH THE F5C-M-2014 SECT60S ABOVE FOR SUITE 110, Ilb, 105 AND 101. THE ARCHITECT HAS SHOWN THE DUCT DETECTORS EXISTING TO THE BEST ABILITY OF THE FIELD INVESTIGATION CONDUCTED 9-2-13, BUT IN NO WAY DOES HE WARRANT THAT THE UNIT(S) INSTALLED ARE WORKING OR COMPLIANT WITH THE EXISTING CODE. THE GC SHALL VERIFY ALL AHU AND SHALL VERIFY THE AIR FLOW DIRECTION AND VERIFY WHICH MAIN TRUNK DUCTS ARE SUPPLY AND WHICH ARE RETURNS - THE GC SHALL CONDUCT TESTING ON THE SMOKE DUCT DECTOR UNITS TO VERIFY THAT THEY ARE WORKING ATTIME OF CO. THE GC SHALL CONDUCT TESTING ON THE AHU/CU SPLIT SYSTEM TO VERIFY THEY ARE DELIEVERING THE DESIGN CFMS AT THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE A REPROT TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT WITH 10 DAYS AFTER START OF PROJECT FBG -EC -2011 C4032.9DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION, CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING (MANDATORY). 04032.9.1 INSULATION. TABLE 04032.9.1 MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R -VALUES, HEATING AND COOLING SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS LOCATION SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING R-6 R-42 VENTILATED ATTIC R-6 Ill UNVENTED ATTIC ABOVE INSULATED CEILING R-6 R-42 UNVENTED ATTIC WITH ROOF INSULATION R-42 NONE UNCONDITIONED SPACESI R-42 R-42 INDIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES2 NONE NONE CONDITIONED SPACES NONE NONE BURIED R-4.2 NONE LINCLUDES CRAWL SPACES, BOTH VENTILATED AND NONVENTILATED. 2.INCLUDES RETURN AIR PLENUMS WITH OR WITHOUT EXPOSED ROOFS ABOVE. C4032.9.1.IINSULATION REQUIRED. ALL APPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE INSULATED TO THE LEVELS SHOWN IN TABLE C40325.1. EXCEPTIONS: LW-1EN LOCATED WITHIN EQUIPMENT. 2.WHEN THE DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF THE DUCT OR PLENUM DOES NOT EXCEED 15'F (SMC). 3FOR RUNOUTS LESS THAN 10 FEET (3048 MM) IN LENGTH t0 AIR TERMINALS OR AIR OUTLETS, THE RATED R -VALUE OF INSULATION NEED NOT EXCEED R-5. 4.BACKS OF AIR OUTLETS AND OUTLET PLENUMS EXPOSED TO UNCONDITIONED OR INDIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES WITH FACE AREAS EXCEEDING 5 SQUARE FEET (.46 M2) NEED NOT EXCEED R -2t THOSE 5 SQUARE FEET (.46 M2) OR SMALLER NEED NOT BE INSULATED. 5JRETURN AIR DUCTS MEETING ALL THE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING CAVITIES THAT WILL BE USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS. C4032.9.12INSULATION PROTECTION. INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE, INCLUDING THAT DUE TO SUNLIGHT, MOISTURE, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND WIND, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: UNSULATION EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR SERVICE, E.G, PROTECTED BY ALUMINUM, SHEET METAL, PAINTED CANVAS OR PLASTIC COVER. CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED AS ABOVE OR PAINTED WITH A COATING THAT IS WATER RETARDANT AND PROVIDES SHIELDING FROM SOLAR RADIATION THAT CAN CAUSE DEGRADATION OF THE MATERIAL. 2.INSULATION COVERING COOLING DUCTS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL INCLUDE A VAPOR RETARDANT LOCATED OUTSIDE THE INSULATION (UNLESS THE INSULATION IS INHERENTLY VAPOR RETARDANT), ALL PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS OF WHICH SHALL BE SEALED. C4032.9.13CONDENSATION CONTROL. ADDITIONAL INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE THE MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 04032.9.1.1 ARE DETERMINED TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. C4032.92DUCT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DUCTS, AIR HANDLERS, FILTER BOXES, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS AND ENCLOSED SUPPORT PLATFORMS THAT FORM THE PRIMARY AIR CONTAINMENT PASSAGEWAYS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DUCTS OR PLENUM CHAMBERS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 04032.92 AND WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL. DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, BRACED, REINFORCED AND INSTALLED TO PROVIDE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH AND DURABILITY. ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND FITTING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF THIS SECTION. FBC-EC-2011 C4032.93SEALING, GENERAL (MANDATORY). ALL DUCTS, AIR HANDLERS, FILTER BOXES, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS AND ENCLOSED SUPPORT PLATFORMS THAT FORM THE PRIMARY AIR CONTAINMENT PASSAGEWAYS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CRITERIA OF THIS SECTION AND TABLE 04032.92. C4032.93.IMECHANICAL FASTENING. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN SECTIONS OF AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS, BETWEEN INTERMEDIATE AND TERMINAL FITTINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AND BETWEEN SUB SECTIONS OF THESE COMPONENTS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO SECURE THE SECTIONS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CLOSURE SYSTEM(S). C4032.932SEALING. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED CLOSURE SYSTEMS. C4032.93366PACE PROVIDED. SUFFICIENT SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO ALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS LOCATED IN OR FORMI NG A PART OF THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO ASSURE ADEQUATE ACCESS FOR (1) CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION C4032.9, (2) INSPECTION AND (3) CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES (102 MM) IS CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND AIR -HANDLING UNITS. EXCEPTION: RETROFIT OR REPLACEMENT UNITS NOT PART OF A RENOVATION. C4032.93.4PRODUCT APPLICATION. CLOSURE PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE AIR BARRIERS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS BEING JOINED IN ORDER TO FORM A CONTINUOUS BARRIER OR THEY MAY BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR APPROPRIATE INDUSTRY INSTALLATION STANDARD WHERE MORE RESTRICTIVE. C4032.939SURFACE PREPARATION - THE SURFACES UPON WHICH CLOSURE PRODUCTS ARE TO BE APPLIED SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C4032.93bAPPROVED MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS. APPROVED MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDE SCREWS, RIVETS, WELDS, INTERLOCKING JOINTS CRIMPED AND ROLLED, STAPLES, TWIST IN (SCREW ATTACHMENT), AND COMPRESSION SYSTEMS CREATED BY BEND TABS OR SCREW TABS AND FLANGES OR BY CLINCHING STRAPS. MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM TABLE 04032.92 TO BE APPROPRIATE TO THE DUCT SYSTEM TYPE. C4032.93.1APPROVED CLOSURE SYSTEMS. THE FOLLOWING CLOSURE SYSTEMS AND MATERIALS ARE APPROVED FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING FOR THE APPLICATIONS AND PRESSURE CLASSES SHOWN IN TABLE 04032.92: (METAL CLOSURES. AUUELDS APPLIED CONTINUOUSLY ALONG METAL SEAMS OR JOINTS THROUGH WHICH AIR COULD LEAK. B.SNAPLOCK SEAMS AND GROOVED, STANDING, DOUBLE -CORNER, SINGLE -CORNER AND PITTSBURGH LOCK SEAMS, AS DEFINED BY SMACNA, AS WELL AS ALL OTHER ROLLED MECHANICAL SEAMS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE ROLLED OR CRIMPED. 2j3ASKETING, WHICH ACHIEVES A 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE-DENSITY-DEVELOPMENT RATING UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123, PROVIDED THAT It IS USED ONLY BETWEEN MATED SURFACES THAT AIRRE MECHANICALLY FASTENED WITH SUFFICIENT FORCE TO COMPRESS THE GASKET AND TO FILL ALL VOIDS AND CRACKS THROUGH WHICH AIR LEAKAGE WOULD OTHERWISE OCCUR 3MASTIC CLOSURES. MASTICS SHALL BE PLACED OVER THE ENTIRE JOINT BETWEEN MATED SURFACES. MASTICS SHALL NOT BE DILUTED. APPROVED MASTICS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: AMASTIC OR MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS APPLIED TO FIBROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART III. 5MASTIC OR MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS APPLIED TO NONMETAL FLEXIBLE DUCT THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1815, PART 11. CMASTIC RIBBONS, WHICH ACHIEVE A 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DENSITY DEVELOPMENT RATING UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123, PROVIDED THAT THEY MAY 5E USED ONLY IN FLANGE JOINTS AND LAP-JONTS, SUCH THAT THE MASTIC RESIDES BETWEEN TWO PARALLEL SURFACES OF THE AIR BARRIER AND THAT THOSE SURFACES ARE MECHANICALLY FASTENED. 4.TAPES. TAPES SHALL BE APPLIED SUCH THAT THEY EXTEND NOT LESS THAN I INCH ONTO EACH OF THE MATED SURFACES AND SHALL TOTALLY COVER THE JOINT. WHEN USED ON RECTANGULAR DUCTS, TAPES SHALL BE USED ONLY ON JOINTS BETWEEN PARALLEL RIGID SURFACES AND ON RIGHT ANGLE JOINTS. APPROVED TAPES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A.PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES. (.PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPES APPLIED TO FIBROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART I. II.PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES APPLIED TO NONMETAL FLEXIBLE DUCT THAT AIRE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1815, PART I. BU -TEAT -ACTIVATED TAPES APPLIED TO F15ROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED N ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART Ii. SAEROSOL SEALANT. SUCH SEALANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER -CERTIFIED INSTALLERS FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SHALL ACHIEVE 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE-DENSITY-DEVELOPMENT RATINGS UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123. C4032.9.4CAVITIES OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. CAVITIES IN FRAMED SPACES, SUCH AS DROPPED SOFFITS AND WALLS, SHALL NOT BE USED TO DELIVER AIR FROM OR RETURN AIR TO THE CONDITIONING SYSTEM UNLESS THEY CONTAIN AN AIR DUCT INSERT THAT IS INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 04032.9.1 AND CONSTRUCTED AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 04032.92 APPROPRIATE FOR THE DUCT MATERIALS USED. EXCEPTION: RETURN AIR PLENUMS BENEATH A ROOF DECK THAT IS INSULATED TO AT LEAST R-19 V �D li C4 � wpwa.�IJ h04 Cc t.. IN 4p�R 1Yt4l CO 4z 14 Rp W � c cz N t0 O ;'* W� 4�Q GysN4IN 0 co r \ N IM a N a J a 0 LL Z� V� r ON r `N W W y W W > 00 a0 J ZU. -1o 0CCCC .500 0 r U. ZcmZ ao�a j cm ca REVISIONS A A `a r a W D r0 V a 0 W 91111. ui 1,111- 0 0 ,Z V a PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 PBsss DJUMNI S IRs COPP- ' MR uss or I m ras PURPIoss Fm P28PAM. DRAWN: ,4E CHECK.' ,4E -�• •���•�•• �•v •• •-�.r.wF..�..vNvv.._w,v , ,v���,���cV ��-vcv�Gv lu-vw w�Lvv.uvvy, wiLvv � Nvnv vrN_vv, JlGV/LV IV `4.00.GJ /'11V1, IVIIy nr �aFIwFJ, r�uw�.rw rur t<nlyn htuGnty rnln/.1.1cJ, riR\,n 1w1 UIeeU v �30.VU XL4.UU I(1Cn@S), 1:"I, l)VF'YKICiIi I tUt$IGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 M200.dwg, M201 HVAC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:55:26 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT v m h Oita cz to cat, to y CSSCON '460 0! I cq A - q 1-%-q �4oyq� �N 00 CO y 14q oq 0IsRo C4 q �� 33 'irk r f� r INIZONT R. ZWZN ARM0781 0 r N r W H a N a J a 0 O U. aC a V� r I- 00 a �.. N r W LU a 0 W C W W > to 00 0 a a co0 aJC aU. LU CC 0 0 zz 00 0V. zcvz a a(Da > JNco) Z REVISIONS 0 0 0 A ZL PROD NO.:18-024 DATE. S-28-18 mass NUMNBs AM anrr- Araffm er s mmw YINtCi1071T. Me. sora rffis aorrRffiIIr AM orAM Mom xrsfwm nm ass or Tess DOCUAM 9 TO rJW 0jUvDm sm oB ruaPnss Iron WMW ISM WJ= JMWA M. ALVAODvvrzojm Mums. oR ASSMAIMM ues srarctzr Pimmmum DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE M201 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 M200.dwg, M201 HVAC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:55:26 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 2. 3. 4. EXISTING CONNECTED LIGHTS TO BE REPOSITIONED BAGC TO EXISTING LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. REMOVE EXISTING EXIT LIGHT AND REPLACE WITH NEW EXIT EMERGENCY COMBO FIXTURE. ENSURE THE FIXTURE 15 CONNECTED TO LOCAL LIGHT CIRCUIT AND WIRED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH. EXISTING EXIT EMERGENCY COMBO FIXTURE. ENSURE THE FIXTURE 15 CONNECTED TO LOCAL LIGHT CIRCUIT AND WIRED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH. NEW WALL MOUNTED EXIT EMERGENCY COMBO LIGHT FIXTURE. ENSURE THE FIXTURE IS CONNECTED TO LOCAL LIGHT CIRCUIT AND WIRED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH. SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURE OCCUPANCY SWITCH SURFACE MONUTED NOT USED CIRCUUIT FAN TO LIGHT Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" i ON S. SURFACE MONUTED EXIT LIGHT AT 12" BELOW COLING 10, NEW CEILING MOUNTED EXIST EMERGCY LIGHT FIXTURE. ENSURE THE FIXTURE 15 CONNECTED TO LOCAL LIGHT CIRCUIT AND WIRED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH. I 11. NEW ONE SIDED CEILING MOUNTED EXIST EMERGCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROW. ENSURE THE FIXTURE IS CONNECTED TO LOCAL i LIGHT CIRCUIT AND WIRED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH. LIGHTING PLAN Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" z O 4 L EXE EXEM 0 �_31111 MISC SUBSCRIPT LEGEND FOR ALL DEVICES N NEW (OR RELOCATED) AC INCHES ABOVE COUNTER D DEMOLISH LEGEND R RELOCATED ►e♦ SINGLE FACE EXIT/EMERGENCY COMBO LIGHT. WIRE AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCH CONTROL. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE e SINGLE FACE EXIT LIGHT. WIRE AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCH CONTROL. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4 C BRACKET s OR CHEDW LLL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. LETTER DENOTES TYPE, SEE FIXTUREA FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE. LETTER DENOTES TYPE. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE. WIRE AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCH CONTROL. 12" BELOW CEILING. TOGGLE SWITCH - SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH -TRIPLE POLE $S TOGGLE SWITCH-0CCUPANY SENSOR $M MANUAL MOTOR STARTER - 5Q. D. FG -IP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18" A.F.F.-U.N.O. - NUMBER SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CIRCUIT DESIGNATION HUBBELL 05262-I. "c" INDICATES 6" ABOVE COUNTER. (b UP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - IN WEATHER PROOF ENCLOSURE OR COVER. 16y DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN COMMON BOX WITH COMMON COVER. W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - GFCI TYPE 240 RECEPTACLE - SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR CONFIGURATION. ®( 240 V HARDWIRE CONNECTION - SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR CONFIGURATION. TELEPHONE OUTLET WITH BUSHED HOLE COVER PLATE. 3/4" C. TO ABOVE CEILING. "W" INDICATES WALL MOUNTED A 52" AFF. O COMPUTER OUTLET WITH BUSHED HOLE COVER PLATE. 1" C TO CPU. J$. FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZE AS NOTED. NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZE AS NOTED. Q PUSH BUTTON MOUNTED 48" AFF., EDWARDS 0852 I -El TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING, EDWARDS 4590 9 POWER POLE WITH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND DATA BOX PHONE/DATA BOX a 18" AFF WITH 1/2" CONDUIT IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING TWIN HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT (WALL OR CLG MOUNT SEE PLAN) ED BELL MOUNTED 6" BELOW CEILING, EDWARDS "6100-4*1 FE SEE ELECTRICAL NOTES. sa SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TL TWIST LOCK HP -5 CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING SPACES. ARROWS INDICATE HOMERUNS, HASHMARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IF MORE THAN TWO. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS. GROUND CONDUCTOR REQUIRED IN ALL CONDUITS BUT NOT INDICATED. a N "I whh. 0 5 D WP WEATHERPROOF UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE T DENOTES TELEPHONE CONDUIT. C - DENOTES COMMUNICATION/DATA CONDUIT. P � DENOTES FIRE ALARM CONDUIT. WIRING PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION. MOTOR CONNECTION. JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOX ABOVE CEILING. DENOTES DC CIRCUIT. WIRE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. O SMOKE DETECTOR, MATCH EXISTING SYSTEM TYPE. ® FIRE ALARM PORN STROBE - i'-0" AFF. - MATCH EXISTING SYSTEM. O FIRE ALARM PULL STATION - 4'-0" AFF. - MATCH EXISTING SYSTEM. 71 FIRE ALARM PULL STATION - 4'-0" AFF WITH HORN STROBE AT -0" AFF. - MATCH EXISTING SYSTEM. ® CABLE TV OUTLET O CEILING MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR LINE BETWEEN SWITCHES AND LIGHT FIXTURES INDICATES SWITCHING CONTROL EXISTING CONTROL CONNECTION TO REMAIN REMOVE CONTROL CONNECTION N, NEW CONTROL CONNECTION v co Wt �toto C� QON CV 00 v� co 4�ko I pu ym N �� CV Cy COQ D0ti IN ACV Rp C5 O 040 O rn 04 "ff"ivr R. swam C9 r Cm r W H N Q N Q J a O LL Zo 4 Co r ON r `y W W cc W W > > Op w IL O ZJ QaLL, omm .500 N LL ZZ J N ca REVISIONS A A 0 0 0 0 0 J 0 LZ r x 0 J I Z J a W H W cc W O CL W W PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rRssr MUMM AM COPr- Brefim By EmsmN MMAORM", LLC, "IS rMF COPFAIMT AM OTMA AMM ANSMICrs rHL Usl OF rR = r= OR/QQILL sm OR PURFM POR NUM TJW FJ= PJWAJU D. RsUcrraN� ca�xcss. OR IssrCw�rilY7s IRi sl9trCTLr DRA WN. AE CHECK.• AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 E100.dwg, E100 ELEC PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:55:29 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT AS E 90.1-2010 AND 2013 8.4.2 UTOMATIC RECEPTACLE CONTROL THE FOL WING SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED: A AT LEAST 50a OF ALL 125 VOLT, 15 AND 20 AMPERE RECEPTACLES IN OPTE OFF ES, CONFERENCE RO S, ROOMS USED PRIMARILY FOR PRINTING AND/OR OPYIN UNCTIO BREAK ROOMS, CLASSR00 AND INDIVIDUAL WORKSTATIONS B) AT LEAST 25% OF BRA CIRCUIT FEEDERS INSTALLED FOR M DULAR RNITU NOT SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCU TS. THIS CONTROL SHALL FUNCTION N A) A SCHEDULED BASIS USING A TIME- -DAY OPERAT TR L TURNS RECEPTACLES OFF AT SPECIFIC PROGRAMMED TIMES N INDEPE N ROG ED SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR CONTROLLED AREAS OF NO MORE TH 5000 T RE AN ONE FLOOR (THE OCCUPANT SHALL BE ABLE TO MANUALLY OV IDE E C T CE FOR UP TO TWO HOURS); OR B AN OCCUPANT SENSOR THAT SHALL TU P F H 20 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING A SPACE; OR C) AN AUTOMATED SIGNAL FROM ANO OL LA STEM THAT SHALL TURN RECEPTACLES OFF WITHIN 20 MINUTES AFTER DET I G T EA 1 UNOCCUPIED. ALL CONTROLLED RECEPTA L BE LY M KED TO ISUALLY DIFFERENTIATE THAN FROM UNCONTROLLED P S AND E U RMLY DIS UTED THROUGHOUT THE SPACE. PLUG-IN DEVIC A NOT U 0 CO L ITH SECTIO 8.4.2. EXCEPT] S: RECEPTACLES FO E LLOWIN L NOT U AN AUTOMAT DEVI A) RECEPTACLES S ICALL D EDF EQ ENT REQUIRING CONTINUOUS OPERA N (24 HOURS/DAY, 65 DAYS B) SPACES HERE AN AUTO IC CO D ENDANGER THE SAFETY OR SECURITY OF THE R M OR ILDING OCCUPANTS) FBC-EC-2017 C405.6.4COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS. C405.6.4.1 DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER, INCLUDING: 1.A SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND 2.FLOOR PLANS INDICATING LOCATION AND AREA SERVED FOR ALL DISTRIBUTION. C405.6.4.2MANUALS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT AN OPERATING MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER. THE MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING: 1.SUBMITTAL DATA STATING EQUIPMENT RATING AND SELECTED OPTIONS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. 2.01PERATION MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ACTIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3.NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AT LEAST ONE QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE EXEM TAMLITE LXPCPIRWEM- SINGLE FACED RED LETTER STRIP LIGHT EXIT EMER3 COMBO TAMLITE LXPCP2RWEM- DOUBLE FACED RED LETTER STRIP LIGHT EXIT EMERG COMBO (DOUBLE FACES WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN) EM TAMLITE ESLR3 LED FIXED THERMOPLASTIC EMERGENCY LIGHT cra ALL OTHERS SELECTED BY OWNER AND BUILDER d I � OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL WIRING DIAGARM 1*11.:,.iw_7 Vit ahP&*); Scale: none SPECIFICATIONS - DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.01 PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR A COMPLETE & PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, THE LOCAL COUNTY ELECTRICAL CODE AND POWER COMPANY. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS, & SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITERS' LABEL. 1.03 CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE SITE BEFORE BIDDING. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED IN CONTRACT PRICE FOR WORK REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 1.04 ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 1.05 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT RECEPTACLE TYPE WITH OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (RANGE, DRYER, ETC.) 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.01 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS: ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL WITH LOCKNUTS AND BUSHINGS, WITH THE EXCEPTION THAT WHERE SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES, BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAYS MAY BE (E.M.T.) ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING OR PVC SCHEDULE 40. (PVC MAY BE USED BELOW GRADE ONLY.) E.M.T. SHALL BE JOINED WITH STEEL COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS. MC CABLE IF ALLOWED BY OWNER 1.02 CONDUCTORS: BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE (#12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) "THW OR THWN" COPPER (NO ALUMINUM SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE). ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE WIRED WITH COLOR -CODED WIRE WITH THE SAME COLOR USED FOR A PHASE THROUGHOUT. COLOR -CODE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BLACK, PHASE B- RED, PHASE C- BLUE, NEUTRAL- WHITE, GROUND- GREEN. 16200 ELECTRICAL SERVICE SYSTEM 1.01 IN GENERAL, ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, METALLIC CONDUIT, MOTOR FRAMES, PANEL - BOARDS, ETC., SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE GREEN SYSTEM GROUNDING CONDUCTOR RUN FROM THE MAIN SWITCH GROUND TO ALL PANELS AND FROM GROUNDING LUGS ON EACH PANEL TO EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICE AND FIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC RULES OF ARTICLE 250 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL PANELS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL BAR ISOLATED FROM STANDARD NEUTRAL BAR FOR GROUNDING. 1.02 THE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ALL ELECTRIC POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION, LIGHTING, BALANCING AND TESTING CONSUMED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. 16300 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1.01 ALL WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. SWITCHES SHALL BE QUIET TYPE. RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE GROUND TERMINAL. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 16400 LIGHTING FIXTURES 1.01 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, AND ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE, HANGERS AND TRIM. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE BID AS SPECIFIED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE AUTO - RESET, CLASS P, ETL, CBM WITH EXTERNAL FUSE AND FUSE HOLDER. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND BALLASTS TO BE ENERGY SAVING TYPE. 1.02 LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTRACTOR SELECTED. SUBMIT CUT SHEETS TO ARCHITECT/OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 1.03 PROVIDE MULTI -GANG BOXES AND COVER PLATES ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH 2014 NEC VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELEC CONDITIONS BEFORE BIDDING VERIFY WITH OWNER SWITCHING CONFIGURATION BEFORE BIDDING VOLTAGE DROP SHALL COMPLY WITH FBC ENERGY CONSERVATION 2017 SECTION C405.6.3 C405.6.3VOLTAGE DROP. THE CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS COMBINED SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM OF 5 PERCENT VOLTAGE DROP TOTAL. EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO BE ON LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO BE INTERRUPTED BY ACCIDENTALLY OPENING SWITCH CONTROLLING NORMAL LIGHTING. EITHER AN AUTOMATIC MOTION SENSOR -TYPE LIGHTING SWITCH PER FBC 10006.1.2 EXCEPTION CAN BE USED OR PROVIDE A NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT THAT IS CONNECTED AHEAD OF A WALL SWITCH CIRCUIT SO THAT MINIMAL REQUIRED LIGHT LEVELS CAN BE MAINTAINED IN THE PATHS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION OF MEAN OF EGRESS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS DURING TIME OF OCCUPANCY ANY NEW INTERIOR LIGHTS FORTOILET ROOM AND JANITOR ROOM LIGHTS SHALL BE ON OCCUPANT SENSOR DEVICE ON AND TIMER OFF. AUTO LIGHTING SHUTOFF -- INTERIOR LIGHTING IN BLDGS LARGER THAN 5000 SF SHALL BE CONTROLLED W/ AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICE TO SHUT OFF BLDG LIGHTING IN ALL NEW RENOVATED SPACES WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING A SPACE. AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OVERRIDING ANY TIME OF DAY SCHEDULED SHUT OFF CONTROL FOR NO MORE THAN 4 HOURS. LIGHTING FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATION INCLUDING SIGNS SHALL HAVE AUTOMATIC CONTROLS CAPABLE OF TURNING OFF EXTERIOR LIGHTING WHEN SUFFICIENT DAYLIGHT IS AVAILABLE OR WHEN LIGHTING IS NOT REQUIRED DURING NIGHTTIME HOURS. LIGHTING NOT DESIGNED FOR DUSK TO DAWN OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH. LIGHTING DESIGNED FOR DUSK TO DAWN OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH OR PHOTOSENSOR. _LECTRICAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF SERVICE WITH POWER COMPANY 2. ALL WIRE SHALL BE THW COPPER, UNO. 3, WHERE REQUIRED BY OTHER CODES, SERVICE AND FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER OF EQUAL AMPACITY 4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 5. COORDINATE RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. VERIFY ALL CONDUCTORS AND BREAKERS WITH EQUIP. MANUF. SPECS. 7. PROVIDE DISCQNNECT SWITCHES OF SIZE AS REQUIRED BY LOAD AND UNITS. 8• PROVIDE NON -FUSIBLE GENERAL DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES AT A/C EQUIP., & AT PUMPS NOT VISIBLE FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AND AS PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS. 9• PROVIDE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON PLAN AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 10. ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, TRIM, AND APPLIANCES SHALL BE UL OR EQUAL APPROVED. 11. PROVIDE UNPREWIRED PHONE OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON PLANS 12. PROVIDE UNPREWIRED TV OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 13. ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL UTILIZE LOW NOISE, ENERGY SAVING BALLAST AND BULBS ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT AND EXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR ABANDONED CONDUIT SHALL BE CAPPED AT BOTH ENDS. TO CONSTRUCTION TO ASCERTAIN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LIMITS OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. ANY PRESENT FLOOR OUTLETS OCCURRING SHALL BE CAPPED FLUSH CV WITH FLOOR. COORDINATE SEQUENCING WITH OWNER & OTHER CONTRACTORS. cra O cot.04 aq e *" ALL REMOVED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THIS DEVICES & CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON PLANS WERE TAKEN FROM A CONTRACTOR UNLESS DIRECTED TO DO OTHERWISE BY THE OWNER. SITE VISITATION. THESE PLANS MAY NOT BE ENTIRELY ACCURATE. O THEY ARE INTENDED TO GIVE THE CONTRACTOR A GENERAL IDEA WHERE WORK BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (WALL REMOVAL, NEW OF WHAT EQUIPMENT IS BEING REMOVED, DISCONNECTED OR RETAINED. OR RELOCATED WALL OPENING, ETC..) RESULTS IN THE REMOVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD INSPECTION RELOCATION OF REFEEDING OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES OR LIGHTING OF SITE TO DETERMINE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE INSTALLATION FIXTURES, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND AND/OR THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. RECONNECT AS REQUIRED ALL ACTIVE DEVICES SOME TO SUIT CONFLICTING EQUIPMENT. IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT AND MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF REMAINING DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT, THE COVERS ON ALL JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND ANY SUCH CONNECTION SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS LOCATED SHALL BE MARKED WITH A "MAGIC MARKER" TO INDICATE CIRCUIT IN UNFINISHED AREAS. NUMBER & SERVING PANEL OF CONDUCTORS OR SYSTEM CABLES ASSOCIATED WITH EACH BOX. DISCONNECT, REMOVE OR RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT THAT INTERFERES WITH NEW INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR CAN REUSE EXISTING UNDERSLAB CONDUIT IF APPLICABLE THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FOR PULLING NEW CIRCUIT WIRING. WIRING DEVICES, SIGNAL EQUIPMENT, EXHAUST FANS, BASEBOARD HEATERS, UNIT HEATERS, ECT. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR HEATERS, EXHAUST FANS, ETC., WHICH MUST BE DISCONNECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OR ABANDONMENT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT WIRE, BOXES AND FASTENING DEVICES, AS REQUIRED TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE WITH NEW INSTALLATION. V m CV cra O cot.04 aq e *" C6 ,4b �� �N Qq Doco W4�a O 1214 a "o 0 C9 r N r `W r cc a N a J IL 0 cc 0 LLZ aC, ON r W F W Co WLu > Op a0 �ZJ oa" 0Ir .j 0 0 LL ZNZ ao)a J N Co REVISIONS 0 0 0 FAI PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 MRSE D,i.MNOS AM cOPr- juvam By snasmx r�aucwarsr, ttc. Bois rare 6�OP m." nt Orim Aram sssrxrcrs rm ass ar TJMW DOCUAMM ra res oaroarac sm OA PvaPOss FM Parte rasr WSM PRMAPLD. a' acrr ". CAUMs, as Assrcanrsars yes srxwnr DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE E200 CAUsers\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\--2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 E200.dwg, E200 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, 9/28/2018 4:55:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUMS 2921 S. ORLANDO DRIVE1291130# SANFORD, FLORIDA devices, or installing a text telephone (TTY). (iv) Costs associated with relocating an inaccessible drinking fountain. (g) Duty to provide accessible features in the event of disproportionality. (1) When the cost of alterations necessary to make the path of travel to the altered area fully accessible is disproportionate to the cost of the overall alteration, the path of travel shall be made accessible to the extent that it can be made accessible without incurring disproportionate costs. (2) In choosing which accessible elements to provide, priority should be given to those elements that will provide the greatest access, in the following order: (i) An accessible entrance; (ii) An accessible route to the altered area; (iii) At least one accessible restroom for each sex or a single unisex restroom; (iv) Accessible telephones; (v) Accessible drinking fountains; and (vi) When possible, additional accessible elements such as parking, storage, and alarms. (h) Series of smaller alterations. (1) The obligation to provide an accessible path of travel may not be evaded by performing a series of small alterations to the area served by a single path of travel if those alterations could have been performed as a single undertaking. Q (i) If an area containing a primary function has been altered without providing an accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent alterations of that area, or a different area on the same path of travel, are undertaken within three years of the original alteration, the total cost of alterations to the primary function areas on that path of travel during the preceding three year period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate. (ii) Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the alterations. WHERE A CONFLICT IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS ARISE THE MORE STRINGENT, STRICT, PRECISE, OR EXACTING SPECIFICATIONS OR DIMENSIONS SHALL CONTROL PARCEL 01-20-30-509-0000-1300 OWNER(S) SILVER STAR SHOPPING CENTER LLC PROPERTY ADDRESS 2921 ORLANDO (STE 200/20(o) DR SANFORD, FL 32111 MAILING 6000 METROWEST BLVD STE 101 ORLANDO, FL 32835-1630 SUBDIVISION NAME SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUM TAX DISTRICT 54-SANFORD- 11-92 REDVDST DOR USE CODE 1105 -RETAIL CONDO ARCHITECT EDESIGN MANAGEMNENT LLC 25-12 W SR 426 STE 2064 OVIEDO FL 32165 401 310 1551 CONTACT, ANTHONY E EWEN, RA,NCARB FIN 1 J ATE -' 1 AL 5 NOTrz,5 PARTIAL LEGAL DE5CIRIFTION 1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH AT LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS STATED BELOW. UNIT 130 ALL SPACES SHALL BE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE IN COMPLYING WITH THE STANDARDS BELOW. SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUM 2. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND RUBBER BASE SHALL BE ORB 5395 PG 1901_ AS RECORDED IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS B INTERIOR OF SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD OF 26-15, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450, EXCEPT AS NOTED BELOW 010 Standards: Title III - 23 Subpart D of 28 CFR Part 36 hardware, controls, electrical outlets, and signage shall not be 3. ALL EXPOSED WOOD TRIM REGARDLESS OF FINISH, SHALL BE OF A SPECIES OTHER THAN PINE partment of Justice deemed to be alterations that affect the usability of or access to AND IN NO CASE SHALL THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION EXCEED 200 AND THE SMOKE 'C' 36.403 Alterations: Path of travel. an area containing a primary function. DEVELOPED 0-450, AS A CLASS INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL. a) General. (d) Landlord/tenant: If a tenant is making alterations as defined in § 4. MATERIALS LESS THAN 1/28 INCH THICK WHICH ARE CEMENTED TO THE SUBSTRATE WHICH (1) An alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or 36.402 that would trigger the requirements of this section, those HAVE A FLAME SPREAD CHARACTERISTIC NO GREATER THAN PAPER OF 1/28 THICKNESS DO NOT access to an area of a facility that contains a primary function alterations by the tenant in areas that only the tenant occupies do HAVE TO BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84. shall be made so as to ensure that, to the maximum extent not trigger a path of travel obligation upon the landlord with respect 5. MATERIALS SUCH AS CARPETING HAVING A NAPPED, TUFTED, LOOPED, OR SIMILAR SURFACE feasible, the path of travel to the altered area and the restrooms, to areas of the facility under the landlord's authority, if those areas WHEN APPLIED TO A WALL OR CEILING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF A CLASS 'A' INTERIOR telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area, are are not otherwise being altered. FINISH. readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, (e) Path of travel. 6. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CEMENTED OR OTHERWISE FASTENED IN PLACE SO THAT including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the cost and (1) A "path of travel" includes a continuous, unobstructed way of THEY WILL NOT READILY BECOME DETACHED WHEN SUBJECTED TO ROOM TEMPERATURES OF scope of such alterations is disproportionate to the cost of the pedestrian passage by means of which the altered area may be 300 DEGREES F FOR 25 MINUTES. overall alteration. approached, entered, and exited, and which connects the altered REFLECTED CEILING PLAN (2) If a private entity has constructed or altered required elements area with an exterior approach (including sidewalks, streets, and 1. FLOORING MATERIAL SHALL A MINIMUM CLASS 11 INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED of a path of travel at a place of public accommodation or parking areas), an entrance to the facility, and other parts of the WITH NFPA 253 commercial facility in accordance with the specifications in the facility. 6. CARPETING, INCLUDING ANY PADDING, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS II 1991 Standards, the private entity is not required to retrofit such (2) An accessible path of travel may consist of walks and sidewalks, INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS NOTED ABOVE elements to reflect the incremental changes in the 2010 curb ramps and other interior or exterior pedestrian ramps; clear S. IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE IS USED ON A GROUND OR FLOOR SURFACE, THEN IT SHALL BE Standards solely because of an alteration to a primary function floor paths through lobbies, corridors, rooms, and other improved BACKING, OR NO CUSHION OR PAD, AND SECURELY ATTACHED, HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD. OR B area served by that path of travel. areas; parking access aisles; elevators and lifts; or a combination HAVE A LEVEL LOOP TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE b) Primary function. A "primary function" is a major activity for which of these elements. MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2 INCH. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED the facility is intended. Areas that contain a primary function (3) For the purposes of this part, the term "path of travel" also TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE A TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. include, but are not limited to, the customer services lobby of a includes the restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CHANGES IN LEVEL SECTION OF THE AMERICAN bank, the dining area of a cafeteria, the meeting rooms in a serving the altered area. WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). conference center, as well as offices and other worts areas in which (f) Disproportionality. 10. GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND the activities of the public accommodation or other private entity (1) Alterations made to provide an accessible path of travel to the SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS SHALL BE STABLE, using the facility are carried out. Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall FIRM, SHALL HAVE A SLIP RESISTANT FINISH AND SHALL COMPLY WITH GROUND AND FLOOR supply storage rooms, employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial alteration when the cost exceeds 20% of the cost of the alteration SURFACES' SECTION AND CHANGES IN LEVEL' SECTION OF THE 2001 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE sets, entrances, corridors, and restrooms are not areas to the primary function area. A605 containing a primary function. (2) Costs that may be counted as expenditures required to provide O� U fRNGED NOT 5 c) Alterations to an area containing a primary function. an accessible path of travel may include: FLAN fREF (1) Alterations that affect the usability of or access to an area (i) Costs associated with providing an accessible entrance and ALL REQUIRED EXITS, WAYS OF APPROACH THERETO, AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO containing a primary an accessible route THE STREET SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND function include, but are not limited to-- to the altered area, for example, the cost of widening doorways IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNOBSTRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY (i) Remodeling merchandise display areas or employee work or installing ramps; + THE TENANT'S FURNITURE DEALERANSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ON-SITE VERIFICATION areas in a department (ii) Costs associated with making restrooms accessible, such as OF GOVERNING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE FOR TENANTS store; installing grab bars, FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION (ii) Replacing an inaccessible floor surface in the customer enlarging toilet stalls, insulating pipes, or installing accessible M100 service or employee work faucet controls; • areas of a bank; (iii) Costs associated with providing accessible telephones, such HAVC SPEC, (iii) Redesigning the assembly line area of a factory; or as relocating the _ (iv) Installing a computer center in an accounting firm. telephone to an accessible height, installing amplification devices, or installing a text telephone (TTY). (iv) Costs associated with relocating an inaccessible drinking fountain. (g) Duty to provide accessible features in the event of disproportionality. (1) When the cost of alterations necessary to make the path of travel to the altered area fully accessible is disproportionate to the cost of the overall alteration, the path of travel shall be made accessible to the extent that it can be made accessible without incurring disproportionate costs. (2) In choosing which accessible elements to provide, priority should be given to those elements that will provide the greatest access, in the following order: (i) An accessible entrance; (ii) An accessible route to the altered area; (iii) At least one accessible restroom for each sex or a single unisex restroom; (iv) Accessible telephones; (v) Accessible drinking fountains; and (vi) When possible, additional accessible elements such as parking, storage, and alarms. (h) Series of smaller alterations. (1) The obligation to provide an accessible path of travel may not be evaded by performing a series of small alterations to the area served by a single path of travel if those alterations could have been performed as a single undertaking. Q (i) If an area containing a primary function has been altered without providing an accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent alterations of that area, or a different area on the same path of travel, are undertaken within three years of the original alteration, the total cost of alterations to the primary function areas on that path of travel during the preceding three year period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate. (ii) Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the alterations. WHERE A CONFLICT IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS ARISE THE MORE STRINGENT, STRICT, PRECISE, OR EXACTING SPECIFICATIONS OR DIMENSIONS SHALL CONTROL PARCEL 01-20-30-509-0000-1300 OWNER(S) SILVER STAR SHOPPING CENTER LLC PROPERTY ADDRESS 2921 ORLANDO (STE 200/20(o) DR SANFORD, FL 32111 MAILING 6000 METROWEST BLVD STE 101 ORLANDO, FL 32835-1630 SUBDIVISION NAME SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUM TAX DISTRICT 54-SANFORD- 11-92 REDVDST DOR USE CODE 1105 -RETAIL CONDO ARCHITECT EDESIGN MANAGEMNENT LLC 25-12 W SR 426 STE 2064 OVIEDO FL 32165 401 310 1551 CONTACT, ANTHONY E EWEN, RA,NCARB FIN 1 J ATE -' 1 AL 5 NOTrz,5 PARTIAL LEGAL DE5CIRIFTION 1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH AT LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS STATED BELOW. UNIT 130 ALL SPACES SHALL BE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE IN COMPLYING WITH THE STANDARDS BELOW. SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUM 2. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND RUBBER BASE SHALL BE ORB 5395 PG 1901_ AS RECORDED IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS B INTERIOR OF SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD OF 26-15, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450, EXCEPT AS NOTED BELOW OF CONTENTS/ INDEX TO DRAWINGS 3. ALL EXPOSED WOOD TRIM REGARDLESS OF FINISH, SHALL BE OF A SPECIES OTHER THAN PINE USA DOJ 2010 ADA -SAD AND IN NO CASE SHALL THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION EXCEED 200 AND THE SMOKE 'C' 2010 Standards: Title III - 23 Subpart D of 28 CFR Part 36 Department of Justice DEVELOPED 0-450, AS A CLASS INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL. § 36.402 ALTERATIONS. 4. MATERIALS LESS THAN 1/28 INCH THICK WHICH ARE CEMENTED TO THE SUBSTRATE WHICH (A) GENERAL. HAVE A FLAME SPREAD CHARACTERISTIC NO GREATER THAN PAPER OF 1/28 THICKNESS DO NOT (1) ANY ALTERATION TO A PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR A COMMERCIAL HAVE TO BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84. FACILITY, AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, SHALL BE MADE SO AS TO ENSURE THAT, TO THE 5. MATERIALS SUCH AS CARPETING HAVING A NAPPED, TUFTED, LOOPED, OR SIMILAR SURFACE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, THE ALTERED PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY ARE WHEN APPLIED TO A WALL OR CEILING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF A CLASS 'A' INTERIOR READILY ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES, FINISH. INCLUDING INDIVIDUALS WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS. 6. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CEMENTED OR OTHERWISE FASTENED IN PLACE SO THAT (2) AN ALTERATION IS DEEMED TO BE UNDERTAKEN AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, IF THE THEY WILL NOT READILY BECOME DETACHED WHEN SUBJECTED TO ROOM TEMPERATURES OF PHYSICAL ALTERATION OF THE PROPERTY BEGINS AFTER THAT DATE. 300 DEGREES F FOR 25 MINUTES. {B} ALTERATION. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS PART, AN ALTERATION IS A CHANGE TO A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR A COMMERCIAL FACILITY THAT AFFECTS OR 1. FLOORING MATERIAL SHALL A MINIMUM CLASS 11 INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED COULD AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THE BUILDING OR FACILITY OR ANY PART THEREOF. WITH NFPA 253 (1) ALTERATIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, REMODELING, RENOVATION, 6. CARPETING, INCLUDING ANY PADDING, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS II REHABILITATION, RECONSTRUCTION, HISTORIC RESTORATION, CHANGES OR INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS NOTED ABOVE REARRANGEMENT IN STRUCTURAL PARTS OR ELEMENTS, AND CHANGES OR S. IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE IS USED ON A GROUND OR FLOOR SURFACE, THEN IT SHALL BE REARRANGEMENT IN THE PLAN CONFIGURATION OF WALLS AND FULL -HEIGHT BACKING, OR NO CUSHION OR PAD, AND SECURELY ATTACHED, HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD. OR B PARTITIONS. NORMAL MAINTENANCE, REROOFING, PAINTING OR WALLPAPERING, HAVE A LEVEL LOOP TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE ASBESTOS REMOVAL, OR CHANGES TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2 INCH. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED ARE NOT ALTERATIONS UNLESS THEY AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THE BUILDING OR FACILITY. TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE A TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. (2) IF EXISTING ELEMENTS, SPACES, OR COMMON AREAS ARE ALTERED, THEN EACH CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CHANGES IN LEVEL SECTION OF THE AMERICAN SUCH ALTERED ELEMENT, SPACE, OR AREA SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). PROVISIONS OF APPENDIX A TO THIS PART. 10. GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND (C) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE. THE PHRASE "TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS SHALL BE STABLE, FEASIBLE," AS USED IN THIS SECTION, APPLIES TO THE OCCASIONAL CASE WHERE THE FIRM, SHALL HAVE A SLIP RESISTANT FINISH AND SHALL COMPLY WITH GROUND AND FLOOR NATURE OF AN EXISTING FACILITY MAKES IT VIRTUALLY IMPOSSIBLE TO COMPLY FULLY SURFACES' SECTION AND CHANGES IN LEVEL' SECTION OF THE 2001 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE WITH APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS THROUGH A PLANNED ALTERATION. IN A605 THESE CIRCUMSTANCES, THE ALTERATION SHALL PROVIDE THE MAXIMUM PHYSICAL O� U fRNGED NOT 5 DEFLOACCESSIBILITY FEASIBLE. FACILITY THAT BE MA FLAN fREF ACCESSIBLE BE MADE ACCESSIBLE, PROVIDING ACCESSIBILITY N EFT ALL REQUIRED EXITS, WAYS OF APPROACH THERETO, AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO CONFORMANCE WITH THIS SECTION TO INDIVIDUALS WITH CERTAIN DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS) WOULD NOT BE FEASIBLE, THE FACILITY SHALL BE THE STREET SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND MADE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH OTHER TYPES OF DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNOBSTRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY USE CRUTCHES, THOSE WHO HAVE IMPAIRED VISION OR HEARING, OR THOSE WHO HAVE + THE TENANT'S FURNITURE DEALERANSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ON-SITE VERIFICATION OTHER IMPAIRMENTS). OF GOVERNING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE FOR TENANTS DRAWING FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION EACH COEDE AN,4LX!516 APPLICABLE CODES: FBG BUILDING 2011 6TH ED FBC EXISTING BUILDING 2011 6TH ED FBG PLUMBING 2011 6TH ED FBG MECHANICAL 2011 6tH ED FBG FUEL GAS 2011 6TH ED NATIONAL ELECTRLC CODE 2011 FBC ENERGY CONSERVATOt-12011 6TH ED FBC ACCESSIBILITY 2011 6tH ED NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE - 2015 DOJ 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 6TH ED NFPA 1, FIRE CODE FLORIDA 2015 INSTALLATION OF PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS NFPA 10, 2015 EDITION THIS IS A LEVEL 2 ALTERATION PER SEC 404 FBC-EB 2011 6TH E TENANT TOTAL GROSS AREA - 1916 SF. GROUP M-MECANTILE OCCUPANCY ONE STORY TYPE II -B NON SPRINKLED- NON-COMBUSTIBLE 5�t-150L LEGEND _ ELEVATION NUMBER �— SHEET NUMBER 0— = DOOR NUMBER U_ DETAIL NUMBER OR SECTION DETAIL NUMBER -�-- SHEET NUMBER 0 � REVISION NUMBER �— SECTION NUMBER �- SHEET NUMBER TABLE OF CONTENTS/ INDEX TO DRAWINGS COUNT SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME X A001 COVER • A002 ARCHITETCURAL SITE PLAN • A003 LIFE SAFETY PLAN • A004 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS • A100 FLOOR PLAN AND DEMOLITION PLAN • A101 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN • A102 TOILET ROOM REQUIREMENTS • A103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • A300 WALL SECTIONS • A301 WALL SECTIONS • A302 WALL 5ECTIONS, CEILING DETAILS • A400 5TD BLDG DETAILS • A500 GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT INSTALL NOTES • A601 STD HC DETAILS • A602 F5 -_-A CHAPTER 3 DETAILS • A603 FDC -A CHAPTER 4 DETAILS • A604 FMC -A CHAPTER 6 DETAILS • A604J FBC-A CHAPTER 6 DETAILS • A605 FBC-A CHAPTER 1 DETAILS • A100 UL LISTINGS AND DETAILS • A101 UL LISTINGS AND DETAILS • D 15TANCE DN DOWN P100 PLUMBING PLAN, DETAILS, SPEC, SCHED • DRAWING EA EACH M100 HVAC PLAN, DETAILS, SPEC, SCHED • M200 HAVC SPEC, • M201 HVAC DETAILS • EMBEDMENT ENGR ENGINEER E100 POWER 4 SYS PLAN, LIGHTING PLAN • E200 PLELEC SPECS • F V FIELD VERIFY FF FINISHED FLOOR FLR FLOOR F D FLOOR DRAIN FTG FOOTING GA GAGE/GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED G C GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLU-LAM GLUE LAMINATED G.N. GENERAL NOTES H.A.S. HEADED ANCHOR STUDS HT HEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL W H • INTERIOR JTT JOINT JST JOIST LGTH LENGTH LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL W P WORKING POINT 0U. a Z 0 cc OC M W Cor H 00) O Z �N X - INITIAL ISSUE S-28-2018 CEENrzfRAL D t"10 NOT 5 1. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. SECURE REQUIRED DEMOLITION PERMITS. ARRANGE WITH OWNER AND/OR APPROPRIATE UTILITIES FOR SERVICE SHUTOFFS BEFORE BEGINNING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 2. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION OPERATIONS WITH OWNER FOR SHUT DOWN PERIODS AND SEQUENCE OF WORK. PROTECT EXISTING HARDWARE AND DEVICES TO REMAIN. ASSURE CONTINUING FACILITY OPERATIONS. 3. SCHEDULES OF ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES. ALL ITEMS TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL AND SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY IN AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION. 4. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS NOT SCHEDULED FOR SALVAGE AND REUSE, OR THOSE TO BECOME PROPERTY OF THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES FROM THE SITE, AND DISPOSE OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. 5. ALL ITEMS SCHEDULED TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE SHALL BE REMOVED WITH CARE, STORED AND PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE UNTIL SALVAGED ITEMS ARE INCORPORATED IN THE NEW WORK IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO REPLACE AND/OR RESTORE ANY ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR SALVAGE AND REUSE THAT ARE DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF CONTRACT OPERATIONS. THE OWNER SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE OF SUITABILITY OF THESE SALVAGED ITEMS FOR REUSE IN THE WORK 6. REUSE OF SALVAGED MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY SCHEDULED, WILL BE AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE OWNER IN NO CASE SHALL SALVAGED MATERIALS BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK THAT DO NOT MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. 1. IT IS NOT THE ANT TO SHOW EVERY PIECE OR ITEM TO BE REMOVED IN DEMOLITION WORK MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER WORK RELATED TO A WALL, OR AREA SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL, SHALL BE PERFORMED WHETHER SO NOTED OR NOT. WHERE EXISTING WALL SUBSTRATES ARE TO BE REMOVED, ALL RELATED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ALARM, PHONE, P.O.S., SECURITY, CONTROLS, EXIT SIGNS, OUTLETS, ETC. SHALL BE PROTECTED AND WHERE REQUIRED, BE REMOVED AND RE -INSTALLED TO FIT FLUSH WITH NEW WALL FINISH. WHERE EXISTING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING ITEMS ARE RUN EXPOSED ON WALL SURFACE, CONTRACTOR SHALL OPEN WALL CAVITY AS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL THE ITEMS. 8. DEMOLITION PLANS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH DRAWINGS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION SO THAT THE EXACT BOUNDARIES OF SPECIFIC DEMOLITION MAY BE DETERMINED. 9. PATCH/REPAIR/REFINISH ALL SURFACES EXPOSED BY DEMOLITION WORK TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN, AND PREPARED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED. WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS ON ALL SURFACES REQUIRED TO RENDER SUBSTRATES ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 10. WHEN WALLS, COLUMNS, OR OTHER SUPPORTING AND/OR BRACING ELEMENTS ARE SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION, STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AND BRACING FOR THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED UNTIL THE PERMANENT SUPPORTING STRUCTURES ARE IN PLACE AND ABLE TO SUPPORT IMPOSED LOADS. 11, TERMINATE, CAP AND REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, WIRING BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. PLUMBING AND PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. HVAC DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, PIPING ETC. AS REQUIRED. GENE SAL NOTE,5 G1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK AND MATERIALS INCLUDING THAT WORK PROVIDED BY SUBCONTRACTORS. G2 ANY SURVEY PROVIDED WITH THESE DOCUMENTS IS NOT PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND 15 INTENDED ONLY FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL ACCEPT ANY AND ALL PREMISES AS FOUND. THE OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITIONS OF THE EXISTING SITE AND OR STRUCTURES AT THE TIME OF BIDDING OR THEREAFTER NO COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR DIFFERING CONDITIONS FROM THE SURVEYS TO THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. G3 ANY DISCREPANCY OR NON -COORDINATION BETWEEN ANY PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS UNINTENTIONAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE IF HE SO BELIEVES THAT SUCH A SITUATION EXISTS. G4 ANY ERRORS, INCONSISTENCIES, OR OMISSIONS THAT THE CONTRACTOR MAY UNCOVER MUST BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTION OF ANY WORK AFTER START OF WORK WHICH HAS NOT BEEN BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT SHALL APPROVE ALL METHODS OF CORRECTING ANY FAULTY OR ERRONEOUS WORK. G5 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF MASONRY, FACE OF STUD OR COLUMN CENTER LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G6 DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. ITEMS NOT DIMENSIONED AND DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. G1 ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. GS DO NOT OBSTRUCT STREET RIGHT OF WAYS, SIDEWALKS, ETC UNTIL ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR SAME ARE SECURED. GS WORK SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT OR OTHERWISE CAUSE TO BE INOPERATIVE EXISTING SITE OR ANY OTHER SITE'S FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. G10 ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE HIGHEST INDUSTRY STANDARD FOR WORKMANSHIP. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. ALL WORKS SHALL CONFORM THE APPROPRIATE WRITTEN NATIONAL TRADE PUBLICATIONS. Gil THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN WORK AREAS ON A DAILY BASIS. G12 PROVIDE BACKING/BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES. G13 INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE/ORDINANCES FOR MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATIONS. G14 NO ASBESTOS MATERIALS SHALL BE ALLOWED ON IN THE WORK GI5 NO STAPLES SHALL BE UTILIZED IN FASTENING ANY FRAMING OR SHEATHING MEMBER G16 ALL SIGNAGE 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC G11 THE GC BIDDER(S) SHALL PROVIDE A "590 OF TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST BID ARCHITECT CONTINGENCY FUND" IN HIS BID TO THE OWNER THIS IS FOR UNFORESEEN ISSUES THAT MAY ARISE DUE ANY NORMAL UNFORSSEN, HIDDEN CONDITION, ISSUES THAT THE DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW. ANY UNUSED PORTION OF THE 5% SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER GC SHALL PROVIDE THE BID AND WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE BID CONTINGENCY FUND TO THE ARCHITECT AT TIME OF BID. G18 ONLY LICENSED CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL PERFORM THE WORK SHOWN HEREIN. UNLICENSED ENTITIES SHALL SECURE THE APPROVAL OF ALL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE PERFORMING ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK OF ALL LEGALLY REQUIRED PERMITS AND A "CERTIFICATE OF ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION" BY THE ARCHITECT DEVELOPER / OWNER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE SHALL CONFIRM AND BE AWARE OF WHICH GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT AND SHALL SECURE ANY ALL PERMITS FROM ANY AND ALL AGENCIES CLAIMING JURISDICTION. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE DUE TO ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON DRAWINGS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY ALL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER PROJECT. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY WORK PERFORMED BY UNLICENSED ENTITIES. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF WHICH GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT. OWNERS REP AND OR GC SHALL PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH ALL REVIEW COMMENTS AND OR TRACKING INFORMATION IN ORDER TO ADDRESS ALL COMMENTS THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPON515LE OR LIABLE DUE TO ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGS THAT ARE CAUSED OR OCCUR PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. DO NOT ORDER MATERIALS PRIOR TO ISSUE OF ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. THIS PROJECT REQUIRES SUBMITTALS ON ALL ELEMENTS TYPICAL TO ANY COMMERCIAL PROJECT. THE GC SHALL PREPARE A LIST OF ALL SUBMITTALS EXPECTED FOR REVIEW BY ARCHITECT AND SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY WORK. THE ARCHITECT SHALL RETAINS THE AUTHORITY TO DETERMINE THE FINAL LIST ALL METAL STUD CEILING FRAMING SHALL BE 18 GA REGARDLESS OF ANY OTHER NOTE ON THESE DRAWINGS. SUITE 130 ELECTRICAL POWER, PLUMBING SERVICE, AND HVAC SERVICE SHALL NOT BE INTERRUPTED WHILE SUITE 130 IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS. ANY INTERRUPTION TO THE HVAC FOR 130 SHALL TERMINATE MIN 2 HOURS BEFORE THE TENANT OPENS FOR BUSINESS, AND THE GC SHALL ENSURE THAT THE HAVC SHALL RUN FOR THOSE 2 HOURS IF IT WAS NOT RUNNING PRIOR THAT TIME. THE GC SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK SUCH THAT THE SUITE 130 REAR DOOR OPENING IS LOCKABLE AT CLOSE OF BUSINESS. TEMP DOOR IS ACCEPTABLE SO LONG AS IT PROVIDES THE SAME LEVEL OF SECURITY AS EXISTS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION STARTS. ALL WORK INSIDE SUITE 130 SHALL ONLY OCCUR ONLY WHILE THE BUSINESS IN 130 IS OPEN AND COORDINATED WITH THAT TENANT. NO ACCESS IS ALLOWED IN 130 WHEN THE TENANT IS NOT OPEN OR PRESENT. X 29,21S( 100 l%lTC I AA A TlAam VICINITY MAP z )3I1201& 3:44 PM J� 4 r Scale: DO NOT SCALE ABV'N ALT ALTERNATE/ALTERNATIVE AGI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE RISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AB ANCHOR BOLTS ARCH ARCHITECTURE/ARCHITECTURAL BP BASE PLATE/BEARING PLATE MTL RIN BEARINGBEA BMC NOT IN CONTRACT BLK BLOCK B/ BOTTOM OF BLDG BUILDING BTJ BOLTED TIE JOIST CANT CANTILEVER CL CENTERLINE CLR CLEAR/CLEARANCE COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CB CONCRETE BEAM CC CONCRETE COLUMN CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONT CONTINUOUS CONNX CONNECTION CONST CONSTRUCTION CS J CONSTRUCTION JOINT C J CONTRACTION JOINT / CONTROL JOINT RE INF REINFORCING DEPT DEPARTMENT DFT DRY FILM THICKNESS DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DIST D 15TANCE DN DOWN DR DR.AIN DWG DRAWING EA EACH EE EACH END EF EACH FACE EW ECHWAY EL ELEVATION EMB EMBEDMENT ENGR ENGINEER ES EACH SIDE EXIST EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR F V FIELD VERIFY FF FINISHED FLOOR FLR FLOOR F D FLOOR DRAIN FTG FOOTING GA GAGE/GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED G C GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLU-LAM GLUE LAMINATED G.N. GENERAL NOTES H.A.S. HEADED ANCHOR STUDS HT HEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL W H • INTERIOR JTT JOINT JST JOIST LGTH LENGTH LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL MANUF MANUFACTURE/MANUFACTURER M B MASONRY BEAM MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MEZZ MEZZANINE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTL METAL N I C NOT IN CONTRACT NOM NOMINAL N T 5 NOT TO SCALE N W T NORMAL WEIGH TOPPING O C ON CENTER OPNG OPENING OFF OPPOSITE 1`0L PLATE PLY PLYWOOD P S F POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT P 5 I POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH P C PRECAST CONCRETE PRE -ENG PRE-ENGINEERED PREFAB PREFABRICATED PROJ PROJECTION PT PRESSURE TREATED PW PANEL WIDTH REF REFERENCE RE INF REINFORCING R C P REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE REQD REQUIRED R W RETAINING WALL R D ROOF DRAIN Sim ED IMI ADRLE SPG 51=ACE/SPACE5 SPECS SPECIFICATIONS 5Q SQUARE 5 A STUD ANCHOR 5 S STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARD STL STEEL 5TRUC STRUCTURAL SYM SYMMETRICAL SF STEPPED FOOTING THK THICK THD THREAD/THREADED T B TIE BEAM T 4 B TOP AND BOTTOM T 4 G TONGUE AND GROOVE T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE T.O.PL. T.O.S. • TOP OF PLATE TOP OF STEEL TYP • TYPICAL t° `-4 T5 • TUBE STEEL U N O UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT • VERTICAL VOL • VOLUME WF • WALL FOOTING WP WATERPROOF W W F WELDED WIRE FABRIC W H • WEEP HOLE WT • WEIGHT WF WIDE FLANGE W/ • WITH W / O WITHOUT WD WOOD W P WORKING POINT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A001.dwg, A001 COVER, 9/28/2018 4:54:21 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT v m N tip C-4 CMO 04orq c0 `4 caw der ra exraoivr a. atr N sye� C9 r r W Z � 10 CO) a a N a a J a W � m � m 0U. a Z 0 cc OC M W Cor H 00) O Z �N V= y W •� a W y a 0 W W Lu a >> 00 O N o J W UJ 0a��' _ J Ii co 0 0 oC 0 r LL W ZNZ > '464 0 J CV co V REVISIONS 0 0 IL PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE. S-28-18 rasss DlUWMVS yes oOPr- araarsD BY SM81clr Qesfa 9IrDWL omit Rrcars Rasrrxww "M ass or rfss DOCUAMM TO = 00 vix" 8na Olt PURPM MR Ustca t$ar trans PBiPIRIilk asPaaoUcrioas, cauvsa8. OA �Satt;�rraars its srRrclzr PSD DRAWN. AE CHECK: AE A001 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A001.dwg, A001 COVER, 9/28/2018 4:54:21 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT BUS STOP AREA A = 05'26'41" R = 5679.65' L = 341.48'' f f I 1 I f f f I� J � . f f f A= 01'28'18" R = 3024.79' L = 77.69' T f ,AREA OF LEA5E 5f=AC;E +...� .�- noccon OM low moccon ... f-- .... f I IN f I � L Lcommon domp� m. j j common .� .., EXISTING SHOPPING PLAZA I PROPM UGHT POLE g .r (TV.) -�-■ " „m c' - commonEXIST. LANDSCAPE AREA ,. common .. /O �Rcommon + common r common ME= r common common , w� m� +' m"� o"o` r•,�, �- �— � L I Sip. 417 OftAft je I A 6t EXISTING STORM 'INLET (TV.) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (TVP.) — THIS ARG-41TEGTURAL SITE PLAN 18 NI=ITWr=R A SURVEY LAND8CAP3= NOR AN ENGINEERED SItE PLAN ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Scale: 1"=50'-O" r z z N S i E v E-; N W k Qqg 00 t% P-4�� Cq 00) Q av Q_; �q[. kt0 a C I im cpi: p 04 at ra 4 Qq'G � 4 ww AMM" A SUN co VON N VON Lu H a N J IL Ir O LL Olt M Cc TA ON F' CM y W H pmm W� W Op a0 goy oa`L O co JO0 LL ZNZ Jco 09 N Cc REVISIONS A A A A 0 cc Z 0 H a a W m m a vi LuF- 0 Z a H a Lu O 0 O v F W ca W 0 V PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 rasss Da1wnMS Illi COPr- arGRM Dr irwW IN ullrucaiaN�; tcc. sora rata MmOnar IND Ori BIPan msrxrcrs res un OP rasss DOCr7AMM r0 res Mum" sm an Pl7aAOSD !Oa watca rest ME MEPIBSD. AMMODuerm". CMLWNA OR AMIGNARNM AM SrRIMr DRA WN. AE CHECK.• AE Ma C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A001.dwg, A002 SITE PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:58:39 AM, Tony HP Laptop, DWG To PDF.pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT r a 00 ALL CODES LISTED ARE A PART OF THE DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES. ALL CODE SECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER ANY DOCUMENTATION CONTAINED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY DISCREPANCY THE GC MAY FIND ON THE DRAWINGS TO THE CODE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS AT ONCE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PERFORMING THE WORK ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS IN POSSESSION OF THE CODES, HAS FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WITH THE APPLICABLE SECTIONS AND SHALL CONSTRUCT TO PROJECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODES AND THE DRAWINGS.. THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT MEANT TO REQUIRE THE GC TO DESIGN ANY ELEMENT OR CONFIGURATION OF THE WORK, SUCH AS SIZING BEAMS AND COLUMNS, REINFORCING, ETC, BUT RATHER TO COMPLY WITH THE DIMENSIONAL AND OTHER RESTRAINTS OF INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS INDICATED IN THE CODES, FIRE RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BLDG ELEMENTS BLDG TYPE: II -B FBC-B- 201-1 T602 BLDG ELEMENT REQUIRED PROVIDED PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME 0 0 BEARING WALLS r ; . II --1- i EXIST S" CMU WALL TO DECK A50VE o wRFR EXTERIOR 0 0 INTERIOR 0 0 NON BEARING WALLS/PARTITONNS 30 66 EXTERIOR EXISTING WOOD STUD PARTITION ------ --- WALLS WITH NEW RATED METAL 0TO5 1 1 5TO10 1 1 10TO20 0 0 20 t0 30 0 0 MORE THAN 30 0 0 NON BEARING WALLS INTERIOR 0 0 FLOOR E SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 0 ROOF 4 SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 0 FBG -B 201-1 SECTION 508.4 SEPERATION FBC-B 2011 SECTION -108 FIRE PARTITIONS -108.1. WALL SEPARATING INDIVIDUAL TENANTS: FBG -B 2011 SECTION -111 HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION FBC-B 201-1 SECTION -118 CONCEALED SPACES -118.4 DRAFT -STOPPING IN ATTICS FOR OCCUPANCIES OTHER THAN R1,R2 THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ITEM INSTALLED NOT IN NOTE CONFORMANCE WITH SAID CODES OR THE 0 SIGNED SEALED DIRECTIVES OR DRAWINGS. THE DRAWINGS MUST BEAR THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION (BUILDING DEPT). MINOR CLARIFICATION LETTERS THAT ESSENTIALLY DO NOT CHANGE THE DESIGN BUT MERELY CLARIFY It, DO NEED THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE AHJ NA NA ANY ITEM THAT IS NOT DIMENSIONED, OR LOCATED, EITHER HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY, SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL SUCH TIME THE ARCHITECT PROVIDES A WRITTEN DIRECTIVE. NA HORZ AREA SHALL NOT EXCEED 3000 SF UJ,4L Lv $ 1D OOfR Lc � NE) 0 WR FR NEW MTL FRAME WALL y e T11-15 MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS ONCRETE FLOOR STRUCTURE, STEEL TRUSSES I HR FR RATED MTL FRAME WALL I HR FRS r ; . II --1- i EXIST S" CMU WALL TO DECK A50VE o wRFR mmmm-movii■� WOOD FRAME NUMBER OF STORIES: LEVEL OF THE PROJECT: 1 < 2 MAX PER T504.4 1 M -MERCANTILE 1338 SF NON RATED TENAT DEMISNG WALL 23 30 66 EXISTING WOOD STUD PARTITION ------ --- WALLS WITH NEW RATED METAL EXISTING PARTITION WALLS AND 0 HR FR CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN TOTAL TENANT AREA I HR FR FRAME WALL ADJACENT TO RATED 56 (OPEN UNFILLED LINES) 112 CEILING ABOVE EXISTING DOOR t0 REMAIN ,--- EXISTING DOOR t0 BE REMOVED i NEW DOOR 4 FRAME EXISTING GROUP M — CLASS A EXISTING GROUP M - CLASS C WI -112, LIFE SAFETY PLAN Scale 3/16"=1'-0" SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL ITEMS, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SUPPRESSION ETC. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ITEM UNLESS A SHOP DRAWING REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS BEEN SUBMITTED t0 THE ARCHITECT. CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON EQUIPMENT SPECS OR SHOP DRAWINGS DURING THE REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE REVIEW CHECK BY THE ARCHITECT IS ONLY FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT AND GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN ON THE CONTACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONSt SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESS AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION± COORDINATING HIS WOR< WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND PERFORMING THE WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORILY MANNER ANY STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL ITEM THAT IS NOT DIMENSIONED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONSTRUCTION IN A WRITTEN R=1. FLAME SPREAD NOTES 1. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND RUBBER BASE, SHALL BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS B INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD 26-15 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450. 2.ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS A INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD 0-25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450. 3.FLOORING MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MINIMIAN OF CLASS II INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 253. NOTES: 1.PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER LAVING A MIN. RATING OF 101b 4 -A:80 -5:C FOR EVERY 3)00 SFt ALL EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE CONSPICUOUSLY LOCATED AND READILY ACCESSIBLE. 2.THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 60" AFF.± WHILE THE BOTTOM OF THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 4" MIN. AFF- 3.TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ANY EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'. 4.ALL REQUIRED EXITS± WAY OF APPROACH THERETOt AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO THE STREET SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNOBSTRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY. DEVICE LEGEND 5-5 5Ib 4 -A:40 -5:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER H=NOOK C=CABINET 10 -FE 101b 4 -A:80 -5:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER H=NOOK C=CABINET Z® LIGHTED EXIT SIGN - LED OR EQUAL LIGHTED EXIT SIGN (LEE) OR SIMILAR) WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTS TWIN HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT O O SMOKE / HEAT DETECTOR PS FS] FIRE ALARM PULL STATION FIRE ALARM HORN STROBE — — — — — — — PATH OF TRAVEL — - - - - — COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL MAINTAIN 4411 CLEAR EGRESS AISLE WIDTH AT ALL AREAS OF EGRESS PATHS LEADING TO EXITS NEW 2 x2 BOD INE EMERGENCY EXISTING 2 x4 BODINE EMERGENCY BUILDING INFORMATION OCCUPANCY: Group M -MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: y e T11-15 MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS ONCRETE FLOOR STRUCTURE, STEEL TRUSSES FIRE ALARM REQ/PROV: NO/NO FIRE SPRINKLERS REQ/PRV NO/NO BUILDING HEIGHT: 21' < 55 FEET MAX ON T504.3 NUMBER OF STORIES: LEVEL OF THE PROJECT: 1 < 2 MAX PER T504.4 1 OCCUPANCY CONSTRUCTION TYPE ALLOWABLE BUILT AREA AREA PER FL /O & W/ INCR' (GROSS AREA) M -MERCANTILE II -B NS 12500 3709 SF (TENAT AREA NFPA 101 SF/PERSON NFPA OCCUPANT LOAD M -MERCANTILE 1976 SF TFNANT FI n()R ARFAS OCCUPANCY PURPOSE CALCUALTION & STEEL DECK ERIFIED) OCCUPANCY AREA (NET) AREA/OCCUPANT (#/NSF) OCCUPANT LOAD NFPA 101 SF/PERSON NFPA OCCUPANT LOAD M -MERCANTILE 1976 SF 60 NET 33 30 66 M -MERCANTILE 1338 SF 60 NET 23 30 66 TOTAL TENANT AREA 3314 SF 56 112 EG MEASUREMENT OF MEANS OF EGRESS THE NEW EXIST ENCLOSURE SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 101 —2012 SECTION 7.1.3.2 "EXITS" MEMBRANE PENETRATION SHALL BE PERMITTED ONLY ON THE EXIT ACCESS SIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE AND SHALL BE PROTECTED PER NFPA 101-2012- 8.3.5.6 THRU PENETRATIONS OF THE MEMBRANE SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 101-2012 SECT 7.1.3.2.1 (10) WALL AND CEILING FINISH IN THE ENCLOSURE IS PAINTED GWB PAINTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS A OR B FLOOR FINISH IS VCT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS II -I THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CPT 37 OF NFPA101-2012 z T v N coo t Gn A 0404 14 4 to cot. q �N �w 03 �Q 00 rn a ti voce, Rte, �o e O 44 alrrs0" a. lFM 0 N r LU co Q N Q J IL 0 cc O LL Zo a Co r O O) H Tm H W Z Co~ W W W O� OC � IL O N Z J � J LL O�� .500 N LL ZZ Q O) Q J N CO) Z Q a W Q U. J PRO -1 NO.:16-024 DATE: S-28-18 Fetes DnIMM AM CerPr- nrcFrso lr sDsstM JIIXtatMT. M4 sora rMs COMIcer Iso Orem nrcere nsarnrc:s res vas or retas DOCUJtslra ra rns OMe" alrs on PUJUWs Fm Fake rear Flus MPAM. nsPl�Dvcrrots, celscsa, an IBSIaNYLtTB Iles e;M MIr AwAzalm. DRAIN: AE CSECK.• AE -— mommommommomm C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 ProjectsQ018-026\2018-026 A003.dwg, A003 LIFE SAFETY, 9/28/2018 4:54:25 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT RECOMMENDED PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE PRODUCTS CONCRETE MIX UNLESS SPECIFIED ON STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS PROVIDE CONCRETE OF THE FOLLOWING MIX DESIGN - COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS = 3000 PSI MAX 29. FLY ASH OF CEMENT EXAMINATION VERIFY COMPACTED SUB -GRADE IS ACCEPTABLE AND READY TO SUPPORT PAVING -TEST SUB -GRADE AND PROVIDE TEST RESULTS TO OWNER PREPARATION PROVIDE 6 OR 8 MIL POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER TAPE ALL JOINTS COAT SURFACES OF ALL FRAMES WITH OIL TO PREVENT BONDING WITH CONCRETE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONCRETE OPERATIONS EXECUTION ENSURE THAT REINFORCEMENTS, INSERTS, EMBED PATS FORMED JOINTS ARE NOT DISTURBED DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT. PLACE CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY BETWEEN PREDETERMINED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. DO NOT BREAK OR INTERRUPT SUCCESSIVE POURS SUCH THAT COLD JOINT OCCUR- JOINTS CCUR JOINTS PLACE CONTROL JOINTS AT 10 FOOT INTERVALS TYP UNO. PLACE JOINT FILLERS BETWEEN PAVING COMPONENTS AND BUILDING OR OTHER APPURTENANCES. PROVIDE SAW JOIST AT 5 FOOT INTERVALS IN SIDEWALKS SAW CUT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS �&" WIDE AT AN OPTIMUM TIME FRAME UP TO 24 HOURS AFTER FINISHING SLABS ON GRADE. CUT j INTO DEPTH OF SLAB. FINISHING STEEL TROWEL PROTECTION IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, PROTECT CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING, EXCESSIVE HEAT OR COLD TEMPERATURES AND MECHANICAL INJURY COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DALE INDUSTRIES, INC. DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC. ALLSTEEL E GYPSUM PRODUCTS, INC. FRAMING MATERIALS STUDS: ASTM C955, FORMED TO CHANNEL SHAPE, SOLID WEB, GAUGES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, 15/8" FACE AND 341/8 OR 6" DEEP TRACK FORMED STEEL, CHANNEL SHAPED SAME WITH AS STUDS, SOLID WEB, 25 GAUGE THICK UNO, USE 22 GA AT ALL RATED WALLS ACCESSORIES BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING, PLATES, GUSSETS AND CLIPS: FORMED SHEET STEEL, THICKNESS DETERMINED FOR CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED FASTENERS SELF DRILLING, SELF TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: ASTM A123 HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED TO 125 OZ/SF ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED AND DRILLED EXP BOLTS: WELDING IN CONFORMANCE WITH AWS D.1.1 AND AWS D13 FABRICATION FABRICATE ASSEMBLIES OF FRAMED SECTIONS OF SIZES AND PROFILES REQUIRED WITH FRAMING MEMBERS FITTED, REINFORCED, AND BRACES TO SUIT DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FINISHES STUDS: GALVANIZE TO G9O COATING CLASS TRACKS AND HEADERS: GALVANIZE TO G5O COATING CLASS BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING PLATES, GUSSETS AND CLIPS, SAME FINISHES AS FRAMING MEMBERS. WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING MATERIALS LUMBER GRADING RULES: NFoPA, SPIE, WCLIB, AND WWPA MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING: STRESS GROUP D, SPECIES, IS PERCENT MAX MOISTURE CONTENT PRESSURE PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT PER AWPA PLYWOOD: APA RATED SHEATHING GRADE C -D OR BETTER EXPOSURE DURABILITY It SANDED. ACCESSORIES FASTENERS AND NAVAHOS: FASTENERS: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS. UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHERE ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT FOR ANCHORAGE TO SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE. BOLT OR BALLISTIC FASTENERS FOR ANCHORAGE TO STEEL . SHEATHING SECURE SHEATHING TO FRAMING MEMBERS WITH EONS OVER FIRM BEARING AND STAGGERED INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARDS WITH PLYWOOD SHEATHING MATERIAL WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FIRE RATED WHERE REQUIRED BY BLDG OFFICIAL. OVERSIZE THE PANEL BY 12" ON ALL SIDES UNLESS SIZE IS CALLED ON DOCUMENTS. PANEL SHALL BE J" THICK UNO BUILDING INSULATION PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS CERTAINTEED CORPORATION OWNER CORNING FIBERGLASS CORPORATIONS ATLAS ENERGY PRODUCTS INSULATING MATERIAL RIGID BOARD REFORMED UNITS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS ASTM C 665 TYPE 1 UNFACED MINERAL FIBER INSULATION 3" THICK MIM STC -50 MIN AT ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS PREPARATION CLEAN SUBSTRATE OF SUBSTANCES HARMFUL TO INSULATION AND INTERFERING WITH ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE RECOMMENDATION BOND UNITS TO SUBSTRATE WITH ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE TO PROVIDE PERMANENT PLACEMENT OF UNITS INSTALL MINERAL FIBER BLANKETS IN CAVITIES BY FRICTION FIT JOINT SEALERS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS THAT HAVE BEEN PRODUCED AND INSTALLED TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN WIATER-TIGHT AND AIRTIGHT CONTINUOUS SEALS WITHOUT CAUSING DETERIORATION OF JOINT SUBSTRATES ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALERS COMPLY WITH ASTM C52O AND CLASSIFICATION FOR TYPE GRADE CLASS AND USES. SINGLE PART POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT FOR USE T- TO BE BY "VULKEMN 45" / MAMECO INTERNATIONAL INC OR APPROVED EQUAL ONE PART NONSAG URETHANE SEALANT FOR USE NT TO BE "VULKEM 45" / MAMECO INTERNATIONAL INC. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS USE "AC-40"/PECORA CORP OR "SONOLAC" / SONNE50RN BUILDING PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL AS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C634 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS PROVIDE NONSAG, PAINTABLE, NON -STAINING LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834 FOR CONCEALED JOINTS USE NON DRYING NON HARDENING SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALANT FOR INTERIOR JOINTS JOINT SEALANT BACKING PLASTIC FOAM JOINT FILLERS, PREFORMED, COMPRESSIBLE RESILIENT, NON STAINING MATERIAL THAT IS CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM AND NON-ABSORBANT TO LIQUID WATER AND COMPLIES WITH ASTM D 1623 AND ASTM C 1083 DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS SCHLAGE COMMERCIAL GRADE OR APPROVED EQUAL FINISHES ON REMODEL WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN - MATCH EXISTING. ON NEW PROJECTS: U526 BRIGHT CHROMIUM. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LOCKETS 38" PUSH PULL 42" DEAD LOCKS 48" EXIST DEVICES 38" GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS UCTS AND MANUFACTU DOMTAR GYPSUM COMPANY GEORGIA PACIFIC CORPORATION GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C36, 5/8" THICK, ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C36, FIRE RESISTIVE TYPE, UL RATED, 41/8" THICK, ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES MOISTURE RESISTIVE GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C63O, 41/8" THICK ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES ACCESSORIES THERMAL INSULATION AS DEFINED CORNER BEADS, METAL EDGE TRIM, GA 201 AND GA 216 TYPE L, LK, U EXPOSED REVEAL BEAD JOINT MATERIALS, ASTM C4-15: REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE AND WATER METAL FRAMING AND FURRING SECTION INCLUDES WALL, BULKHEAD, CEILING, AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACES DEFLECTION TO L/180 UNDER LATERAL POINT LOAD OF 100 LBS FABRICATE HORIZONTAL CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACE TO L136O DEFLECTION UNDER SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS AND WIND UPLIFT FABRICATE VERTICAL WALL AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACE TO L/24O DEFLECTION UNDER SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS AND WIND UPLIFT PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DALE INDUSTRIES, INC. DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS USG INDUSTRIES FRAMING MATERIALS FURRING CHANNELS: FORMED STEEL, MIN 25 GA, 3/8" DEEP X 3/4" HIGH X LENGTH REQUIRED MAIN CEILING; CHANNELS " FORMED STEEL, MIN 16 GA, 3/4" DEEP X 11/2" HIGH X LENGTH REQUIRED HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION TO RIGIDLY SUPPORT CEILING COMPONENTS IN PLACE TO DEFLECTION LIMITS AS REQUIRED OR INDICATED. LATERAL BRACING: FORMED STEEL, MIN 16GA. SIZE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED OR SHOWN ON DAWNING CASING BEADS: FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA - DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS. MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS, EXPANDED METAL FLANGES OR HOLED METAL FLANGED WITH SQUARE EDGES. CORNER BEAD: FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS WITH EXPANDED OR HOLED FLANGES WITH BULLNOSED EDGE. BASE SCREED" FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS, EXPANDED OR HOLED METAL FLANGES WITH BEVELED EDGE. ACCESSORIES FACTORIES FABRICATED AND FINISHES TRIM UNITS, TYPES FOR FORMING REVEALS, VENTS OR OTHER INDICATED TRIM OR FEATURES SHALL BE OF TYPE AND DESIGN INDICATED, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM (6063-T5 ALLOY) AS MANUFACTURED BY FRY REGLET CO. MM SYSTEMS OR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT ANCHORAGE: TIE WIRE, NAILS, SCREWS AND OTHER METAL SUPPORT, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION TO RIGIDLY SECURE MATERIALS IN PLACE POLYETHYLENE SHEET: CLEAR, 6 MIL THICK TIE WIRE: ANNEALED GALVANIZED STEEL. FINISHES FRAMING MATERIALS: GALVANIZED HANGERS, ANCHORS, AND FASTENING DEVICES: GALVANIZED LATH MATERIALS: GALVANIZED. WALL AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING INSTALL LATHING AND FURRING FOR PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1O63 ERECT WALL FURRING BY DIRECTLY ATTACHING TO MASONRY WALLS ERECT FURRING CHANNELS AT VERTICAL ON CHANNELS SECURE WITH FASTENERS ON ALTERNATE CHANNEL FLANGES AT 24" OC SPACE FURRING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 24" INCHES ON CENTER, NOT MORE THAN 4" FROM FLOOR AND CEILING LINE CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING INSTALL FURRING TO HEIGHT INDICATED. ERECT AFTER ABOVE CEILING OR SOFFIT WORK IS COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGER WITH OTHER WORK INSTALL FURRING INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMN AND ABOVE CEILING WORK SECURELY ANCHOR HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR EMBED IN STRUCTURALLY SLABS. SPACE CHANGES TO ACHIEVE DEFLECTION LIMITS INDICATED. SPACE MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 48" OC, NOT MORE THAN 2" FROM WALL SURFACES. LAP SPLICE SECURELY. SECURELY FIX CARRYING CHANNELS TO HANGERS TO PREVENT TURNING OR TWISTING AND TO TRANSMIT FULL FULL LOAD TO HANGERS PLACE FURRING CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO CHARRING CHANNELS NOT MORE THAT 2" FROM PERMUTE WALLS, AND RIGIDLY SECURE. REINFORCE OPENING IN SUSPENSION SYSTEM WHICH INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OR FURRING CHANNELS WITH LATERAL CHANNEL BRACING. EXTEND BRACING MINIMUM 24" PAST EACH OPENING. LATERALLY BRACE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. TOLERANCES MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE LINES AND LEVELS: IN 10 FEET MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION J" SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING WARRANTY CEILINGS: THE MANUFACTURES WARRANTS THAT THE CEILING WILL REMAIN FREE FROM SAG, WARP, OR DELAMINATING AS A DIRECT RESULT OF DEFECTS IN THE MATERIALS OR FACTORY WORKMANSHIP, SUBJECT TO WARRANTY PROVISION OR INSTALLATION CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS. WARRANTY PERIOD: ONE YEAR FORM DATE OF INSTALLATION. PRODUCTS ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM: 24" X 46" X J" ARMSTRONG- CORTEGA - SECOND LOOK II SITEM 271(o)WITH ANGLES TEGULAR EDGE PROFILE (OR MATCH EXISTING IN REMODEL PROJECTS). SUSPENSION SYETEM ARMSTRONG SUPRAFINE 9/16 " EXPOSED TEE GRID (OR MATCH EXISTING IN REMODEL PROJECTS) SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIALS ANCHORING DEVICES: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL, ASTM A153 COATING CLASS Ct D, SCREWS, BOLTS, HOOKS, AND EYES. TIE WIRE: 16 GA MIN. (ASTM A641) ZINC CARBON STEEL TOUCH UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS. CONCEALED ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: NON-DRYING, NON -SHRINKING, NON-BLEADING, GUNNABLE SEALANT. PECORA 5A-98 OR TREMCO ACOUSTICAL SEALANT COORDINATION COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES. ON NEW PROJECTS OR NEW TI PROJECTS, FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS THAT MATCH INSTALLED PRODUCT AND ENSURE QUAINTLY OF FULL SIZE EQUAL TO 5 PERCENT OF AMOUNT INSTALLED. GLUE DOWN CARPETING ALLOWANCE GC TO PROVIDE $1.50 PER SQ FOOT ALLOWANCE FOR OWNER SELECTED CARPETING. COORDINATE WITH OWNER SELECTIONS AND PROVIDE SAMPLES AS REQUESTED. WARRANTIES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE OWNER WRITTEN WARRANTIES FROM THE MANUFACTURERS FOR EDGE RAVEL, DELAMINATING, AND WEAR FOR FIVE YEARS MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION: TUFTED LOOP PILE GAUGE: 1%" MIN STITCHES PER INCH: 8 TUFTS PER SQ IN: 6.4 MIN TOTAL WEIGHT: 61 OZ PER SY WEIGHT DENSITY: 5000 MIN AVERAGE DYE METHOD: SOLUTION DYED BACKING MATERIAL: SYNTHETIC WITH ANTI -BACTERIA, ANTI -FUNGUS, AND NON -ALLERGENIC CHARACTERISTICS ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER CARPET EDGE STRIP, BONNEL CQ ALUMINUM GRIPPER OR EQUAL. PAINTING PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS SW SHERWIN WILLIAMS MOORE BENJAMIN MOORE E CO. PORTER PORTER PAINTS ICI ICI PAINT PRODUCTS SCHEDULE CEMENTIOUS MATERIALS ELASTOMERIC FINISH: TWO COATS, MIN 3.5 MILS DRY FILM PRIMER: BLOCK FILLER/SEALER FIRST/SECOND COATS: ELASTOMERIC TYPE GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS FLAT ENAMEL FINISH: THREE COATS, MIN 3.5 MILS DRY FILM PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRIMER FIRST/SECOND COATS: EGG SHELL (UNO) WOODWORK (OPAQUE FINISH) SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL: THREE COATS UNDERCOAT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS UNDERCOAT FIRST AND SECOND COAT: SW LOW LUSTRE ALKYD FERROUS METAL SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL FINISH: TWO COATS OVER PRIMER PRIMER: SYNTHETIC, QUICK -DRYING, RUST INHIBITING: SW ANTI CORROSIVE METAL PRIMER UNDERCOAT: INTERIOR ENAMEL UNDERCOAT, SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL FINISH COAT: INTERIOR, SEMI -GLOSS, ODORLESS, ALKYD ENAMEL , SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL ZINC COATED METAL (GALVANIZED) SEMI -GLOSS FINISH: TWO COATS OVER PRIMRE PRIMER: GALV METAL PRIMER, HYRDO PRIME UNDERCOAT: INTERIOR ENAMEL UNDERCOAT, SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL FINSH COAT: INTERIOR, SEMI -GLOSS, ALKYD ENAMEL, RICH LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL RESILIENT FLOORING PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE MODEL "STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE" BY ARMSTRONG OR APPROVED EQUAL. SIZE: 12" X 12" THICKNESS: /8" COMPLY WITH ASTM F1O6, COMPOSITION 1 CLASS 1 (SOLID COLOR) OR CLASS 2 (PATTERN TILE) VINYL BASE ROPPE CORPORATION, VPI, OR APPROVED EQUAL FS 55-W-40 TYPE 2 VINYL, TOP SET COVED DIMENSIONS: '/a INCH GAGE BY 4" HEIGHT LENGTH: ROLL TYPE: 4" VINYL CARPET COVE BASE ALL CARPET AREAS AND COVED BASE AT RESILIENT FLOORING AREAS QUALITY ASSURANCE OBTAIN EACH TYPE, COLOR, AND PATTERN OF THE TILE FROM THE SINGLE SOURCE WITH RESOURCES TO PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF CONSISTENT QUALITY IN APPEARANCES AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES WITHOUT DELAYING PROGRESS IN THE WORK PROVIDE RESILIENT FLOOR TILE WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AS TESTED P3/4ER ASTM E648 CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX AND ASTM E662 SMOKE DENSITY OR UL TESTING FURNISH NOT LESS THAN ONE BOX FOR EACH 50 BOXES OR FACTION THEREOF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS J.L.INDUSTCIRES LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO. MODERN METAL PRODUCTS BY MUCKLE POTTER-ROEMER, INC SAMSON METAL PRODUCTS, INC QUALITY ASSURANCE OBTAIN EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS FROM SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER FIR EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE UL LISTED WITH THE UL LISTING FOR THE TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION OF EXTINGUISHERS. FINISH CARPENTRY PRODUCTS LUMBER MATERIALS: SHEET MATERIALS: SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD, PS 1 GRADE C -D' GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI CUSTOM VENEER CORE FIR FACE SPECIES, FLAT CUT, USE FOR FIXED SHELVING OR SHELVING ON ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS LUMBER FOR SHIMMING AND BLOCKING: SOFTWOOD LUMBER OF SOUTHERN PINE SPECIES FABRICATION FABRICATE TO AWI STANDARDS SHOP ASSEMBLE WORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE, PERMITTING PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING FIT EXPOSED SHEET MATERIALS EDGES WITH PLASTIC EDGING CAP EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH EDGES WITH MATERIAL OF FINISH AND PATTERN WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSTANT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES, FIT CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE: SECURE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET TO REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATED FINISHED SURFACES GENERALNOTE THE SPECIFICATIONS HEREIN ARE RECOMMENDATIONS. NOT ALL ITEMS APPLY OR APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. GC SHALL VERIFY WITH OWNER ALL OF THE OWNER'S PREFERENCES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS OR PERFORMING WORK. v N m C.; N 404 co % .w , o°, Q a O 4 O M \ N r W Illl- co a N J a 0 LLZ aC9 co r ON r y W W W W > >� Op Ir 0.0 ma J oa" Q m m j 0 0 LL ZNZ 14 0)4c J N Cc REVISIONS A A A A A cc z 0 H a V LL V a w 0 W Z PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 rmrss muim w ME coPr- Rra m BY sossm H"A61310+r; LLC, sora rMS COPT UFT AM orJa arcars iwsrxrcrs rim ass or Tess oocvAff rs To r= ORrAff"L Sm oil Pvpjwr "it FMCS rffir wigs PMPAMM. ArPBODUC mim CBI" m. an AssraNAMxra AM srJU=r Pte. DRAWN: AE CRECK: AE A004 UJALL 4 DOOR LEGEND m �Me Fle NEW FRAME WALL t W PR RATED FRAME WALL •++MPR EXIST 8" CMU WALL 0MFR�••■•�••— �����■1 NON RATED TENAT DEMISNG WALL � �p3 � — EXISTING PARTITION WALLS AND 44 N C14 EXISTING PARTITION WALLS WWITN ® --- ------ CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN nQ NEW RATRED WALL ADJACENT (OPEN UNFILLED LINES) EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN --- EXISTING DOOR TO SE REMOVED NEW DOOR i FRAME FLOOR PLAN <E"�E:D NOTE6 1. PROVIDE NEW FLOORING AND BASE (4" VINYL) TRHUOUT (UNO) (LANDLORD TO VERIFY SPECS) 2. NEW METAL FRAMED NLB PARTITION TO CEILING ABOVE 3. NEW FURRING TO MATCH AND NEW GWB (THICKNESS TO MATCH EXISTING) 4. NEW EXTEXT DOOR 4 FRAME 5. NEW 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL FLOOR TO CEILING PER UL LISTINGS 6. NA 1. NEW WALL HUNG HC LAVATORY 8. NEW FLOOR MOUNT TANK TYPE HC WATER CLOSET S. PROVIDE ALL NEW ACCESSORIES 10. NEW 1 HOUR RATED SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CLG ABOVE 11. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE TO 4' NIGH ON 2 WALLS 12. REPAIR REPALCE COMPLETE CEILING TO NEW CONDITON 13. NEW HI LOW ELECTRIC WATER FOUNTAIN AS REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE 14. PAINT ALL WALLS WITH MIN 2 COAT LATEX ENAMEL (SHEEN SPEC BY LANDLORD) 15. PROVIDE NEW CERMAIC TILE FLOORING AND BASE IN TOLIET ROOMS 16. PROVIDE SIGN ON WALL I HOUR FIRE RATED WALL -DO NOT CUT" 1-1. PROVIDE SIGN 'ON CEILING "1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING -DO NOT CUT" SALES 129 DEMOLITION PLAN Scale: 1/4"=V-0" UN-REFERNICED 5GOPE OF WORK 1 OTE5 Xl CLEAN AND RE -LAMP ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. REPLACE ALL LENS THAT HAVE DISCOLORATION X2 PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING TRIM ON ALL NEW AND EXIST TO REMAIN FIXTURES X3 AC DUCT WORK AND ASSOCIATED INSULATION TO BE REWORKED PER CODE X4 REWORK LIGHT FIXTURE AND SWITCH LOCATIONS IN NEW HC TOILET ROOM PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X5. REPLACE LIGHT FIXTURE AND SWITCH IN EXISTING TOILET ROOM PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X6 REWORK LIGHT FIXTURE SWITCHING PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X'1 EXISTING SERVICE SINK TO REMAIN AS IT 15 REQUIRED BY CODE XS REPLACE EXISTING EXHAUST FANS IN RESTROOMS FOR MIN -15 CFM AS REQUIRED BY CODE X9 DEMO ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES (RUSTED AND GRAB BARS TOO SMALL ETC) Scale: 1/4"=V-0" 14 r z O P—IARMAG11' 130 121 I 16 i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L --------- IST 0�M 9 5 13 16 4 I I I I I I O I EXIST SERVICE SINK 16 XIST BLDG MAINT 1298 EXIST ELECTRICAL PANEL EXIST TOILET 129G U V co 14� ai-k4 CO � �p3 � ;v rn 44 N C14 �N k O M r \ O� N vm 0 ac 0 U. z0 4 C CO r ON r N W H � W Cl) W W > O� mO a0 90.j J U. 134 OWIC X00 N U. zzz a0)a J N CO REVISIONS z a J a 0 2 a z J IL OC 0 O LL PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 raZ8Z MUMU AM corr- JIM ZW JfIOr MAGI . LLC, "18 rays CoMMM AM or"a arcars assrarcrs rim ass or rimssTO� o sman Fm rJr rsss PJW.,M. CAMma, an AssmNA111M AM srJUMr PJMEZNTM DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE Iwo C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects12018-02612018-026 A100-.dwg, A100 FLOOR PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:54:28 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT e 2'-1 4 �01- 11 51_3111 4 r 5'-2" d11W CA CLEAR FINISH DIMENSION !aOUGH FRAME D IMENS I ONS .9" 41-011 41-c311 DIMENSIONED ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 38° Z _! 1. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITION PRIOR TO ANY WORK 2. PROVIDE HC SIGN PER 2010 ADA SAD AND FBG ACCESSIBILITY (A) 2014 Cp 3. DASHED LINES INDICATE FREE CLEAR AREAS REQUIRED BY 2010 ADA Cb A ti c RO SAD, FBG -A 2014, 4 FBG -EC 2014 (OCC SENSOR). HC STALL DOOR (IF ANY) SHALL BE SELF CLOSING 4. DOORS SHALL BE SELF CLOSING 5. PROVIDE LIGHT SWITCH PER 2010 ADA SAD AND FBG -A 2014, FBG -EC 2014 6. PROVIDE REINFORCING IN WALLS FOR GRAB BARS PER DETAILS, 1. TILE AT ALL WALLS PER INTERIOR FINISH SPEC. BEE NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS FOR FLOOR AND WALL FINISH SPECS 5. ENSURE THAT THE NEW LAVATORY IS NO MORE THAN 1'--11/4" WIDE AND 1'-51/4" DEEP AND LOCATE EXACTLY WHERE SHOWN. VERIFY THAT THE PLUMBING SPEC COMPLIES WITH THIS. THIS NOTE SHALL GOVERN OVER THE PLUMBING SPEC AND NO ALLOWANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ADA COMPLIANCE MIS-COORDIANTION. 9. ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE PER ADA AND FBG -A REQUIREMENTS. GC SHALL MAINTAIN A 4 YEAR �J GUARANTEE THAT THE WORK COMPLIES WITH THE ADA. r 10. NEW HM DOOR AND FRAME z 11. INSULATE DRAIN AND SUPPLY PIPES PER CODE. NO METAL SHALL BE EXPOSED z ANNOTATED ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 12. NEW WATER CLOSET ENSURE TRIP HANDLE IS ON OPEN/WIDE/LAY SIDE OF WATER CLOSET. SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 13. NEW SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CEILING ABOVE 14. CROSS HATCH INDICATES 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL 15. SINGLE HATCH IS UN -RATED WALL TO CEILING ABOVE 16. NEW HI LO WATER FOUNTAIN SEE PLUMBING SHEETS Ii. VERIFY IF REAR WALL HAS FOAM FILL IN CELLS. IF NOT, ON ALL EXPOSED CMU/CONCRETE WALL AT REAR WALL (ABOVE OR BELOW THE CEILING) - THRU-OUT THE SUITE INSTALL NEW I" GWB OVER i" X 25 GA FURRING. PROVIDE R4.2 FOIL INSULATION. FINISH ABOVE CEILING NEED ONLY BE LEVEL 1. ALL OTHERS TO LEVEL 4 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" -0 r z 0 Xl -4 L v co Cp b w Ci Q 63k Cb A ti c RO 40 �tr`p o O eNraoNr Z. ZWJrN 0 r N r W H co Q N ocJ a 0 cc LL Z 0 Q M Co r ON V= N W H � W co WLu > 00 a0 .ZJ U. 0mCC .500 N LL ZZ 4 0) J N co REVISIONS A A A 0 0 0 r2:1j Z J a 0 0 LL W 0 w J Z W PROD NO.:15-024 DATE. 9-25-18 rRYss D UFMCs AM COM RrvArm sr aD xw r�ussnRr, mg sora rms coPnercar AM orArA MGM Rssmrcrs rRs um or r"sz noCUJQRrs ro ME ORICII" sm all PUPJI= MR rMCB rR:r FM PRSPAMM. isaraw:s srJe 3z- rox MORMITAL DRAIN. AE CHECK. AE A101 — ---•_• "••, •• �...r....�.'..�'..p,...'�L�... �� • —J—Lw —w —w- w 1 —1 VIw—w iV l Ivl, I V11y 1Ir LQtdLV1.l, /lULV%Ir1L/ I-"[ tr1HJ.11 WUQIIIy rI1111�.f.JI.J, P1Rlrfl tun uiuf u Ll `JO.UU X L4.UU incnes), 1:1, UUrYK1UH i EDESION LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ADA TOILET ROOM NOTES: 1. FLUSH CONTROL FOR ALL WATER CLOSETS SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE STALL AS SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS. 2. TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS MUST ALLOW FOR CONTINUOUS FLOW OF TOILET PAPER. TYPES THAT CONTROL DELIVERY SHALL NOT BE USED. 3. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHER METHOD TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL CONTACT. 4. FAUCET HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER—OPERATED, PUSH TYPE, OR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED. 5. NOMINAL GRAB BAR DIAMETER SHALL BE 1 1/4" TO 1 1/2" AND, IF MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, HAVE A 1 1/2" SPACE BETWEEN EDGE OF GRAB BAR AND EDGE OF WALL. 6. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 7. ALL FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL COMPLY WITH DIMENSIONS AS CALLED OUT ON PLANS AND ELEVATIONS OF THIS SET. TOILET ROOM SCOPE: 1. PROVIDE ONE NEW TOILET ROOM COMPLETE WITH WALL, FLOORING, ACCESSORIES, DOORS, SUPPLY WATER LINES, SANITARY LINES, ETC 2. PROVIDE ALL NEW ACCESSORIES, FLOORING, FLOOR BASE, CEILING, WALLS, DOORS, ETC AS SHOWN. TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE ALL ITEMS AS SPECIFIED OR EQUAL AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER W NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUF. & MODEL MOUNTING REMARKS REQ'D NOTES I N C4 cc v B O TOILET TISSUE BOBRICK SURFACE MOUNTED SEE ADA SHEETS YES SEE ADA SHEETS DISPENSER B-2730 CENTER OF ROLL VERIFY WITH OWNER VERIFY WITH OWNER 0 19" MIN. 0 48" GRAB BAR BOBRICK SURFACE MOUNTED 2x6 CONT. BLOCKING BETWEEN YES SEE ADA SHEETS 8-6106x48" 0 33" TO 36" A.F.F. STUDS FOR ATTACHMENT VERIFY WITH OWNER p 0 42" GRAB BAR BOBRICK SURFACE MOUNTED 2x6 CONT. BLOCKING BETWEEN YES SEE ADA SHEETS B -6106x 42" 0 33" TO 36" A F F STUDS FOR ATTACHMFNT VERIFY WITH OWNER 0 O SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK 40—FL OZ STAINLESS 48" AFF TO OPER PART IF INSTALLED YES SEE ADA SHEETS B-2111 VERIFY WITH OWNER ©BOBR COAT HOOK 1C6K 60" AFF 48" AFF TO OPER PART IF INSTALLED YES SEE ADA SHEETS VERIFY WITH OWNER JO MIRROR SS FRAMED GLASS TOP AT 74" MIN AFF BOTTOM AT 40" MAX YES SEE ADA SHEETS B-165 1836 VERIFY WITH OWNER O ALL WALLS TO BE FRP 2'-0" I1'-0" 4'-6" MIN f 42"scHmuLEo 9"SCHEDULED 48" scHmuLm O 3'-0" MIN 12" YIN 42" MIN O MIN 7 — © 0 2'-3" RE 9 1' 3' REC -21x 4 X Z Q Z _Z r� I 00 I HWC ;n 'to r WRAP PIPESto °' M _ - r- BASE pq N N PER CODE _I "t -IT -11111 * ALL SOAP DISPENSERS, TRASH CANS, AND PAPER TOWEL HOLDERS OR TOWEL BARS TO BE SUPPLIED BY GG ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS TO HAVE 48" MAX. HEIGHT FOR ACCESSIBILITY AS SHOWN IN ELEVATION '_3" MIN 17" 'D 16"MIP 18" M USA DEPT OF JUSTICE ADAAG 2010 104 CONVENTIONS. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. ADVISORY 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES RECOGNIZED BY THIS PROVISION INCLUDE THOSE FOR FIELD CONDITIONS AND THOSE THAT MAY BE A NECESSARY CONSEQUENCE OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURING PROCESS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, (SUCH AS IN SECTION 609.4 WHERE GRAB BARS MUST BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 33 INCHES AND 36 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR), THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. WHERE A REQUIREMENT IS A MINIMUM OR A MAXIMUM DIMENSION THAT DOES NOT HAVE TWO SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS, TOLERANCES MAY APPLY. IN THE CASE OF WATER CLOSET GRAB BARS IT IS SHOWN THAT THE CONTRACTOR INSTALL A 48" LONG SIDE WALL BAR AND A 42" LONG REAR WALL GRAB BAR. CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES FOR THIS TYPE WORK IS Y4". THERE IS NO TOLERENCE ALLOWANCE FOR MISLOCATED MINIMUM SIZED GRAB BARS. v m W yC0 wM �h to u coto, i -g I N C4 cc v O r N r uj a N J IL 0 IL zo Q 0 ca r \ O1.N r N W W� W W > Op cc IL 0 20 ZIt � 0M .500 LL z N z 40)4 J N co REVISIONS CITY COMM 0 0 0 0 0 co z Q� J CL 2 0 0 H W 0 W a cc J z W PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9 -28 -IS ✓sass MUMM AM COPr- PraersD er Ausim NAMAIUMsr, LLC, aora TRW COMMIlir IND OrAZA 1MSM JWSTAMT rss Mr OF rm= DOCUAGrAm ro rm ORIOAIL srra an PVRPOsa !GD r mw rir rm PRSPIRiD. Pjamopuermim CEims, OR ASSIMAMM AM SrJUVnr PAOBm1M DRA NN: AE CSECK.• AE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" =UJ RETURN AIR GRILLS TYP 40UR FR CEILING DRYWALL ACT AND GRID U L IGI-IT :X15TING CEILING GW5 CEILING v V co NEW EXI-1AU5T FAN TYP O NFIlJ NnN ranr;=r. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" =UJ RETURN AIR GRILLS TYP 40UR FR CEILING DRYWALL ACT AND GRID U L IGI-IT :X15TING CEILING GW5 CEILING C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 Al03.dwg, A103 RCP, 9/28/2018 4:54:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT v V co C.; N W Cb C9 tq tom b � ci Ch aiRq� �N Co 0501 O �4 Cvo wa F �RE IlY7EO1VY If. If 09781 0 CV) N r W H N Q N a IL 0 oc 0 U. zo acr) U� ON r NW Z Zy a W J 2W a W > C9 Z Op w U gp -aU Q W � J O O M I W X00 �rLL .1 Z N Z LL a C11) Q W J N (a w REVISIONS A A a a a a a PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 raiam Dmtlrn M AM aorr- Rra rm it mwsl V rl "nOn ttC. soya rata c+owrRrsar urn orna gnats assrarcrs ram ass OF rnsm sacannrs TO rn Mom" sm an PUJL" m fag WMEff rnr trigs PBWAM. xspiaDacrr�ur� cauvcss; oa aas�trrairs aas srarcrzr raomiU= DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE A103 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 Al03.dwg, A103 RCP, 9/28/2018 4:54:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 3-5/8" STEEL STUDS 2X4 WOOD IS ALT FOR THIS STUD SEALANT - 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB V1� 2" RM 0 ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE MIA CLG alb GYPSUM SALES ' GYPSUM PAINT _ PANELS 1213A EXIT ENCLO 6A 2X4 WOOD IS ALT FOR THIS STUD SEALANT - 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB V1� 2" RM 0 ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE MIA CLG alb GYPSUM SALES • * � -10 N PAINT _ yam. 0 1213A EXIT ENCLO 6A VINYL HM FRAME PAINT GROUT SOLID O TYP HM INT DR JAM5 11.2"=1'-0" SEALANT 2" 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB 1/4'X 3" EMBED . _ HM FRAME CMU rs . •'S„ 115/16" Y SEALANT COMER GUARD agpwm CP HEAD SIMILAR (D HM EXT DOOR JAMS 11/2"=r-0" 3-5/8" ZP u STEEL 211 $ STUDS MIA THIN SET TILE -/ 2X4 WOOD IS ALT FOR THIS STUD SEALANT - 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB OI -IM INT TOILET RM \1 HM FRAME GROUT SOLID g6l, 1 54" 1" 11/211=11-0" O�4M DR JAMB /RETRO 11,211=1'-0" RM 0 ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CLG alb GYPSUM SALES NONE PANELS PAINT _ ti Dov bt 0O a O 1213A EXIT ENCLO VCT THIN SET TILE -/ 2X4 WOOD IS ALT FOR THIS STUD SEALANT - 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB OI -IM INT TOILET RM \1 HM FRAME GROUT SOLID g6l, 1 54" 1" 11/211=11-0" O�4M DR JAMB /RETRO 11,211=1'-0" ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLOSS FINISH ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND I. I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST CONE) 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN I" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN -1" HIGH. DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES I KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO 5 ALL NEW SCWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS6TM-X1 24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL -24K4X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT IS 10" 7 ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC, VERIFY WITH OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED DOOR �4ARDWARE NOTES 1. ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOORfj� 3. ALL HINGES TO 41/2 X 41/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS SHALL PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR 4 OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 30c3A. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 46 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. i DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 40425 OF THE ADA. ALL NEW DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF SO DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. IF SPRING HINGES ARE USED DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF TD DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 15 SECONDS MINIMUM. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM.THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (315 N). FLORIDA LAW, S553504(3), F.S. 2016, ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE. RO014-1 F IN I S�4 SCHEDULE RM 0 ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CLG NOTES 129 SALES NONE NONE PAINT ACT ti Dov bt 0O a O 1213A EXIT ENCLO VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 129C EXIST TOILET VCT 0 PAINT PAINT INTMONY X. aD21v 000"81 125D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P PAINT PAINT O 0 N r LU iiii a d N a 4 J IL QC � 0 LL Z W N Q M V� r O0)N V= W ~ � cc W J Q 2 w �- LLI > W 00W IL 00 J 2 L" o _ Z LL W a J � � + N 0 t1� QLL N Z0) o o z O 0 )~ J N CO o REVISIONS L A 0 0 A 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 CL rR2ss MUIROW AM COPr- RI MM Dr sMSM rIAUMMM. M4. 2018 MW COPTAIC9r AM OrAW Arm= RssrRlcrs nm ass 0r rases DOCmaRrs ro r" 0JUMMU JIM OR PaRFM "R IIIDCH Mr WJ= PRSPLORIL RIC!"MM C!UM C AMS. OR PRwaRs CsrJerclzr MM DRAWN. AE CRE CK. AE A200 LU w ° v q N `� ° Cl T- O ° (L 0 cQ 4 w N } v X t) fQ (U 3 p O X lu v2 lY m0zz�'toa� a d) °C °n I I W v ° a DOOR SCHEDULE ? OO g0 -a z DR S f ZE DOOR RATING ��'>�M� DTL f;PEM,4fR<5 0 v 00 TYPE MTR'L FINISH v E Y TYPE MATR'L FINISH 1 EXIT DOOR 3'-0 X 1'-0 X Pi4 1 16 GA HM PAINT 1 16GA PAINT 2 0 2 SUITE REAR OR 3'-0 X 1'-0 X Pi4 1 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 I&GA PAINT 3 SUITE REAR DR 3'-0 X 1'-0 X Pq 1 16 GA HM PAINT 46 MIN 1 16GA PAINT 1 4 TOILET 3'-0 X 1'-0 X Pi4 I 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 I6GA PAINT 3 5 MAINT RM V-6 X 1'-0 X Pi4 1 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 16GA PAINT 3 ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLOSS FINISH ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND I. I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST CONE) 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN I" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN -1" HIGH. DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES I KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO 5 ALL NEW SCWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS6TM-X1 24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL -24K4X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT IS 10" 7 ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC, VERIFY WITH OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED DOOR �4ARDWARE NOTES 1. ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOORfj� 3. ALL HINGES TO 41/2 X 41/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS SHALL PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR 4 OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 30c3A. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 46 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. i DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 40425 OF THE ADA. ALL NEW DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF SO DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. IF SPRING HINGES ARE USED DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF TD DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 15 SECONDS MINIMUM. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM.THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (315 N). FLORIDA LAW, S553504(3), F.S. 2016, ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE. RO014-1 F IN I S�4 SCHEDULE RM 0 ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CLG NOTES 129 SALES NONE NONE PAINT ACT ti Dov bt 0O a O 1213A EXIT ENCLO VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 129C EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT INTMONY X. aD21v 000"81 125D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P PAINT PAINT 0 N r LU iiii a N a J IL GI CT/f= VCT VINYL PAINT CERAMIC TILE- MUST MEEP SLIP RESISTANCE COEFFICIENT CERAMIC TILE TO 4 FEET PAINT ABOVE VINYL COMP TILE 12X12 - NEW 4" H VINYL COVE BASE / SHEET VINYL FLOORING (NEW AT NEW WALLS AND VPT LOCATIONS, SALVAGE EXISTING ALL EXISTING CPT LOCATIONS) ON GWB PROVIDE 1 COAT PRIMER 4 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT NEW ON GWB PROVIDE 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT EXISING ACT 2X4 ACOUSTICAL IN ALUM GRID - EXISTING TO REMAIN. AT NEW GRID PROVIDE NEW TO MATCH ( FLAT LAY - IN) ALL ACT SHALL INSTALLED PER ASTM C 635 AND ASTM 636 ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE 4 MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT TO CODE. BY STARTING AND WORKING ON THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. SINGLE SWING TYPE I 10 FRAME ELEVATIONS FLUSH TYPE 1 NTS (D DOOR ELEVATIONS NTS C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A200.dwg, A200 DOOR SCHD, 9/28/2018 4:54:33 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT V m Al En w Cb 'w7 U tp� H Ci J-111-4cqN cot,I aN o�1b1-4- 44 raw t, a ti Dov bt 0O a O Q Vrn ia w �alcoq I zwa,w s. INTMONY X. aD21v 000"81 0 N r LU iiii a N a J IL 0 LL Z Q M V� r O0)N V= W ~ � cc W J Q 2 w �- LLI > W 00W IL 00 J 2 o _ Z LL W a J � v 0 t1� QLL Z0) a 0 J N CO o REVISIONS L A 0 0 A 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 rR2ss MUIROW AM COPr- RI MM Dr sMSM rIAUMMM. M4. 2018 MW COPTAIC9r AM OrAW Arm= RssrRlcrs nm ass 0r rases DOCmaRrs ro r" 0JUMMU JIM OR PaRFM "R IIIDCH Mr WJ= PRSPLORIL RIC!"MM C!UM C AMS. OR PRwaRs CsrJerclzr MM DRAWN. AE CRE CK. AE A200 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A200.dwg, A200 DOOR SCHD, 9/28/2018 4:54:33 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT *'10-16X3/q." TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD D6 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF 358T125-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 250J200-33 5/8" FR CAWS 358T125-33 CONT EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE AND DECK _ 4 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" /GRID 1 HR FR CE IL ING 1 HR FR WALL 7D FRAME LL �T FLOOR 356T125-33 CONT 25OJ200-33 CONT *10-16X3/d" TYP EACH SIDE 1" CORE 50ARD TRACK TO STUD c .-_,• . ,,..~` '•' ,.� r`.. •�. :..:•�'..• :• } ;• t *12-14X 11i2 At 8" OG 012-14X 11/2" AT 6" OC •. • • • , r• 5/8" FR GW5 5/8" FR CAWS 358T125-33 CONT "10-16X3/, " TYI= EACH TRACK TO STUDDE c:• : c:• ACT AND GRID M , w , :. ACT WALL ANGLE •,. 012 -14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC • •� • •� .•' 1► A• 'y '} 3585162-33 • i •; 358516 2-33 � 2'-0" OC 6 2' -0" OC .y ' •y ' 5/8" FR GWS ' 5/8" FR GW5 • • • • dr JT 107 D7 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF URE G 250J200-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 5/8" FR 358T125-33 D8 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF 1M� f l�� fl it At nII �i- 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL •ON EXIST SLAB D9 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF =LATE 3 WALL SECTION - Z WALL SECTION - 1 WALL SECTION Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" IG v V co C: N Pa D C� b totZ �pNN b A ti QONI� 4 e� Q 4OD ' A •, . to tN1 w ��a c�o waw s; 3555162-330 2'-0" OC 5/8" FR GW5 D6 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF 358T125-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 250J200-33 5/8" FR CAWS 358T125-33 CONT EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE AND DECK _ 4 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" /GRID 1 HR FR CE IL ING 1 HR FR WALL 7D FRAME LL �T FLOOR 356T125-33 CONT 25OJ200-33 CONT *10-16X3/d" TYP EACH SIDE 1" CORE 50ARD TRACK TO STUD c .-_,• . ,,..~` '•' ,.� r`.. •�. :..:•�'..• :• } ;• t *12-14X 11i2 At 8" OG 012-14X 11/2" AT 6" OC •. • • • , r• 5/8" FR GW5 5/8" FR CAWS 358T125-33 CONT "10-16X3/, " TYI= EACH TRACK TO STUDDE c:• : c:• ACT AND GRID M , w , :. ACT WALL ANGLE •,. 012 -14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC • •� • •� .•' 1► A• 'y '} 3585162-33 • i •; 358516 2-33 � 2'-0" OC 6 2' -0" OC .y ' •y ' 5/8" FR GWS ' 5/8" FR GW5 • • • • dr JT 107 D7 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF URE G 250J200-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 5/8" FR 358T125-33 D8 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF 1M� f l�� fl it At nII �i- 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL •ON EXIST SLAB D9 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF =LATE 3 WALL SECTION - Z WALL SECTION - 1 WALL SECTION Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" IG v V co C: N Pa D C� b totZ �pNN b A ti QONI� 4 e� Q 4OD ' A �w4 to tN1 w ��a c�o waw 0 M r N r W E— CC a N a J a 0 0 LL zo a C, tJ� r ON r W F' 1- ZCO W W W> Op a0 ZLL J in 0ICCCC J00 N LL ZZ aa)a .j cm 0 REVISIONS A A 0 0 A 0 A z _O H co J a PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rBdsa MUFMW AM cnPr- araaraD ar EMS" YINlollGslVl. LLQ sofa "m coPrmGzr AM oresa iuvz s Arsrmcm res vu or rimar D0cUTAZNM r+o ME 0jUvz L Snw an PUB vw "N FMCff rJr sags JM"AM. liItPRODUCrIORB. CBIXClB. OR If48IQNYLAm. for 8n. r PJMMpnm DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE e C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A300 WALL SECT, 9/28/2018 4:54:34 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT u:xusers} i ony hP Laptop\uropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A301 WALL SECT, 9/28/20184:54:34 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 9 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" ,OTTOM CHORD STEEL JOIST 3r%" X 22 GA STD TRACK TYP WITH 2-#12 EACH STUD AND MIN 1-#12 X 2" TO BOTTOM CHORD ' X 22 GA STD STUD BRACING m 4'-0" TYP. dD WEB AND NOTCH ACT- SCREW WITH 2-012 4EW GRID NND NEW ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE 35/8" X 22 GA STD TRACK TYP WITH 2 -*12 EACH TO EACH STUD 35/8" X 22 GA STD STUDS AT 1'-4" OC t8" MIN GWB EACH SIDE BASE EACH SIDE PER SCHEDULE A's" X 22 CSA STD BOTTOM TRACK CONT W/ 2-012 TO EA STUD 1 - *12 X 3/4" PAI= 0 2'-0" OC 3/8" 3/8" Dxc>d. dow am OLD w" DXCX- WAD wrr" SLD EDGE Dx/DxL am UN OLD EDGE %1 FULL TILE AT WALL ANGLE CEILING TILES AT SECTION THRU MAIN TEE r,LUT GRID t TILE AT WALL ANGLE SOMM FWF SCALE � bmir WLLF SCALE -7 Oe.w 94LP SCALE Dx/DXL am WtH SLD EDGE moxL GILD wnw OLD EDGE DX/DXL am UN SLD EDGE 4 FULL TILE AT REVEAL ANGLE n CEILING TILES AT SECTION THRU CROSS TEE r,1 CUT GRID E TILE At REVEAL ANGLE Samir A F SCALE 17 8"10 WALF SCALE �-" &-.I& "r SCALE v N ego KEYNOTES OATTACH 1 ANGLE TO WALL FRAMING OCROSS 2 TEE OMAIN 3 TEE OHANGER 4 WIRE OCEILING 5 PANEL OWALL 6 ANGLE OREVEAL 7 ANGLE OFULL 8 GRID AT REVEAL ANGLE OFULL 9 GRID AT WALL ANGLE 10 CUT TILE AT REVEAL ANGLE 11 CUT TILE AT WALL ANGLE 12 COMPASSO ELITE ATTACHMENT CLIP GCOMPASSO SLIM TRIM GCOMPASSO ELITE TRIM 15 BASIC GRID DETAILS 16 NON -SEISMIC 17 CUT CROSS TEE 18 CUT MAIN TEE 19 NOTCHED TEES AT INTERSECTION, TYPICAL CORTES v N ego w R $Iq 05cc G�! ra A O y wa 04o w0. w O M r \ N r W H N a N Q J IL 0 cc O LLZ aCO CC r OcoN r W F W N W O� Ir IL No j o a "' � J � OMIX JOO LL ZNZ aura J N cc REVISIONS 0 0 0 A A 0 J a W 0 O Z J ra V PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 THRAN MUWZ IG4 AM COPI- ArdmD Dr lmmw MMACRAM . LLC, sora TMV COPY MT AM 0TJ= Drefin RSSTR(Crs ME D8d OF r"5z aocvmzmw TO ME oArGuaL Sm an PDRPoe! "R FMW rAW FM PREPARED. RE0DaCf7o11�� CBIANBie. OR I8S1CA►YEENTS ARE Sf74rC7ZY PROMMED. DRAWN: AE CHECK. AE A302 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Prcjects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A302 CLG DETAILS, 9/28/2018 4:54:35 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1/2" EQUAL 2" MIN. FROM a EDGE OF SLAB r HATCHING INDICATES 1/2" SCREWS RATED FRcwB � w 1 + AS RE Q' (il SCO w Ci + ATTACH TRACK TO SLAB 3" MIN. u 14 c N to USING: (2)0.145110 HILTI X-DNI-- !tit SPCAINCx �°a o,cqtb q tb (22WE)1t � CLIP AM",x x � LOCA EDWASI SHOWN A50VE. + � ��� o� � Z; aen.e eTuce a� TOP , TOP VIEW �F kc o by lrl LEdb "w fto IINDTH. um 13x&-* SCRMM m NS Ow � a, o To at�uc ue� �MW UM '��' FIRE RATED INTERSECTION FRAMING NION& r ATTACrACM FIRE RATED INTER5ECTIOil TO (2P&-* 60114M x Scale- 4 u n EXIST STEEL DECK • wb,Q, x� RUNNER TRACK 3A 3/ =1-m x r HATCHING INDICATES 3/16" SELF TAPPER EYE HOOKS CONCRETE SLAB (1010-16 SCREW SCREWS RATED 1 f;?GW5 (BY OTHERS EACH FLANGE. 4. s * AS REQ'D TYP. TACH PLAN= f 0i PJLL Wkwe7LOIL a' •a, e SM K"ATM PM 11RI ER 12 CBA WIRE 4'-0" OCEW MAX , FIRE RATED INTERSECTION FRAMING .araorrJr. awarrenaoowrs1 (u w■UNC�w ISM L, A f lel -f D R M W"AATION" °` 1 Scale: DO NOt SCALE � sale: p0 NOt SCALE Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 1/211 SCREWSIDES "T" BAR MAIN BEAM EQUAL1/z " 1 " 1 1/4" TO Z a L� 1 1/2" DIA.GRAB BAR M o uo X FRT 2X6 OR FRT 2X8 W 4- 1/4" X 1 1/2" SCREWS AND WITH 4"H X 20 FRAMING CLIP W/ 4 #10 X 3" SCREW EACH X SIDES O DETAIL TMMETAL SE DS WHERE REQUURED AS SHOWN ON co DOOR FRAME BEYOND WALL/ 2 "x2 "x16 GA. CLIP ANGLE, � DOOR-SEE PLAN 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH. GRAB BAR SECTION r USE: (3'10-16 SCREWS ON TEGULAR EDGE SQUARE EDGE LAY- IN PANELS LAY-IN-PANELS CARPEL EACH LECA AS SHOWN ABOVE. w ui 0 RUBBER OR VINYL REDUCER STRI ' t ' x SCREWS PER EQUIPMENT MANF SPECIFICATIONS ♦A JOHNSONITE CTA-K �/+ G- JAMB STUDS. EQUIPEMNT BRACKET WALL PLATE ``10� Q VCT ON CONC. SLAB SEE ELEVATIONS FOR o N QUANTITY 4 MEMBER SIZES. a J x HEAD TRACK FRT 2X6 OR FRT 2X8 W 4- 1/4- X 1 1/2- SCREWS AND a SEE ELEVATION FOR WITH 4"H X 20 FRAMING CLIP W/ 4 #10 X 3" SCREW EACH MEMBER SIZES. SIDES 0 TO METAL STUDS WHERE REQUURED AS SHOWN ON DETAIL TO LEFT O WALL BOARD LL C I I1�1G T I--f1�1C�R - a CO �I� C�R�#3 ��RS SI�PPOR�' �3R�C�IG�t DO NOt SCALE � � �� T Scale: DO NOt SCALE Scale: DO NOt SCALE ca IS: 3/4"=1'-000 CIO" H r J W SCREWS AS REQ'D. I. I Lu LLI D Wui > O Z 9 CORDITER INTER5ECTION DETAIL Op O oc j Scale: ale: 3/4"=1'-m" a O — STUD OR CLIP ANGLES � Z J m SCREWS AS REQ'D. FOR AS REQ' D STUD CONNECTION it it J 0 Z Qmm Q Q O LL z zcvz a ----------- - a 0) a I- T CORNER INTER5ECT IO DETAIL J N FASTEN WITH HERE ° °o sale: 3/4"=1'-0° E ° 4 014X 11/z" TAPPING REVISIONS SCREWS. ° o ° o 0 0 12 CSA I4ANGER WIRE Q LAY-IN NOMAT 4'-0" OC EW. 2' CROSS TEE 0 FRT 2X6 OR FRT ANEL AT 2'-O' OC 2X8 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE. 9-28-18 MERE DJUMss uu corr- arcarss ar sassrrar mAmau snr, Tic. Bois res COPYAWar urs oris MGMVERTICAL WALL rJUM DOWAIROT r 01 STUDS AT 24" O.G. W= °0a asra0aUCr10JM CHAIMs, OR AssraxUM"S AM sritrenr PrAm mL ISOMETRIC DRAWN. AE WALL FINISH r CHECK.• AE PRELUDE MAIN BEAM j� 16 GA CLIP NOM. 4' CROSS TEE-/ f GENERAL NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN SEE ALTERNATE DETAIL ON COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF A404 A400 HORIZONTAL FASTENERS. PRELUDE MAIN BEAMS AT 4'-0" OC MAX &CFF5ET BRACKET 6 BLOCKING 13 CEILING GRID DO NOT SCALE DO NOT SCALE L,:wsersx i any rlt- LapiopwropDOX1 zu_lu vrojectsveui>s-wbeuits-wo A4uu.awg, A4UU J I U bLUCi U I L5, V/1t5/2U1t5 4:b4::Jf AM, I ony rlN Laptop, AUtOUAU F'Ur (mign uuanty F'rint).pCJ, AKUH tUII bleed U (Jb.UU X 24.0U InChes), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT G;`rf=-5-LP01 FANEL PRODUCTS IN6TALLATION NOTES ADDITIONAL_ NOTES 1. THE ENTIRE TEXT OF THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION ENTITLED APPLICATION AND FORCED. NO FRAMING SHALL BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE CORNER 1. FOR GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS USED IN FIRE AND OR SOUND RESISTIVE FINISHING OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS GA 216-2013 SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. THE GC 455E1" 1 LIES THE APPLICABLE BUILDING GODES SHALL GOVERN. SYSTEM SHALL PRINT THE PUBLICATION AND ATTACH IT TO EACH AND EVERY SET SUBMITTED TO THE 28. AT OUTSIDE CORNERS THE FIRST WALL BOARD SHALL BE BROUGHT FLUSH TO THE SECOND DETAILS FOR FIRE AND SOUND SHALL SE CONSTRUCTED PER THE GYPSUI" I BLDG DEPT. THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PUBLICATION ARE MANDATORY AND SHALL MANDATE WALL FRAMING PLANE. THE SECOND WALL PANELS SHALL BE BROUGHT FLUSH TO THE OUTSIDE Q �w cyq CMU A COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT WHETHER OR NOT ENFORCED BY LOCAL OFFICIALS AND OR FACE OF THE FIRST WALL PANELS. NO FRAMING SHALL BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE CORNER. ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION ENTITLED FIRE RESISTIVE DESIGN MANUAL INSPECTORS OR NOT. THE ARCHITECT ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR GYPSUM GA-ro0O PANELS NOT APPLIED AND FINISHED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE PUBLICATION AND THE 29. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CONSTRUCT THIS PROJECT UNLESS YOU HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO 2. ATTIC AND SIMILAR UNCONDITIONED SPACES ABOVE GYPSUI„I PANEL MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS LISTED BELOW. PROVIDE A VIRTUALLY "GAP FREE"GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION. WHERE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT ON SITE, GAPS 1/4" WIDE AND LESS MAY REMAIN_ f PRODUCTS SMALL SE VENTILATED BY PROVING CROSS VENTILATION FOR 2. PRIOR TO GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT ERECTION ALL WOOD AND/OR METAL FRAMING SHALL "MOAVr Jr. CWM AR000878t ALL SPACES BETWEEN THE ROOF AND THE TOP FLOOR LEVEL CEILING BE VERIFIED TRUE TO LINE AND PLUMB. THIS MAY BE ACHIEVED BY USE OF LASERS, LASER 30. GAPS BETWEEN 1/8" AND 1/4" WIDE SHALL BE PRE -FILLED WITH SETTING TYPE JOINT 3. IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA ONLY LICENSED DRYUJALL CONTRACTORS LEVELS, AND OTHER HIGH PRECISION ELECTRONIC DEVICES. THE VERIFICATION MAY BE COMPOUND r DOCUMENTED WITH DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY AND DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDING. THE FRAMING SHALL INSTALL GYPSUI"I PANEL PRODUCTS OR AN1' COl"fPONENT THEREOF. VERIFICATION SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL STUDS AND PLATES ARE ALIGNED TO WITHIN 1/16" IN ANY 31. GAPS LESS THAN 1/8" WIDE SHALL BE PRE -FILLED WITH EITHER DRYING -TYPE OR SETTING 4. ALL GPP SHALL FOR EACH PROJECT SECTION AND INSTALL AREA SHALL 10 FOOT AREA AND Y4" OVER ANY WALL TOTAL LENGTH DISTANCE. STUDS SHALL BE ALIGNED TYPE COMPOUND BE OF THE SAME 1" fANUFACTURER AND TYPE. DO NOT CROSS MIX TO PLUMB WITHIN 1/16" IN ANY 10 FOOT AREA AND 3/32" TOTAL FROM TOP TO BOTTOM. N MANUFACTURERS OR GPP TYPES 3. WHERE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS ARE NAILED TO WOOD CROSS FURRING ON CEILING THOSE 32. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS APPLIED t0 WALLS SHALL BE APPLIED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE SPACED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4" ABOVE THE FLOOR. � USE ONLY GLASS MATT GPP FOR BEHIND CERAMIC TILE AND WET AREAS. FURRING MEMBER'S SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 1/2 X 1 1/2" ACTUAL SIZE AND SHALL BE ro. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 2 OF GA-21ro-2013. THE INSTALLED PER TABLE 1, 2, OR 3 ON THE GA -216-2013 PUBLICATION. WHERE SCREW 33. A CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE A PARTITION, WALL, OR CEILING TRAVERSES GYSPUM PANEL PRODUCT MANUFACTURER SMALL ENSURE THAT THE APPLICATION IS USED WOOD FURRING MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4"X 1 1/2" ACTUAL A CONSTRUCTION JOINT (EXPANSION, SEISMIC, OR OTHER BUILDING ELEMENT EXPANSION PANELS COMPLY WITH ALL THE ASTM STANARDS LISTED SIZE CONTROL ELEMENTS) ca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t. WHEN THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLED ABOVE CEILINGS IS SUPPORTED BY THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT CEILING MEMBRANE, THE WEIGHT OF THE OVERLAID INSULATION SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHOWN IN TABLE 4 FOR THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT TYPE , THICKNESS, NUMBER OF LAYERS AND FRAMING SPACING. CONSULT THE INSULATION SUPPLIER FOR INSULATION WEIGHT INFORMATION 8. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL NOT BE CUT BY SCORING AND BREAKING 9. CUT ALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS BY SAWING WITH A DEVICES THAT ENSURES STRAIGHT LINE CUTTING TO WITH I/16" OVER THE LENGTH OF THE BOARD 10. ALL CUT EDGES SHALL BE SMOOTHED AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN NEAT FITTING JOINTS. 11. ALL HOLES AND CUT SHALL BE ACHIEVED BY USE OF A ROUTER 12. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED FIRST TO CEILINGS AND THEN TO WALL. APPLY AND COMPLETE HANGING ALL CEILINGS BOARDS IN THE ENTIRE BUILDING BEFORE INSTALLING THE FIRST WALL BOARD. 13. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT JOINT SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT NO JOINT WILL OCCUR WITHIN 12" OF THE CORNER OF A WINDOW OR DOOR OPENING UNLESS CONTROL JOINTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT THESE LOCATIONS. 14. JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS SHALL NOT OCCUR ON THE SAME STUD. 15. ALL ENDS AND EDGES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT JOINTS, EXCEPT THOSE LISTED BELOW IN 15, 16, AND 1-7 BELOW, SHALL BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING MEMBERS OR OTHER SOLID BACKING, 16, TREATED OR UNTREATED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALL OR CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 11 GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS EDGES OR ENDS, ORIENTED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALL FRAMING THAT OCCUR ABOVE CEILINGS IN CONCEALED SPACED WHEN THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT IS TERMINATED AT LESS THAN FULL HEIGHT OF THE FRAMING NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING G OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 18. WHEN ADHESIVES ARE USED BETWEEN LAYERS IN MULTI -LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, JOINT IN THE SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT LAYERS NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING MEMBERS. 19. IN SINGLE LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, END JOINTS PARALLEL TO AND ON THE SAME SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE STAGGERED BETWEEN ALTERNATE COURSES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND FROM JOINTS ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS 20. IN MULTI LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, END JOINT PARALLEL TO AND ON THE SAME SIDE OF FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE STAGGERED BETWEEN ALTERNATE COURSES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS 21. BASE LAYER END JOINT PARALLEL TO AND ON ONE SIDE OF THE FRAMING SHALL BE STAGGERED FROM THE BASE LAYER END JOINT ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS 22. WHERE ADJACENT LAYERS ARE APPLIED IN THE SAME DIRECTION, EITHER PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR APPLICATION, JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET BETWEEN LAYERS, HORIZONTAL JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET NOT LESS THAN 12" AND VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET NOT LESS THEN ONE CAVITY SPACE. 23. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT SHALL BE ABUTTED AT JOINTS SO AS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ONE ANOTHER BUT NOT FORCED TOGETHER FOR THE FULL LENGTH OF THE JOINT. ANY GAPING OR SPACE BETWEEN BOARDS AT JOINTS INCLUDING AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION. IN FIRE RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION IS SHALL BE CONSIDERED GROUNDS FOR REJECTION BY THE ARCHITECT. 24. ALL FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY JOINT COMPOUND BEING APPLIED AND AFTER THE COMPOUND IS APPLIED. MULTI LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE ARCHITECT AT EACH SUCCESSIVE LAYER PRIOR TO AND AFTER THE APPLICATION OF THE COMPOUND AT EACH LAYER. 25. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH 3 DAYS NOTICE PRIOR TO EACH OBSERVATION PERIOD. 26. IN NON RATED SYSTEMS PROJECT THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE ABUTTED AT JOINTS SO AS t0 BE IN CONTACT WITH ONE ANOTHER BUT NOT FORCED TOGETHER FOR THE FULL LENGTH OF THE JOINT AND THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT 3 DAYS NOTICE TO OBSERVE THE PROJECT PRIOR TO ANY JOINT COMPOUND BEING APPLIED. 2-1. AT INSIDE CORNERS THE EDGE OR END OF THE ENTIRE FIRST WALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO FRAMING. THE SUBSEQUENT WALL SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO THE FIRS WALL PANEL PRODUCT. THE BOARDS SHALL ABUT TIGHT BUT NIT BE 34. CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION RUNS IN AN UNINTERRUPTED STRAIGHT PLANE EXCEEDING 30 LINER FEET. 35. CONTROL JOINT IN DIRECT APPLIED INTERIOR CEILING AND SUSPENDED CEILING WITHOUT PERIMETER RELIEF SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINT DO NOT EXCEED 30 FEET. 3(o. CONTROL JOINT IN SUSPENDED CEILING WITH PERIMETER RELIEF SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT NO LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS DO NOT EXCEED 50 FEET. 31. CONTROL JOINT IN EXTERIOR CEILING AND SOFFITS SHALL BE TALENTED SO THAT LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS DO NOT EXCEED 30 FEET 38. A CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS CHANGE DIRECTION. 39. FASTENERS AT GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS EDGES AND ENDS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 3/8"FROM THE EDGE OR END. IN PERPENDICULAR APPLICATIONS FASTENERS AT EDGES AND ENDS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN V FROM THE EDGE OR END. DO NOT FASTEN PERIMETER INTO THE TOP OR BOTTOM PLATES (OR FURRING) OF WALL EXCEPT AT FIRE RATED WALLS, STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE WALLS, OR OTHER SPECIAL CONDITIONS THAT REQUIRE SUCH ATTACHMENT. 40. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE HELD IN CONTACT WITH FRAMING MEMBERS OR UNDERLYING SUPPORT WHEN DRIVING FASTENERS. ANY EVIDENCE THAT THE BACK OF THE BOARD IS NOT IN FULL CONTACT SHALL BE CAUSE AND MANDATE FOR REJECTION BY EITHER ARCHITECT AND/OR LOCAL GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR 41. SCREWS INTO WOOD FRAMING SHALL PENETRATE A MIN 3/4". FOR 1/2" PANEL PRODUCTS USE A 1 1/4" LONG SCREWS. 42. SCREWS SHALL BE DRIVEN SO THAT THE SCREW HEAD ARE SLIGHTLY BELOW THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT SURFACE WITHOUT BREAKING THE FACE PAPER, FRACTURING THE CORE, OR STRIPPING THE FRAMING MEMBER AROUND THE SCREW SHANK. 43. DO NOT USE STAPLES TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING. 44. DO NOT USE NAILS TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING 45. USE ONLY SCREWS t0 SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING 46. FASTENER TYPE, SIZE, AND SPACING FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE SPECIFIED FIRE RATED DESIGN. 47. AT CEILING WALL INTERSECTIONS, THE FIRST SCREW FASTENER INTO EACH CEILING FRAMING MEMBER, FRAMED EITHER PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE WALL SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 12" OUT FROM THE INTERSECTION. 48. USE THE FLOATING ANGLE METHOD OF APPLICATION TO MINIMIZE THE EFFECT OF TRUSS UPLIFT IN ALL LOCALES WHERE THE WINE) V -ULT IS GREATER THAN 120 MPH. 49. SCREW SPACING ON WALL AND CEILING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SPECIFIED IN THE 2014 FBC CODES 5TH ED., BUT IN NO CASE SHALL IT BE LESS THAN 12" ON WALLS. ON CEILINGS IT SHALL NOT BE LESS -7 50. FLOATING ON INTERIOR WALL ANGLES OR CORNERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED 51. ALL HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN THE FIELD OF WALLS AND CEILING SHALL BE TAPERED EDGE TO TAPERED EDGE. TAPERED EDGE TO CUT EDGE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CUT EDGE TO CUT EDGE HORIZONTAL JOINT IN WALL SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 52. ALL CORNER BEAD SHALL BE NAILED AT cY OC EACH EDGE STAGGERED.. DO NOT USE CRIMPING TOOL METHOD. DO NOT USE PAPER TAPE METHOD. 53. ARRANGE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT APPLICATION OVER STEEL FRAMING SO THAT THE LEADING EDGE OE EACH PRODUCTS IS ATTACHED TO THE OPEN OR UNSUPPORTED EDGE or- THE FTHE STEEL STUD FLANGE (SEE FIG 9 ON THE GA SPEC) 54. SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THE FRAMING NOT LESS THAN 1/2" 55. WHERE RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS ARE USED OVER WOOD OR STEEL FRAMING THE SCREWS USED TO ATTACHED THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT TOT EH FURRING SHALL NOT CONTACT THE FRAMING. 56. EXTERIOR GPP SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON FRAMING AT 16" OC FOR Y2" BOARDS AND 24" OC MAX FOR %` BOARDS. 51. EXTERIOR SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL OR SHALL SLOPE DOWN AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. 58. EXTERIOR GPP SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH Y4" MIN SPACING OR GAP AWAY FROM THE VERTICAL EDGES OF THE WALL/ FA51CA BAORDS. C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A500.dwg, A500 GYP PNL SPECS, 9/28/2018 4:54:40 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (24.00 x 36.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT � w S14 CO A cqcq cat, Q �w cyq CMU A cti cF leo ,qty o �0' dna QQo �a w f "MOAVr Jr. CWM AR000878t O r O� N r W H ca N a W N O J z a z O O a LL z J 4C C9 Co r ON ca z r LU CO) W co WLU > O > °Ca Op a0 LULU �OJ z LL a Ir O m m .500 0 LL CO) zzNz JNCO) 0 REVISIONS 0 0 0 A 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 rass8 D1tIMM AM COPr- Affa D er xusnw r�x�oAo�. M4 sora EMMS COPr1 GM AM orJ= XWAW xwSmrCrs rm ass or rises DOCUAWIM TO rxr oxtau L srrs oil Mug" POR FMCS TBA' FXM PRSPIRSD. CBINGlB. an /ssIC1VBiRrs Iii sl9tlClZr PiWAM BD. DRAWN: AE CHECK: AE A500 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A500.dwg, A500 GYP PNL SPECS, 9/28/2018 4:54:40 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (24.00 x 36.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT LEVER HANDLE ON FAUCET INSULATE HOT WATER PIPE AND DRAIN PIPE (IF NOT COVERED OR IN CA51NET) z _ F M r _z F LAV TOR"" REQUIREMENT5 24" x �, II MIRK SO,d SEE Scale: N -L x Q Q E v n 1 I=APER TOWEL D ISPEN OFFSET WASTE NOTE 03 L 15" MIN SEE PLAN KNEE CLEARANCE PER SECTION 306 ADA-A5A AG. ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION TE HOT SUPPLY AND WASTE. Scale: NTS NOTES: • SUFFICIENT SPACE IS REQUIRED IN TOILET ROOM FOR A WHEELCHAIR MEASURNG 30"W x 48"L TO ENTER ROOM AND PERMIT DOOR TO CLOSE. • WHEN DOOR IS LOCATED IN CORRIDOR SIDEWALL AND SWINGS INTO CORRIDOR MIN. WIDTH OF CORRIDOR SHALL BE bo". • FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE LOCATED TO MINIMIZE EXCESS BODY MOVEMENT (STANDARD AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER) • FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE OSCILLATING HANDLE w/MAX 3 LBF OPERATING FORCE, ELECTRIC OPERATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL. • TOILET COMPOSITION DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED w/ LOOP OR U -SHAPED HANDLE IMMEDIATELY BELOW LATCH. • 60" DIA. TURNING SPACE IN THE RESTROOM WITH A CLEAR HT. OF 21" MIN. AFF. THE TURNING SPACE CAN OVERLAP CLEAR SPACES OF OTHER FIXTURES, AND DOOR CAN SWING INTO THE TURNING SPACE BY 12" MAX. • RESTROOM DOOR SHALL NOT SWING INTO REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE OF ANY RESTROOM FIXTURE. • PROVIDE A 36" MIN. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE ACCESSIBLE SINGLE ACCOMMODATION RESTROOM WITH COMPLIANT CLEARANCES AT DOORS AND AROUND OBJECTS • PROVIDE PRIVACY LATCH LOCATED ABOVE THE HC COMPATMENT DOOR PULL. • FACE OF DOORS WITHIN 1O" AFF TO HAVE FULL WIDTH SMOOTH KICK PLATE. • PROVIDE ONE ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY IN THE HC STALL. WATER CLOSET: • TOILET 18 LOCATED 16" TO 18" FROM THE SIDE WALL TO ITS CENTERLINE • FLUSH vALvE LEVER IS LOCATED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET 4 44" MAX AFF • FLUSH VALVE REQUIRES 5 LB. MAX FORCE TO OPERATE • TOP OF SEAT IS 11" TO 19" AFF • SEAT HT. 18 2" MAX • TOILET PAPER DISPENSER ALLOWS FOR CONTINOUS PAPER FLOW 4 DOES NOT CONTROL DELIVERY • TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 18 LOCATED 1" TO 9" FROM THE FRONT OF THE TOILET TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE DISPENSER TOLIES" ROOM fiREQUIREMENT5 Sca Is: NTS LU Q m UNOBSTRUCTED 30" WIDE LAVATOR"r RE=IREMENT5 Sca Is: NTS SINGLE OR MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION RESTROOM • GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS • GRAB BARS 4 THE ADJACENT SURFACES HAVE ROUNDED EDGES FREE OF SHARP OR • ABRASIVE ELEMENTS WITH A I/8" MIN. RADIUS • THE GRAB BARS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE ALLOW FOR A VERTICAL 4 HORIZONTAL • BENDING STRESS, SHEAR 4 TENSILE FORCE OF 250 LBB MIN. • GRAB BARB HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 1 1/4" TO 1 1/2" MAX. • THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR 4 ANY PROJECTING OBJECT BELOW ORAT EACH END IS 1 1/2" • THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR 4 ANY PROJECTING OBJECT ABOVE IS 18" MIN. • GRAB BARS ARE LOCATED MIN 33" TO THE TOP OF GRIPPNG SURFACE 4 MAX 36" TO THE TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE. • THE SIDE GRAB BAR IS 42" MIN IN LENGTH 4 LOCATED 12" MAX. FROM BACK WALL 4 EXTENDING 54" MIN. FROM WALL • THE BACK GRAB BAR 18 36" MIK IN LENGTH, LOCATED 12" MIN. FROM CENTER LINE OF TOILET TOWARDS THE NEAR WALL 4 24" MIN. IN THE OTHER DIRECTION. GRAS 5Af;R5 AT WATER R CL OSE T5 NARROW OBSTRUCTION FREACH RAI GEE �n NARROW OBSTRUCTION Sca Is: NTS Sca Is. NTS UPPERCASE \ \ LAVATORY NOTES: \ - PROVIDE A CLEAR SPACE 30"x48" IN FRONT d OF THE LAVATORY. / IIID - THE 48" DEEP CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MAY _ EXTEND 19" MAX. UNDERNEATH THE LAV. 4 ELEC. WALL A MAX. OF 6" CAN EXTEND INTO THE REQ. \ 11" KNEE CLR. (9" TO 21" TOE SPACE. f ' MRAFF), - TOE CLEARANCE IS FROM (0" TO 9") AFF 4 CORRESPONDING 11" MR DEEP TAPERING 6" MIN. BEYOND THE LOWER POINT OF THE 11/4" TO 1 IR" oil DOWN TO 8" MIN. PEEP KNEE CLEARANCE, AND 11" MIN. FROM THE S MIN. FRONT EDGE OF LAV. REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, rL - KNEE CLEARANCE IS FROM (9" TO 21") AFF 4 WRIST. THE FORCE REQ. TO GRAB 11" MIN. CLR AT THE LOWER PORTION WALL OUTLETACTIVATE PROVIDE 48" BAR TO ENSURE PROVIDE 42" BAR t0 ENSURE TAPERING DOWN TO 8" MR CLR AT THE COMPLIANCE COMPLIANCE UPPER PORTION. PUSH SIDE I SPACE REQ. - ALL DRAIN 4 HOT WATER PIPES UNDER LAV. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER I36" MR NEED TO BE INSULATED OR COVERED w/ A BOOT OR SHIELD TO PREVENT CONTACT. L J ITOE GLR RL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FORM INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF — — — _ — — — — - ALL SHARP 4 ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER rq ,Q', 42. r (0" t0 AFF) 18 THE LAV. NEED to BE COVERED TO GRASPING OR WRIST MOVEMENT ( LEVERS, PUSH -FULLS OR 6" MIN PEEP PREVENT CONTACT. PANIC DEVICES ) I BEYOND TOE - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE Ma CLEAR SPACE. 30"x48" CLR FLR - TOP OF LAVATORY SHALL BE 34" MAX. AFF SPACE - BOTTOM OF FRONT APRON SHALL BE 29" CAN EXTND. 19" MAX. MIN. 11"MIN UNDER LAY. w/ 6" MAX. INTO REQ TOESPACE FAUCETS: 19" MAX. CLR FLOOR - FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECH. SPACE BELOW LAV. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPNG, PINCHING, OR TWIStINCs OF WRIST. - - - - - - t- 71 - THE FORCE to OPERATE THE FAUCET CONTROL SHALL BE 5 LSF. MAX - PUSH -TYPE 4 ELECTRONICALLY - CONTROLLED MECH. ARE ACCEPTABLE. - CL I - SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE t0 REMAIN I OPEN FOR 10 SECONDS MIN. I 6" MAX. INTO THE REQ TOE SPACE 30" W x 48" D CLR FLR. SPACE �LAVAOfi�� iR�QU[fRIEN Sca Is. NTS MIN. MIN 4 — — 04i 6-1 s C � I LU FLUSH VALVE O o ON WIDE SIDE 1 11- 9! 7111 Tz m f p 4U- i Q 2± = lt► A �- lu- n to11 1" TO 9" 70 Ck MOUNT AT 35V2" TO MAX TOP OF BAR TO I6 TO 18" ENSURE TO FINISHGRAB 5AR5 AT WATER Cr-T!�SET5 OBSTRUCTED Sca Is: NTS 6" RAISED WHEELCHAIR LWALLLL MOUNTED SIGNAGE 3.. TO BE LOCATED ON MIN. LATCH SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF DOOR -SWING. 1- UPPERCASE \ \ CHARACTERS \ LETTERING d i I/2" / IIID � _ REQ IF DOOR IS ELEC. WALL M \ MIN CLR � f ' 32" CLEAR Z CORRESPONDING 1 _ 11/4" TO 1 IR" FONT SHALL BE MECH. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH S BAR DIA LATCH 4 CLOSER I MIN. I REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, rL PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQ. TO GRAB BAR CLEARANCE WALL OUTLETACTIVATE PROVIDE 48" BAR TO ENSURE PROVIDE 42" BAR t0 ENSURE DOOR 4 HARDWARE NOTES: COMPLIANCE COMPLIANCE 54" MIN. PUSH SIDE I SPACE REQ. 1-11 12" 42" MIN. MAX. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER I36" MR OF 1/4". L J 24" 12" MIN. MIN 4 — — 04i 6-1 s C � I LU FLUSH VALVE O o ON WIDE SIDE 1 11- 9! 7111 Tz m f p 4U- i Q 2± = lt► A �- lu- n to11 1" TO 9" 70 Ck MOUNT AT 35V2" TO MAX TOP OF BAR TO I6 TO 18" ENSURE TO FINISHGRAB 5AR5 AT WATER Cr-T!�SET5 OBSTRUCTED Sca Is: NTS 6" RAISED WHEELCHAIR LWALLLL MOUNTED SIGNAGE 3.. TO BE LOCATED ON MIN. LATCH SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF DOOR -SWING. 1- UPPERCASE \ \ CHARACTERS \ LETTERING 14 ��tbQ RAISED 1/32" / IIID � um C REQ IF DOOR IS ELEC. WALL M \ Q � � f ' 32" CLEAR Z CORRESPONDING 1 GRADE 11 BRAILL z FONT SHALL BE MECH. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE 0, w ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT LATCH 4 CLOSER I MIN. I NOTES; - RESTROOM SIGNS ARE TO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF DOOR BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWM-. - RESTROOM SIGNS ARE PERMANENT ROOM SIGNS HAVING RAISED CHARACTERS WITH BRAILLE BELOW STATNG MEN, WOMEN, OR UNISEX WITH A 18" x 18" MIN. CLR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT 4 ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH TO WITHIN 3" WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTUDING OBJECTS - RESTROOM SIGNAGE HAS A PICTOGRAM ABOVE THE TEXT IN A SEPARATE FIELD 6" MR HIGH - RESTROOM OW44AGE HAS 6" MIN. HT. ISA ABOVE - SIGN 15 MOUNTED 80 THAT ITS BASELINE OF THE TOP ROW OF RAISED CHARACTERS 18 60' MAX AFF 4 THE BASELINE OF THE LOUDEST ROW OF TEXT IS 48" MM AEP 4 16 60" AFF TO THE CENTERLINE - RAISED CHARACTERS, PICTOGRAMS, AND SYMBOLS HAVE A NON -GLARE FNISH 4 CONTRAST WITH THEIR 5,4CXvROUND - RESTROOM IDENTIFICATION DOOR SIGNAGE IS TO BE LOCATED 60" AFF TO THE CENTERLINE ON THE DOOR, AND ARE TO BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM DOOR IN COLOR AND CONTRAST - THE SIGN SHOULD BE 1/4" THICK AND CONTRAST VISUALLY WITH THE DOOR - THE SIGN SHOULD HAVE ROUNDED, CHAMFERED, OR EASED COMeRS WITH A 1/8" MIN. RADIUS SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT5 Sca le: NTS 48" lit F----------7 a I I I I L----------� X X ADD. CLR SPACE Q Q RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, 14 ��tbQ APPLIANCES OR COOLING, F � aq REQ IF DOOR IS ELEC. WALL M SWITCH OUTLET BOX AND NO LEW THAN 15" FROM BOTTOM OF OUTLET 32" CLEAR MI 12" EQUIP. w/ BOTH FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. LCCr-CR VCaITGACiIIVIV Sca Is: NTS PULL SIDE 2! I I F I I � I I PROVIDE MIN. 10" Ht— I BOTTOM RAIL KICK PLATE AT ACCESSIBLE DOORS I PROv IN POCKET TO PREVENT 32" MIN. DOOR FROM FULLY RECEDING MIN. CLEARANCE • SLIDING DOOR -----------I PULL SIDE CLEARANCE n I SPACE REQ. L NDv e 1 z 18" MIN. CLEAR 9 I I F - 7 PULL SIDE - - - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I is,, MIN. CLR WHEN 'X' GREATER THA1N 8" I • DOOR CLOSERS MUST BE SET 80 THAT IT TAKES AT LEAST 5 DOOR LANDING CLEARANCES SEC. t0 CLOSE FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 9O DEG. TO WITHIN 12" OF THE LATCH . ALLOWABLE r_1 OSJRe / OPENING FORCE, INT. DOORS - 5 LSF. MAX. EXT. DOORS - 8 LBF. MAX DOOR CLEARANCE5 Sca Is: NTS m � a ,!r a -1P } r fes, IL d) VIL a _LU r O LU 0 O o� u C4W1 lu ~P F E0 - A 30"x48" CLR FLOOR SPACE IS PROVIDED AT EACH ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY. - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF THE ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY - ALL CONTROLS ARE WITHIN COMPLIANT REACH RANGES AND ARE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST - FORCE TO OPERATE OR ACTIVATE CONTROLS 18 5 LBB. MAX. - BABY CHANGING STATION SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED SO THAT THEY INTRUDE ON ANY REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE IN THE OPEN POSITION. IT IS PREFERABLE NOT TO LOCATE THEM IN THE ACCESSIBLE STALL - SOAP OR OTHER DISPENSERS LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL OF THE LAVATORY SHOULD BE 40" MAX. TO THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART IF THE LAV. OR COUNTER 18 20" OR LESS DEEP. - DISPENSERS, DISPOSAL UNITS, COAT HOOKS, AND SHELVES MAY OVERLAP THE CLEAR SPACE OF THE TOILET BY 3". - FREE-STANDING ACCESSORIES CAN NOT BE LOCATED IN THE CLEAR SPACE OF ANY DOOR OR OTHER ACCESSORY. - SEAT COVER DISPENSER CAN NOT BE LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL BEHND THE TOILET. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIE5 Scale: NTS NOTES: - ALL REACH RANGES ARE FROM 30" x 48" LEVER CLEAR SPACE OF (2%) SLOPE MAX. - ALL OPERABLE PARTS ARE WITHIN COMPLIABLE REACH RANGES - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE - ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND DO NOT REQ. TIGHT GRASPING, PNCHNG, OR TURNNG OF THE WRIST - FORCE TO OPERATE ANY CONTROLS SHALL BE 5 LBS. MAX. FORWARD REACH RANGE: - UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE IS 15" MIN. TO 48" MAX. - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGES SHOULD HAVE THE SAME CLEAR DEPTH BELOW THE OBSTRUCTION AS THE REACH DEPTH ABOVE - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE OVER AN OBJECT SHALL BE: • 48" MAX. WHEN LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 20" N DEPTH • 44" MAX. WHEN GREATER THAN 20" AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 25" N DEPTH SIDE REACH RANGE: - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE 10" MAX. FROM WALL - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT SHALL BE 54" MAX 4 LOW REACH OF 9" MIN. AFF - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX. AFF (FLR MOUNTED) AND 48" MAX AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION IS LESS THAN 10" AFF. - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX AFF (FLR MOUNTED) AND 46" MAX AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION 18 MORE THAN 10" 4 LESS THAN 24" AFF. Xr�FAMM 1/2 . _z o -err m OR Ori m w 4- IN x i INTO >1C1l� DEETAAL XTO LE"111111111111111 A3 ON �N fAlr lIC1101 Sca Is: NTS CHARACTERS RAISED CORRESPONDNG 1/32" 4 2" HIGH MAX GRADE II BRAILLE RM. 101 . _•••• - 4 REQUIRED • PERMANENT DOOR IDENTIFICATION ROOM SIGN CHARACTERS RAISED CHARACTERS I" HIG14T 5/8" 4 2" HIGH MIN. 12" MIN. w/ 1/4" STROKE CHARACTERS 5" HIGHT WEST STAI w/ 3/4" STROKE EXIT DN € MAIN LEVEL - STAIRS t ii•i CORRESPONDING CORRESPONONG GRADE II BRAILLE GRADE 11 BRAILLE TACTILE EXIT SIGN TACTILE 8TAIRWAY SIGN NOTES: ADD. CLR SPACE - CONTROL LIGHTING, SWITCHES, raq D SCO RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, 14 ��tbQ APPLIANCES OR COOLING, p�w� �N E.Q 0�" HEATNG AND VENTILATING aq REQ IF DOOR IS ELEC. WALL NO MORE THAN 48" FROM T.O. SWITCH OUTLET BOX AND NO LEW THAN 15" FROM BOTTOM OF OUTLET 32" CLEAR MI 12" EQUIP. w/ BOTH FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. _7 I - CONTROLS AND OPERATING O o MECH. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT LATCH 4 CLOSER I MIN. I REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, II ! DOOR At RECESS PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQ. TO CONVENIENCE 11 / OR ALCOVE WALL OUTLETACTIVATE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. OF FORCE. DOOR 4 HARDWARE NOTES: CLEARANCE UNINTERRUPTED SPACE AT BOTTOM OF DOOR SHALL BE 10". PUSH SIDE I SPACE REQ. THRESHOLD MAX. HT. SHALL BE 1/2" w/ MAX. VERTICAL CHANGE I I OF 1/4". L J J • EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FORM INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF — — — _ — — — — KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT . HARDWARE SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM SINGLE EFFORT, NO GRASPING OR WRIST MOVEMENT ( LEVERS, PUSH -FULLS OR PANIC DEVICES ) • HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED AND CENTER AT 30" - 44" HT. AFF • DOOR CLOSERS MUST BE SET 80 THAT IT TAKES AT LEAST 5 DOOR LANDING CLEARANCES SEC. t0 CLOSE FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 9O DEG. TO WITHIN 12" OF THE LATCH . ALLOWABLE r_1 OSJRe / OPENING FORCE, INT. DOORS - 5 LSF. MAX. EXT. DOORS - 8 LBF. MAX DOOR CLEARANCE5 Sca Is: NTS m � a ,!r a -1P } r fes, IL d) VIL a _LU r O LU 0 O o� u C4W1 lu ~P F E0 - A 30"x48" CLR FLOOR SPACE IS PROVIDED AT EACH ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY. - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF THE ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY - ALL CONTROLS ARE WITHIN COMPLIANT REACH RANGES AND ARE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST - FORCE TO OPERATE OR ACTIVATE CONTROLS 18 5 LBB. MAX. - BABY CHANGING STATION SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED SO THAT THEY INTRUDE ON ANY REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE IN THE OPEN POSITION. IT IS PREFERABLE NOT TO LOCATE THEM IN THE ACCESSIBLE STALL - SOAP OR OTHER DISPENSERS LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL OF THE LAVATORY SHOULD BE 40" MAX. TO THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART IF THE LAV. OR COUNTER 18 20" OR LESS DEEP. - DISPENSERS, DISPOSAL UNITS, COAT HOOKS, AND SHELVES MAY OVERLAP THE CLEAR SPACE OF THE TOILET BY 3". - FREE-STANDING ACCESSORIES CAN NOT BE LOCATED IN THE CLEAR SPACE OF ANY DOOR OR OTHER ACCESSORY. - SEAT COVER DISPENSER CAN NOT BE LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL BEHND THE TOILET. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIE5 Scale: NTS NOTES: - ALL REACH RANGES ARE FROM 30" x 48" LEVER CLEAR SPACE OF (2%) SLOPE MAX. - ALL OPERABLE PARTS ARE WITHIN COMPLIABLE REACH RANGES - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE - ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND DO NOT REQ. TIGHT GRASPING, PNCHNG, OR TURNNG OF THE WRIST - FORCE TO OPERATE ANY CONTROLS SHALL BE 5 LBS. MAX. FORWARD REACH RANGE: - UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE IS 15" MIN. TO 48" MAX. - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGES SHOULD HAVE THE SAME CLEAR DEPTH BELOW THE OBSTRUCTION AS THE REACH DEPTH ABOVE - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE OVER AN OBJECT SHALL BE: • 48" MAX. WHEN LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 20" N DEPTH • 44" MAX. WHEN GREATER THAN 20" AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 25" N DEPTH SIDE REACH RANGE: - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE 10" MAX. FROM WALL - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT SHALL BE 54" MAX 4 LOW REACH OF 9" MIN. AFF - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX. AFF (FLR MOUNTED) AND 48" MAX AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION IS LESS THAN 10" AFF. - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX AFF (FLR MOUNTED) AND 46" MAX AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION 18 MORE THAN 10" 4 LESS THAN 24" AFF. Xr�FAMM 1/2 . _z o -err m OR Ori m w 4- IN x i INTO >1C1l� DEETAAL XTO LE"111111111111111 A3 ON �N fAlr lIC1101 Sca Is: NTS CHARACTERS RAISED CORRESPONDNG 1/32" 4 2" HIGH MAX GRADE II BRAILLE RM. 101 . _•••• - 4 REQUIRED • PERMANENT DOOR IDENTIFICATION ROOM SIGN CHARACTERS RAISED CHARACTERS I" HIG14T 5/8" 4 2" HIGH MIN. 12" MIN. w/ 1/4" STROKE CHARACTERS 5" HIGHT WEST STAI w/ 3/4" STROKE EXIT DN € MAIN LEVEL - STAIRS t ii•i CORRESPONDING CORRESPONONG GRADE II BRAILLE GRADE 11 BRAILLE TACTILE EXIT SIGN TACTILE 8TAIRWAY SIGN RECEPTACLE u OUTLET L CONTROLS, SWITCHES, AND OUTLETS INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM CONTROL �4E IGHT-S Sca Is: NTS NOTES: - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING SIGNAGE IN FIELD AND PROVIDE NEW SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED PER FL ACCESSIBILITY CODE - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORD "EXIT" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT 18 REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN - TACTILE EXIT SIGN IS REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO ILLUMINATED SIGN ABOVE EXIT DOORS - CONTRACTED GRADE II BRAILLE PER 2012 FL ACCESSiBLTY CODE SHALL BE USED - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS SHALL BE UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 11 BRAILLE - PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A PERSON APPROACH WITHOUT ENCCUNTERNG PROTUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHNG THE SWING PATH OF DOOR - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO PER 2012 FL ACCESSIBLTY CODE - CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH BACKGROUND - CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH - SIGNAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 60" AFF. TO THE CENTER OF THE SIGN and per 10323. ADDITIONAL MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS LOCATION SHALL BE SO THAT A PERSON APPROACHING WITHIN 3" OF SIGN DOES NOT ENCOUNTER PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR TACTILE EXIT 5IGNAGE REQUIREMENT5 Scale: NTS V �O NOTES: - CONTROL LIGHTING, SWITCHES, raq D SCO RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, 14 ��tbQ APPLIANCES OR COOLING, p�w� �N E.Q 0�" HEATNG AND VENTILATING aq EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED ELEC. WALL NO MORE THAN 48" FROM T.O. SWITCH OUTLET BOX AND NO LEW THAN 15" FROM BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX TO THE LEVEL OF FN. FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. _7 I - CONTROLS AND OPERATING O o MECH. SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQ. TO CONVENIENCE CONTROLS SHALL BE WALL OUTLETACTIVATE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. OF FORCE. RECEPTACLE u OUTLET L CONTROLS, SWITCHES, AND OUTLETS INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM CONTROL �4E IGHT-S Sca Is: NTS NOTES: - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING SIGNAGE IN FIELD AND PROVIDE NEW SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED PER FL ACCESSIBILITY CODE - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORD "EXIT" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT 18 REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN - TACTILE EXIT SIGN IS REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO ILLUMINATED SIGN ABOVE EXIT DOORS - CONTRACTED GRADE II BRAILLE PER 2012 FL ACCESSiBLTY CODE SHALL BE USED - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS SHALL BE UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 11 BRAILLE - PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A PERSON APPROACH WITHOUT ENCCUNTERNG PROTUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHNG THE SWING PATH OF DOOR - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO PER 2012 FL ACCESSIBLTY CODE - CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH BACKGROUND - CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH - SIGNAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 60" AFF. TO THE CENTER OF THE SIGN and per 10323. ADDITIONAL MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS LOCATION SHALL BE SO THAT A PERSON APPROACHING WITHIN 3" OF SIGN DOES NOT ENCOUNTER PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR TACTILE EXIT 5IGNAGE REQUIREMENT5 Scale: NTS V �O raq D SCO w 0� R w 14 ��tbQ to Ci �rb to N�� I p�w� �N E.Q 0�" Cog 02 OM I q aq pa t,Q�y4 �6 a HC) �a w O r N r Uj Wr Q N Q J a LL Z O Q �r ON W` r W CO W W > 00 cc IL O ZJ oa" OCCcc j 0 0 ZNZ J Cm REVISIONS 0 A 0 PROD N0.:18-024 DATE. S-28-18 PBEBE DRIEINOB IRO COPE RIQB7zD DY EDdBIGE l/INAGWAM T L&C, 8018 PBIE COPPRICRr AND OrA= RIC$S8 REEPRiCTS 78E USa OF PssBl DOCV7ATJ 7B !10 t6E OR/CIAIL sm OR PO8F0EE !OR WR•IC6 lRZY MW PREPARED. ALVARDUCT/ON9. C61NGE8, OR I981CNAMM ARE 8l7VCTZY PRODm!!!D. DRA AIN: AE CHECK.' AE am C:1Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A601.dwg, A601 STD HC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:43 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHA TER 3 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCESSIBILITY - BUIL ING BLOCKS 301 GENERAL 3043 Size. Turning space shall comply with 3043.1 or 3043.2. 301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 3 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced 3043.1 Circular Space. The turning space shall be a space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum. by a requirement in this code. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. 302 FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES 30432 T -Shaped Space. The turning space shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1525 mm) 302.1 General. Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall comply with square minimum with arms and base 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be 302. clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306 only at the end of either the base or one arm. 3022 Carpet. Carpet or carpet the shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad.Carpet or carpet tile shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge.Carpet edge trim shall comply with 303. z j -24,11 y..._..�...:.,..w i t � t 1fmax #�#.,, 13 FIGURE 30432 T -SHAPED TURNING SPACE 304.4 Door Swing. Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces. FIGURE 3022 CARPET PILE HEIGHT 23 Openings. Openings in floor or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter except as allowed in 401.43, 409.43, 410.4, 810.53 and 810.10. Elongated openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. 001*w& to I el 1,00 1 afkawd 4�__o FiGURE 3023 ELONGATED OPENINGS IN FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES 303 CHANGES IN LEVEL 303.1 General. Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall comply with 303. 3032 Vert Ica I.Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be vertical. Yew FIGURE 3032 VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL 3033 Beveled. Changes in level between 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2. Advisory 3033 Beveled.A change in level of 1/2 inch (13 mm) is permitted to be 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) vertical plus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) beveled. However, in no case may the combined change in level exceed 1/2 inch (13 mm). Changes in level exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm) must comply with 405 (Ramps) or 406 (Curb Ramps). FIGURE 3033 BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL 303.4 Ramps. Changes in level greater than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply with 405 or 406. 304 TURNING SPACE 304.1 General. Turning space shall comply with 304. 3042 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. Advisory 3042 Floor or Ground Surface Exception. As used in this section, the phrase "changes in level"refers to surfaces with slopes and to surfaces with abrupt rise exceeding that permitted in Section 3033. Such changes 1n level are prohibited in required clear floor and ground spaces, turning spaces, and in similar spaces where people using wheelchairs and other mobility devices must park their mobility aids such as in wheelchair spaces, or manuver to use elements such as at doors, fixtures, and telephones. The exception permits slopes not steeper than 1:48. 305 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE 305.1 General. Clear floor or ground space shall comply with 305. 3052 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 3053 Size. The clear floor or ground space shall be 30 inches (160 mm) minimum by 46 inches (1220 mm) minimum. 8 min Ile E W_. FIGURE 3053 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE 305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. 305.B Position. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either forward or parallel approach to an element. FIGURE 305.5 POSITION OF CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE 305.6 Approach. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an accessible route or adjoin another clear floor or ground space. 305.1 Maneuvering Clearance. Where a clear floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be provided in accordance with 305.1.1 and 30512. 305.1.1 Forward Approach. Alcoves shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 24 inches (610 mm). FIGURE 305.1.1 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE iN AN ALCOVE, FORWARD APPROACH 305.12 Parallel Approach Alcoves shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 15 inches (380 mm). FIGURE 305.12 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, PARALLEL APPROACH 306 KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE 306.1 General. Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground space or turning space, the space shall comply with 306. Additional space shall not be prohibited beneath an element but shall not be considered as part of the clear floor or ground space or turning space. 3062 Toe Clearance. 3062.1 General. Space under an element between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall be considered toe clearance and shall comply with 3062. 3062.2 MaximumDepth.Toe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under anelement. 306.23 Minimum Required Depth. Where toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear floor space, the toe clearance shall extend 11 inches (430 mm) minimum under the element. 306.2.4 Additional Clearance.Space extending greater than 6 inches (150 mm) beyond the available knee clearance at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not be considered toe clearance. 3062.5 Width. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (160 mm) wide minimum. 230 e am i7_26 too FIGURE 3062 TOE CLEARANCE 3063 Knee Clearance. 3063.1 Genera I.8pace under an element between 9 inches (230 mm) and 21 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall comply with 3063. 30632 Maximum Depth Knee clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 30633 Minimum Required Depth. Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a clear floor space, the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep minimum at 21 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 3063.4 Clearance Reduction. Between 9 inches (230 mm) and 21 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground, the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for each 6 inches (150 mm) in height. 3063.5 Width. Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (160 mm) wide minimum. V101 Prt FiGURE 3063 KNEE CLEARANCE 301 PROTRUDING OBJECTS 301.1 General. Protruding objects shall comply with 301. 3012 Protrusion Limits. Objects with leading edges more than 21 inches (685 mm) and not more than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4 inches (100 mm) maximum horizontally into the circulation path. EXCEPTION: Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 41/2 inches (115 mm) maximum. FIGURE 3012 LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS 3013 Post -Mounted Objects. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons shall overhang circulation paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 21 inches (685 mm) minimum and 80 inches (2030 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater than 12 inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be 21 inches (685 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2030 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be required to comply with 3013. r� FIGURE 3013 POST -MOUNTED PROTRUDING OBJECTS 301.4 Vertical Clearance. Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2030 mm) high minimum. Guardrails or other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80 inches (2030 mm) high. The leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 21 inches (685 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 18 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. FIGURE 301.4 VERTICAL CLEARANCE 301.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes. i 308 REACH RANGES 308.1 General. Reach ranges shall comply with 308. 3082 Forward Reach 3082.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward reach is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. FIGURE 3082.1 UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 300.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend beneath the element for a distance not less than the required reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches (510 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 inches (510 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches (1120 mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) maximum. FIGURE 305.2.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH 3083 Side Reach. 3063.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the side reach is unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTIONS: 1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. FIGURE 3083.1 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH 30832 Obstructed High Reach. Where a clear floor or Ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the high side reach is over an obstruction, the height of the obstruction shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum and the depth of the obstruction shall be 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. The high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 10 inches (255 mm), the high side reach shall be 46 inches (1110 mm) maximum For a reach depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. ) FIGURE 30832 OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH 309 OPERABLE PARTS 309.1 General. Operable parts shall comply with 309. 3092 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. 309314eight.Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges specified in 308. 309.4 Opera tion.Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104. 1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. � a m C" �o5Cq� 14 rZt, 1.06 Cb �� aN c� � 04 O ra 0 VM N r W I- ca a N a J IL 0 cc O LL Z0 a � CO) ON VM N W N � W� W W> >E 00 IL O �ZJ 0 a LL OCC1Z JOO in LL ZNZ J N Cc REVISIONS A A A A A A A ca Z 0 a V LL W cc 0 Z a J a W LU a a V H J m ca W V V a V LL N N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rasa DJUMss ARE corr- Brarm Br JMES lY �uMas�iatvl; tic, mea rale carrl+rcar AM ortaa A== aearxrcra rim ass or rias Docoinra m rim oBIoDM ells an lis F" r>aca rlar nese Au"UU so. xsr>tosacrro IX caMM. na Asap AM srA=r PiWAMMMIL DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A602.dwg, A602 CPT3 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:46 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERM11 J FIGURE 301.4 VERTICAL CLEARANCE 301.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes. i 308 REACH RANGES 308.1 General. Reach ranges shall comply with 308. 3082 Forward Reach 3082.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward reach is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. FIGURE 3082.1 UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 300.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend beneath the element for a distance not less than the required reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches (510 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 inches (510 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches (1120 mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) maximum. FIGURE 305.2.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH 3083 Side Reach. 3063.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the side reach is unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTIONS: 1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. FIGURE 3083.1 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH 30832 Obstructed High Reach. Where a clear floor or Ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the high side reach is over an obstruction, the height of the obstruction shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum and the depth of the obstruction shall be 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. The high side reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 10 inches (255 mm), the high side reach shall be 46 inches (1110 mm) maximum For a reach depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. ) FIGURE 30832 OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH 309 OPERABLE PARTS 309.1 General. Operable parts shall comply with 309. 3092 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided. 309314eight.Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges specified in 308. 309.4 Opera tion.Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104. 1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. � a m C" �o5Cq� 14 rZt, 1.06 Cb �� aN c� � 04 O ra 0 VM N r W I- ca a N a J IL 0 cc O LL Z0 a � CO) ON VM N W N � W� W W> >E 00 IL O �ZJ 0 a LL OCC1Z JOO in LL ZNZ J N Cc REVISIONS A A A A A A A ca Z 0 a V LL W cc 0 Z a J a W LU a a V H J m ca W V V a V LL N N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rasa DJUMss ARE corr- Brarm Br JMES lY �uMas�iatvl; tic, mea rale carrl+rcar AM ortaa A== aearxrcra rim ass or rias Docoinra m rim oBIoDM ells an lis F" r>aca rlar nese Au"UU so. xsr>tosacrro IX caMM. na Asap AM srA=r PiWAMMMIL DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A602.dwg, A602 CPT3 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:46 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERM11 ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 4 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCESSIBILITY - A 402 ACCESS15LE ROUTES ESSIBLE ROUTES 402.1 General. Accessible routes shall comply with 402. TA5LE 4042.4.1 4022 Components.Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components:walking MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS AND GATES surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the Flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts. All components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 4 and 2083.1. 403 WALKING SURFACES 403.1 General. Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with 403. 4032 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302. 4033 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces sha I I not be steeper than 1:48. 403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303. 4035 Clearances. Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with 403.5. EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, clearances on common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed. 4035.1 Clear Width. Except as provided in 403.52 and 40353, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION: The clear width shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (615 mm) minimum for a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 48 inches (1220 mm)long minimum and 36 inches (915 mmAuide minimum. FiGURE 4035.1 CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 40352 Clear Width at Turn. Where the accessible route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum approaching the turn, 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum at the turn and 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum leaving the turn. EXCEPT ION: Where the clear width at the turn is 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum compliance with 40352 shall not be required. 403.5.3 Passing Spaces.Anaccessible route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525 mm) shall provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 Feet (61 m) maximum. Passing spaces shall be either: a space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minTmumt or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a T-shaped space complying with 30432 where the base and arms of the T-shaped space extend 46 inches (1220 mm) minimum beyond the intersection. 404 DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES 404.1 General. Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 404. EXCEPT ION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be required to comply with 4042.1, 40428, 4042.9, 40432 and 4043.4 through 4043.1. 404.2 Manual Doors, Doorways, and Manual Gates. Manual doors and doorways and manual gates intended for user passage shall comply with 4042. 4042.1 Revolving Doors, Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 404.2.2 Double -Leaf Doors and Gates. At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with 40423 and 4042.4. 404.23 Clear Width. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (865 mm) and 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (100 mm). EXCEPTIONS: 1. In alterations, a projection of 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for the latch side stop. 2. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be I8 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. 32 mlltn 32 min sas eis FIGURE 40423 CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS 4042.4 Maneuvering Clearances. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance. EXCEPTION:Entry doors to hospital patient rooms shall not be required to provide the clearance beyond the latch side of the door. 4042.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 4042.4.1. MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWING DOORS AND GATES TYPE OF USE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE APPROACH DIRECTION DOOR OR GATE SiDE PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (5EYOND LATCH SIDE UNLESS NOTED) FROM FRONT PULL 60 INCHES IS INCHES FROM FRONT PUSH 48 INCHES 0 INCHES (1) FROM HINGE SIDE PULL 60 INCHES 36 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PULL 54 INCHES 42 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PUSH 42 INCHES(2) 22 INCHES(3) FROM LATCH SiDE PULL 48 INCHES(4) 24 INCHES FROM LATCH 81DE PUSH 42 INCHES(4) 24 INCHES I. Add 12 inches (305 mm) if closer and latch are provided. 2. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer and latch are provided. 3. Beyond hinge side. 4. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer is provided. 4042.4.2 Doorways without Doors or Crates, Sliding Doors, and Folding Doors. Doorways less than 36 inches (915 mm) wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 4042.42. TABLE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, MANUAL SLIDING DOORS, AND MANUAL FOLDING DOORS 1. Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. 1 f 1 1 � i I Wile --T- FIGURE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than S inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. Advisory 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway. This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed. r F 1i 0 4042.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 40425 shall be permitted. 40425 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. EXCEPTION:Existing or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (19 mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 40425. 404216 Doors in Series and Gates in Series.The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. 404.2.1 Door and Grate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4.0perable parts of such hardware shalt be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self -latching devices at 54 inches (1310 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock. 40428 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 4042.8. 40428.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 404282 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 10 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening Force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 3. Exterior hinged doors "It be designed so that such doors can be pushed or pulled open with a force not exceeding 8.5 pounds (378 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Advisory 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the Force required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep the door in a closed position Florida law, x.553.504(6), F.S., establishes requirements For exterior door opening force. 4042.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)of the same plane as the other.Cavitles created by added kick plates shall be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface might requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 4042.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped. 4043 Automatic and Power -Assisted Doors and Gates.Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 4043. Full -powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/5HMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power -assisted doors shall comply with AN5I/514MA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). 4043.1 Clear Width. shall s Doorwa provide a clear opening Doorways p p g of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in power -on and power -off mode.The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position. 404.32 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power -assisted doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 4042.4. EXCEPTION:Where automatic doors and gates remain open in the power -off condition, compliance with 404.2.4 shall not be required. 40433 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways "It comply with 40425. 4043.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series "It comply with 4042.6. 40435 Controls. Manually operated controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 4043.6 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 4042 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 404316 shall not be required. 4043.1 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT_STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE APPROACH DIRECTION PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (BEYOND STOP/LATCH SIDES UNLESS NOTED ) FROM FRONT 48" INCHES 0 INCHES FROM SIDE(1) 42 INCHES 0 INCHES FROM POCKET/HINGE SIDE 42 INCHES 22 INCHES (2) FROM STOP/HINGE SIDE 42 INCHES 24 INCHES 1. Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. 1 f 1 1 � i I Wile --T- FIGURE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than S inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. Advisory 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway. This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed. r F 1i 0 4042.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 40425 shall be permitted. 40425 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. EXCEPTION:Existing or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (19 mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 40425. 404216 Doors in Series and Gates in Series.The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. 404.2.1 Door and Grate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4.0perable parts of such hardware shalt be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self -latching devices at 54 inches (1310 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock. 40428 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 4042.8. 40428.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 404282 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 10 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening Force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 3. Exterior hinged doors "It be designed so that such doors can be pushed or pulled open with a force not exceeding 8.5 pounds (378 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Advisory 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the Force required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep the door in a closed position Florida law, x.553.504(6), F.S., establishes requirements For exterior door opening force. 4042.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)of the same plane as the other.Cavitles created by added kick plates shall be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface might requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 4042.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped. 4043 Automatic and Power -Assisted Doors and Gates.Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 4043. Full -powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/5HMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power -assisted doors shall comply with AN5I/514MA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). 4043.1 Clear Width. shall s Doorwa provide a clear opening Doorways p p g of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in power -on and power -off mode.The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position. 404.32 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power -assisted doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 4042.4. EXCEPTION:Where automatic doors and gates remain open in the power -off condition, compliance with 404.2.4 shall not be required. 40433 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways "It comply with 40425. 4043.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series "It comply with 4042.6. 40435 Controls. Manually operated controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 4043.6 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 4042 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 404316 shall not be required. 4043.1 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT_STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED A O M r N r W H ca Q N Q J IL O LL ZO Q M CO r ON ~ TM W UCOJ W Op IL �ZJ 0JIr � OCCCC JOO LL ZNZ _Q.1NCc REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 cc Z _O Q V LL V UJ cc 0 Z Q ca J Q W ccW H a Q Z V _J _m co W V V Q V LL T N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 Friss MUM= AM ADPY- NORM Dr J/AMMONr,K"fS rMS COP MUT AM OT"A RIOan assrRrcrs res US! or rasss DOcviaxrs TO rAff 0RR7 MU SM OR PUAMS FOR Farce Tsar FSRs MWARM. DRAWN - AE CHECK.• AE FIGURE 4042.6 DOORS IN I ERIES AND GATES IN SERIES C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A603.dwg, A603 CPT4 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:51 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT W "h Q-4005 A �� tj 1 CV �1 N Q �w CO Cb ocz;q 04 w � to lit A O M r N r W H ca Q N Q J IL O LL ZO Q M CO r ON ~ TM W UCOJ W Op IL �ZJ 0JIr � OCCCC JOO LL ZNZ _Q.1NCc REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 cc Z _O Q V LL V UJ cc 0 Z Q ca J Q W ccW H a Q Z V _J _m co W V V Q V LL T N PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 Friss MUM= AM ADPY- NORM Dr J/AMMONr,K"fS rMS COP MUT AM OT"A RIOan assrRrcrs res US! or rasss DOcviaxrs TO rAff 0RR7 MU SM OR PUAMS FOR Farce Tsar FSRs MWARM. DRAWN - AE CHECK.• AE FIGURE 4042.6 DOORS IN I ERIES AND GATES IN SERIES C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A603.dwg, A603 CPT4 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:51 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE 2017 FBC-ACCESSIBILITY - PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES 601 GENERAL 6045.1 Side Wall. The side wall grab bar shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) Ion minimum, located 12 601.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 6 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced g g by a requirement in this code. inches (305 mm) maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (1310 mm) minimum from the 602 DRINKING FOUNTAINS rear wall. 602.1 General. Drinking fountains sha I I comply with 301 and 602. 6022 Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach and centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be MOM provided. �, Iwo 6023 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. 602.4 Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor or 42 6round. 02.5 Spout Location. The spout shall be located 15 inches (380 mm) minimum from the vertical support y and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers. FIGURE 6028 DRINKING FOUNTAIN SPOUT LOCATION 602.6 Water Flow. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit.The angle of the water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the Front face of the unit.Where spouts are located less than 3 inches (15 mm) of the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees maximum. Where spouts are located between 3 inches (15 mm) and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees maximum. 602.1 Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 603 TOILET AND 5ATHING ROOMS 603.1 General. Toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with 603. 6032 Clearances. Clearances shall comply with 6032. 6032.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room. 60322 Overlap. Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fixtures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap. 60323 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors shall be permitted to swing into the required turning space. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Doors to a toilet room or bathing room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance provided the swing of the door can be reversed to comply with 60323. 2. Where the toilet room or bathing room is for individual use and a clear floor space complying with 3053 is provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. 6033 Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 603.4 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 604 WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS 604.1 General. Water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with 6042 through 6045. EXCEPTION: Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 604.9. 6042 Location. The water closet shall be positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water closet shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in 60452. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach. FiGURE 6042 WATER CLOSET LOCATION 604.3 Clearance. Clearances around water closets and in toilet compartments shall comply with 6043. 604.3.1 Size. Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the side wall and 56 inches (1420 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wa 11. 1_ 1 i i OD� FIGURE 6043.1 SiZE OF CLEARANCE AT WATER CLOSETS 604.32 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance. 604.4 Seats. The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 11 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. 6045 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with 60S.Grab bars shall be provided on the side wall closest to the water closet and on the rear wall. FIGURE 604.5.1 SIDE WALL GRAB 5AR AT WATER CLOSETS 604.5.2 Rear wall. The rear wall grab bar shall be 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and extend From the centerline of the water closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on the other side. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The rear grab bar shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water closet. 2. Where an administrative authority requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet area. FIGURE 604.52 REAR WALL GRAB BAR WATER CLOSETS 60410 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309.Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 60452. 604.1 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser.The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. Advisory 604.1 Dispensers. If toilet paper dispensers are installed above the side wall grab bar, the outlet of the toilet paper dispenser must be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor and the top of the gripping surface of the grab bar must be 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor. FIGURE 604.1 DISPENSER OUTLET LOCATION 6045 Toilet Compartments.Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the requirements of 6045.1 and 6045.3. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with 603. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.2 and 60453. 6045.1 Wheelchair Accessible Compartments. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall comply with 6045.1. 6045.1.1 Size. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the sidewall, and 56 inches (1420 mm) deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. iii a1er ch*kbft dw eked FIGURE 6045.1.1 SIZE OF WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT 6045.12 Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with 404 except that if the approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum.Doors shall be located in the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the front partition.The door shall be self-closing.A door pull complying with 4042.1 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment area. dw .rwrrr�.�■rsrwnw>r�. FI URE 6045.12 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS 6045.13 Approach. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet. 6045.1.4 Toe Clearance. The front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment -side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. EXCEPTION:Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment greater than 62 inches (1515 mm) deep with a wall -hung water closet or 65 inches (1650 mm) deep with a floor -mounted water closet. Toe clearance at the side partition is not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1615 mm) wide. Toe clearance at the Front partition is not required in a compartment for children's use that is greater than 65 inches (1650 mm) deep. fi FIGURE 6045.1.4 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE 6045.1.5 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be located on the wall closest to the water closet. In addition, a rear -wall grab bar complying with 604.52 shall be provided. 6045.1:6 Lavatory. In new construction, the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment shall contain an accessible lavatory within it, which must be at least 19 inches wide by 11 inches deep, nominal size, andwall-mounteci.The lavatory shall be mounted so as not to overlap the clear floor space areas required by section 604 for the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment and shall comply with section 606. Such lavatories shall be counted as part of the required fixture count for the building. See also section 2133.4. 6045.1.1 Water closet. In new construction, the accessible water closet within the wheelchair accessible compartment shall be located in the corner, diagonal to the door. Advisory 6045.1Io Lavatory and 6045.1.1 Water Closet. Florida law, section 553.504(5), F.S., stipulates that "...required bathing rooms and toilet rooms in new construction shall be designed and constructed..." with an accessible lavatory in the wheelchair accessible compartment and the water closet located in a corner diagonal to the door. The ADA Standards for Accessible Design and therefore this code require wheelchair accessible compartments in new construction and in alterations of existing buildings to have self closing doors. While the Florida lavatory requirement and water closet placement apply only to new construction, they are desirable for all wheelchair accessible compartments and should be considered where feasible. FIGURE 6045.1.6 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT IN NEW CONSTRUCTION Note: The drawings are not the complete code requirements, do not depict all possible options and the code text must be reviewed for additional requirements 60453 Coat Hooks and Shelves.Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 605 URINALS 605.1 General. Urinals sha l I comply with 605. 6052 Height and Depth. Urinals shall be the stall -type or the wall -hung type with the rim 17 inches (430 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall be 13 1/2 inches (345 mm) deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture. 14314 min IT/imin i7nm 105 REFERENCED STANDARDS 105.1 Genera I. The standards listed in 1052 are incorporated by reference in this code and are part of the requirements to the prescribed extent of each such reference. The Director of the Federal Register has approved these standards for incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(x) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the referenced standards may be inspected at the Architectural and Transportation 5arriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004± at the Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, Disability Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC± at the Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10424, Washington DC± or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-141-6030 1052 Referenced Standards. The specific edition of the standards listed below are referenced in this code. Where differences occur between this code and the referenced standards, this code applies. 1052.1 ANSI/5HMA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Avenue, 11th floor, New fork, NY 10011 (http://www.buildersharclware.com). ANSI/5,HMA A156.10-1999 American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors (see 4043). ANSI/5HMA A156.19-1991 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 4043, 40832.1, and 4093.1). ANSI/5HMA A156.19-2002 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 4043, 40832.1, and 4093.1). AN5I/5HMA A156.19-1991 and A156.19-2002 applies to power assist doors, low energy power operated doors or low energy power open doors for pedestrian use not provided for in ANSi/BHMA A156.10 for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors. Included are provisions intended to reduce the chance of user injury or entrapment. 10522 ASME. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016 (http://wwwAsme.org). 10523 ASTM. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org). 1052.4 ICC/15C. Copies of the referenced standard may be obtained from the International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, Virginia 22041 (wwwJccsafe.org). International 5uilding Code, 2000 Edition (see 207.1, 2012, 216.42, 216.43, and 10052.1). International Building Code, 2001 Supplement (see 201.1 and 2012). International 5uilding Code, 2003 Edition (see 201.1, 2012, 216.42, 216.43, and 10052.1). 1052.5 NFPA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the National Fire Protection Association, 15atterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-7411, (http://www.nfpa org). NFPA 12 National Fire Alarm Code, 1999 Edition (see 102.1 and 809.52). NFPA 12 National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition (see 102.1 and 809.5.2 ). (a) ) ' sw " FIGURE 6052 HEIGHT AND DEPTH OF URINALS 6053 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach sha I I be provided. 605.4 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309. 606 LAVATORIES AND SINKS 606.1 General. Lavatories and sinks shall comply with 606. Advisory 606.1 General. iF soap and towel dispensers are provided, they must be located within the reach ranges specified in 308. Locate soap and towel dispensers so that they are conveniently usable by a person at the accessible lavatory. 6062 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with 305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided. 6063 Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 606.4 Faucets. Controls for faucets shall comply with 309. Hand -operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. 6065 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces.Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. ca .+ WGa -04 Enka� � C9 14 cow e kbC4eq b ci h� rV �o cc 00 64 Ru °!°pcs, Rp oeo c O w Ila Cqo waw AN=ONr Z. anal 0 co r r W ICAI- I0 IM LL aM CO) T- \ \ N ~ TM N W W� W W > 00 M 0 �ZLJL. cc J 0Ir X00 LL ZNZ sC0)Q AN(A REVISIONS 0 0 A 0 0 SX. co Z 0 Q 0 LL V W IL0 Z Q Q W m Uj CL Q Z 0 H J m U) CO) 0 V Q V LL N N PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 T=BW DBIMM IRI COPr- RrAMID Br (WSW MMACRANI . LLC. YOfd rats COPlRtCsr AM Or9lB JUGAW BSBTAWTS "M UBB or rAm DOCUAMM TO T" OB/C/Nu sm OB PUMM PW FMCa rJr WRM PBMAM. OBPOasuCNr DRAWN: AE CRECK.• AE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 A604.dwg, A604 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:55 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A604.dwg, A604-1 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:57 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION AND SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 7 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCE COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES 103 SIGNS 103.1 General. Signs shall comply with 103. Where both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided. 1032 Raised Characters. Raised characters shall comply with 1032 and shall be duplicated in braille complying with 1033. Raised characters shall be installed in accordance with 103.4. 1032.1 Depth. Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum above their background. 103.2.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase. 10323 Style.Characters shall be sane eerif.Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1032.4 Character Proportions.Charactere shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "I" 10325 Character Height. Character height measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8 inch (i6 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter "I". EXCEPTION: Where separate raised and visual characters with the same information are provided, raised character height shall be permitted to be 1/2 inch (13 mm) minimum. FIGURE 10325 HEIGHT OF RAISED CHARACTERS 1032.6 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I"shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character. 1032.1 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (32 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/16 inch (110 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (32 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements 3/6 inch OBB mm) minimum. 10328 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the raised character height. 1033 Braille. Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with 1033 and 103.4. 1033.1 Dimensions and Capitalization. Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table 1033.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms. TABLE 1033.1 BRAILLE DIMENSIONS MEASUREMENT NG MINIMUM IN INCHES MAXIMUM IN INCHES Dot base diameter 0.059 (15 mm) to 0.063 (1.6 mm) Distance between two dots in the same celll 0.090 (23 mm) to 0.100 (25 mm) Distance between corresponding dots in adjacent cellsl 0.241 (6.1 mm) to 0300 (1.6 mm) Dot height 0025 (0.6 mm) to 0.031 (0.9 mm) Distance between corresponding dots from one cell directly below) 0395 (10 mm) to 0.400 (102 mm) FIGURE 1033.1 BRAILLE MEASUREMENT 10332 Position. Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If text To multi -lined, braille shall be placed below the entire text.Braills shall be separated 3/6 inch 09.5 mm) minimum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements. EXCEPTION:Braills provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) minimum and shall be located either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised characters or symbols. FIGURE 103.4.1 FIGURE 1033.2 HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND POSITION OF BRAILLE 103.4 Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile characters shall comply with 103.4. 103.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or Ground.Tactile characters on signe shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character. EXCEPTION: Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 103.4.1. 3.42 Locatlon.Whers a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch sids.Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leafWhare a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active [safe, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand door.Whers there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold -open devices. FIGURE 103.42 LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS 1035 visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with 1035. EXCEPTION: Where visual characters comply with 1032 and are accompanied by braille complying with 1033, they shall not be required to comply with 10352 through 1035.9. 1035.1 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their background shall have a non -glare finisKCharacters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 10352 Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both. 10353 Style. Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1035.4 Character Proportions.Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "i" 103.55 Character Height. Minimum character height shall comply with Table 1035.5. viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing Further approach towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase lett "i". IBILITY - TA5LE 103.5.5 VISUAL CHARACTER HEIGHT HEIGHT TO FINISH FLOOR OR MAPEIProf(y��Asr.,einLM ISO I= RG GROUND FROM BASELINE OF HORIZONTAL VIEWING DISTANCE MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT CHARACTER B 961M aAX00 C. KEt�D(b IST 1300 ,0e2 rdA IBi�10XR3-xyFs%Quik$013Q37RGtNAN51A1i93orfletier 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than less than 72 inches (1630 mm) 5/8 ISO 13007i or equal to inch (16 mm) 5/8 inch (16 mm) 70 inches (1780 mm) A. Keratvrlt�T-*&ralaaW 9yaem ISO I3W7 C2f S2P2 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than B. K�erabpxidrlf£TafastacT"$�tstem 5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) or equal to 12 inches (1830 mm) and greater per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance 70 inches (1-180 mm) a.. fJkts€*sx 3 above 72 inches (1830 mm) Greater than 70 inches (1780 mm) E. dt 6rkxtFTT'a tso1300TC7rtsiP1 to less than or equal to 120 inches less than 180 inches (4510 mm) 2 inches (51 mm) (3050 mm) 3 eondad Crs3€� Membrane f]ptlar�: Greater than 70 inches (1180 mm) A. Alia rJartP 2(shiest) 2 inches (51 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) to less than or equal to 120 inches 180 inches (4510 mm) andreater 9 per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance (3050 mm) WOOD OR METAL STUDS above 180 Inches (4570 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 mm) less than 21 feet (6400 mm) 3 inches C15 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 21 feet (6400 mm) and greater 3 inches (15 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance mm) above 21 feet (6400 mm) 103.5.6 Height From Finish Floor or Ground. Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 103.5.6. 103.5.1 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I"shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent maximum of the height of the character. 103.5.8 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent characters, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 percent maximum of character height. 1035.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the character height. 103.6 Pictograms. Pictograms shall comply with 103.6. 1031o.1 Pictogram Field.Pictoerams shall have a field height of 6 inches (150 mm) minimum.Characters and braille shall not be located in the pictogram field. 40 FIGURE 103.6.1 PICTOGRAM FIELD 103.62 Finish and Contrast.Pictograme and their field shall have a non -glare finish.Pictograms shall contrast with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field. 103.63 Text Descriptors. Pictograms shall have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply with 1032, 1033 and 103.4. 103.1 Symbols of Accessibility. Symbols of accessibility shall comply with 103.1. 103.7.1 Finish and Contrast. Symbols of accessibility and their background shall have a non -glare finish. Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their background with either a light symbol on a dark background or a dark symbol on a light background. 103.12 Symbols. 103.12.1 International Symbol of Accessibility. The International Symbol of Accessibility shall comply with Figure 103.12.1. FIGURE 103.12.1 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 103.122 International Symbol of TTY. The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 103.122. FIGURE 103.122 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TTY 103.123 Volume Control Telephones. Telephones with a volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in Figure 103.123. FIGURE 103.123 VOLUME CONTROL TELEPHONE 103.72.4 Assistive Listening Systems.Assiative listening systems shall be identified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 103.12.4. FIGURE 103.12.4 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAPEt: MF125-Fuif On4round or -Above -Ground Congxate TCNA: F125-1 GFull Cracks l8'olation Membtane (Full Qoverage) Ceram IC Tile TTMACs N1A- 1). GROUT 2 CEMENTiT10US130ND COAT 3}, BONDED CRACK ISOLATION M EMbPANE 4), PRIMER FOR BONDED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE (SHEET) CONCRETE, ON-GRQUNQ OR AB.t�E.CROUND SOFT JOINT CRACK; __TI 6'r__ - __ I I'* " III mn u s . } SCALE, N, T. S. ' MAPEIProf(y��Asr.,einLM ISO I= RG IVF€nfenmPcrturmanaeR�ireeme�#siram T�h3�fBGWdeNnes; 1' Grout©1Arorrs: Ufracvtm'° A, Pbd�7+ 1EC31300TCCkF' Carried Grout`ISO 1300TCGIarANSIA1186arbeder B 961M aAX00 C. KEt�D(b IST 1300 ,0e2 rdA IBi�10XR3-xyFs%Quik$013Q37RGtNAN51A1i93orfletier Conentitious Bond Cost: ISO 13OD7 C2 or ANSI Al 18.4 L3. KerzZoar{vQ ru E ACAPEI F7ehC 7i CQ ISO 13007i Cerrieri3ltioas8ondCoa€(4n-Orornd)`IS01300TC191arANStAlIVarbetter 2, Centetditiaus Baia Co t pBun iso 13W7-Cx$2P2 riltiow Bond Cctat'(Ab-e-flfWW): 180 3007 G1S1 or ANSI At W4 or A. Keratvrlt�T-*&ralaaW 9yaem ISO I3W7 C2f S2P2 ei better B. K�erabpxidrlf£TafastacT"$�tstem tST131707C2ES�'2 Res 1, 2, 3, 5 G Grltrit ;ysCem i80 13007C217,821`2 Emri[ueimBtlta<C. 2iasificatr9tis a.. fJkts€*sx 3 ISO 1300702E,SiP1 CtkTinl 1, 2, 3, 5 E. dt 6rkxtFTT'a tso1300TC7rtsiP1 Resrdentlai{12e5). 1, 2, 3 F Uta kw Y7 A##d ISO I300T 02TF81 PI Serrtce Rating 3 eondad Crs3€� Membrane f]ptlar�: ComrreectaT (O ltrt} 2, 1, s A. Alia rJartP 2(shiest) s iceRaawa B. RlaAc'1�atice C,Y W WOOD OR METAL STUDS Ileavy:Rasid61ttu (htirt s eparlrrianta concbl nraums3 an'd C* mereiei (slogans; &. Pcitrgr iarBbtldeil Cradyisalat€otiMemk[ane mall €a buddfHgs, rastatu$r 9 zHerie i t€oAKs, hrrh'irdr i+or ehd 4, to jyJftiS A. M'APE33A4.F`ratlar''ie(ftx Skleatvnlyl. pra> er�tft irt�ge}, ideattarredUc+n§InolSetr�nsrr�l5sianffrraur t, ltoorsvl'rritdb�f ty or rni.&story bufdirgs Urakktys are devempedtvvmthe Tile Couad d Horan Ameit$* (TrNA)2a1fl TrWA. Hmdbook'for Cermnlo Tile Instattooa dad true tsna =. Tile aadMarbla Assovrstron of Cenad# ITtl d*C) Tie Iro;Uli ion Mahaat MAFEl prodU drn .ted asoPtlilrts and'Yre seksituted Lar T NTC and'TTMACs fls{W _AN BI and 15(1(Isc t3Claa� 6tandards: PI*Ass ref.t6the retexanaed handb cdirs sad cunam dato sheats"i tampiote xrstmsrioni Md-a¢pNestian'Inr3aban's' Somn:rre hNaSurr me#hods and admpammt mat n`ia15 gra not reterenoed..MAFEf nnr;oura2es-the us et to +rns"a allppprared,rescdrryas to errroie a aempletn asse{nk%r:. INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAPEI: MF115A Above -Ground Concrete TCNA: F1 15A-16 Epoxy Grout TTMAC: 311F -A Ceramic Tile TiLE EPDXY GROUT - 2). CEMENTiTIOUS BOND COAT' 3). OPTIONAL MEMBRANE i. Great Options; Wnimum Performance Recaufmam is from TCNA 2818 Wdetirtea A. YarapoxtAor Kerap0x CQ ISO I= RG EpoxyCitout 1St? 1317U7 Rt3`or ANSI Al 18.3 13 Ker4wxy,18G CQ ISS i3807 RQ �� �N DIN 2. tears-t3ond Coat Optiarm 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT Conentitious Bond Cost: ISO 13OD7 C2 or ANSI Al 18.4 A, Kemborx!' T l KemliestO System ISO 13W7 C2ES2P2 04o B. KerabonorKw4laWIk Systetn iso 13W7-Cx$2P2 C. GramrAwe System ISO 13007 C2FS2P3 m U*84xnr LFT- 18013007 CZTESI VI Res 1, 2, 3, 5 E. trftftx LFT Rapid tSQ 13 W7 A02T FSI P1 R U afNx 3 ISO 13007 C2ES1P1 CtkTinl 1, 2, 3, 5 S. (S IwW Membrane Options: A Napalm. ,Oahe erose Q Serrtce Rating 13. Mapelostia'315 Extra Hoary` r Nkw ars d.WW Awn due Tile Coura of North Anofka's (TC NA),2A16TC NA Handhasc tpr Cormick Tia kntallaftn ard the. Terrazzo, ('#* mrd Merbie A"miallnn of Cww TMAC) T$e IrAtallinim Marga( MA KI Prod= are Rftd as op*M end am x4aft*4 for TCA'4 and TTMAC'a tined ANS} *4 isp (ISO f 3w) sFand uft Pmm tow to. Aerarfae¢:iliaAMUS:WO «anent gam sheers rrx cglrptele brelruo na and epptobiitar llhiftlAl6ra. Soma inlibiallon methods wild c Mpmeat materials are tuff seftmic,o t. V4 1couragpa.ow uaar 040" all approved Mann ID am" a ram Oft sswnbly - INTERIOR WALLS OVER WOOD OR METAL STUDS MAPEI: MW248 Wood or Metal Studs TCNA. W248-16 Glass Mat Water -Resistant Gypsum Barker Board TTMAC N/A Ceramic Tile J' .= t -CERAMIC TILE 1). GROUT co �� 0404 H w ti Co �� �N DIN e�M00 00 P-4 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT In 4 w 04o wad, 1). GROUT 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT rt GLASS MAT WATER-RESISTANT " GYPSUM BACKER BOARD Q W WOOD OR METAL STUDS M Tee W J SCALE: N. T. S. M 011011 N F- T" MAProd � Aumbiy !lE,r I 1, Goaut options: M40mium PWRWmanea Rego nta *orn TC14A 2016 Gui nes A, UbpcaJore Plus FA €3013007 CG2WAF W CemerriNous Grout; ISO 13007 CGI or ANSI Al 18.6 or better S. Keracd bo *U Isa 13007 CO2WA W C' KeraftgxyA or Ke impaxy CQ I3013W7 RG EPDXY Grout:18013007 RG or ANSI A118,3 or better D. MAPEI FfexColot CQ /~/� v+ a Csmentitious Band Co&.' ISO 13007 C2S1 or ANSI A118 A or be#ter �: Gamentitieus Bond t:aat �: N ca A, Kon%tiorxl° T/"K&aWf * System 18013067 C2E82P2 EertArorunental Ctasasa8ona ISO 13607 C2ES2P2 �\A B, Kerabrn*K4eratesWft Systm Q. Cion# Sy$W t Mp 13007 CVS2102 Ree 1 tQ YI J 0. UAWaxTu 3 ISO 13,007 C2ES1P1 E. tRheBex+LFT'u ISO 43QO7 C2TESIP1 Comm 1 IIJ - F, Ufha %x LFT Rapid ISO 13007 G2TFS 1P1 a Q G; MAPE1 t/kl+ - Mortar ISO 13007 02T'ESIP1 " H, Adestlex" PlO tfor glass tile) ISt313007 C21'E p W 0 U. Orawinps are dsveN�ed 1RXrf bre Tbs CouncA of North America (TO A) 2018 TCNA Hw4mk rat C*Wft, Glass Tile Inert, and the Twvaam, Tie and Marble Aeaordapart of canedas I'rh?AC)I"da t iicrr Manual. itAPl� p gra ItPted aanp>;wla al'td gra au luted taTCNA'f *rW TTIuFWi; Rated.ANSI and Imo? PSS IV,07) aiandarda, Plaetsa rarar4o disre[anaeuad haNrNaolla and oust'antitaaa #heeb mrrydale it riCtione arM appi'wsialr Roftilaresom klaw0aw" methods ww "'. a errt cc rayls are rat mftmncad� 0 a cr) LU W r F- a 00 a TWO to Wlaea V Zy la - LU W J W > m Op a0 W U �ZU a 0�� m 0 0 LL LL ZNZ r a0)a 0 1J N (A N 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. REVISIONS 0 PROd N0.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 rRESE DBIFMW AIM COPr- PJGF D er i USZON tutlurrmtrr, HIM" Trice GIDPPRICer IND ores. JUVEM easrxrcra res ass ar rases DOWAUMM TO res 006D JS sm oe Pt7RFOSl MR PAM rear hese Pe ulliu D. AVRODUCrIM CHAMS. OR Assionrom An ererc7zr RWAZIUM DRAWN: AE CRE CK. AE A605 %L % JOVIOt I Vl ly "r- L_aNLV).Jtvl V1.JUUAX GV 10 rI VJCctslcu I o-U40V_U 10-UL0 MOUD.UWy, /i0V0 lrr I f r 6lr/i, u/zo/Lu to a+.00.VV /1IVI, I oily nt- LdPtuP, mutu%,mu cur knign l.ivallty r'flflt).PCO, HnUr1 Tull DIeeQ u (sn.uu x 24.UU inenes), 1:1, UUPYKIGH i EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT l� V m W „a,..---------�-- System No. BW -S-0003 r-1, cat'. a ; 11 -11 - ASSEMBLY RATINGS 1 AND 2 HK (SEE ITEM 2) �400 ML RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN l CFM/L[N FT (SEE ITEM 3B) �rQ a,� C 1_1==-=- L RATING AT 400°F LES (EE ITEM 3) w p00 1 14 LESS THAN 1 CFM/Lw FI s B System No. WW -S-0052 4 R JOINT WIDTH 3/4 IN. MAX 64 ASSEMBLY RAT[ JOINT WIDTHD �IN. MAX HR(SEE [TENS 2 AND 3B) Cn1+0 4A 04 L RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FT baa, �Q waw 8 L RATING AT 400 OF - LESS THAN I CFM/LIN FT 1 4 DESIGN NO. V435 DECEMBER 21, 201(o NONBEARING WALL RATINGS 1, 2, 3 OR 4 HR (SEE ITEMS 4 4 50 { INDICATES SUCH PRODUCTS SHALL BEAR THE UL OR CUL A CERTIFICATION MARK FOR JURISDICTIONS EMPLOYING THE UL OR CUL •�' ' • �' 'A •, ; •'# CERTIFICATION (SUCH AS CANADA), RESPECTIVELY. • ' QQ Aa 24 log - 1. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS -(NOT SHOWN) -CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE STUD SIZE, WITH MIN 1-1/4 IN. LONG LEGS, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS 24 IN. OC MAX. 36 �er8osra. alrarrexaoos�at 1. Floor Assembly -MIN 4121N. (114 MM) THICK REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF OR 2. STEEL STUDS -CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG 1600-2400 KG/M3) STRUCTURAL, CONCRETE FLOOR MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY 6 IN. (152 MM) THICK UL CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN WIDTH AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5, CLASSIFIED HOLLOW -CORE Precast Concrete Units*. MIN 1-1/4 IN. FLANGES AND 1/4 IN. RETURN, SPACED A MAX OF 24 IN. OC. SEE Precast Concrete Units CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURES. STUDS TO BE CUT 3/8 TO 3/4 IN. LESS THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT. 2. Wall Assembly - THE 1 OR 2 H FIRE -RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. IN ADDITION, THE WALL MAY INCORPORATE A HEAD -OF -WALL 3. NOT USED JOINT SYSTEM CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE HW SERIES JOINT SYSTEMS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. THE WALL SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A. Steel Floor Runner - FLOOR RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF MIN NO. 25 GAUGE GALV STEEL 1. Wall Assembly - THE 1, Z 3 OR 4 HR FIRE -RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE 4. 4. BATTS AND BLANKETS* -(REQUIRED AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE STEEL STUDS (ITEM 2B). FLOOR RUNNERS TO BE PROVIDED WITH MIN 1-1/4 CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES 5) -MINERAL WOOL BATTS, FRICTION FITTED BETWEEN STUDS AND RUNNERS. IN. (32 MM) FLANGES. RUNNERS SECURED WITH STEEL FASTENERS SPACED 121N. (305 MM) OC. WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING MIN NOM THICKNESS AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5. B. Studs - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-12 IN. (89 MM) WIDE STUDS CUT 1/2 TO 3/41N. (13 TO 19 MM) LESS IN LENGTH CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR BZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT WITH BOTTOM NESTING IN, RESTING ON AND FASTENED TO FLOOR RUNNER WITH A Studs - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-12 IN. (89 MM) WIDE BY 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) DEEP CORROSION PROTECTED MIN 25 CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. SHEET METAL SCREWS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 241N. (610 MM) OC. MSG STEEL CHANNELS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 24 IN. (610 MM) OC. STUD INSTALLED NOMINALLY C. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/81N. (16 MM) OR 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) CENTERED AT JOINT LOCATION. 4A. BATTS AND BLANKETS* -(OPTIONAL) -PLACED IN STUD CAVITIES, ANY ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR A 1 OR 2 HR FIRE RATED WALL, RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS B. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/8 IN. (16 MM), 1-1/4 IN. (32 O GLASS FIBER OR MINERAL WOOL INSULATION BEARING THE UL SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY EXCEPT MM), 1-1/2 IN. (38 MM) OR 2 IN. (51 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR 1, 2,3 AND 4 HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, M CLASSIFICATION MARKING AS TO SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS THAT A MAX 3/4 IN. (19 MM) GAP SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED 1N THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE r AND/OR FIRE RESISTANCE. TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR. RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. \ SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR BZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF The hourly fire rating of the joint system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall. THE HOURLY RATING OF THE JOINT SYSTEM IS DEPENDENT ON THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. 3. Joint System -Max separation between top of floor and bottom of gypsum board is 3/4 in. (19 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. N CONSISTS OF A PACKING MATERIAL AND A FILL MATERIAL, AS FOLLOWS: 2. Wall Assembly - MIN 6 IN. (152 MM) THICK STEEL -REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF OR VM N Packing Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION, POLYETHYLENE BACKER ROD 1600-2400 KG/M3) STRUCTURAL CONCRETE. WHEN THE HOURLY RATING IS GREATER THAN 3 HR, THE MIN OR GLASS FIBER INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO THE GAP BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD THICKNESS OF THE WALL SHALL BE 7-5/81N. (194 MM) WALL MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY UL CLASSIFIED W * - AND THE TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR AND RECESSED FROM EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL TO Concrete Blocks*. 5. GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM PANELS WITH BEVELED, SQUARE OR SEE Concrete Blocks CAZT CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURERS. TAPERED EDGES. FOR SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED ACCOMMODATE THE REQUIRED THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL. ( ) VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY WITH JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS. FOR B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -Sealant - MIN 12 IN. (13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL INSTALLED ON EACH SIDE 3. Joint System - Max width of joint is 1 in. (25 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: ALL PRODUCTS EXCEPT FSW-8, HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT BE BACKED OF THE WALL BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR, FLUSH A. Forming Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - IN Z 3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, POLYETHYLENE Q WITH EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL. WHEN MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION IS USED AS A PACKING MATERIAL, BACKER ROD, MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION OR FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION FRICTION FIT INTO JOINT N BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT MIN THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL IS 1/4 IN. (6 MM). OPENING, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. Q JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE STAGGERED. FOR TWO SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT, SPECSEAL LCI SEALANT, SPECSEAL LC150 SEALANT, PENSIL B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - IN I HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, MIN 5/8 IN. (16 MM) THICKNESS OF LAYER SYSTEMS (CONSTRUCTED WITH IN. THICK BOARD) GYPSUM 300 SEALANT OR SPECSEAL SERIES SIL300. FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT OPENING. IN Z 3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, MIN I IN. (25 MM) Q. PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. ONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS AND STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE Note: L Ratings apply when SpecSeal ES Sealant is used. THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT OPENING. SEALANT APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, FLUSH *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK WITH BOTH SURFACES OF THE WALL. Q SIDES OF STUDS AND IN ADJACENT LAYERS. HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT, PENSIL 300 SEALANT, SPEC -SEAL SERIES SIL300 SEALANT, BE BACKED BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND SPECSEAL LC150 OR SPECSEAL LE600 SEALANT. HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE Note: When SpecSeal LC150 or LE600 Sealant is used, the max assembly rating is 2 hr. 0 STAGGERED. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED A MIN OF 12 IN. FOR TWO LAYER SYSTEMS (CONSTRUCTED WITH 1/2 IN. THICK tt t t I I' I I' *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION IN MARK BOARD) INNER LAYER OF GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY AND 50 I IOM OF WALL IDETAIL AIL RATED ED GW5 FRA�E WALL TO CMU WALL a M OUTER LAYER OF GYPSUM PANELS MAY BE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR CC HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED ONE Scale: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOT SCALE STUD CAVITY. FOR THREE AND FOUR LAYER SYSTEMS INNER LAYERS TO BE APPLIED VERTICALLY WITH JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS AND 0 N STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS. VERTICAL ~ TM JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY. OUTER LAYER W MAY BE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. THE THICKNESS AND NUMBER OF LAYERS FOR THE I HR, 2 HR, 3 HR AND 4 HR RATINGS ARE AS Z ~ FOLLOWS: Z y WW �� 1�ra#�s#(Arr++► eec)c sieEs +r,�n. 0 � ," um Of "Ill Thu!;System No. W -L-1172 > &Yh"VIF at fnsl Iii rn [ cnc.ai F Ratings - 3 and 4 Hr (See Item 1) a 0 s s s tib, �,0im thkk T Rating - 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft Z J x x-a/z t�verr 11z t�. t 2 im L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. HW -S-0044 Q Q 2 2 kry*M' 1/24n. tlli& opt"w V �JQ Z 2 2-1€2 2 tayer$ Vp in. ff'A �t ANSML2IX` � $ :1 faywvj 112 i,. ft& Qpooml Asset" Motto - >I end Z * (sem k10111 Z) r Motto - I and Z W (e.. k� 2) J 0 0 ccp ,4 U 3 {aye i -srs � t �l V. J 3 Now1n�1. M�dlh -'✓4 k i�T 1�1�h8s - 1 and Z (8N klAl Z) Z N Z 4 � & Wyem112;n, t �I 2. Wall Assembly -THE 1 HR OR 2 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE *em1% �pofICM IMotto - I Old Z W feet k= 2) CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400, V400 OR W400 J NCc n a- �` `" q "�� SERIFS WALL AND PARTITION DESIGNS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE L RAA - Le" ?MINI I CR4" Ft WH - I Old Z W (&w RM Z) FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A. Steel Floor and Ceiling Runners - FLOOR. AND CEILING RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF GALV L �� A ♦M N - LIN �I QRi%LtMI N' ion W4ML STEEL CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE STEEL STUDS (ITEM 2B). CEILING RUNNER TO BE PROVIDED WITH MIN 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) FLANGES. CEILING RUNNER SECURED TO STEEL FLOOR UNITS, PERPENDICULAR TO STEEL REVISIONS FLOOR UNIT DIRECTION, WITH STEEL FASTENERS OK WELDS SPACED MAX 241N. 610 MM OC. 0 L Ibt�r10 Ik A�bliw� - lis 7MIrn 1 CM'11L.>11 K ( ) B. Studs - STUDS TO BE MIN 3-5/8 IN. (92 MM) WIDE, 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) DEEP NO. 25 GA STEEL CHANNELS. STUD SPACING NATIONAL GYPSUM CO - I/2 IN. THICK TYPE EXP -G, FSW-G, FSK -G, L AA f - LSM IPM �� � NOT TO EXCEED 24 IN. (610 MM) OC. Q FSW-G, FSMR-G OR FSK 5/8 IN. THICK TYPE F 5 FSW, FSK, FSWFSW- A C. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/81N. (16 MM) AND 1-1/4 IN. FSW-G, FSK -G, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSW-G, FSMR-C OR FSK -C, 3/4 IN. THICK TYPEE (32 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR 1 HR AND 2 HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE Q ULTRASHIELD CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE 0 Section A -A DIRECTORY, EXCEPT THAT THE GYPSUM BOARD IS CUT TO FOLLOW THE CONTOUR OF THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS WITH A MAX 3/4 IN. (19 MM) GAP MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS. 6. FASTENERS -(NOT SHOWN) -TYPE S OR 5-12 STEEL SCREWS USED TO The hourly fire rating of the joint system is dependent on the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is 0 ATTACH PANELS TO STUDS ( ITEM 2) OR FURRING CHANNELS ( ITEMS 7 OR 7A). installed. SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS: WHEN 5/8 IN. THICK GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED 1. Wall Assembly -The 3 or 4 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/steel stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and 3. Joint System A - Max separation between bottom of floor and top of wall is 314 in. (19 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM CONSISTS J 0 VERTICALLY, 1 IN, LONG, SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 in the manner specified in the individual U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall 'd ' o THE FOLLOWING: IN, OG IN THE FIELD OF BOARD- WHEN 5/8 IN. THICK GYPSUM PANELS include the following construction features: A. Forming Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - IN 2 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, FOAM BACKER ROD 0 APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, 1 IN. LONG SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG VERTICAL A. Studs - Wall framing shall consist of steel channel studs. Steel studs to be min 3-5/8 in. (92 mm) wide and spaced max 24 FRICTION FIT INTO JOINT OPENING AND RECESSED MIN 12 IN. (13 MM) FROM EACH SURFACE OF WALL. EDGES AND IN THE FIELD, AND 12 IN. OG ALONG TOP AND BOTTOM OF WALL. in. (610 mm) OC. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - MIN 121N. (13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT WHEN USED WITH ITEM 2F AND APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, SCREWS SPACED 8 IN. OC IN THE FIELD AND 8 IN. ALONG THE TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES OF THE B. Gypsum Board* - Multiple layers of min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thick gypsum wallboard. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, OPENING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. A MIN U4 IN. (6 MM) DIAM BEAD OF PROd NO.:18-1x24 SEALANT SHALL BE APPLIED AT POINT CONTACT LOCATIONS. WALL. WHEN 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS ARE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is A DATE: S-28-18 LJ SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT HORIZONTALLY, 1 IN. LONG, SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 13-1/2 in. (343 mm). t=ss auUMM Aa cnrr 12 IN. OG IN THE FIELD OF BOARD. WHEN 3/4 IN, THICK PANELS ARE APPLIED The hour) F Rating of the firesto system is equal to the hour) fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is �D B7 VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY, 1-1/4 IN. LONG SPACED 8 IN. OG ALONG y g p y q y g y �ueusmat; ur~ sora installed. *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK ttrrs carnercer wf Dress EDGES OF BOARD AND IN THE FIELD. TWO LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- I Section A R+reir O ras °� 01' teras mcu�nrs TO tm IN. LONG FOR 1/2 AND 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN, OG. SECOND 2. Through Penetrants - One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the 4 4• • oiere"" sm an PURRAsf r»e wmcff teff MW piurpA m. LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN. OG firestop system. The annular space between the pipe, conduit or tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 1/4 in. to uPRODceafaas, oa max 1/2 in. 6 to 13 mm . Pipe, conduit or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following asses AM sttuctzr WITH SCREWS OFFSET S IN. FROM FIRST LAYER. THREE -LAYER SYSTEMS: ( ) p g g y PP y g FIRST LAYER- I IN. LONG FOR I/2 IN, 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: rA �. SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED A. Steel Pipe - Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. DRAWN: AE 24 IN. OC. THIRD LAYER- 2-1/4 IN, LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-5/S B. Iron Pipe - Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. ; • ' • CBECK.• AE IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OG. SCREWS OFFSET MIN 6 IN. FORM LAYER BELOW. FOUR -LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG C. Conduit - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) rigid steel conduit, nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) electrical metallic FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 tubing or nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduit. IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN, THICK PANELS SPACED 24 IN, OC. THIRD LAYER- D. Copper Tubing - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type M (or heavier) copper tubing. 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN, THICK PANELS OR 2-5/5 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN, OC. FOURTH LAYER- 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN, THICK E. Copper Pipe -Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. PANELS OR 3 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Materials* - Sealant - Min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both SCREWS OFFSET MIN (o IN. FROM LAYER BELOW. surfaces of wall. SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal Series SSS Sealant or SpecSeal LCI Sealant 1. Floor Assembly - THE FIRE -RATED FLUTED STEEL DECK/CONCKETE FLOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DE=CRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL FLOOR -CEILING DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE A700 *Bearing the UL Classification Mark RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A. Steel Floor and Floor Units* - MAX 3 IN. 76 MM) DEEP GALV STEEL FLUTED FLOOR UNITS. B. Concrete - MIN 2-12 IN. (64 MM) THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE, AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP PLANE OF THE FLOOR UNITS. RATED WALL DETAIL - - UL V438�ETAIL Scale: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOT SCALE Scala: DO NOT SCALE %i %USe151I Uny r•1r LaP1opw1upoox1_LU 10 rrojecis\Lu lo-uLo\zu 10-uzo miuu.uwg, H/UU UL L10 111VL7, y/L0/LV 10 4.00.UO MIA, I Orly r1r LaPtvP, muiut mu rur krugn wualliy rnn1).pC3, HtCUN TUU Dleea u (jumu x z4.UU inches), 1:1, L;OPYFKIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT vesign No. U469 July 26, 2018 Assembly Rating — 1 HR Nonbearing Wall * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 250CH162 -33 (600rnrr), i 1�4 k hf�f�. �T•Ifl�I; �l \Z� -- s 1` 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners — "J" - shaped, 2-1/2 in. wide with unequal legs of 1 in. and 2 in., fabricated from 24 MSG galv steel (min 20 MSG steel required when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used). Runners attached to structural supports with steel fasteners located not greater than 2 in. from ends and not greater than 24 in. OC. 2. Steel Studs — "C -H" shaped studs, 2-1/2 in. wide by 1-1/2 in. deep, fabricated from min 25 MSG gaiv steel (min 20 MSG steel required when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used), spaced 24 in. or 600 mm OC (max 16 in. OC when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used). Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 3/8 in. less than floor to ceiling height. 3. Gypsum Board* — 1 in. thick gypsum wallboard liner panels, supplied in nominal 24 in. or 600 mm widths. Vertical edges inserted in "H" shaped section of "C -H" studs. Free edge of end panels attached to long leg of "J" runners with 1-5/8 in. long Type S head steel screws spaced not greater than 12 in. OC. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Types Shaftliner, EGRG Shaftliner or GlasRoc Shaftliner CGC INC — Type SLX. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFCSL GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C— Types TP -6 DGUSL n T yp , d RSL a UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SLX USG SORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type SLX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SLX. P CORE 50ARD METAL CORNER 5EAD N. 250J200-33 CONT D10 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF 't • 'ti • • 5/8" FR GWE C P CORE 50ARD r' 4. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD — 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M -Glass, AG -C, LightRoc. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X-2, Type X, Type X-1. CGC INC — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Types LGFC-C, LGFC-C/A, LGFC6A GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, DAPC, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type X, Water Rated - Type X, Sheathing - Type X, Soffit - Type X, Type TG -C, Type LWX, Veneer Piaster Base -Type LWX, Water Rated -Type LWX, Sheathing Type-LWX, Soffit -Type LWX, Type DGLW, Water Rated -Type DGLW, Sheathing Type- DGLW, Soffit -Type DGLW, Type LW2X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type LW2X, Water Rated - Type LW2X, Sheathing - Type LW2X, Soffit - Type LW2X, Type DGL2W, Water Rated - Type DGL2W, Sheathing - Type DGL2W, Type DGG, Type DAP, Type DS. PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM — Types C, PG -11, PG -C, PGS-WRS. SAINT-GOBAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE — Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FireStop ACTN'Air, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH ACT V'Air, Gyproc Dura Line, Gyproc Dura Line MR, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH, Gyproc Dura Line ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH ACTIV'Air THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, FRX-G, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX or WRC.. USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. 4A. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips (Item 6) required behind vertical joints RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 4B. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in, thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 6B) or Lead Discs (see Item 6C). MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X -Ray Shielded Gypsum 4C. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4.). Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ- L-201f, Grade "C". F N 4. 4Enkaw0D CO •• �ll �� �+cy AFM ••• •r♦ ,• y •`• h� X41 �9 o`4r n2w��' o°; � 4 �4b �i ;'+ :� : ., •• • . - • P GORE 50ARD HM 45 MIN FR FRAME •' t .• �. , •,, ,,,. :• ♦,•; l ; .wt ,'�t •.x•'•11! • •♦ • ♦ I• •��'• Y • "• `" 012-14X I1/2" AT 8" OC e ••r Nati• • •% 250J200-33 CONT ♦••+ EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL +.. A 5/61, FIR GW15 •+• •'• �* I .. 5/8" FR GW5 D10 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF 't • 'ti • • 5/8" FR GWE C P CORE 50ARD r' 4. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD — 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M -Glass, AG -C, LightRoc. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X-2, Type X, Type X-1. CGC INC — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Types LGFC-C, LGFC-C/A, LGFC6A GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, DAPC, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type X, Water Rated - Type X, Sheathing - Type X, Soffit - Type X, Type TG -C, Type LWX, Veneer Piaster Base -Type LWX, Water Rated -Type LWX, Sheathing Type-LWX, Soffit -Type LWX, Type DGLW, Water Rated -Type DGLW, Sheathing Type- DGLW, Soffit -Type DGLW, Type LW2X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type LW2X, Water Rated - Type LW2X, Sheathing - Type LW2X, Soffit - Type LW2X, Type DGL2W, Water Rated - Type DGL2W, Sheathing - Type DGL2W, Type DGG, Type DAP, Type DS. PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM — Types C, PG -11, PG -C, PGS-WRS. SAINT-GOBAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE — Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FireStop ACTN'Air, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH ACT V'Air, Gyproc Dura Line, Gyproc Dura Line MR, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH, Gyproc Dura Line ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH ACTIV'Air THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, FRX-G, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX or WRC.. USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. 4A. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips (Item 6) required behind vertical joints RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 4B. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in, thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 6B) or Lead Discs (see Item 6C). MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X -Ray Shielded Gypsum 4C. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4.). Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ- L-201f, Grade "C". `- I" CORE I 25OJ200-33 *12-14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC 3585125-33 TYP EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL D11 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 4D. Gypsum Board* — For use with Item 5D, Batts and Blankets*and minimum stud depth increased to 4 in. - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULIX 5. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Mineral wool batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. ROCKWOOL — Type AFB THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFE, SAFE FF 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) — (100% Borate Formulation) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 Ib/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 Ib/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only. 5B. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation 5C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL 5D. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 4D. Placed in stud cavities, any min. 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or SZ]Z) Categories for names of Classified companies. 6. Lead Batten Strips — For Use with Item 4A - (Not Shown) — Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 4A) and optional at remaining stud locations. Strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6A. Lead Discs or Tabs (Not Shown) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 6) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 5) underneath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6B. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". 6C. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". licates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 250J200-33 CONT PROVIDE ?2"0 X 11/4" 1 - all a" Oc P CORE 5 d MASONRY a WALL a STRIP OF P GORE 5D OR all ♦: f a :tit.. - - �..;,:.f•,• 5/8" FR GW5 SEALANT g EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL D12 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF F N 4Enkaw0D CO to w Ci �ll �� �+cy AFM cc i, I h� X41 �9 o`4r n2w��' o°; � 4 �4b �i ;'+ :� : ., •• • . - • P GORE 50ARD HM 45 MIN FR FRAME t .• �. , •,, ,,,. :• ♦,•; FiLL SOLiD WITH GROUT ,'�t •.x•'•11! • •♦ • ♦ I• •��'• Y • "• `" 012-14X I1/2" AT 8" OC Nati• • •% 250J200-33 CONT ♦••+ A 5/61, FIR GW15 •'• �* 5/8" FR GW5 14 `- I" CORE I 25OJ200-33 *12-14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC 3585125-33 TYP EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL D11 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 4D. Gypsum Board* — For use with Item 5D, Batts and Blankets*and minimum stud depth increased to 4 in. - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULIX 5. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Mineral wool batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. ROCKWOOL — Type AFB THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFE, SAFE FF 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) — (100% Borate Formulation) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 Ib/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 Ib/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only. 5B. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation 5C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL 5D. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 4D. Placed in stud cavities, any min. 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or SZ]Z) Categories for names of Classified companies. 6. Lead Batten Strips — For Use with Item 4A - (Not Shown) — Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 4A) and optional at remaining stud locations. Strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6A. Lead Discs or Tabs (Not Shown) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 6) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 5) underneath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6B. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". 6C. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". licates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 250J200-33 CONT PROVIDE ?2"0 X 11/4" 1 - all a" Oc P CORE 5 d MASONRY a WALL a STRIP OF P GORE 5D OR all ♦: f a :tit.. - - �..;,:.f•,• 5/8" FR GW5 SEALANT g EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL D12 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF ♦ •. • 5/8" FR GW5 • 3555125-33 TYP "''' D13 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF v co F N 4Enkaw0D CO to w Ci �ll �� �+cy AFM cc i, I h� X41 �9 o`4r n2w��' o°; � 4 �4b �i ;'+ 4 w P GORE 50ARD • "• `" 012-14X I1/2" AT 8" OC Nati• • •% 250J200-33 CONT ♦••+ •'• �* 5/8" FR GW5 14 ♦ •. • 5/8" FR GW5 • 3555125-33 TYP "''' D13 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF v co F N 4Enkaw0D CO to w Ci �ll �� �+cy AFM cc i, I h� X41 �9 o`4r n2w��' o°; � 4 �4b �i ;'+ 4 w wa ur =Nr a. �n 0 C2 r \ N r W a N J a 0 LLZ aCO V� r ON TM �W H F.. W CO W UJ > > 0� a0 � Z LL J Q Olt 0�� Q O U. Zv a JNW REVISIONS 0 0 cc 0 n PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 taws MUNMaa AM COPr- RwArm By EUSN i JUE/OAMIT, LLQ sora >� .,0 orAm Rreffm Ras391rcrs res oas or rAM= DOCVJIZN S TO ME 0JUMUL SM OR PVRF08s "A IIMCB rJUT iraRs PRSPAPLIM CEMM, oR AssivArAnum Am s:9irLzzr PJWNMnZR DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE A701 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects12018-0262018-026 A700.dwg, A701 UL LISTING, 9/28/2018 4:55:07 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES 1 . PLUMBING INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL STATE LOCAL CODES, AND UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS. 2. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES RELATIVE TO THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK 3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS DURING PRE-BID SITE VISITS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INCLUSION OF ALL REQUIRED DEMOLITION IN AREAS UNDERGOING MODIFICATION, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH WORK IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DEMOLITION SHALL GENERALLY BE ARRANGED TO AGREE WITH THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF WORK UNDER THE VARIOUS PHASES AND IN COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A FULL SET OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT, AND SHALL BE AWARE OF THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES WHICH MAY REQUIRE COORDINATION. 5. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY POINT OF CONNECTION TO, AND ELEVATION OF EXISTING PIPING, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. 6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK IN CHASES, CEILING SPACES AND OTHER AREAS WHERE CONFLICTS MAY OCCUR. 7. ALL PIPING SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE EVERY OFFSET, ELBOW, UNION, VALVE, TRAP, ACCESS PANEL, ETC. THAT IS REQUIRED FOR A PROPERLY WORKING SYSTEM. NO ADDITIONAL COST WILL BE ALLOWED FOR FITTINGS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE PIPING SYSTEM WITHIN THE SPACE PROVIDED AND ARE REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODES AND REGULATIONS. 8. PERFORM ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED FOR UNDERGROUND PLUMBING LINES. ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE MADE IN A MANNER TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM BEARING FOR ALL PIPES. AFTER WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CLEAN EARTH PLACED IN LAYERS NOT OVER SIX (6) INCHES DEEP AND THOROUGHLY COMPACTED TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT. EXCAVATION BELOW THE REQUIRED GRADE SHALL BE REFILLED WITH SAND OR GRAVEL. WHERE ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED, IT SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO THREE (3) INCHES BELOW THE REQUIRED GRADE AND FILLED WITH SAND AND FINE GRAVEL. EXCESS MATERIAL FROM EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PROPERTY UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 9. SANITARY OR STORM DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED BELOW SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. 10. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPE, OR STORM DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. 11. SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE WATER TESTED BEFORE FINAL CONNECTION TO THE SANITARY SEWER. ALL OPENINGS SHALL BE PLUGGED EXCEPT THE HIGHEST OPENING, WHICH SHALL PRODUCE A MINIMUM OF A 10 FOOT HEAD. THE SYSTEM SHALL RETAIN THE WATER LEVEL FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN (15) MINUTES AT WHICH TIME ALL JOINTS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND ALL OBSERVED LEAKS CORRECTED. 12. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING RUN UNDER SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER TUBING WITH CAST BRASS FLARED TYPE FITTINGS. 13. NEW DOMESTIC WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE SCHEDULE 80 CPVC. 14. PROVIDE "WATTS" NO. 8A 'VACUUM BREAKER ON ALL HOSE BIBS AND WALL HYDRANTS. 15. SOLDER SHALL BE LEAD FREE, HAVING A COMPOSITION SIMILAR TO 95.5% TIN, 4% COPPER, AND 0.57. SILVER AS MANUFACTURED BY ENGELHARD CORPORATION OR EQUAL. 16. VALVES IN DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE BRONZE BODY WITH FULL PORT STAINLESS STEEL BALL, AND LEVER HANDLE. 17. STERILIZE THE ENTIRE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM THOROUGHLY WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 50 PARTS PER MILLION OF AVAILABLE CHLORINE. USE EITHER LIQUID CHLORINE CONFORMING TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION BB -C-120 OR CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE OR CHLORINATED LIME CONFORMING TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION, 0-C-114. INTRODUCE INTO THE SYSTEM IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ALLOW THE STERILIZING SOLUTION TO REMAIN IN THE SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS, DURING WHICH TIME ALL VALVES AND FAUCETS SHALL BE OPENED AND CLOSED SEVERAL TIMES. AFTER STERILIZATION, THE SOLUTION SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL THE RESIDUAL CHLORINE CONTENT IS NOT GREATER THAN 0.2 PARTS PER MILLION UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. 18. WATER PIPING SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST OF NOT LESS THAN 100 PSI FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS WITH A PRESSURE LOSS IN EXCESS OF 1 PSI. 19. INSULATION FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE 3/4' THICK, PREFORMED FIBERGLASS WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION HE MAY USE 3/8' THICK PRE -MOLDED FOAM PLASTIC SIMILAR TO "ARMAFLEX" INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH OWNER A CERTIFICATE STATING THAT ALL TESTS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED AND THAT ALL OF THE PIPING SYSTEMS ARE FREE OF DEFECTS, IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP AND ALL SYSTEMS HAVE SUCCESSFULLY PASSED THE TESTS. THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE SIGNED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 21. FOR FACTORY -ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ON WHICH THE MANUFACTURERS FURNISH STANDARD PUBLISHED GUARANTEES AS REGULAR TRADE PRACTICE, OBTAIN SUCH GUARANTEES AND REPLACE ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT WHICH PROVES DEFECTIVE DURING THE LIFE OF THESE GUARANTEES. 22. GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR WHICH MATERIALS ARE FURNISHED, FABRICATED OR FIELD ERECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL FACTORY - ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE IS FURNISHED, AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH INSTALLING MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEED EQUIPMENT. THIS PERSONAL ,GUARANTEE SHALL EXIST FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND TO DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OF ANY KIND. 23. FABRICATED OR FIELD ERECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL FACTORY - ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE IS FURNISHED, AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH INSTALLING MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEED EQUIPMENT. THIS PERSONAL ,GUARANTEE SHALL EXIST FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND TO DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OF ANY KIND. HANGER INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIER TYPE IS REQUIRED FOR LOW TEMPERATURE PIPF_ PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH INSULATION (9 PSF MIN. DENSITY) UNDER INSULATION SHIELD INSULATION SHIELD AT HANGER ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 1 - SEE SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD 4 INSERT FOR ALL PIPING: (8" MIN.) NOTES: SEE SPECIFER FOR DETAILED HANGER REQUIREMENTS `-SADDLE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 43 - SEE SPECIFICATIONS DIA. HANGER RODS WITH 36 " MAX. SPACING ON EACH CHANNEL d SIDE VIEW TRAPEZE HANGER FOR UP TO 1000 LB. UNIFORM LOAD 1-5/8" X 12 GAUGE CHANNEL OR 2 "x2 "xl/4" ANGLE PIPE HANGERS DO NOT SCALE 1 MIN. 1 8 MAX. 7 3 16 LEVELING SCRE D E P LOCKI DEVICE 2 $ MIN. H 2 � MAX. g C ADJUSTM NT SCREWS MUST BOTTOM EASOCATED SHOWN AT l3 22 LAVATORY CARRIER " X 3112" EXP ANCHORS FOR ALL DIMEISON WITH LETTERS REFER TO ROUGH IN GUIDE OF: SPECIFIC FIXTURE - WITH STANDARD SLEEVE LENGTH OF 4 DO NOT SCALE 1 IE CHAN I C,AL LEGEND MAXIMUM PIPE/TUBING SUPPORT SPACING NOM. SIZE IN. THRJ 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 CLOSET PIPE FT. 1 1 1 9 10 11 12 14 16 11 19 22 23 25 21 28 30 TUBING FT. 5 FT 6 1 8 8 9 10 12 13 14 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ r NOTE: FOR TRAPEZE HANGER TAKE SPACING OF SMALLEST SIZE ON TRAPEZE. PIPE HANGERS DO NOT SCALE 1 MIN. 1 8 MAX. 7 3 16 LEVELING SCRE D E P LOCKI DEVICE 2 $ MIN. H 2 � MAX. g C ADJUSTM NT SCREWS MUST BOTTOM EASOCATED SHOWN AT l3 22 LAVATORY CARRIER " X 3112" EXP ANCHORS FOR ALL DIMEISON WITH LETTERS REFER TO ROUGH IN GUIDE OF: SPECIFIC FIXTURE - WITH STANDARD SLEEVE LENGTH OF 4 DO NOT SCALE 1 IE CHAN I C,AL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DE5CRIPTION NEW SANITARY DRAIN PIPING Iti C EXIST SANITARY PIPING - POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING - - - POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING 00 FLOOR DRAIN POC T POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING TO MEET ANSI Al 17.1 M HANDICAP SPECIFICATION. MOUNT SINK AT 33.9" TO RIM 19.25" X 17.25" EWF 0 11/2 "" ARM Lil- ria, 1. DEMO EXISTING LAVATORY " ! J � _ --- ----- --_ �r 2. PROVIDE IN WALL STEEL FLOOR MOUNTED LAVATORY i CARRIER ZURN 21231 CONCALED ARM SYSTEM 250 LB LOAD RATING jl ii � i 3. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON LAVATORY AND EWF 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING ! 'E SUPPLY 5. EXTEND EXISTING SUPPLY i FROM EXISTING LAV LOCATION- 1/2" CPVG 6. CLEAN EXISTING FIXTURES AND REPAIR TO WORKING I j ; j ; i ! i --------------------- j ORDER OR REPLACE IF UNITS ARE BEYOND REPAIR 3 it !�! li_- � i� j- ! 1. EXISTING SERVICE SINK 2 CLEAN AND REPAIR TO I WORKING OREDERi MISCELLANEOUS PLUMBING NOTES ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES MAY BE SUPPLIED ON AN "OR EQUAL" BASIS. PLUMBING SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FULL SUBMITTAL PACKAGE TO AND FOR THE REVIEW OF THE GC AND THE ARCHITECT. INCLUDE FULL COMPLETE INFORMATION ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DEVICES, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, MATERIALS, AND ACCESSORIES. HLAV I; 11%" ARM iU I 11 i 1 H W C _0 PLUMBING WASTE AND SUPPLY PLAN SUBMIT A MIN OF 3 COPIES BOUND AND IDENTIFIED WITH THE PROJECT NAME, PLUMBING SUB -CONTRACTOR NAME, AND DATE. FLU151 NGr EQUIFt"'IENT 4 FIXTUfRE SCS 1D U'L ITEM NO. ITEM DE5CRIPTION Iti C ci GLACIERS BAY ARAGON WALL MOUNT, WHITE, LAVATORY, 13 -0010 -ADA OR APPROVED EQUAL PROVIDE HLAV HC BUILDERS 4 IN CENTERSET 2 LEVER HANDLE LOW ARC FAUCET 7032EC-A8104 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LAVATORY TO MEET ANSI Al 17.1 M HANDICAP SPECIFICATION. MOUNT SINK AT 33.9" TO RIM 19.25" X 17.25" HC WATER AMERICAN STD MADERA 1.6 GPF ADA FLOOR MOUNTED, ELONGATED 3461.660 OR APPROVED HWC CLOSET EQUAL. EXCEEDS ASME A112.19.2 M FOR VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES. SELECTRONIC FLUSH VALVE WITH CP -P2 LITHIUM BATERY, WITH OVERRIDE BUTTON,WHITE, OPEN FRONT SEAT EWF DRINKING NEW HI - LO ADAAG COMPLIANT ELAKY LMABF8 115V 60 HZ 8GPM 5.0 FL AMPS 370 W FOUNTAIN OR APPROVED EQUAL WATER WHA HAMMER WATTS SERIES 15. ARRESTOR WCO CLEAN OUT STANDARD PVC GRADE 2 WAY CLEAN OUT CONFIGURATION WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER Scale: 1/2"=1'-0" 6 z O �I C404.8.2 LAVATORIES OR RESTROOI"IS OF PUBLIC FACILITIES. LAVATORIES OR RESTROOMS OF PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL: 1. BE EQUIPPED WITH OUTLET DEVICES WHICH LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.5 GPM (0.03 L/S) OR BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING VALVES THAT LIMIT DELIVERY TO A PER CYCLE MAXIMUM OF 025 GALLONS (0.95 L) OF HOT WATER FOR RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS AND TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.50 GALLONS (1.9 L) FOR NONRECIRCULATING SYSTEMS. EXCEPTION: SEPARATE LAVATORIES FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL NOT BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING VALVES. 2. BE EQUIPPED WITH DEVICES WHICH LIMIT THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO A MAXIMUM OF 110'F (43'C). 3. MEET THE PROVISIONS OF 42 CFR 6295(K), STANDARDS FOR WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS. FAUCET SEE SPECIFICATI LAMINAR FLOW CONTROL DEVICE �t LU m lu LOOSE KEY STOP ESCUTCHEON � OFFSET X 0 WASTE FINISHED U TRAP (FLOW) FLOOR Q (X PARALLEL TO WALL IL U_ C5"'r' HCLAVATAORY DO NOT SCALE 3 4 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 P100.dwg, P100 PLUMB PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:55:19 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT Iti C ci c4 cow b �pNC4 C Q O is;iW cogeh 0 aq mow ; r "ffMNY Z. JFWN AB0Wff8I co r N r W Cal Q N J a LL Z0 a C, C ON r N W W co W W > O� Z IL No J J z ILL la J CD 0CCIm Z .j00 LL ZNZ a0a J _INV) a REVISIONS A A A A 0 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: IB -28-10 r=SR BBIMM ABs COPY - WOMB BY Ems= JfIN/C,pmm, LLC, me rats COPMUGUT AM Or"B area= ANSTAMre r" vs Or gar" 0xwz 1Il 811E OB PUBPOSi "it WMCB rJW FM JV"A iB. tesP�eoBLrrarauv& cauvcsa, oB AM srBtctzr piwAmum DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE P100 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 P100.dwg, P100 PLUMB PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:55:19 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT MECHANICAL SYMBOLS MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW SYMBOL & ABBREV. DESCRIPTION 5 " SA/SUP SUPPLY AIR (RISE/DROP) MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW RA/RET RETURN AIR DUCT (RISE/DROP) 80 SI EA/EXH EXHAUST AIR DUCT (RISE/DROP) 110 160 CD/SR CEILING DIFFUSER/SUPPLY REGISTER ARROWHEAD REPRESENTS NUMBER OF THROW 240 RR/RG RETURN REGISTER/GRILLE 160 ER/EG EXHAUST REGISTER/GRILLE 9" 225 440 RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTION II MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FD FIRE DAMPER (L) DUCT LINING (1" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) SINGLE LINE DUCT BRANCH TAKE -OFF DUCT TRANSITION (RECTANGULAR TO ROUND) FLEX FLEXIBLE DUCT -NO LIMIT ON LENGTH (FLEX CONNECTORS NOTA T T -STAT PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT S T -STAT THERMOSTAT SENSOR (REMOTE) D D CONDENSATE DRAIN 0 DIA. DIAMETER DL DL DOOR LOUVER UC UC DOOR UNDERCUT (3/4" MINIMUM) -------- DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR VERIFY AHU AND CU LOCATION AND ROOF CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. ANY AND ALL NEW EQUIPMENT STANDS TO BE REPLACED OR INSTALLED SHALL BE DESIGNED AND PAID BY FOR BY THE GC AND MECH HVAC SUB AND SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A FLORIDA PE. NONE ARE SCHEDULED OR ANTICIPATED. THIS IS ONLY FOR ANY REPLACEMENT DUE TO FAILURE PRIOR TO COMPLETION PRIOR TO BID AND PERMIT APPLICATION VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION, CONFIGURATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT. CONFIRM ALL ITEMS ABOVE THE CEILING LOWED) REPORT AHU & CU MODEL #S TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. REPORT CFM CAPACITY OF THE AHU TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO SE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTUATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. SUPPLY FLEX DROP DUCT RETURN GRILL SIZES SIZES DUCT SIZE MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW F h 5 " 50 CFM GRILL SIZE MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW 6" 75 80 SI 200 CFM 7" 110 160 400 240 600 8" 160 340 800 9" 225 440 1000 10 300 540 1200 HVAC PLAN Scale: 1/4"=V-0" EXISTING FLEX DROPS 2—NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL— ONE ABOVE THE OTHER CONNECT 12" DIA (113 SI) OUTSIDE AIR DUCT TO SIDE OF EXISTING RETURN AIR PLENUM RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SIDE OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM i I_/%IJIIIII V JI LLL FIN CIUr\11 r-LCIVUPA—Rr-MVVr- DUCT ON BOTTOM AND SEAL OFF. VERIFY SIZE PRIOR TO BID PROVIDE DETAIL SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING NEW CONNECTIONS - EXISTING AH � UTO REMAIN ESTIMATED ED 10 TONS VIF EXISTING STEEL DUCT PENETRATIONS THRU NON"; RATED WALL 2— NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL NEW 6" DIA SUPPLY CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SI OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM INSTALL THE 2 18" DIA FLEX RETURN ONE OVER THE OTHER EXACTLY AS SHOWN PROVIDE MIN 48" X 24" SPACE FOR AHU SERVICE SIDE ACCESS MAINTAIN MIN 12" HORIZONTAL CLEAR TO ELEC PANELS FROM DUCT ABOVE EF -1 75 CFM WITH GRILL RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN t V m F h 02to En w 05 1� CO VON NN 400 to ILS to CON i0pp m1-4 �� % C>7 hl O � F4 q O W� ago �4 0 M r \ N r H U) a N Q J IL LL ZD 4 c Cc r N r W W� WLU > Op 0.0 No104 It --IeA 0 m m J00 LL ZNZ Q�a J N co REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: IB -28-I6 rssss NUMM Ills COPr- xlrerso BY mwsm UIl►IM M; uc. sofa O GtiP11PMi MirAZ Oresx Jurats xssrxwrs res »ss or Fels DOGUJaxrs ro res MUM" srrs ox PVBross "a Farce rJW Fsxs PAMAJ D. xsPxoDvcrroxa� ceulress, ox IsmIi mllfs Ixs Sr1tr r Plwl;Itsrrm DRAWN.AE CHECK.• AE . - - --- - - --- , - - -- -- "- ----- .- --- .... --._..17, ... --- .. _..- . -- ...I -I--1-- .,, ..,,,,.-- , ...., - - - U ... 1 u..a 1— . — ,. u.J,1. %.CU "My I Ill11/.r.Jl/J, ! l%%Vj I lull Ulccu U kou.VU A L'+.UU Illule5), I: I, UUt-yKlk.-JN I tut5l(jN LL(; 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT FBC-M-2011 SECTION 604 INSULATION 604.1 GENERAL. DUCT INSULATION SHALL CONFORM t0 THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 6042 THROUGH 604.13 AND THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, ENERGY CONSERVATION. 6042 SURFACE TEMPERATURE. DUCTS THAT OPERATE AT TEMPERATURES EXCEEDING 120'F (49'C) SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT THERMAL INSULATION t0 LIMIT THE EXPOSED SURFACE TEMPERATURE t0 120'F (49'C). 6043 COVERINGS AND LININGS. COVERINGS AND LININGS, INCLUDING ADHESIVES WHERE USED, SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD NDEX NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX NOT MORE THAN 50, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84 OR UL 123, USING THE SPECIMEN PREPARATION AND MOUNTING PROCEDURES OF ASTM E2231. DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL NOT FLAME, GLOW, SMOLDER OR SMOKE WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C411 AT THE TEMPERATURE TO WHICH THEY ARE EXPOSED IN SERVICE. THE TE BE LISTED AND LABELED. SL TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT FALL BELOW 250'F (I21'G). COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL 604.4 FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. FOAM PLASTIC USED AS DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL CONFORM t0 THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 604. 604.5 APPLIANCE INSULATION. LISTED AND LABELED APPLIANCES THAT ARE INTERNALLY INSULATED SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 604. 604.&PENETRATION OF ASSEMBLIES. DUCT COVERINGS SHALL NOT PENETRATE A WALL OR FLOOR REQUIRED TO HAVE A FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OR REQUIRED TO BE FIREBLOCKKED. 604.1 IDENTIFICATION. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION, EXCEPT SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM, AND FACTORY -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE LEGIBLY PRINTED OR IDENTIFIED AT INTERVALS NOT GREATER THAN 36 INCHES (914 MM) WITH THE NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER, THE THERMAL RESISTANCE R -VALUE At THE SPECIFIED INSTALLED THICKNESS AND THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEXES OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIALS. DUCT INSULATION PRODUCT R -VALUES SHALL BE BASED ON INSULATION ONLY, EXCLUDING AIR FILMS, VAPOR RETARDERS OR OTHER DUCT COMPONENTS, AND SHALL BE BASED ON TESTED C -VALUES At 15'F (24'C) MEAN TEMPERATURE AT THE INSTALLED THICKNESS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PROCEDURES. THE INSTALLED THICKNESS OF DUCT INSULATION USED TO DETERMINE ITS R -VALUE SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: IF -OR DUCT BOARD, DUCT LINER AND FACTORY -MADE RiGID DUCTS NOT NORMALLY SUBJECTED TO COMPRESSION, THE NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE USED. 2FOR DUCT WRAP, THE INSTALLED THICKNESS SHALL BE ASSUMED TO BE 15 PERCENT (25 PERCENT COMPRESSION) OF NOMINAL THICKNESS. 3FOR FACTORY -MADE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS, THE INSTALLED THICKNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY DIVIDING THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ACTUAL OUTSIDE DIAMETER AND NOMINAL INSIDE DIAMETER BY TWO. 4FOR SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM, THE AGED R -VALUE PER INCH, MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS, SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING At THE TIME OF FOAM APPLICATION. AIR CONDITIONING HEATING AND VENTILATION SPECIFICATIONS SCOPE OF WORK: 1.) ALL WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR, AND THE PERFORMING OF ALL FUNCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS, FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND ALL DUCTWORK, GRILLES, REGISTERS, ETS., INCLUDING ALL CONNECTIONS TO EACH SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IT SHALL FURTHER INCLUDE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM, WHETHER SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT OR NOT. 2.) INSTALL A COMPLETE AND WORKING MECHANICAL SYSTEM IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE AND SMACNA STANDARDS. COORDINATION: 1.) ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY EACH OTHER'S WORK. CODES AND PERMITS: 1.) ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS, REQUIRED BY CITY, COUNTY AND STATE, AS WELL AS FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.) PERMITS: OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES. 3.) INSPECTIONS: FURNISH OWNER WITH CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO FiNAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. ALL WORK MUST BE INSPECTED. PRODUCTS: 1.) ALL PRODUCTS SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED, OF ESTABLISHED AND REPUTABLE AMERICAN MANUFACTURERS. ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT USED FOR THE SAME PURPOSE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2.) SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE. ANY ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INCLUDED AS THOUGH SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO THE PROVIDED. SUCH ACCESSORIES WOULD INCLUDE FILTERS, CONDENSATE DRAINS, RELIEF VALVES, SERVICE VALVES, THERMOSTATS, VIBRATION INSULATORS, ETC. MOTOR STARTERS FOR PRE WIRED EQUIPMENT (AND OTHER PROTECTION AND CONTROL DEVICES) ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. 3.) SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO A MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IS ONLY TO ESTABLISH TYPE, QUALITY, AND PERFORMANCE REQUIRED. THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. LISTING OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS AN UNCONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF THE PRODUCTS OF THOSE MANUFACTURERS. SUBSTITUTIONS: 1.) SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS SHOWN HEREIN SHALL BE AT THE OWNER'S, ARCHITECTS, OR ENGINEER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL ONLY WITH COPIES OF APPROVAL SENT TO THE PROJECT FILE. ANY DEVIATION FROM THESE DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND WIRING: 1.) ALL WIRING IS INCLUDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL INTEGRAL STARTERS, CONTROLS, RELAYS AND OTHER DEVICES ARE INCLUDED UNDER THE MECHANICAL DIVISION. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND WIRING SHALL CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND PROPERLY IDENTIFIED WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS. RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS AND OPERATION IS INCLUDED UNDER THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. VERIFY ALL VOLTAGES, PHASES AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT, AND IF DISCREPANCIES OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THEIR DECISION. 1.) ALL MAIN TRUNK AIR CONDITIONING AND HEATING DUCT WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD (R-6.0) IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS, SEAMS SHALL BE STAPLED OR TAPED AND SEALED WITH GLASS FABRIC IMBEDDED IN MASTIC. USE OF PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES AS THE ONLY DUCT CLOSURE METHOD IS PROHIBITED. DUCT WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/2" WIDE GALVANIZED CHANNEL, STRAPPED TO STRUCTURE WITH #12 WIRE. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4 FEET OR OTHER PER DETAIL/SPEC THIS SHEET. 2.) FLEXIBLE DUCT WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF U.L. CLASS I POLYESTER LINED, METAL HELIX SUPPORTED, INSULATED FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE DUCT (R-6.0). MAXIMUM DEVELOPED LENGTH INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE UNLIMITED. DUCT WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/2" WIDE, 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BANDS. THE BANDS MAY BE SUPPORTED WITH #12 WIRE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. USE ONLY APPROVED CLAMPS TO SUPPORT THE WIRE TO THE PEMB ROOF GIRTS ABOVE. ALTERNATE IS MINIMUM 2" WIDE NO BURN RATE/SELF EXTINGUISHING FABRIC HANGER STRAPS. THESE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF METAL STRAPS. BANDS SHALL BE SECURED DIRECTLY TO THE TOP CHORD OF PEMB ROOF GIRT STRUCTURE USING SCREWS, RIVETS, OR BOLTS. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4 FEET. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DUCT DROP IS 1 INCH IN 10 FEET. 3.) EACH DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL REQUIRED DUCTWORK FITTINGS, TURNING VANES, SPUTTER DAMPERS AND SUPPORTS, AND EXTRACTORS AT ALL RIGHT ANGLE TAKEOFFS AND TEES. 4.) NOT USED 5.) ALL ROUND DUCT BRANCH TAKEOFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPIN -IN WITH AIRSCOOP AND BALANCING DAMPER. 6.) ALL FRESH AIR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCT SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. 7.) DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE TO THE INSIDE OF ACOUSTICAL/INSULATION LININGS. INCREASE SIZES OF DUCTS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CLEAR INSIDE DISTANCE. 8.) DUCTWORK SHALL CONFORM TO DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PROHIBITED. IN CASE OF CHANGE IN DIMENSIONS, CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS: 1.) FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, CEILING DIFFUSERS AND DOOR GRILLES WHERE INDICATED. THEY SHALL BE OF SIZE AND MODEL CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.) ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND CEILING DIFFUSERS MUST BE SET FLUSH AND TRUE TO WALL OR CEILING TO PREVENT AIR LEAKAGE AROUND EDGES. ALL UNITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NEOPRENE GASKETING AROUND THE INSIDE OF THE FRAME. 3.) ALL UNITS SHALL BE FACTORY FINISHED, OF COLOR SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1.) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL THE NECESSARY CUTTING OF VAPOR BARRIER LID. GC SHALL PATCH VAPOR BARRIER LID TO VAPOR TIGHT CONDITION AFTER INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED ELEMENTS 2.) NO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE CUT. NO EXCEPTIONS 3.) PATCH AROUND ALL OPENINGS TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 4.) DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION INCLUDING SHEET METAL GAUGES, REINFORCEMENT, JOINT SEALING, AIR LEAKAGE, AND DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE -MECHANICAL, LOW VELOCITY DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 5.) COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AIR DEVICES, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC., WITH PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND GENERAL CONTRACTORS DRAWINGS. 6.) WORKMANSHIP: ALL EQUIPMENT APPURTENANCES, DEVICES AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN CONFORMITY WITH THE PROVISIONS AND INTENT OF THE LATEST APPROVED MECHANICAL CODE. 7.) LOCATE ALL EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS 10'-0" MIN. FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 8.) LIGHTING LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DIFFUSER LOCATION. CONTRACTORS SHALL MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO DIFFUSERS TO AVOID ANY CONFLICT WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT. 9.) PROVIDE ALL EXHAUST AIR DUCTS WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPER. 10.) PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER AT EACH AND EVERY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 11.) TAKE -OFF FITTING SHALL BE TAB TYPE WITH DAMPER. 12.) CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND INSPECT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. NOTIFY BUILDING OWNER OF ANY DYSFUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT IMMEDIATELY. 13.) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS IN SATISFACTORY WORKING CONDITION PRIOR TO TURN OVER TO OWNER 14.) NOT USED. 15.) ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS ARE TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED AND CALIBRATED FOR PROPER OPERATION. 16.) NOT USED 17.) PROVIDE CLEARANCES AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 18.) PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 19.) INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT EVERY 90 -DEGREE TURN ON AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES. 20.) MOUNT ALL SENSORS AT ADAAG REQUIRED HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. NIA. �C;(��FE cnF �"Ji�?IK INV SIL ✓E� A DEM�� S���ME EXI'sTIN(�17U�.T�^1(�IFK f�l1T �Y`TLM NiI,R_L-, F T. TAT CS,f';ILLEs. f E(fiUI�ED A( l,E`_ Sly f' IE`'0 ETC; AS ,` HtviV^!ILA mi ILA FLAN` 1 HE t^!C•�KK U'��F`� N(.JT INC.LUI�E ANl' NF_CN AHU I�i'; (,U E�IIIF'ME-NT. ALL E;X:ISTINC; E1�UIPMENT ,HALL bE VES IFIED AND TES iED F(�11;DELIVEf;Y �iF MINIMUM CFM AT DE�I�1N TEMPFF,ATIJFF PES MANUFAC.TUF;FF :al'ECIFICA I II�iN'a I''I';��i`JII�E A [•�EI''t��F;T T �� �.G^JNFF; ANU Af'1CH1 i FTT I'F�I��,F; T ��_) ANY vUCT1V(�HK TI�� f:�F I 1 1� SHALL F;F NES^J AN[� HALL f>F_ INtiTALLED F'E(; '?m1 Fl-;(; MECHANI{:AL INCA) H��IAi; VJ�IF;K `;HALL START UNIT L A MECHANIC;AL F'EF;MIT ROM THE CITY FINAL TESTS: 1.) BEFORE ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT, IT SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED THAT ALL APPARATUS IS FUNCTIONING PROPERLY AND EFFICIENTLY. GUARANTEE: 1.) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP FROM DEFECT OF WORKMANSHIP, AND SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER ALL DEFECTIVE MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP, FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR AFTER COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. FBC-M-2011 603.9 JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS ALL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS IN METALLIC AND NONMETALLIC DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE AND NAIMA FIBROUS GLASS DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. ALL JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL ANI_-) TRANSVERSE SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED AND SEALED WITH WELDS, GASKETS, MASTICS (ADHESIVES), MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED -FABRIC SYSTEMS, LIQUID SEALANTS OR TAPES. TAPES AND MASTICS USED TO SEAL FIBROUS GLASS DUCTWORK SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 A-P"FOR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE, "181 A-M"FOR MASTIC OR 981 A-H"FOR HEAT -SENSITIVE TAPE. TAPES AND MASTICS USED TO SEAL METALLIC AND FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND FLEXIBLE AIR CONNECTORS SHALLCOMPLY WITH UL i81B AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 5-FX'FOR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE OR "181 5-M"FOR MASTIC. DUCT CONNECTIONS t0 FLANGES OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SEALED AND MECHANICALLY FASTENED. MECHANICAL FASTENERS FOR USE WiTH FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC AIR DUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 1818 AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 5-C.'CLOSURE SYSTEMS USED TO SEAL ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. EXCEPTION: FOR DUCTS HAVING A STATIC PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF LESS THAN 2 INCHES OF WATER COLUMN (500 PA), ADDITIONAL CLOSURE SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR CONTINUOUSLY WELDED JOINTS AND SEAMS AND LOCKING -TYPE JOINTS AND SEAMS OF OTHER THAN THE SNAP -LOCK AND BUTTONLOCK TYPES. 603.10SUPPORTS. DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE. FLEXIBLE AND OTHER FACTORY -MADE DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Fac -m-20" 609,6 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND R EX15LE AIR CONNECTORS. Pq E MLE AN DUCTS. BOTH METALLIC MID NONMETALLIC, SHALL COMPLY WTH SECtkM 609E.1, 603,61L 603*3 AND 6036IP. P1.P 41" AIR CONNECTORS, Barw mm -LIC AND NONMETALLIC, SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIM6 60362 TWRMrxH 6031,4. 6036.1 P LEXIBL.E AIR DUCTS. PL EXIM S AIR DUCTS, BOTH METALLIC AND NOWIVALLIC, SHALL BE TESTED N ACCORDANCE W rW UL IN. SUCH DUCTS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AS M A66 0 OR CLASS I FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED N ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9041 - 608,6.1.1 DUCT LENGTH. FLEXIDLE AIR DUCTS SHALL NOL' BE LIMITED N L84GTH. 603,62 R.EXIDL.E AIR COMEOTOIMb. RMKIBLE AIR COW=01119,, BOTH PETALLIC AND NONMETALLIC. SHALL BE TESTED N ACCORDANCE WITH UL 16L SUCH CONNECTORS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AS CLAW 0 OR C4 -A66 I FLEXIBLE AIR COMNECT0111I6 AND SHALL BE INSTALLED N ACCOP100=1= WITH SECTION 3041 603,62J COMICTOR 1-04M I'LIDC"LE A" COMECTO1IIII6 SHALL BE LIMITED N LSVWU TO 14 FEET 14461 PM). 609,622 WhNW OR MaeTRATION LMIITATIONB. FLEXIBLE AIR C NNFCTORS SHALL NOT PASS THROUGH ANY WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING. 603,63 AIR TE IF ERATURM. TME DESIGN 7" RATIRE Or AIR TO Be CONVEYED N H.EXIBL.E AIR DUOTS AND FLEXIOLE AIR GOMEGTORB SHALL BE LESS THM1 260F (GrC). 6MAAFLEXIBLE AIR DUCT AND AIR COMECTOR CLEARANCE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND AIR COMECTOR6 SHALL BE NBTALLED WITH A MNRI M CLEARANCE To AN APPLIANCE AS SPECIFIED N THE APPLIANCE MMYFACrLWR'S NSTALLATION NSTRICTIONB ALL NEW OR REUSED DUCTS SHALL BEAR A LABEL INDICATING TYPE OF DUCT FBG -M-2011 SECTION 606 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS CONTROL 606.1 CONTROLS REQUIRED. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED AND LABELED FOR INSTALLATION IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 268A. OTHER SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WiTH UL 268. 6062111HERE REQUIRED. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED IN SECTIONS 6062.1 THROUGH 60623 TO PREVENT THE RECIRCULATION OF DANGEROUS QUANTITIES OF SMOKE, A DETECTOR APPROVED FOR AIR DUCT USE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE SUPPLY SIDE OF AIR -HANDLING SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY NEPA 90A, STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS. SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED FOR USE IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE AIR FILTERS AND AHEAD OF ANY BRANCH CONNECTIONS IN AiR SUPPLY SYSTEMS HAVING THE CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CUFT/MIN. EXCEPTION: SMOKE DETECTORS ARE NOT REQUIRED IN THE SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM WHERE ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING SERVED BY THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ARE PROTECTED BY AREA SMOKE DETECTORS CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE. THE AREA SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 606.4. 60622 COMMON SUPPLY SYSTEMS. WHERE MULTIPLE AIR -HANDLING SYSTEMS SHARE COMMON SUPPLY WITH A COMBINED DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 200 CFM (0.9 1-13/8) EACH SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 6062.1. EXCEPTION: INDIVIDUAL SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR EACH FAN -POWERED TERMINAL UNIT, PROVIDED THAT SUCH UNITS DO NOT HAVE AN INDIVIDUAL DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CFM (0.9 M3/6) AND WILL BE SHUT DOWN BY ACTIVATION OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: I.SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED BY SECTIONS 6062.1 AND 60623. 2AN APPROVED AREA SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR PLENUM SERVING SUCH UNITS 3 -AN AREA SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM AS PRESCRIBED IN THE EXCEPTION TO SECTION 6062.1. IN ALL CASES, THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 606.4 AND 606.4.1. 60623 RETURN AIR RISERS. WHERE RETURN AIR RISERS SERVE TWO OR MORE STORIES AND SERVE ANY PORTION OF A RETURN AIR SYSTEM HAVING A DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 15000 CFM (1.1 M3/8), SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH STORY. SUCH SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE LOCATED UPSTREAM OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE RETURN AIR RISER AND ANY AIR DUCTS OR PLENUMS. 6063NSTALLATIONL SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED N ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 12. THE REQUIRED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MONITOR THE ENTIRE AIRFLOW CONVEYED BY THE SYSTEM. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR FAN UNITS WHOSE SOLE FUNCTION IS TO REMOVE AIR FROM THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDING TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SMOKE DETECTORS FOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE. 606.4 CONTROLS OPERATION. UPON ACTIVATION, THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL SHUT DOWN ALL OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES OF THE AiR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LISTING AND LABELING OF APPLIANCES USED IN THE SYSTEM. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS THAT ARE PART OF A SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL SWITCH t0 THE SMOKE CONTROL MODE UPON ACTIVATION OF A DETECTOR 606.4.1 SUPERVISION. THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WHERE A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED BY THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE. THE ACTUATION OF A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION IN FACILITIES THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE MONITORED BY A SUPERVISING STATION, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL REPORT ONLY AS A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL, NOT AS A FIRE ALARM. EXCEPTIONS: LTHE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION IS NOT REQUIRED WHERE THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATES THE BUILDING'S ALARM-NDICATING APPLIANCES. 2.IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTUATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS INSTALLED THRU AN EXHAUISTIVE AND THROUGH FIELD INVESTIGATION PRIOR TO ANY BID OR CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PROVIDE COMPLIANCE WITH THE F5C-M-2014 SECT608 ABOVE FOR SUITE 110, 116, 105 AND 101. THE ARCHITECT HAS SHOWN THE DUCT DETECTORS EXISTING TO THE BEST ABILITY OF THE FIELD INVESTIGATION CONDUCTED 9-2-13, BUT N NO WAY DOES HE WARRANT THAT THE UNIT(S) INSTALLED ARE WORKING OR COMPLIANT WITH THE EXISTING CODE. THE GC SHALL VERIFY ALL AHU AND SHALL VERIFY THE AIR FLOW DIRECTION AND VERIFY WHICH MAN TRUNK DUCTS ARE SUPPLY AND WHICH ARE RETUII THE GC SHALL CONDUCT TESTING ON THE SMOKE DUCT RECTOR UNITS TO VERIFY THAT THEY ARE WORKING ATTIME OF CO. THE GC SHALL CONDUCT TESTING ON THE AHU/CU SPLIT SYSTEM TO VERIFY THEY ARE DELiEVERING THE DESIGN CFMS AT THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE A REPROT TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT WITH 10 DAYS AFTER START OF PROJECT FBG -EC -2011 C4032.9DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION, CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING (MANDATORY). C4032.9.1 INSULATION. 1 F TABLE 0403.2.9.1 $ Elkow�D MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R -VALUES, HEATING AND COOLING SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS LOCATION SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING R-6 R-42 VENTILATED ATTIC R-6 R-42 UNVENTED ATTIC ABOVE INSULATED CEILING R-6 R-42 INVENTED ATTIC WiTH ROOF INSULATION R-42 NONE UNCONDITIONED SPACESI R-42 R-42 INDIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES2 NONE NONE CONDITIONED SPACES NONE NONE BURIED R-42 NONE (.INCLUDES CRAWL SPACES, BOTH VENTILATED AND NONVENTILATED. 2.INCLUDES RETURN AIR PLENUMS WITH OR WITHOUT EXPOSED ROOFS ABOVE. C4032.9.IJINSULATION REQUIRED. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE INSULATED TO THE LEVELS SHOWN iN TABLE C403.29.1 EXCEPTIONS: I.WHEN LOCATED WITHIN EQUIPMENT. 2A4EN THE DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF THE DUCT OR PLENUM DOES NOT EXCEED 15'F (8'C). 3FOR RUNOUTS LESS THAN 10 FEET (3046 MM) IN LENGTH TO AIR TERMINALS OR AIR OUTLETS, THE RATED R -VALUE OF INSULATION NEED NOT EXCEED R-5. 4.5ACKS OF AIR OUTLETS AND OUTLET PLENUMS EXPOSED t0 UNCONDITIONED OR INDIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES WITH FACE AREAS EXCEEDING 5 SQUARE FEET (.46 M2) NEED NOT EXCEED R -2t THOSE 5 SQUARE FEET (.46 M2) OR SMALLER NEED NOT BE INSULATED. 5.RETURN AIR DUCTS MEETING ALL THE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING CAVITIES THAT WILL BE USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS C403-2.1112 INSULATION PROTECTION. INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE, INCLUDING THAT DUE t0 SUNLIGHT, MOISTURE, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND WIND, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING. 1JNSULATION EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR SERVICE, E.G., PROTECTED BY ALUMINUM, SHEET METAL, PAINTED CANVAS OR PLASTIC COVER. CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED AS ABOVE OR PAINTED WITH A COATING THAT IS WATER RETARDANT AND PROVIDES SHIELDING FROM SOLAR RADIATION THAT CAN CAUSE DEGRADATION OF THE MATERIAL. 2.INSULATION COVERING COOLING DUCTS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL INCLUDE A VAPOR RETARDANT LOCATED OUTSIDE THE INSULATION (UNLESS THE INSULATION IS INHERENTLY VAPOR RETARDANT), ALL PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS OF WHICH SHALL BE SEALED. C4032.9.13CONDENSATION CONTROL. ADDITIONAL INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE THE MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 04032.9.1.1 ARE DETERMINED TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. C4032.920UICT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DUCTS, AIR HANDLERS, FILTER BOXES, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS AND ENCLOSED SUPPORT PLATFORMS THAT FORM THE PRIMARY AIR CONTAINMENT PASSAGEWAYS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DUCTS OR PLENUM CHAMBERS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE C4032.92 AND WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL. DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, BRACED, REINFORCED AND INSTALLED TO PROVIDE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH AND DURABILITY. ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND FITTING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF THIS SECTION. FBC-EC-2011 C4032.93SEALING, GENERAL (MANDATORY). ALL DUCTS, AIR HANDLERS, FILTER BOXES, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS AND ENCLOSED SUPPORT PLATFORMS THAT FORM THE PRIMARY AIR CONTAINMENT PASSAGEWAYS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CRITERIA OF THIS SECTION AND TABLE C4032.92. C4032.93.IMECHANICAL FASTENING. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN SECTIONS OF AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS, BETWEEN INTERMEDIATE AND TERMINAL FIttINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AND BETWEEN SUB SECTIONS OF THESE COMPONENTS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO SECURE THE SECTIONS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CLOSURE SYSTEM(S). C4032.932SEALING. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED CLOSURE SYSTEMS. C4032.933SPACE PROVIDED. SIFFICIENtAC SP E SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO ALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS LOCATED IN OR FORMING A PARI OF THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO ASSURE ADEQUATE ACCESS FOR: (1) CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 04032.9, (2) INSPECTION AND (3) CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. A MNIMUM OF 4 INCHES (102 MM) IS CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND AIR -HANDLING UNITS. EXCEPTION: RETROFIT OR REPLACEMENT UNITS NOT PART OF A RENOVATION. C4032.93APRODUCT APPLICATION. CLOSURE PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE AIR BARRIERS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS BEING JOINED IN ORDER TO FORM A CONTINUOUS BARRIER OR THEY MAY BE APPLIED N ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR APPROPRIATE INDUSTRY INSTALLATION STANDARD WHERE MORE RESTRICTIVE. C4032.93.5SURFACE PREPARATION. THE SURFACES UPON WHICH CLOSURE PRODUCTS ARE TO BE APPLIED SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C4032.W.&APPROVED MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS. APPROVED MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDE SCREWS, RIVETS, WELDS, INTERLOCKING JOINTS CRIMPED AND ROLLED, STAPLES, TWIST IN (SCREW ATTACHMENT), AND COMPRESSION SYSTEMS CREATED BY BEND TABS OR SCREW TABS AND FLANGES OR BY CLINCHING STRAPS. MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM TABLE 04032.9.2 TO BE APPROPRIATE TO THE DUCT SYSTEM TYPE. C4032.93.1APPROVED CLOSURE SYSTEMS. THE FOLLOWING CLOSURE SYSTEMS AND MATERIALS ARE APPROVED FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING FOR THE APPLICATIONS AND PRESSURE CLASSES SHOWN IN TABLE 04032.92: iMETAL CLOSURES. A.WELDS APPLIED CONTINUOUSLY ALONG METAL SEAMS OR JOINTS THROUGH WHiCH AIR COULD LEAK. BSNAPLOCKG SEAMS AND GROOVED, STANDING, DOUBLE -CORNIER, SINGLE -CORNER AND PITTSBURGH LOGO SEAMS, AS DEFINED BY SMACNA, AS WELL AS ALL OTHER ROLLED MECHANICAL SEAMS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE ROLLED OR CRIMPED. 2GASKKETING, WHICH ACHIEVES A 25/50 FLAME SF'READ/SMOKE-DENSITY-DEVELOPMENT RATING UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123, PROVIDED THAT It IS USED ONLY !BETWEEN MATED SURFACES THAT ARE MECHANICALLY FASTENED WITH SUFFICIENT FORCE TO COMPRESS THE GASKET AND TO FiLL ALL VOIDS AND CRACKS THROUGH WHICH AIR LEAKAGE WOULD OTHERWISE OCCUR 3MASTIC CLOSURES. MASTICS SHALL BE PLACED OVER THE ENTIRE JOINT BETWEEN MATED SURFACES. MASTICS SHALL NOT BE DILUTED. APPROVED MASTICS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: AMASTIC OR MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS APPLIED TO FIBROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED N ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART III. 5.MASTIC OR MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS APPLIED t0 NONMETAL FLEXIBLE DUCT THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1816, PART II. CMASTIC RIBBONS, WHICH ACHIEVE A 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DENSITY DEVELOPMENT RATING UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123, PROVIDED THAT THEY MAY BE USED ONLY IN FLANGE JOINTS AND LAP -JOINTS, SUCH THAT THE MASTIC RESIDES BETWEEN TWO PARALLEL SURFACES OF THE AIR BARRIER AND THAT THOSE SURFACES ARE MECHANICALLY FASTENED. 4.TAPES. TAPES SHALL BE APPLIED SUCH THAT THEY EXTEND NOT LESS THAN I INCH ONTO EACH OF THE MATED SURFACES AND SHALL TOTALLY COVER THE JOINT. WHEN USED ON RECTANGULAR DUCTS, TAPES SHALL BE USED ONLY ON JOINTS BETWEEN PARALLEL RIGID SURFACES AND ON RIGHT ANGLE JOINTS. APPROVED TAPES NCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A.PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES. (.PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPES APPLIED TO FIBROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LLL 181A, PART I. IIPRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES APPLIED t0 NONMETAL FLEXIBLE DUCT THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1818, PART I. 514EA7-ACTIVATED TAPES APPLIED t0 FIBROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART II. r2AEROSOL SEALANT. SUCH SEALANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER -CERTIFIED INSTALLERS FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SHALL ACHIEVE 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE-DENSITY-DEVELOPMENT RATINGS UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123. C4032.9.4CAVITIES OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. CAVITIES IN FRAMED SPACES, SUCH AS DROPPED SOFFITS AND WALLS, SHALL NOT BE USED TO DELIVER AIR FROM OR RETURN AIR TO THE CONDITIONING SYSTEM UNLESS THEY CONTAIN AN AIR DUCT INSERT THAT IS INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 04032.9.1 AND CONSTRUCTED AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WiTH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION C4032.92 APPROPRIATE FOR THE DUCT MATERIALS USED. EXCEPTION: RETURN AIR PLENUMS BENEATH A ROOF DECK THAT IS INSULATED TO AT LEAST R-19. C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 M200.dwg, M200 HVAC SPECS, 9/28/2018 4:55:25 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT Vy CO 1 F $ Elkow�D CO to w CV NM 00 w�I aG14R aiN �CO - Ch 03 �q r7�' Cq 1 aro 1-4 ti CE.i R� �O Q 04 O 14�AI ;� y �Ell Co w4 w i S ANTRONr s SWEN AA0009781 O clr N TIM W co Q N Q a O U. z a 00 � r W Uj H1.- O W CO W cc W > cc W 00ulQ J c� 4C o 0 Z Q00 r V Z N Z Q Q Q J N Co Z REVISIONS t� PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rHRSZ DRISINIF9 IRs COPY - A198 D D7 =SW MANAan=r. M4 sofa rAW COPl7 XET AM OTAIM Pica= RSSTArers T" USs Ol rm= DOCUAaNr3 TO T" Oitraix L am OR PURPOss PM VNIM r2s7 FJW PREIRAM. MIRADDU67 M. C81NOSS. OR ISSMAINr3 Am SrRffi7Zr PimAmum. DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE M200 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 M200.dwg, M200 HVAC SPECS, 9/28/2018 4:55:25 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT SHIM TO PROVIDE LEVEL MOUNTING SUPPLY DUCT 1 I d' Q AIR SCOOP STAINLESS STEEL DRAW BAND AIR FLOW DUCT RUN SPIN -IN FITTING WNOLUME CONTROL DAMPER (INSULATE) FLEX DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL NTS 22 GA. 1 " WIDE STEEL STRAP EVERY 8 FT & AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION - 4" , 1 "X 2"X 22 GAUG 1" ANGLE 4"X CHANNEL 2"X 2" DICT 5Uf=FCfRT DETAIL SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR --\ CLAMPS AND SEALANT CTYP SUPPORT STRAPS TO STRUCTURE FLEXIBLE DUCT SIZE SAME AS DIFFUSER INLET: 6'-0" MAX LENGTH. TYPICAL D IFFUSER OR REGISTER IN - HARD CLG. Sca Is: NO SCALE THERMAL INSULATION SEE SPECIFICATIONS BRANCH DUCT] TAB TYPE COLLAR WITH DAMPER FLEXI5LE DICT CONNECTOR Scale: NO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATION PER FBC—EXISTING 2017 5TH ED 809.2 OCCUPANCY (DENISTY) LOAD CALCULATION PER FBC—M 2017 5TH ED TABLE 403.3 3333 SF 15 / 1000 SALES 3333 SF 50 PERSONS OA = 5 X 50 = 250 CFM REQ, VA = 15 X 50 = 750 CFM REQ v co E: N rn 01t cb go ko 4 CON to 44 C4ev 00 �� �tN m m1b 4"04 1-4 0 Xaq 01 1214 ;� y w 0. L4o �4w 0 co r 0) N r W H cc a N a J IL 0 Ix 0 U. zo 4 C ca r ON r y W H F W Cc W O� m� a0 �Zj � J � 0CC1z .500 V. LL ztVZ oc 4c _I N cc REVISIONS A A 0 0 0 a a W 0 0 0 V a ca cc LU0 z 0 a s PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE. 9-28-18 MW aaaMM AM COff- Arcana ar mm w ld ffiwcmm, ss omit umm aasrxrcrs raa ass or rases oocmawra TO rm 0juvw" ars an PVPJV a roe rarar rJr rasa JW"A M. xarxaaacrlows� cauvaes, oR P ass srarcllr DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE M201 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects12018-02612018-026 M200.dwg, M201 HVAC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:55:26 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT PROVIDE 22 GA. ANGLES HVAC DUCT AT BOTTOM CORNERS OF HANG FLEXIBLE DUCTS (RIGID DUCT TO PREVENT WITH 1-3/8" WIDE 22 FIBERBOARD) GOUGING. ANGLES GA. STEEL STRAPS SHALL BE 4" WIDE BY WRAPPING UNDER 2" HIGH BY 2" UNDER DUCT EVERY 6 FT. DUCT. TWO ANGLES PER MAX. ALSO SUPPORT 12 GAUGE WIRE STRAP. 18" FROM ANY OR 1/4 ROD TO CONNECTION. MINIMUM TOP CHORD OF 1" WIDE 22 GAUGE 2" WIDE NO BURN TRUSS STRAP WRAPPING RATE/SELF 4 FT MA UNDER DUCT AND EXTINGUISHING FABRIC 1 ATTACHED TO TOP HANGER STRAP MAY CHORD OF TRUSS. BE USED IN LIEU OF AT LEAST ONE METAL STRAPS FOR HANGER PER DUCT FLE DUCT ONLY TRANSVERSE JOINT �1 4" , 1 "X 2"X 22 GAUG 1" ANGLE 4"X CHANNEL 2"X 2" DICT 5Uf=FCfRT DETAIL SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR --\ CLAMPS AND SEALANT CTYP SUPPORT STRAPS TO STRUCTURE FLEXIBLE DUCT SIZE SAME AS DIFFUSER INLET: 6'-0" MAX LENGTH. TYPICAL D IFFUSER OR REGISTER IN - HARD CLG. Sca Is: NO SCALE THERMAL INSULATION SEE SPECIFICATIONS BRANCH DUCT] TAB TYPE COLLAR WITH DAMPER FLEXI5LE DICT CONNECTOR Scale: NO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATION PER FBC—EXISTING 2017 5TH ED 809.2 OCCUPANCY (DENISTY) LOAD CALCULATION PER FBC—M 2017 5TH ED TABLE 403.3 3333 SF 15 / 1000 SALES 3333 SF 50 PERSONS OA = 5 X 50 = 250 CFM REQ, VA = 15 X 50 = 750 CFM REQ v co E: N rn 01t cb go ko 4 CON to 44 C4ev 00 �� �tN m m1b 4"04 1-4 0 Xaq 01 1214 ;� y w 0. L4o �4w 0 co r 0) N r W H cc a N a J IL 0 Ix 0 U. zo 4 C ca r ON r y W H F W Cc W O� m� a0 �Zj � J � 0CC1z .500 V. LL ztVZ oc 4c _I N cc REVISIONS A A 0 0 0 a a W 0 0 0 V a ca cc LU0 z 0 a s PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE. 9-28-18 MW aaaMM AM COff- Arcana ar mm w ld ffiwcmm, ss omit umm aasrxrcrs raa ass or rases oocmawra TO rm 0juvw" ars an PVPJV a roe rarar rJr rasa JW"A M. xarxaaacrlows� cauvaes, oR P ass srarcllr DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE M201 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects12018-02612018-026 M200.dwg, M201 HVAC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:55:26 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT GAUsers\Tony HP Laptop\Dropboxl_2018 Projects12018-02612018-026 E100.dwg, E100 ELEC PLAN, 9/28/20184:55:29 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ASP RAE 90.1-2010 AND 2013 8.4.2 UTOMATIC RECEPTACLE CONTROL THE FOL WING SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED: A AT LEAST 50 o OF ALL 125 VOLT, 15 AND 20 AMPERE RECEPTACLES IN OPTE 0 CONFERENCE RO S, ROOMS USED PRIMARILY FOR PRINTING AND/OR OPYIN UNCTIO ROOMS, CLASSR00 AND INDIVIDUAL WORKSTATIONS B) AT LEAST 25% OF BRA CIRCUIT FEEDERS INSTALLED FOR M DULAR RNITU NOT SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCU TS. THIS CONTROL SHALL FUNCTION N A) A SCHEDULED BASIS USING A TIME- -DAY OPERAT TR L TURNS RECEPTACLES OFF AT SPECIFIC PROGRAMMED TIMES N INDEPE N ROG ED SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR CONTROLLED AREAS OF NO MORE TH 5000 T RE AN ONE FLOOR (THE OCCUPANT SHALL BE ABLE TO MANUALLY OV IDE E C T CE FOR UP TO TWO HOURS); OR B) AN OCCUPANT SENSOR THAT SHALL TU P F 20 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING A SPACE; OR C) AN AUTOMATED SIGNAL FROM ANO OL LA STEM THAT SHALL TURN RECEPTACLES OFF WITHIN 20 MINUTES AFTER DET I G T EA 1 UNOCCUPIED. ALL CONTROLLED RECEPTA L BE LY M KED TO ISUALLY DIFFERENTIATE THAN FROM UNCONTROLLED P S AND E U RMLY DIS UTED THROUGHOUT THE SPACE. PLUG-IN DEVIC A NOT U 0 CO L ITH SECTIO 8.4.2. EXCEPTI S: RECEPTACLES FO E LLOWIN L NOT U AN AUTOMAT DEVI A) RECEPTACLES S ICALL D ED F EQ ENT REQUIRING CONTINUOUS OPERA HOURS/DAY, 65 DAYS B) (24 SPACES HERE AN AUTO IC CO D ENDANGER THE SAFETY OR SECURITY OF THE OR ILDING OCCUPANTS) _ FBC-EC-2017 C405.6.4COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS. C405.6.4.1 DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER, INCLUDING: 1.A SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND 2.FLOOR PLANS INDICATING LOCATION AND AREA SERVED FOR ALL DISTRIBUTION. C405.6.4.2MANUALS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT AN OPERATING MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER. THE MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING: 1.SUBMITTAL DATA STATING EQUIPMENT RATING AND SELECTED OPTIONS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. 2.OPERATION MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ACTIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3.NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AT LEAST ONE QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE EXEM TAMLITE LXPCPIRWEM- SINGLE PACED RED LETTER STRIP LIGI-4T EXIT EMERCs COMBO TAMLITE LXPCP2RWEM- DOUBLE FACED RED LETTER STRIP LIGPIT EXIT EMER3 COMBO (DOUBLE PACES WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN) EM TAMLITE ESLR3 LED FIXED THERMOPLASTIC EMERSENCY LIG"T a ALL OTHERS SELECTED BY OWNER AND BUILDER NOTSS 1. SP'ID20-MV 1 SWf.TC4WACK Sim 12 ,'HVAC 20AMP� MNG 0 'I4EiA4t OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL WIRING DIAGARM Scale: none SPECIFICATIONS - DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.01 PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR A COMPLETE & PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, THE LOCAL COUNTY ELECTRICAL CODE AND POWER COMPANY. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS, & SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITERS' LABEL. 1.03 CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE SITE BEFORE BIDDING. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED IN CONTRACT PRICE FOR WORK REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 1.04 ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 1.05 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT RECEPTACLE TYPE WITH OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (RANGE, DRYER, ETC.) 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.01 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS: ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL WITH LOCKNUTS AND BUSHINGS, WITH THE EXCEPTION THAT WHERE SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES, BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAYS MAY BE (E.M.T.) ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING OR PVC SCHEDULE 40. (PVC MAY BE USED BELOW GRADE ONLY.) E.M.T. SHALL BE JOINED WITH STEEL COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS. MC CABLE IF ALLOWED BY OWNER 1.02 CONDUCTORS: BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE (#12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) "THW OR THWN" COPPER (NO ALUMINUM SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE). ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE WIRED WITH COLOR -CODED WIRE WITH THE SAME COLOR USED FOR A PHASE THROUGHOUT. COLOR -CODE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BLACK, PHASE B- RED, PHASE C- BLUE, NEUTRAL- WHITE, GROUND- GREEN. 16200 ELECTRICAL SERVICE SYSTEM 1.01 IN GENERAL, ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, METALLIC CONDUIT, MOTOR FRAMES, PANEL - BOARDS, ETC., SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE GREEN SYSTEM GROUNDING CONDUCTOR RUN FROM THE MAIN SWITCH GROUND TO ALL PANELS AND FROM GROUNDING LUGS ON EACH PANEL TO EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICE AND FIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC RULES OF ARTICLE 250 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL PANELS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL BAR ISOLATED FROM STANDARD NEUTRAL BAR FOR GROUNDING. 1.02 THE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ALL ELECTRIC POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION, LIGHTING, BALANCING AND TESTING CONSUMED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. 16300 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1.01 ALL WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. SWITCHES SHALL BE QUIET TYPE. RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE GROUND TERMINAL. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 16400 LIGHTING FIXTURES 1.01 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, AND ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE, HANGERS AND TRIM. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE BID AS SPECIFIED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE AUTO - RESET, CLASS P, ETL, CBM WITH EXTERNAL FUSE AND FUSE HOLDER. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND BALLASTS TO BE ENERGY SAVING TYPE. 1.02 LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTRACTOR SELECTED. SUBMIT CUT SHEETS TO ARCHITECT/OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 1.03 PROVIDE MULTI -GANG BOXES AND COVER PLATES ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH 2014 NEC VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELEC CONDITIONS BEFORE BIDDING VERIFY WITH OWNER SWITCHING CONFIGURATION BEFORE BIDDING VOLTAGE DROP SHALL COMPLY WITH FBC ENERGY CONSERVATION 2017 SECTION C405.6.3 C405.6.3VOLTAGE DROP, THE CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS COMBINED SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM OF 5 PERCENT VOLTAGE DROP TOTAL. EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO BE ON LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO BE INTERRUPTED BY ACCIDENTALLY OPENING SWITCH CONTROLLING NORMAL LIGHTING. EITHER AN AUTOMATIC MOTION SENSOR -TYPE LIGHTING SWITCH PER FBC 10006.1.2 EXCEPTION CAN BE USED OR PROVIDE A NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT THAT IS CONNECTED AHEAD OF A WALL SWITCH CIRCUIT SO THAT MINIMAL REQUIRED LIGHT LEVELS CAN BE MAINTAINED IN THE PATHS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION OF MEAN OF EGRESS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS DURING TIME OF OCCUPANCY ANY NEW INTERIOR LIGHTS FORTOILEf ROOM AND JANITOR ROOM LIGHTS SHALL BE ON OCCUPANT SENSOR DEVICE ON AND TIMER OFF. AUTO LIGHTING SHUTOFF -- INTERIOR LIGHTING IN BLDGS LARGER THAN 5000 SF SHALL BE CONTROLLED W/ AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICE TO SHUT OFF BLDG LIGHTING IN ALL NEW RENOVATED SPACES WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING A SPACE. AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OVERRIDING ANY TIME OF DAY SCHEDULED SHUT OFF CONTROL FOR NO MORE THAN 4 HOURS. LIGHTING FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATION INCLUDING SIGNS SHALL HAVE AUTOMATIC CONTROLS CAPABLE OF TURNING OFF EXTERIOR LIGHTING WHEN SUFFICIENT DAYLIGHT IS AVAILABLE OR WHEN LIGHTING IS NOT REQUIRED DURING NIGHTTIME HOURS. LIGHTING NOT DESIGNED FOR DUSK TO DAWN OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH. LIGHTING DESIGNED FOR DUSK TO DAWN OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH OR PHOTOSENSOR. LECTRICAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF SERVICE WITH POWER COMPANY 2. ALL WIRE SHALL BE THW COPPER, LINO. 3. WHERE REQUIRED BY OTHER CODES, SERVICE AND FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER OF EQUAL AMPACITY 4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 5, COORDINATE RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6, VERIFY ALL CONDUCTORS AND BREAKERS WITH EQUIP. MANUF. SPECS. 7. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OF SIZE AS REQUIRED BY LOAD AND UNITS. 8• PROVIDE NON -FUSIBLE GENERAL DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES AT A/C EQUIP., & AT PUMPS NOT VISIBLE FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AND AS PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS. 9• PROVIDE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON PLAN AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 10. ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, TRIM, AND APPLIANCES SHALL BE UL OR EQUAL APPROVED. 11. PROVIDE UNPREWIRED PHONE OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON PLANS 12. PROVIDE UNPREWIRED TV OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 13. ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL UTILIZE LOW NOISE, ENERGY SAVING BALLAST AND BULBS ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT AND EXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR ABANDONED CONDUIT SHALL BE CAPPED AT BOTH ENDS. TO CONSTRUCTION TO ASCERTAIN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LIMITS OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. ANY PRESENT FLOOR OUTLETS OCCURRING SHALL BE CAPPED FLUSH cm WITH FLOOR. COORDINATE SEQUENCING WITH OWNER & OTHER CONTRACTORS. a 14totrD. �N 0404 �� ALL REMOVED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THIS DEVICES & CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON PLANS WERE TAKEN FROM A CONTRACTOR UNLESS DIRECTED TO DO OTHERWISE BY THE OWNER. SITE VISITATION. THESE PLANS MAY NOT BE ENTIRELY ACCURATE. ra THEY ARE INTENDED TO GIVE THE CONTRACTOR A GENERAL IDEA WHERE WORK BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (WALL REMOVAL, NEW OF WHAT EQUIPMENT IS BEING REMOVED, DISCONNECTED OR RETAINED. OR RELOCATED WALL OPENING, ETC..) RESULTS IN THE REMOVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD INSPECTION RELOCATION OF REFEEDING OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES OR LIGHTING OF SITE TO DETERMINE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE INSTALLATION FIXTURES, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND AND/OR THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. RECONNECT AS REQUIRED ALL ACTIVE DEVICES SOME TO SUIT CONFLICTING EQUIPMENT. IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT AND MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF REMAINING DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT, THE COVERS ON ALL JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND ANY SUCH CONNECTION SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS LOCATED SHALL BE MARKED WITH A "MAGIC MARKER" TO INDICATE CIRCUIT IN UNFINISHED AREAS. NUMBER & SERVING PANEL OF CONDUCTORS OR SYSTEM CABLES ASSOCIATED WITH EACH BOX. DISCONNECT, REMOVE OR RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT THAT INTERFERES WITH NEW INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR CAN REUSE EXISTING UNDERSLAB CONDUIT IF APPLICABLE THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FOR PULLING NEW CIRCUIT WIRING. WIRING DEVICES, SIGNAL EQUIPMENT, EXHAUST FANS, BASEBOARD HEATERS, UNIT HEATERS, ECT. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR HEATERS, EXHAUST FANS, ETC., WHICH MUST BE DISCONNECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OR ABANDONMENT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT WIRE, BOXES AND FASTENING DEVICES, AS REQUIRED TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE WITH NEW INSTALLATION. v m cm a 14totrD. �N 0404 �� to � Ci CON � Cb. 04� Q rnw 00 CO Cv 12 1 a C4 ra A� No '`1� O co r N r `W r a N Q J a O LL Z o a CO CO OP.N r V� W W Cc 2W W > > m Op aO ma o a". � J � O m m .5OO LL ZNZ ao)a J N cc REVISIONS A 0 0 A 0 0 IL PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 ressR D,e.M= AM COPr- Pjaff D BY Ems= rfl 1am1j OrRSR Area= ANSMIcrs res ass Or Pass DOCUAM ns m rAr ORIGnm slid OR PUMW Pw WMCff rRsr WM PRa AM. RSPRODacrroNs. CHI11iC[s, OR �ssrciv�mi uv s sm- r PIROBRNriR DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE E200 CAUsers\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 E200.dwg, E200 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, 9/28/2018 4:55:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT LAND JJ Q 1 b D IMPROV MWHERE ACONFLICT IN THE A5V'N Y N ;0 SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUMS SPECIFICATIONS OR G�ENEfRAL IDEt'*10 NOTE6 GENEfRAL NOTE6 DRAWINGS ARISE THE 64 a MORE STRINGENT, STRICT, 1. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN 31 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND 2E921 S. ORLANDO DRIV1 eJ PRECISE, OR EXACTING ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE �� ..tea / Q SPECIFICATIONS OR SECURE REQUIRED DEMOLITION PERMITS. ARRANGE WITH RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK AND MATERIALS INCLUDING t �z SANFORDFLORIDI DIMENSIONS SHALL OWNER AND/OR APPROPRIATE UTILITIES FOR SERVICE THAT WORK PROVIDED BY SUBCONTR4CtORS. ALT ALTERNATE/ALTERNATIVE CONTROL SHUTOFFS BEFORE BEGINNING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE�� ay �� SA DOJ 2010 ADA -SAD 9 P (TTY). 2. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION OPERATIONS WITH OWNER G2 ANY SURVEY PROVIDED WITH THESE DOCUMENTS IS NOT PART OF AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION �q �w pq I A (2) For the purposes of this section, alterations to windows, devices, or installing a text telephone TTY . $ v co 1 A 010 Standards: Title III - 23 Subpart D of 28 CFR Part 36 hardware, controls, electrical outlets, and signage shall not be PARCEL AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE O poet, Rp" Nip * 0 p (iv) Costs associated with relocating an inaccessible drinking FOR SHUT DOWN PERIODS AND SEQUENCE OF WORK. '� �t 01-20-30-509-0000-1300 ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 03 partment of Justice deemed to be alterations that affect the usability of or access to fountain. PROTECT EXISTING HARDWARE AND DEVICES TO REMAIN. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND IS INTENDED ONLY FOR r� txl �W 36.403 Alterations: Path of travel. an area containing a primary function. Du to rovide accessible features in the event of OWNERS) ASSURE CONTINUING FACILITY OPERATIONS. AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (9) tY P INFORIATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, THE CONTRACTOR SNALL a) General. (d) Landlord/tenant: If a tenant is making alterations as defined in § disproportionality. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL ACCEPT ANY '�'B ANCHOR BOLTS (1) An alteration that affects or could affect the usability of or 36.402 that would trigger the requirements of this section, those (1) When the cost of alterations necessary to make the path of SILVER STAR SHOPPING AND ALL PREMISES AS FOUND. THE OWNER ASSUMES NO ARCH ARCHITECTURE/ARCHITECTURAL access to an area of a facility that contains a primary function alterations by the tenant in areas that only the tenant occupies do travel to the altered area fully accessible is disproportionate to CENTER LLC 3. SCHEDULES OF ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED ARE TO BE RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITIONS OF THE EXISTING SITE AND OR BP BASE PLATE/BEARING PLATE shall be made so as to ensure that, to the maximum extent not trigger a path of travel obligation upon the landlord with respect the cost of the overall alteration, the path of travel shall be made PROVIDED BY THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR STRUCTURES AT THE TIME OF BIDDING OR THEREAFTER NO 5RG BEARING feasible, the path of travel to the altered area and the restrooms, to areas of the facility under the landlord's authority, if those areas accessible to the extent that it can be made accessible without PROPERTY ADDRESS UTILITIES. ALL ITEMS TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR DIFFERING CONDITIONS FROM BM SEEM telephones, and drinking fountains serving the altered area, are are not otherwise being altered. incurring disproportionate costs. 2921 ORLANDO CSTE OWNERLOCAL AUTHORITIESOR UTILITIES SHALL E THE SURVEYS t0 THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONSBLK BLOCK readily accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities, (e) Path of travel. (2) In choosing which accessible elements to provide, priority 200/206 , , B . ) DR SANFORD, FL B/ BOTTOM OF t� F •, Including individuals who use wheelchairs, unless the cost and (1) A "path of travel" includes a continuous, unobstructed way of should be given to those elements that will provide the greatest 32�i1 PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL AND G BUILDING' scope of such alterations is disproportionate to the cost of the pedestrian passage by means of which the altered area may be access, in the following order: SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY IN G3 ANY DISCREPANCY OR NON -COORDINATION BETWEEN ANY PART BLD overall alteration. approached, entered, and exited, and which connects the altered (i) An accessible entrance; MAILING 6000 AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION. OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS UNINTENTIONAL. THE BTJ BOLTED TIE JOIST (2) If a private entity has constructed or altered required elements area with an exterior approach (including sidewalks, streets, and (ii) An accessible route to the altered area; METROWEST BLVD 5TE 101 CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT At ONCE IF HE SO of a path of travel at a place of public accommodation or parking areas), an entrance to the facility, and other parts of the (iii) At least one accessible restroom for each sex or a single ORLANDO, FL 32835-1630 4. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS NOT SCHEDULED FOR BELIEVES THAT SUCH A SITUATION EXISTS. CANT CANTILEVER , commercial facility in accordance with the specifications in the facility. unisex restroom; SALVAGE AND REUSE, OR THOSE TO BECOME PROPERTY OF CL CENTERLINE Statu�i�rds, the private entity is not required to retrofit such (2) An accessible path of travel may consist of walks and sidewalks, (iv) Accessible telephones; SUBDIVISION NAME CLR CLEAR/CLEARANCE ,deflect the incremental changes in the 2010 curb ramps and other interior or exterior pedestrian ramps; clear v Accessible drinking fountains; and SANFORD PLAZA THE OWNER, LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OR UTILITIES FROM COL COLUMN � _ 9 O 9 G4 ANY ERRORS, INCONSISTENCIES, OR OMISSIONS THAT THE tlaris`solely because of an alteration to a primary function floor paths through lobbies, corridors, rooms, and other improved (vi) When possible, additional accessible elements such as CONDOMINIUM THE SITE, AND DISPOSE OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CONTRACTOR MAY UNCOVER MUST BE REPORTED TO THE CONC CONCRETE area served by that path of travel. areas; parking access aisles; elevators and lifts; or a combination parking, storage, REGULATIONS. ARCHITECT AT ONCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE CB CONCRETE BEAM b) Primary function. A "primary function" is a major activity for which of these elements. and alarms. TAX DISTRICT FOR CORRECTION OF ANY WORK AFTER START OF WORK CC CONCRETE COLUMN the facility is intended. Areas that contain a primary function (3) For the purposes of this part, the term "path of travel" also (h) Series of smaller alterations. S4-SANFORD- 11-92 5. ALL ITEMS SCHEDULED TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE SHALL WHICH HAS NOT BEEN BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT INTBo1vY X. a>►aar 8f include, but are not limited to, the customer services lobby of a includes the restrooms, telephones, and drinking fountains (1) The obligation to provide an accessible path of travel may not REDVDST BE REMOVED WITH CARE, STORED AND PROTECTED FROM ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT SHALL APPROVE ALL METHODS OF CONT CONTINUOUS bank, the dining area of a cafeteria, the meeting rooms in a serving the altered area. be evaded by DAMAGE UNTIL SALVAGED ITEMS ARE INCORPORATED INCONNX CONNECTION conference center, as well as offices and other work areas in which DOR USE CODE CORRECTING ANY FAULTY OR ERRONEOUS WORK (f) Disproportionality. performing a series of small alterations to the area served by a THE NEW WORK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S CONST CONSTRUCTION the activities of the public accommodation or other private entity (1) Alterations made to provide an accessible path of travel to the single path of travel if those alterations could have been 1105 -RETAIL CONDO RESPONSIBILITY TO REPLACE AND/OR RESTORE ANY ITEMS CS J CONSTRUCTION JOINT using the facility are carried out. Mechanical rooms, boiler rooms, altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall performed as a single undertaking. G5 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF MASONRY, FACE OF STUD OR C J CONTRACTION JOINT / CONTROL JOINT supply storage rooms, employee loun es or locker rooms, janitorial alteration when the cost exceeds 20% of the cost of the alteration 2 SCHEDULED FOR SALVAGE AND REUSE THAT ARE DAMAGED PPY s9 i S�. COLUMN CENTER LINES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. tosets, entrances, corridors, and restrooms are not areas to the primary function area. (i) If an area containing a primary function has been altered DURING THE COURSE OF CONTRACT OPERATIONS. THE DET DETAIL containing a primary function. (2) Costs that may be counted as expenditures required to provide without providing an OWNER SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE OF SUITABILITY OF DEPT DEPARTMENT c) Alterations to an area containing a primary function. an accessible path of travel may include: accessible path of travel to that area, and subsequent THESE SALVAGED ITEMS FOR REUSE IN THE WORK. G6 DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. ITEMS NOT DIMENSIONED DFT DRY FILM THICKNESS (1) Alterations that affect the usability of or access to an area (i) Costs associated with providing an accessible entrance and alterations of that area, or a different area on the same path of AND DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED SHALL BE BROUGHT DIA DIAMETER containing a primary an accessible route travel, are undertaken within three years of the original 6. REUSE OF SALVAGED MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY t0 THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. DIM DIMENSION function include, but are not limited to- to the altered area, for example, the cost of widening doorways alteration, the total cost of alterations to the primary function SCHEDULED, WILL BE AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE DIST DISTANCE (i) Remodeling merchandise display areas or employee work or installing ramps; areas on that path of travel during the preceding three year ARCHITECT OWNER IN NO CASE SHALL SALVAGED MATERIALS BE DN DOWN areas in a department (ii) Costs associated with making restrooms accessible, such as period shall be considered in determining whether the cost of EDESIGN MANAGEMNENT LLC INCORPORATED IN THE WORK THAT DO NOT MEET MINIMUM 3-1 ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL DR DRAIN store; installing grab bars, making that path of travel accessible is disproportionate. (ii) Replacing an inaccessible floor surface in the customer enlarging toilet stalls, insulating pipes, or installing accessible (ii) Only alterations undertaken after January 26, 1992, shall be 252 W SR 426 STE 2064 REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. pWG DRAWING service or employee work faucet controls; considered in determining if the cost of providing an accessible OVIEDO FL 32165 REGULATIONS. EA EACH areas of a bank; (iii) Costs associated with providing accessible telephones, such path of travel is disproportionate to the overall cost of the 401 310 1551 G8 DO NOT OBSTRUCT STREET RIGHT OF WAYS, SIDEWALKS, ETC EE EACH END O (iii) Redesigning the assembly line area of a factory; or as relocating the alterations. CONTACT, ANTHONY E EWEN, 1. IT IS NOT THE INTENT t0 SHOW EVERY PIECE OR ITEM UNTIL ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR SAME ARE SECURED. EF EACH FACE (iv) Installing a computer center in an accounting firm. telephone to an accessible height, installing amplification RA, NCARB TO BE REMOVED IN DEMOLITION WORK. MECHANICAL, EW EACH WAY co ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER WORK RELATED TO A WALL, OR EL ELEVATION r AREA SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL, SHALL GS WORK SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT OR OTHERWISE CAUSE TO BE EMB EMBEDMENT O± f N S 1�1A Tft N O S BE PERFORMED WHETHER SO NOTED OR NOT. WHERE INOPERATIVE EXISTING SITE OR ANY OTHER SITE'S FIRE PROTECTION ENGR ENGINEER r PARTIAL LEGAL DESCRIFTION EXISTING WALL SUBSTRATES ARE TO BE REMOVED, ALL SYSTEMS. ES EACH SIDE � 1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH At LEAST THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS STATED BELOW. UNIT 130 RELATED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ALARM, PHONE, EXIST EXISTING P.O.S., SECURITY, CONTROLS, EXIT SIGNS, OUTLETS, G1O ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE HIGHEST INDUSTRY EXT EXTERIOR W Z ALL SPACES SHALL BE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE IN COMPLYING WITH THE STANDARDS BELOW. SANFORD PLAZA CONDOMINIUM ~ O ETC. SHALL BE PROTECTED AND WHERE REQUIRED BE STANDARD FOR WORKMANSHIP. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE 2. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND RUBBER BASE SHALL BE F V FIELD VERIFY CO) CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH GLASS B INTERIOR ORB 5395 PG 1901... AS RECORDED IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS REMOVED AND RE -INSTALLED TO Flt FLUSH WITH NEW INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. F F FINISHED FLOOR a S FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD OF 26-15, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450, EXCEPT AS NOTED OF SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA WALL FINISH. WHERE EXISTING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL ALL WORKS SHALL CONFORM THE APPROPRIATE WRITTEN NATIONAL FLR FLOOR OR PLUMBING ITEMS ARE RUN EXPOSED ON WALL SURFACE, TRADE PUBLICATIONS. BELOW F D FLOOR DRAIN N 3. ALL EXPOSED WOOD TRIM REGARDLESS OF FINISH, SHALL BE OF A SPECIES OTHER THAN PINECONTRACTOR SHALL OPEN WALL CAVITY AS REQUIRED FTG FOOTING a a USA DOJ 2010 ADA -SAD TO CONCEAL THE ITEMS. GA GAGE/GAUGE AND IN NO CASE SHALL THE FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION EXCEED 200 AND THE SMOKE Gil THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN WORK AREAS ON A DAILY BASIS. LU 2010 Standards: Title III - 23 Subpart D of 28 CFR Part 36 Department of Justice GALV GALVANIZED W DEVELOPED 0-450, AS A CLASS 'C' INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL. § 36.402 ALTERATIONS. G12 PROVIDE BACKING/BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION d 4. MATERIALS LESS THAN 1/28 INCH THICK WHICH ARE CEMENTED TO THE SUBSTRATE WHICH (A) GENERAL. 8. DEMOLITION PLANS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OF ACCESSORIES. G C GENERAL LAMINATED G` OR m HAVE A FLAME SPREAD CHARACTERISTIC NO GREATER THAN PAPER OF 1/28 THICKNESS DO NOT (1) ANY ALTERATION TO A PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR A COMMERCIAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION SO THAT THE EXACT GLU-LAM GLUE LAMINATED 0 HAVE TO BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84. FACILITY, AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, SHALL BE MADE SO AS TO ENSURE THAT, TO THE BOUNDARIES OF SPECIFIC DEMOLITION MAY BE GN. GENERAL NOTES m G13 INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM t0 THE LOCAL � 5. MATERIALS SUCH AS CARPETING HAVING A NAPPED, TUFTED, LOOPED, OR SIMILAR SURFACE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE, THE ALTERED PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY ARE DETERMINED. N.A.S. HEADED ANCHOR 6TUDS READILY ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES, BUILDING CODE/ORDINANCES FOR MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD HT HEIGHT O WHEN APPLIED TO A WALL OR CEILING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF A CLASS A INTERIOR INCLUDING INDIVIDUALS WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS. 9. PATCH/REPAIR/REFINISH ALL SURFACES EXPOSED BY CLASSIFICATIONS. HORIZ HORIZONTALLL FINISH. () AN ALTERATION IS DEEMED TO BE UNDERTAKEN AFTER JANUARY 26, 1992, IF THE Z 6. INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CEMENTED OR OTHERWISE FASTENED IN PLACE SO THAT 2DEMOLITION WORK TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH EXISTING G14 NO ASBESTOS MATERIALS SHALL BE ALLOWED ON IN THE WORK INT INTERIOR Q ClO W THEY WILL NOT READILY BECOME DETACHED WHEN SUBJECTED TO ROOM TEMPERATURES OF PHYSICAL ALTERATION OF THE PROPERTY BEGINS AFTER THAT DATE. ADJACENT SURFACES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN, AND JT JOINT (B) ALTERATION. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS PART, AN ALTERATION IS A CHANGE TO A PREPARED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED. WORK JST J015T � 1r r 300 DEGREES F FOR 25 MINUTES. PLACE OF PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION OR A COMMERCIAL FACILITY THAT AFFECTS OR 315 NO STAPLES SHALL BE UTILIZED IN FASTENING ANY FRAMING 11-1. �. FLOORING MATERIAL SHALL A MINIMUM GLASS I I INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED COULD AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THE BUILDING OR FACILITY OR ANY PART THEREOF. SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS ON ALL LGTH LENGTHO WITH NFPA 253 (1) ALTERATIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, REMODELING, RENOVATION, SURFACES REQUIRED TO RENDER SUBSTRATES ACCEPTABLE OR SHEATHING MEMBER LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL O Z 6. CARPETING, INCLUDING ANY PADDING, WHEN SPECIFIED, SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS II REHABILITATION, RECONSTRUCTION, HISTORIC RESTORATION, CHANGES OR TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED IN ACCORDANCE LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS NOTED ABOVE REARRANGEMENT IN STRUCTURAL PARTS OR ELEMENTS, AND CHANGES OR WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 31(o ALL SIGNAGE IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC S. IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE IS USED ON A GROUND OR FLOOR SURFACE, THEN IT SHALL BE REARRANGEMENT IN THE PLAN CONFIGURATION OF WALLS AND FULL -HEIGHT 31i THE GC 15IDDER(5) SHALL PROVIDE A "59b OF TOTAL CONSTRUCTION MANUF MANUFACTURE/MANUFACTURER W 41 SECURELY ATTACHED, NAVE A FIR'S CUSHION, PAD. OR BACKING, OR NO CUSHION OR PAD, AND PARTITIONS. NORMAL MAINTENANCE, REROOFING, PAINTING OR WALLPAPERING, 10. WHEN WALLS, COLUMNS, OR OTHER SUPPORTING AND/OR COST BID ARCHITECT CONTINGENCY FUND" IN HIS BID TO THE M B MASONRY BEAM ASBESTOS REMOVAL, OR CHANGES TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS HAVE A LEVEL LOOP TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE BRACING ELEMENTS ARE SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION, OWNER THIS IS FOR UNFORESEEN ISSUES THAT MAY ARISE DUE ANY MATE MATERIAL Z CO ARE NOT ALTERATIONS UNLESS THEY AFFECT THE USABILITY OF THE BUILDING OR MAX MAXIMUM MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2 INCH. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPEL SHALL BE FASTENED FACILITY. STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS AND BRACING FOR THE ADJACENT NORMAL UNFORSSEN, HIDDEN CONDITION, ISSUES THAT THE W � TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE A TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. (2) IF EXISTING ELEMENTS, SPACES, OR COMMON AREAS ARE ALTERED, THEN EACH CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW. ANY UNUSED PORTION OF THE 5% SHALL MECH MECHANICAL UNTIL THE PERMANENT SUPPORTING STRUCTURES ARE IN BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER GC SHALL PROVIDE THE BID MEZZ MEZZANINE W W CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CHANGES IN LEVEL SECTION OF THE AMERICAN SUCH ALTERED ELEMENT, SPACE, OR AREA SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE W WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). PROVISIONS OF APPENDIX A TO THIS PART. PLACE AND ABLE TO SUPPORT IMPOSED LOADS. AND WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE BID CONTINGENCY FUND TO MIN MINIMUM 0 10. GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND (C) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE. THE PHRASE "TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT THE ARCHITECT At TIME OF 151D.MISC MISCELLANEOUS >1p. MO MASONRY OPENING 00 O SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS SHALL BE STABLE, FEASIBLE," AS USED IN THIS SECTION, APPLIES THE OCCASIONAL CASE WHERE THE 11. TERMINATE, CAP AND REMOVE ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL G18 ONLY LICENSED CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL MTL METAL W a FIRM, SHALL HAVE A SLIP RESISTANT FINISH AND SHALL COMPLY WITH GROUND AND FLOOR NATURE LI AN EXISTING FACILITY MAKES R VIRTT THE IMPOSSIBLE TO COMPLY FULLY CONDUIT, WIRING BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. PLUMBING AND PERFORM THE WORK SHOWN HEREIN. UNLICENSED ENTITIES N I C NOT IN CONTRACT0.01.�' WITH APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS THROUGH A PLANNED ALTERATION. IN PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. HVAC DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, SHALL SECURE THE APPROVAL OF ALL AGENCIES HAVING SURFACES' SECTION AND CHANGES IN LEVEL' SECTION OF THE 2001 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE THESE CIRCUMSTANCESTHE HE ALTERATION SHALL PROVIDE THE MAXIMUM PHYSICAL NOM NOMINEE r O 0� UNfRr=f= �� PIPING ETC. AS REQUIRED. JURISDICTION BEFORE PERFOR'1ING ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK N T S NOT TO SCALE 0 J W� �L EfRENGED ACCESSIBILITY FEASIBLE. ANY ALTERED FEATURES OF THE FACILITY THAT CAN BE MADE � Z N5 ACCESSIBLE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. IF PROVIDING ACCESSIBILITY IN ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED WITHIN THE DRAWINGS 15 SUBJECT TO CHANGES PRIOR TO ISSUE N W T NORMAL WEIGH TOPPING UL W CONFORMANCE WITH THIS SECTION TO INDIVIDUALS WITH CERTAIN DISABILITIES OF ALL LEGALLY REQUIRED PERMITS AND A "CERTIFICATE Or ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION" BY THE ARCHITECT. 0 * ALL REQUIRED EXITS, WAYS OF APPROACH THERETO, AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO (E.G.,( DEVELOPER / OWNER SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE SHALL CONFIRM AND BE AWARE OF WHICH GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVE JURISDICTION O G ON CENTER THOSE WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS) WOULD NOT BE FEASIBLE, THE FACILITY SHALL BE �: 0 THE STREET SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND OVER THIS PROJECT AND SHALL SECURE ANY ALL PERMITS FROM ANY AND ALL AGENCIES CLAIMING JURISDICTION. OPNG OPENING cc MADE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH OTHER TYPES OF DISABILITIES (E.G., THOSE WHO IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNOBSTRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY USE CRUTCHES, THOSE WHO HAVE IMPAIRED VISION OR HEARING, OR THOSE WHO HAVE THE ARCNG ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE DUE TO ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON DRAWINGS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY ALL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER PROJECT. OFF OPPOSITE O THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT ESE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY WORK PERFORMED BY UNLICENSED ENTITIES. Im * THE TENANT'S FURNITURE DEALER/INSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ON-SITE VERIFICATION OTHER IMPAIRMENTS). THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RWHICH GOVERNMENT OR LIABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF WHICGOVERNMENT AGENCIES HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT. PL PLATE O 0V. OF GOVERNING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE FOR TENANTS OWNERS REP AND OR GC SHALL PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH ALL REVIEW COMMENTS AND OR TRACKING INFORMATION IN ORDER TO ADDRESS ALL COMMENTS PLY PLYWOOD 0 r UJ FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE DUE TO ERRORS OR OM1561ONS ON THESE DRAWINGS THAT P S F POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT Z N� ARE CAUSED OR OCCUR PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. DO NOT ORDER MATERIALS PRIOR TO ISSUE OF ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. P S I POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH Q V/ Q O C O � � � I �l � � � � I � P C PRECAST CONCRETE J N to n APPLICABLE CODES: FBC BUILDING 2011 6TH ED FBC EXISTING BUILDING 2011 6tH ED I=BC PLUMBING 2011 6TH ED FBC MECHANICAL 201'1 6TH ED FBC FUEL GAS 2011 6tH ED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2011 FSC ENER3Y CONSERVATION 201-1 6tH ED FBG ACCESSIBILITY 2011 6TH ED NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE - 2015 DOJ 2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN --FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 6TH ED NFPA 1, FIRE CODE FLORIDA 2015 INSTALLATION OF PORTABLE ;=IRE EXTINGUISHERS NFPA 10, 2015 EDITION THIS IS A LEVEL 2 ALTERATION PER SEC 404 FBC-EB 2011 6tH E TENANT TOTAL GROSS AREA - 1916 SF. GROUP M-MECANTILE OCCUPANCY ONE STORY -TYPE II -B NON SPRINKLED- NON-COMBUSTIBLE &�1150L. LEGEND �— ELEVATION NUMBER �— SHEET NUMBER ODOOR NUMBER 0 — DETAIL NUMBER OR SECTION Q REVISION NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER f— SHEET NUMBER SECTION NUMBER +— SHEET NUMBER TABLE OF CONTENTS/ INDEX TO DRAWINGS COUNT SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME X Am01 COVER • A002 ARCHITETCURAL SITE PLAN • A003 LIFE 5AFETY PLAN • A004 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS • A100 FLOOR PLAN AND DEMOLITION PLAN • A101 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN • A102 TOILET ROOM REQUIREMENTS • A103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • A300 WALL SECTIONS • A301 WALL SECTIONS • A302 WALL SECTIONS, CEILING DETAILS • A400 5TD BLDG DETAILS • A500 GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT INSTALL NOTES • A601 STD HC DETAILS • A602 FBC-A CHAPTER 3 DETAILS • A603 FISC -A CHAPTER 4 DETAILS • A604 FBC-A CHAPTER 6 DETAILS • A604.1 FBG -A CHAPTER 6 DETAILS • A695 FBC-A CHAPTER 1 DETAILS • A100 UL LISTINGS AND DETAILS • A101 UL LISTINGS AND DETAILS • P100 PLUMBING PLAN, DETAILS, SPEC, SCHED • M100 HVAC PLAN, DETAILS, SPEC, SCREED • M200 HAVC SPEC, • M201 HVAC DETAILS • EI90 POWER 4 SYS PLAN, LIGHTING PLAN • E200 PLELEC SPECS • X - INITIAL ISSUE 948-2018 1 Scale: DO NOT SCALE .....»..—IIW-y , if "c.NwNIiIW[J W^%_&V IV I-IUJVVtL7IL.V Iv—VLVICV IV-VCV r%VV I.uvvv, rnVV 1 %.vvF_rN, c7IGVle—V I Y.U'i.L 1 rmrvi, I VIIy nr t-dNtVN, MULL% f%LJ rvr- tniyn WILIduty rinll),Ijuo, rv«.n run Uluuu u koo.vu x/-4.uu mcnes), 1:1, L;UVYKIUH I EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT BUS STOP AREA A = 0 26'41" R = 5679.65' L = 341.48' 1 i l 4`. f f f f � A= 01'28'18" R = 3024.79' L 77.69` r s AREA OF LEA5E 5f=ACE :2f 3t 21311f) -�a, -- ---�m .n ..�.• �,... �� .ice �..ago mmm� mmm� "Owl l EXISTING SHOPPING PLAZA >> um PROPOSED1 LIGHT POLEMR) -- 410� tj� --- EXIST.; LANDSCAPE AREA vo amm,, fom ,.,W amo —� soma* ram S.R- 4)7 01,&4Y G THIS ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN IS NEITHER A SURVEYLANDSCAPE NOR AN ENQINEERED SITE PLAN ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Scale: 1"=50'-0" -U r z 0 4 r - N A ExISW POWER POLE (TYP.) v N � F � raq cc 4 cob. X 0Q� OUOU w�Po to �A�� 4.4 Cr h Cb Cc 0� ' A �OSO M r N r ui co a N J a O LL zo eco ON I= CO W 1—I-- Wca y 2 Lu W_ Op a0 �zLL j 04 0CCCC Qr OM Z ac a J N co REVISIONS 0 0 A 0 0 0 ca z 0 H a R W m m a, ca W 0 z a H a. DI W 0 O V W co IxW O 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 mass DtuWn W AM COrr- ttrcsraD Br t Dames HAMIOAMI2', M4 lora rMrs COrMOM AMD Oresa tercets assritters rMs vss or mesas DOCeAfsMrs TO rtu oteretm stns Os rvsPOss Pw FMCff rest Bates JV"AM JWA0DIICTNJM CMIMCis. OR As8[OMAaNrs urs srAWnr DRA WN. AE CHECK. AE V -%V 101 r Vl ly 1 11 "arwN1LJ1 VpUUAl_cv I0 F lUJU%.dJ\Lv 10-U4VX .v 10-Vd-V /-%Vu I.Uvvy, Mu ve- 01 1 f- r�rSly, U14014U 10'f.JO.Jz7 mivi, 1 very nr, t-aNtvN, LJVVU 1 v rvr.Nt;J, r%r«.n 1U11 Uleea U t30.t1U X z f.uu mcnes), l:l, C;VF yNIGH I LULSIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CODES LISTED ARE A PART OF THE DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES. ALL CODE SECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER ANY DOCUMENTATION CONTAINED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY DISCREPANCY THE GC MAY FIND ON THE DRAWINGS TO THE CODE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS AT ONCE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PERFORMING THE WORK ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS IN POSSESSION OF THE CODES, HAS FAMILIARIZED HIMSELF WITH THE APPLICABLE SECTIONS AND SHALL CONSTRUCT TO PROJECT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODES AND THE DRAWINGS - THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT MEANT TO REQUIRE THE GC TO DESIGN ANY ELEMENT OR CONFIGURATION OF THE WORK, SUCH AS SIZING BE AMS AND COLUMNS, REINFORCING, ETC, BUT RATHER TO COMPLY WITH THE DIMENSIONAL AND OTHER RESTRAINTS OF INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS INDICATED IN THE CODES. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BLDG ELEMENTS BLDG TYPE: II -B FBC-B- 2011 T&02 BLDG ELEMENT REQUIRED PROVIDED PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME 0 0 BEARING WALLS ;moi l– - ��f EXIST S" CMU WALL TO DECK A50VE o Ha PR EXTERIOR 0 0 INTERIOR 0 0 NON BEARING WALLS/PARTITONNS 30 66 EXTERIOR EXISTING WOOD STUD PARTITION ::::—■-■■•■■■■•■ WALLS WITH NEW RATED METAL 0TO5 1 1 5 TO 10 1 1 10 TO 20 0 0 20 TO 30 0 0 MORE THAN 30 0 0 NON BEARING WALLS INTERIOR 0 0 FLOOR 4 SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 0 ROOF 4 SECONDARY MEMBERS 0 0 FBG -B 201-1 SECTION 508.4 SEPERATION FBC-B 201-1 SECTION -106 FIRE PARTITIONS 706.1. WALL SEPARATING INDIVIDUAL TENANTS: FBG -B 2011 SECTION -111 HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION FBG -B 201-1 SECTION -118 CONCEALED SPACES 116.4 DRAFT -STOPPING IN ATTICS FOR OCCUPANCIES OTHER THAN R1,R2 THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ITEM INSTALLED NOT IN NOTE CONFORMANCE WITH SAID CODES OR THE 0 SIGNED SEALED DIRECTIVES OR DRAWINGS. THE DRAWINGS MUST BEAR THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION (BUILDING DEPT). MINOR CLARIFICATION LETTERS THAT ESSENTIALLY DO NOT CHANGE THE DESIGN BUT MERELY CLARIFY IT, DO NEED THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE AHJ NA NA iT ANY ITEM THAT IS NOT DIMENSIONED, OR LOCATED, EITHER HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY, SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL SUCH TIME THE ARCHITECT PROVIDES A WRITTEN DIRECTIVE. 1-IORZ AREA SHALL NOT EXCEED 3000 SF UJ,4L L F,) 0 0 R L E Grz NFD 0 HR FR NEW MTL FRAME WALL e II -B MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS ONCRETE FLOOR STRUCTURE, STEEL TRUSSES 1 HR FR RATED MTL FRAME WALL 1 HR FR ;moi l– - ��f EXIST S" CMU WALL TO DECK A50VE o Ha PR 'm■m■m --- 1i �■ � WOOD FRAME NUMBER OF STORIES: LEVEL OF THE PROJECT: 1 < 2 MAX PER T504.4 1 M -MERCANTILE 1338 SF NON RATED TENAT DEMISNG WALL 23 30 66 EXISTING WOOD STUD PARTITION ::::—■-■■•■■■■•■ WALLS WITH NEW RATED METAL EXISTING PARTITION WALLS AND 0' FR CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN TOTAL TENANT AREA I HR'S ADJACENTFRAME WALL TO RATED 56 (OPEN UNFILLED LINES) 112 CLING ABOVE EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN �,--- EXISTING DOOR TO BE REMOVED NEW DOOR 4 FRAME EXISTING GROUP M - CLASS A SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL ITEMS, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SUPPRESSION ETC. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ITEM UNLE55 A SHOP DRAWING REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT. CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON EQUIPMENT SPECS OR SHOP DRAWINGS DURING THE REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE REVIEW CHECK BY THE ARCHITECT IS ONLY FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT AND GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN ON THE CONTACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONSt SELECTING FABRICATION PROCESS AND TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION± COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND PERFORMING THE WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORILY MANNER ANY STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL ITEM THAT IS NOT DIMENSIONED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONSTRUCTION IN A WRITTEN RFI. FLAME SPREAD NOTES 1. ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING VINYL AND R935ER SASE, SHALL 5E CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS 5 INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD 26-15 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450. 2.ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL COMPLY WITH CLASS A INTERIOR FINISH WITH FLAME SPREAD 0-25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450. 3.17LOORMG MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF CLASS II INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH RATING AS CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 253. NOTES: 1.1FROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER HAVING A MIN. RATING OF 101b 4-A:80-B:C FOR EVERY 3f00 SF± ALL EXTINGUISHERS SHALL 5E CONSPICUOUSLY LOCATED AND READILY ACCESSIBLE. 2.THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 60" AFF.± WHILE THE 50TTOM OF THE EXTINGUISHER SHALL 5E MOUNTED AT 4' MIN. AFF- 3.TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ANY EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT EXCEED 15'. CALL REWIRED EXITS± WAY OF APPROACH THERETO± AND WAY OF TRAVEL FROM THE EXIT INTO THE STREET SHALL 5E CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED FREE FROM ALL 05STRUCTIONS AND IMPEDIMENTS FOR UNO5STRUCTED EGRESS IN THE CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY. DEVICE LEGEND 5-5 51b 4-A:40-5:0 FIRE EXTINGUISHER N=NOOK C=CABINET 10 -FE 101b 4 -A:80 -5:C FIRE EXTINGUISHER H=NOOK C=CABINET Z® LIGHTED EXIT SIGN - LED OR EQUAL LIGHTED EXIT SIGN (LEE) OR SIMILAR) WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTS NEW 2x2 BOD INE EMERGENCY TWIN HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT O O SMOKE / HEAT DETECTOR [-S] FIRE ALARM PULL STATION EXISTING 2 x4 BODINE EMERGENCY FIRE ALARM HORN STROBE - - - - - - - PATH OF TRAVEL UA - - - - - - COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL MAINTAIN 4411 CLEAR EGRESS AISLE WIDTH AT ALL AREAS OF EGRESS PATHS LEADING TO EXITS RUII DING INFORMATION OCCUPANCY: Group M -MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE:y e II -B MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS ONCRETE FLOOR STRUCTURE, STEEL TRUSSES FIRE ALARM REQ/PROV: NO/NO FIRE SPRINKLERS REQIPRV NO/NO BUILDING HEIGHT: 21' < 55 FEET MAX ON T504.3 NUMBER OF STORIES: LEVEL OF THE PROJECT: 1 < 2 MAX PER T504.4 1 OCCUPANCY CONSTRUCTION TYPE ALLOWABLE BUILT AREA AREA PER FL /O & W/ INCR' (GROSS AREA) M-MERCANTI E II -B NS 12500 3709 SF (TENAT AREA M -MERCANTILE 1976 SF 60 NET 33 30 66 TENANT FI OOR ARFAS OCCUPANCY PURPOSE CALCUALTION & STEEL DECK ERIFIED) OCCUPANCY AREA (NET) AREA/OCCUPANT (#/NSF) OCCUPANT LOAD NFPA 101 SF/PERSON NFPA OCCUPANT LOAD M -MERCANTILE 1976 SF 60 NET 33 30 66 M -MERCANTILE 1338 SF 60 NET 23 30 66 TOTAL TENANT AREA 3314 SF 56 112 GRESS CAPACITY TABULATION EGRESS OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT EGRESS WIDTH WIDTH LOAD REQUIRED PROVIDED M -MERCANTILE 112 DOORS: 112 X 0.2 =22.4 140" NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED 1 'I 1i'-r�rT,l II ili , ii i 11 ,ti ,ii it fll it 11 ! i i 1 i „ 1 ' ill ' Iiil I1 'I II 1'I [, i II " 11-- 11-11'-1-1 I��II� 1 i1 ,i illi I' Il, t, ft II Ilii " ';11111,11 ,II II1il 'i 11 !I 11 II 1 it IIS 1111 ,Ii, I, ,,, ,Iii 'ii ;t I Itii i ill i, 1 il, , i Ii i „ iil ii ,i 1 1 t ,i ii , TETT-rl i i ,I It # OF EXITS 111111111 -1'111 i 1-1-111 1, 1 11 11 i l ,i , 1 I 111, l i,, it 1 1 1 1 111 1 I'1 li i 1 I II 11 ii II it i fl it i,l 11 1 i i, 1 i, ,,, fli ii , i ii 11 1i i i ,i ii 11 ! 1 1 Iil i' 1 ifl i 11 OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT NUMBER OF EXITS LOAD REQUIRED PROVIDED H i M -MERCANTILE 112 4 4 52'-10" 52'-10" - MEASUREMENT OF MEANS OF EGRESS ACTUAL MAX. ALLOWABLE TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200' FBC 52'-10" .�� MAX. DEAD END CORRIDOR LENGTH: 20' FBC T-2" MAX COMMOM PATH OF TRAVEL 100' FB NA EXISTING GROUP M - CLASS C SALES MIN. AISLE WIDTH: 44" >44" r i 29 MIN. CLEAR OPENING OF EXIT DOORS: 32" 35" i DE] 1 3 , THE NEW EXIST ENCLOSURE SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE --I WITH NFPA 101 -2012 SECTION i; NEW EXIT SNCL 7.1.3.2 "EXITS" , 129 1 010 -FE -H / 1 MEMBRANE PENETRATION SHALL 1 , I / BE PERMITTED ONLY ON THE EXIT 010 -FE -H — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ACCESS SIDE OF THE ENCLOSURE ' 50'-611 AND SHALL BE PROTECTED PER 50'-611 IST INT NFPA 101-2012- 8.3.5.6 i ------------------ -� EXISTINGGROUPM-CLASSC . ! I: f THRU PENETRATIONS OF THE IBM MEMBRANE SHALL COMPLY WITH r \ EXIST SALES 1 l i�HARMAC�' I �■ 1 ; ' �� �. o i NEPA 101-2012 SECT 7.1.3.2.1 (10) 1308 i j 130 ;_--;■� 1 I 9 j I EXIST TOLI �; HC TOILE 1 _ -_-_ ---- 130A 129p XI T T ET WALL AND CEILING FINISH IN THE ENCLOSURE IS PAINTED GWB PAINTED kl i i ' 11 '177711 1 i 1 i i i t1lf11 l!1 I 711'717171111 ii tli11i,, 1�I I Iiii1 ii _ 17 ' , l I 7171711177 1 ii i_ IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS A O R B7`1177171117,7711 11 I 1 f1 Ii . 1 , .Ii ( I ili',-1 1 1 1 1f.i.1111 111. t 7,117 -771 -7I 17! -71771771711 i, ! _ I fiI l , l1!I 1 11 1 i i _.ii 1( 1 Ij ii,I f ( ,f1li1 i , !t Ii EXISTING GROUP M - CLASS C 56 -ill" LIFE SAFETY PLAN Scale 3/16"=1'-0" FLOOR FINISH IS VCT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CLASS II THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY D WITH CPT 37 OF NFPA101-2012 z v co w 14 Oq ko C Q �w 04 0cc 4 S O W �4a ho 4 rz zzm2mmmw .Lmo" It. aware 0 co r N r W H co Q N J a 0 cc 0 U. Z 0 aCr2 CO v- \ ON H r `y W r W Cc WLU > 00 a0 �Zmi � J 0�� .j00 N LL ZZ J N CO REVISIONS 0 D 0 A D O Z J a W LL cc LL J PROD NO.:15-024 DATE: S -28-I5 rW AUFMCS AM COM- JUVE D By Emsmv All anMr, rte aofs rM Corrwoar IBB orasA Aran AasrArcrs I= ass or rAsss Bocal/sM m rm 0JUM f" sm OA PaAF'Dsa FM WMCa rJW wsss PA AJ=. Adr mvCr1QNs. Csuv�es, oA � .Aa srArcr�r PAOAZWM DRAWN: AE CHECK. AE A003 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A003.dwg, A003 LIFE SAFETY, 9/28/2018 4:54:25 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT RECOMMENDED PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE PRODUCTS CONCRETE MIX UNLESS SPECIFIED ON STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS PROVIDE CONCRETE OF THE FOLLOWING MIX DESIGN - COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS = 3000 PSI MAX 2% FLY ASH OF CEMENT EXAMINATION VERIFY COMPACTED SUB -GRADE IS ACCEPTABLE AND READY TO SUPPORT PAVING -TEST SUB -GRADE AND PROVIDE TEST RESULTS t0 OWNER PREPARATION PROVIDE 6 OR 8 MIL POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER TAPE ALL JOINTS COAT SURFACES OF ALL FRAMES WITH OIL TO PREVENT BONDING WITH CONCRETE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONCRETE OPERATIONS EXECUTION ENSURE THAT REINFORCEMENTS, INSERTS, EMBED PATS FORMED JOINTS ARE NOT DISTURBED DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT. PLACE CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY BETWEEN PREDETERMINED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. DO NOT BREAK OR INTERRUPT SUCCESSIVE POURS SUCH THAT COLD JOINT OCCUR JOINTS PLACE CONTROL JOINTS AT 10 FOOT INTERVALS TYP UNO. PLACE JOINT FILLERS BETWEEN PAVING COMPONENTS AND BUILDING OR OTHER APPURTENANCES. PROVIDE SAW JOIST AT 5 FOOT INTERVALS IN SIDEWALKS SAW CUT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS �&" WIDE AT AN OPTIMUM TIME FRAME UP t0 24 HOURS AFTER FINISHING SLABS ON GRADE. CUT 4 INTO DEPTH OF SLAB. FINISHING STEEL TROWEL IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, PROTECT CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING, EXCESSIVE HEAT OR COLD TEMPERATURES AND MECHANICAL INJURY COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DALE INDUSTRIES, INC. DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC. ALLSTEEL E GYPSUM PRODUCTS, INC. FRAMING MATERIALS STUDS: ASTM 0955, FORMED t0 CHANNEL SHAPE, SOLID WEB, GAUGES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, 15/8" FACE AND 35/8 OR 6" DEEP TRACK FORMED STEEL, CHANNEL SHAPED SAME WITH AS STUDS, SOLID WEB, 25 GAUGE THICK UNO, USE 22 GA At ALL RATED WALLS ACCESSORIES BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING, PLATES, GUSSETS AND CLIPS: FORMED SHEET STEEL, THICKNESS DETERMINED FOR CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED FASTENERS SELF DRILLING, SELF TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: ASTM AI23 HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED t0 125 OZ/SF ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED AND DRILLED EXP BOLTS: WELDING IN CONFORMANCE WITH AWS DII AND AWS D13 FABRICATION FABRICATE ASSEMBLIES OF FRAMED SECTIONS OF SIZES AND PROFILES REQUIRED WITH FRAMING MEMBERS FITTED, REINFORCED, AND BRACES TO SUIT DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FINISHES STUDS: GALVANIZE TO GSO COATING CLASS TRACKS AND HEADERS: GALVANIZE TO G90 COATING CLASS BRACING, FURRING, BRIDGING PLATES, GUSSETS AND CLIPS, SAME FINISHES AS FRAMING MEMBERS. WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING MATERIALS LUMBER GRADING RULES: NFoPA, SPIE, WCLIB, AND WWPA MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING: STRESS GROUP D, SPECIES, 19 PERCENT MAX MOISTURE CONTENT PRESSURE PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT PER AWPA PLYWOOD: APA RATED SHEATHING GRADE C -D OR BETTER EXPOSURE DURABILITY It SANDED. ACCESSORIES FASTENERS AND NAVAHOS: FASTENERS: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS. UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHERE ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT FOR ANCHORAGE t0 SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE. BOLT OR BALLISTIC FASTENERS FOR ANCHORAGE TO STEEL . SHEATHING SECURE SHEATHING t0 FRAMING MEMBERS WITH EDNS OVER FIRM BEARING AND STAGGERED INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARDS WITH PLYWOOD SHEATHING MATERIAL WHERE REQUIRED. PROVIDE FIRE RATED WHERE REQUIRED BY BLDG OFFICIAL. OVERSIZE THE PANEL BY 12" ON ALL SIDES UNLESS SIZE IS CALLED ON DOCUMENTS. PANEL SHALL BE J" THICK UNO BUILDING INSULATION PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS CERTAINTEED CORPORATION OWNER CORNING FIBERGLASS CORPORATIONS ATLAS ENERGY PRODUCTS INSULATING MATERIAL RIGID BOARD REFORMED UNITS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS ASTM C 665 TYPE 1 UNFACED MINERAL FIBER INSULATION 3" THICK MIM STC -50 MIN AT ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS PREPARATION CLEAN SUBSTRATE OF SUBSTANCES HARMFUL TO INSULATION AND INTERFERING WITH ATTACHMENT INSTALLATION INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE RECOMMENDATION BOND UNITS TO SUBSTRATE WITH ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE t0 PROVIDE PERMANENT PLACEMENT OF UNITS INSTALL MINERAL FIBER BLANKETS IN CAVITIES BY FRICTION FIT JOINT SEALERS PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS THAT HAVE BEEN PRODUCED AND INSTALLED TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN WIATER-TIGHT AND AIRTIGHT CONTINUOUS SEALS WITHOUT CAUSING DETERIORATION OF JOINT SUBSTRATES ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALERS COMPLY WITH ASTM C920 AND CLASSIFICATION FOR TYPE GRADE CLASS AND USES. SINGLE PART POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT FOR USE t- TO BE BY "VULKEMN 45" / MAMECO INTERNATIONAL INC OR APPROVED EQUAL ONE PART NONSAG URETHANE SEALANT FOR USE NT TO BE "VULKEM 45" / MAMECO INTERNATIONAL INC. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS USE "AC-40"/PECORA CORP OR "SONOLAC" / SONNE50RN BUILDING PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL AS t0 COMPLY WITH ASTM C834 nTW1•7i;`4FAI1a PROVIDE NONSAG, PAINTABLE, NON -STAINING LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834 FOR CONCEALED JOINTS USE NON DRYING NON HARDENING SYNTHETIC RUBBER SEALANT FOR INTERIOR JOINTS JOINT SEALANT BACKING: PLASTIC FOAM JOINT FILLERS, PREFORMED, COMPRESSIBLE RESILIENT, NON STAINING MATERIAL THAT IS CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM AND NON-ABSORBANT TO LIQUID WATER AND COMPLIES WITH ASTM D 1623 AND ASTM C 1083 DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS SCHLAGE COMMERCIAL GRADE OR APPROVED EQUAL FINISHES ON REMODEL WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN - MATCH EXISTING. ON NEW PROJECTS: U826 BRIGHT CHROMIUM. MOUNTING HEIGHTS LOCKETS 38" PUSH PULL 42" DEAD LOCKS 48" EXIST DEVICES 38" GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS UCTS AND MANUFACTU DOMTAR GYPSUM COMPANY GEORGIA PACIFIC CORPORATION GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C36, 5/a" THICK, ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES FIR= RATED GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C36, FIRE RESISTIVE TYPE, UL RATED, 5/e" THICK, ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES MOISTURE RESISTIVE GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C630, 5/a" THICK ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES ACCESSORIES THERMAL INSULATION AS DEFINED CORNER BEADS, METAL EDGE TRIM, GA 201 AND GA 216 TYPE L, LK, U EXPOSED REVEAL BEAD JOINT MATERIALS, ASTM C4 -T5: REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE AND WATER METAL FRAMING AND FURRING SECTION INCLUDES WALL, BULKHEAD, CEILING, AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACES DEFLECTION t0 L/180 UNDER LATERAL POINT LOAD OF 100 LBS FABRICATE HORIZONTAL CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACE TO 1-/360 DEFLECTION UNDER SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS AND WIND UPLIFT FABRICATE VERTICAL WALL AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING TO LIMIT FINISH SURFACE TO L/240 DEFLECTION UNDER SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS AND WIND UPLIFT PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS DALE INDUSTRIES, INC. DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS USG INDUSTRIES FRAMING MATERIALS FURRING CHANNELS: FORMED STEEL, MIN 25 GA, 3/e" DEEP X 3/4" HIGH X LENGTH REQUIRED MAIN CEILING CHANNELS " FORMED STEEL, MIN 18 GA, 3/4" DEEP X 11/2" HIGH X LENGTH REQUIRED HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION t0 RIGIDLY SUPPORT CEILING COMPONENTS IN PLACE TO DEFLECTION LIMITS AS REQUIRED OR INDICATED. LATERAL BRACING: FORMED STEEL, MIN 16GA. SIZE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED OR SHOWN ON DAWNING CASING BEADS: FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA - DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS. MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS , EXPANDED METAL FLANGES OR HOLED METAL FLANGED WITH SQUARE EDGES. CORNER BEAD: FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLtE LENGTHS WITH EXPANDED OR HOLED FLANGES WITH 5ULLN05ED EDGE. BASE SCREED" FORMED SHEET STEEL MIN 26 GA DEPTH GOVERNED BY PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS, EXPANDED OR HOLED METAL FLANGES WITH BEVELED EDGE. ACCESSORIES FACTORIES FABRICATED AND FINISHES TRIM UNITS, TYPES FOR FORMING REVEALS, VENTS OR OTHER INDICATED TRIM OR FEATURES SHALL BE OF TYPE AND DESIGN INDICATED, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM (6063-T5 ALLOY) AS MANUFACTURED BY FRY REGLET CO. MM SYSTEMS OR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT ANCHORAGE: TIE WIRE, NAILS, SCREWS AND OTHER METAL SUPPORT, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION TO RIGIDLY SECURE MATERIALS IN PLACE POLYETHYLENE SHEET: CLEAR, 6 MIL THICK TIE WIRE: ANNEALED GALVANIZED STEEL. FINISHES FRAMING MATERIALS: GALVANIZED HANGERS, ANCHORS, AND FASTENING DEVICES: GALVANIZED LATH MATERIALS: GALVANIZED. WALL AND FURRED SPACE FRAMING INSTALL LATHING AND FURRING FOR PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1063 ERECT WALL FURRING BY DIRECTLY ATTACHING TO MASONRY WALLS ERECT FURRING CHANNELS AT VERTICAL ON CHANNELS SECURE WITH FASTENERS ON ALTERNATE CHANNEL FLANGES AT 24" OC SPACE FURRING CHANNELS At MAXIMUM 24" INCHES ON CENTER, NOT MORE THAN 4" FROM FLOOR AND CEILING LINE CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING INSTALL FURRING t0 HEIGHT INDICATED. ERECT AFTER ABOVE CEILING OR SOFFIT WORK IS COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGER WITH OTHER WORK INSTALL FURRING INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMN AND ABOVE CEILING WORK. SECURELY ANCHOR HANGERS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR EMBED IN STRUCTURALLY SLABS. SPACE CHANGES TO ACHIEVE DEFLECTION LIMITS INDICATED. SPACE MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 48" OC, NOT MORE THAN 2" FROM WALL SURFACES. LAP SPLICE SECURELY. SECURELY FIX CARRYING CHANNELS t0 HANGERS TO PREVENT TURNING OR TWISTING AND TO TRANSMIT FULL FULL LOAD TO HANGERS PLACE FURRING CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO CHARRING CHANNELS NOT MORE THAT 2" FROM PERMUTE WALLS, AND RIGIDLY SECURE. REINFORCE OPENING IN SUSPENSION SYSTEM WHICH INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OR FURRING CHANNELS WITH LATERAL CHANNEL BRACING. EXTEND BRACING MINIMUM 24" PAST EACH OPENING. LATERALLY BRACE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. TOLERANCES MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE LINES AND LEVELS:" IN 10 FEET MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING WARRANTY CEILINGS: THE MANUFACTURES WARRANTS THAT THE CEILING WILL REMAIN FREE FROM SAG, WARP, OR DELAMINATING AS A DIRECT RESULT OF DEFECTS IN THE MATERIALS OR FACTORY WORKMANSHIP, SUBJECT TO WARRANTY PROVISION OR INSTALLATION CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS. WARRANTY PERIOD: ONE YEAR FORM DATE OF INSTALLATION. PRODUCTS ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM: 24" X 48" X J" ARMSTRONG- CORTEGA - SECOND LOOK II SITEM 2-1-t6)WITH ANGLES TEGULAR EDGE PROFILE (OR MATCH EXISTING IN REMODEL PROJECTS). SUSPENSION SYETEM ARMSTRONG SUPRAFINE 13/16 " EXPOSED TEE GRID (OR MATCH EXISTING IN REMODEL PROJECTS) SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIALS ANCHORING DEVICES: HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL, ASTM A153 COATING CLASS CE D, SCREWS, BOLTS, HOOKS, AND EYES. TIE WIRE: 16 GA MIN. (ASTM A641) ZING CARBON STEEL TOUCH UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS. CONCEALED ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: NON-DRYING, NON -SHRINKING, NON-BLEADING, GUNNABLE SEALANT: PECORA BA -98 OR TREMCO ACOUSTICAL SEALANT COORDINATION COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES. EXTRA MATERIALS ON NEW PROJECTS OR NEW TI PROJECTS, FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS THAT MATCH INSTALLED PRODUCT AND ENSURE QUAINTLY OF FULL SIZE EQUAL TO 5 PERCENT OF AMOUNT INSTALLED. GLUE DOWN CARPETING ALLOWANCE GC t0 PROVIDE sIB0 PER SQ FOOT ALLOWANCE FOR OWNER SELECTED CARPETING. COORDINATE WITH OWNER SELECTIONS AND PROVIDE SAMPLES AS REQUESTED. WARRANTIES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE OWNER WRITTEN WARRANTIES FROM THE MANUFACTURERS FOR EDGE RAVEL, DELAMINATING, AND WEAR FOR FIVE YEARS MATERIALS CONSTRUCTION: TUFTED LOOP PILE GAUGE: /a" MIN STITCHES PER INCH: 6 TUFTS PER SQ IN: 6.4 MIN TOTAL WEIGHT: 61 OZ PER SY WEIGHT DENSITY: 5000 MIN AVERAGE DYE METHOD: SOLUTION DYED BACKING MATERIAL: SYNTHETIC WITH ANTI -BACTERIA, ANTI -FUNGUS, AND NON -ALLERGENIC CHARACTERISTICS ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER CARPET EDGE STRIP, BONNEL CQ ALUMINUM GRIPPER OR EQUAL. MAIAITIAIn PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS SW SHER IN WILLIAMS MOORE BENJAMIN MOORE 4 CO. PORTER PORTER PAINTS ICI ICI PAINT PRODUCTS SCHEDULE CEMENTIOUS MATERIALS ELASTOMERIC FINISH: TWO COATS, MIN 3.5 MILS DRY FILM PRIMER: BLOCK FILLER/SEALER FIRST/SECOND COATS. ELASTOMERIC TYPE GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS FLAT ENAMEL FINISH: THREE COATS, MIN 3.5 MILS DRY FILM PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PRIMER FIRST/SECOND COATS: EGG SHELL (UNO) WOODWORK (OPAQUE FINISH) SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL: THREE COATS UNDERCOAT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS UNDERCOAT FIRST AND SECOND COAT: SW LOW LUSTRE ALKYD FERROUS METAL SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL FINISH: TWO COATS OVER PRIMER PRIMER: SYNTHETIC, QUICK -DRYING, RUST INHIBITING: SW ANTI CORROSIVE METAL PRIMER UNDERCOAT: INTERIOR ENAMEL UNDERCOAT, SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL FINISH COAL: INTERIOR, SEMI -GLOSS, ODORLESS, ALKYD ENAMEL , SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL ZINC COALED METAL (GALVANIZED) SEMI -GLOSS FINISH: TWO COATS OVER PRIMRE PRIMER. GALV METAL PRIMER, HYRDO PRIME UNDERCOAT: INTERIOR ENAMEL UNDERCOAT, SW RICH LUX LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL FINSH COAT: INTERIOR, SEMI -GLOSS, ALKYD ENAMEL, RICH LOW LUSTRE ALKYD ENAMEL RESILIENT FLOORING F!R0DUCT5 AND MANUFACTURES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE MODEL "STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE" BY ARMSTRONG OR APPROVED EQUAL. SIZE: 12" X 12" THICKNESS: 1/e" COMPLY WITH ASTM F106, COMPOSITION 1 CLASS 1 (SOLID COLOR) OR CLASS 2 (PATTERN TILE) VINYL BASE KOPPE CORPORATION, VPI, OR APPROVED EQUAL FS 65-W-40 TYPE 2 VINYL, TOP SET COVED DIMENSIONS: '/a INCH GAGE BY 4" HEIGHT LENGTH: ROLL TYPE: 4" VINYL CARPET COVE BASE ALL CARPET AREAS AND COVED BASE AT RESILIENT FLOORING AREAS QUALITY ASSURANCE OBTAIN EACH TYPE, COLOR, AND PATTERN OF THE TILE FROM THE SINGLE SOURCE WITH RESOURCES TO PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF CONSISTENT QUALITY IN APPEARANCES AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES WITHOUT DELAYING PROGRESS IN THE WORK PROVIDE RESILIENT FLOOR TILE WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AS TESTED P3/4ER ASTM E648 CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX AND ASTM E662 SMOKE DENSITY OR UL TESTING EXTRA MATERIALS FURNISH NOT LESS THAN ONE BOX FOR EACH 50 BOXES OR FACTION THEREOF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS J I INDUSTCIRES LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO. MODERN METAL PRODUCTS BY MUCKLE POTTER-ROEMER, INC SAMSON METAL PRODUCTS, INC QUALITY ASSURANCE OBTAIN EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS FROM SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER AND SUPPLIER FIR EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE UL LISTED WITH THE UL LISTING FOR THE TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION OF EXTINGUISHERS. FINISH CARPENTRY PRODUCTS LUMBER MATERIALS: SHEET MATERIALS: SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD, PS I GRADE C -D' GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI CUSTOM VENEER CORE FIR FACE SPECIES, FLAT CUT, USE FOR FIXED SHELVING OR SHELVING ON ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS LUMBER FOR SHIMMING AND BLOCKING: SOFTWOOD LUMBER OF SOUTHERN PINE SPECIES FABRICATION FABRICATE TO AWI STANDARDS SHOP ASSEMBLE WORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE, PERMITTING PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING FIT EXPOSED SHEET MATERIALS EDGES WITH PLASTIC EDGING CAP EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH EDGES WITH MATERIAL OF FINISH AND PATTERN WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSTANT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES, FIT CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE: SECURE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET t0 REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATED FINISHED SURFACES GENERAL NOTE THE SPECIFICATIONS HEREIN ARE RECOMMENDATIONS. NOT ALL ITEMS APPLY OR APPLICABLE t0 THIS PROJECT. GC SHALL VERIFY WITH OWNER ALL OF THE OWNER'S PREFERENCES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS OR PERFORMING WORK. v co G 04 �q 63 N-14 C4 O ntp c O � t4 O M r N r W ca Q N Q J IL LL Z Q CO) V�T- 00) ON � r � W W CO W W > >� Op a0 �10 ZZ j IJL 0J o m m .500 LL ZNZ av�a _j C4 ca REVISIONS 0 0 0 co Z 0 H Q V LL V a cc cc 0 IrW Z PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 Imre: murmw IRE COPr- Pica D sr zmszm umanl ORr: LLC, sons rms coPrRrasr No Oran mm Rasrmm Tax ass or rrrsss DOCUAMM ro rm 0xwmL snag OR Pup -VMS MR FMW rrur WJ= MWAMM RSPRODUClIQNS4 CBI1VCt$ oft �ssrcanrsHrs ver ssyvc�zr DRAWN: AE CHECK: AE C:\UserslTony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects12018-02612018-026 A004.dwg, A004 ARCH SPEC, 9/28/2018 4:54:27 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT WALL 4 DOOR LEGEND o wR NEW FRAME WALL IWRFR 150000000000000001 RATED FRAME WALL 0WRMR li i iTi- EXIST 8" CMU WALL 0WRPRI•:••••••••■••••1 NON RATED TENAT DEM13NCs WALL IN, EXISTING PARTITION WALLS AND EXISTING PARTITION WALLS W14ITP 04RM _____ ----- CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN I MR MR NEW RATRED WALL ADJACENT (OPEN UNFILLED LINES) EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN --' EXISTING DOOR TO SE REMOVED i� NEW DOOR t FRAME FLOOR FLAN <E*1"E:D NOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW FLOORING AND SASE (4" VINYL) TRHUOUT (UNO) (LANDLORD TO VERIFY SPECS) 2. NEW METAL FRAMED NLB PARTITION TO CEILING ABOVE 3. NEW FURRING TO MATCH AND NEW GWB (THICKNESS TO MATCH EXISTING) 4. NEW EXTEXT DOOR E FRAME 5. NEW 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL FLOOR TO CEILING PER UL LISTINGS 6. NA -1. NEW WALL HUNG HC LAVATORY 8. NEW FLOOR MOUNT TANK TYPE HC WATER CLOSET 9. PROVIDE ALL NEW ACCESSORIES 10. NEW 1 HOUR RATED SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CLG ABOVE 11. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE TO 4' NIGH ON 2 WALLS 12. REPAIR REPALCE COMPLETE CEILING TO NEW CONDITON 13. NEW HI LOW ELECTRIC WATER FOUNTAIN AS REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE 14. PAINT ALL WALLS WITH MIN 2 COAT LATEX ENAMEL (SHEEN SPEC BY LANDLORD) 15. PROVIDE NEW CERMAIC TILE FLOORING AND BASE IN TOLIET ROOMS 16. PROVIDE SIGN ON WALL "1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL -DO NOT CUT" 11 PROVIDE SIGN ON CEILING "1 HOUR FIRE RATED CEILING -DO NOT CUT" SALE5 129 DEMOLITION PLAN Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" UN - REFE:RNCE D SCOPE OF WOR< NOTES Xl CLEAN AND RE -LAMP ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. REPLACE ALL LENS THAT HAVE DISCOLORATION X2 PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING TRIM ON ALL NEW AND EXIST TO REMAIN FIXTURES X3 AC DUCT WORK AND ASSOCIATED INSULATION TO BE REWORKED PER CODE X4 REWORK LIGHT FIXTURE AND SWITCH LOCATIONS IN NEW HC TOILET ROOM PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X5. REPLACE LIGHT FIXTURE AND SWITCH IN EXISTING TOILET ROOM PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X6 REWORK LIGHT FIXTURE SWITCHING PER ALL APPLICABLE ELEC AND ENERGY CODES X1 EXISTING SERVICE SINK TO REMAIN AS IT IS REQUIRED BY CODE X8 REPLACE EXISTING EXHAUST FANS IN RESTROOMS FOR MIN -15 CFM AS REQUIRED BY CODE X9 DEMO ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES (RUSTED AND GRAB BARS TOO SMALL ETC) FLOOR PLAN Scale: 1/4"=1'-0" 14 Z z x PHARMAC."r 130 121 16 ©7® 16 I 16 i 16 I 4 O N W EXIT E L 3 l 12 9,4 L--------- ----� I i O Im --------- 10 --------- ' r---------T-r--- I I I I I I I r - I I I I I I I I XIST,T-OLI 9 15 EXIST SERVICE SINK -'XIST BLDG MAINT 1295 0 r 2 j��— �— EXIST ELECTRICAL PANEL EXIST TOILET 12gC v V CO C.; h �cc to CON vq eq ko Cot, tb OOeq Off! Sm IN, Ce 64 03 AN79O yr S. ZWJrN O M r \ O� N r W a N a J a 0 O U. Z O 44 Cf) V� r ON r W H � ZCO W 2W W OC � IL O �o Z� oaLL. 0 .j00 LL ZNZ aa�a J N CO) REVISIONS 0 0 a 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 T=8Z DR.,M AM Corr- RfCBrsD By tumm YIIYICiJa1V7'. LLCy s0Is rffis Cornv�ar .ive orm Aware RSSmcrs rm vu 0P rmss DOCVAWNM ro res ORfonuL Sirs OR PaRPOa POR DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE 2'-11-L" F- m 011:0 m r I I W-211 n11tlJ m 2'- ro --F-- '� I Cq I 1 L — T - -ic�, / (P I Mitt i tl 'j 1 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 12. NEW WATER CLOSET ENSURE TRIP HANDLE IS ON OPEN/WIDE/LAV SIDE OF WATER CLOSET. SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 13. NEW SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CEILING ABOVE 14. CROSS HATCH INDICATES 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL 15. SINGLE HATCH IS UN -RATED WALL TO CEILING ABOVE 16. NEW HI LO WATER FOUNTAIN SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 1-1. VERIFY IF REAR WALL HAS FOAM FILL IN CELLS. IF NOT, ON ALL EXPOSED CMU/CONCRETE WALL AT REAR WALL (ABOVE OR BELOW THE CEILING) - THRU-OUT THE SUITE INSTALL NEW I" GWB OVER 3" X 25 GA FURRING. PROVIDE R42 FOIL INSULATION. FINISH ABOVE CEILING NEED ONLY BE LEVEL 1. ALL OTHERS TO LEVEL 4 Scale: 3/4"=P-0" A r Z O A V a v ell Cl 41-011 15- 00ko b 1. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITION PRIOR TO ANY WOR< ci H N ai0�4� �'�N 22w g 14 02 c4i 2. PROVIDE HC SIGN PER 2010 ADA SAD AND FBG ACCESSIBILITY (A) 2014 3. DASHED LINES INDICATE FREE CLEAR AREAS REQUIRED BY 2010 ADA SAD, FBG -A 2014, t FBC-EC 2014 (OCC SENSOR). HC STALL DOOR CIF ANY) SHALL BE SELF CLOSING 4.DOORS SHALL BE SELF CLOSING CLEAR FINISH 5. PROVIDE LIGHT SWITCH PER 2010 ADA SAD AND FBG -A 2014, FBC-EC 2014 DIMENSION (o. PROVIDE REINFORCING IN WALLS FOR GRAB BARS PER DETAILS, 7. TILE AT ALL WALLS PER INTERIOR FINISH SPEC. SEE NOTES ON OTHER SHEETS FOR FLOOR AND WALL FINISH SPECS 8. ENSURE THAT THE NEW LAVATORY IS NO MORE THAN 1'-1144" WIDE AND 1'-51/4" ROUGH FRAME DIMENSIONS DEEP AND LOCATE EXACTLY WHERE SHOWN. VERIFY THAT THE PLUMBING SPEC COMPLIES WITH THIS. THIS NOTE SHALL GOVERN OVER THE PLUMBING SPEC AND NO ALLOWANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ADA COMPLIANCE MIS-COORDIANTION. S. ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE PER ADA AND FBG -A REQUIREMENTS. GC SHALL MAINTAIN A 4 YEAR -0 GUARANTEE THAT THE WORK COMPLIES WITH THE ADA. i- 10. NEW HM DOOR AND FRAME Z 11. INSULATE DRAIN AND SUPPLY PIPES PER CODE. NO METAL SHALL BE EXPOSED Z DIMENSIONED ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN ANNOTATED ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN i Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 12. NEW WATER CLOSET ENSURE TRIP HANDLE IS ON OPEN/WIDE/LAV SIDE OF WATER CLOSET. SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 13. NEW SHAFT WALL FLOOR TO RATED CEILING ABOVE 14. CROSS HATCH INDICATES 1 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL 15. SINGLE HATCH IS UN -RATED WALL TO CEILING ABOVE 16. NEW HI LO WATER FOUNTAIN SEE PLUMBING SHEETS 1-1. VERIFY IF REAR WALL HAS FOAM FILL IN CELLS. IF NOT, ON ALL EXPOSED CMU/CONCRETE WALL AT REAR WALL (ABOVE OR BELOW THE CEILING) - THRU-OUT THE SUITE INSTALL NEW I" GWB OVER 3" X 25 GA FURRING. PROVIDE R42 FOIL INSULATION. FINISH ABOVE CEILING NEED ONLY BE LEVEL 1. ALL OTHERS TO LEVEL 4 Scale: 3/4"=P-0" A r Z O A V a v Cl 15- 00ko b w '� CON ci H N ai0�4� �'�N 22w g 14 02 c4i No c O �' GO 0 :ri r N r W H N a N J IL 0 cc LL Z0 Q 0 Vi r ON r �W F' H W� WW > 00 m IL 0 �ZJ 'oa`L OMIX J00 LL ZNZ Qo)a JNla REVISIONS 0 A A A A 0 Z a a 0 0 LL 0 W CD cc J Z W PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 rREai s UMM yes corr- NeArm BY sms" J/IIYICO07Yf; L so Is tars corrmm � oresx ANN= assrfficrs M osa or rRrss DOCUAM s TO ras 000MAL arra oB paxsoss "m NUM M" FM PP"AM. asscrroa+� cauress. oa �eara�aiwrs ues srR %r piwAmurD DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE A101 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A101 ENG FLR PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:54:29 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 All02.dwg, A102 T -ROOM DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:31 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT . C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 Al03.dwg, A103 RCP, 9/28/2018 4:54:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT. .;Y 1 15/16" yf 111 N 16�� ! 4 , 2 ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLO55 FINISH r ;.Na SEALANT �► ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 5' ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED � 21 0, 1L ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERIFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 8-L" THROAT VIP 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO 8 EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE O HM EXT DOOR JAMB 11/2"=1'-0" 4 HM DR JAMS /RETRO 1112"=1'-0" SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON O DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN 7 HIGH. f'OOI I F (N 1 5t 4 SC1�!E D UL E 3-5/5" 11 r✓' II 2 $ FLOOR 3-5/8" 11 5.. 2 $ WALLS rl STEEL V co Q .;Y 1 15/16" yf 111 N 16�� ! 4 , 2 ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLO55 FINISH r ;.Na SEALANT �► ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 5' ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED � 21 0, 1L ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERIFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 8-L" THROAT VIP 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO 8 EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE O HM EXT DOOR JAMB 11/2"=1'-0" 4 HM DR JAMS /RETRO 1112"=1'-0" SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON O DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN 7 HIGH. f'OOI I F (N 1 5t 4 SC1�!E D UL E 3-5/5" 11 r✓' II 2 $ FLOOR 3-5/8" 11 5.. 2 $ WALLS rl STEEL 129 SALES STEEL NONE PAINT STUDS pq Q 129A STUDS VCT �O � O tq iq PAINT PAINT -do BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 0%9r O EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 129D GYPSUM O CT/P 'no GYPSUM PAINT PANELS + ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO PANELS ',� • N r �W ~� AMM" R. SUN ue000srat .. Lu ^' 04 J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY 2X4 WOOD 18 ALT FOR THIS STUD O d Q SEALANT HM FRAME THIN SET TILE H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES GROUT 50LID HM FRAME r 3 ANCHORS GROUT SOLID 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION Op OC 2X4 WOOD IS 0 i PER JAMB ALT FOR THIS STUD I ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE E MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT TO CODE. BY STARTING AND WORDING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES SEALANT OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. ' I DOOR HARD W�I\p �O�Sf=ars 1l� 3 ANCHORS ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR �j� SINGLE SWING FLUSH PER JAMB OT rf= HM IMT DR JAMB 11/2"=1'-0" O HM INT TOILET RM 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE AOA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM CRE CK. AE Co SEALANT .1 111 5111 115.. COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) co 2 3 ANCHORS PER 16 4 MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. JAMB 1/4' X 3" EMBED -1 DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 4042.8 OF THE ADA. O HM..�y CMU LLI O per. 0 BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF TO DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS ty f r V� ..7,.,/1..1;�,.SI••�i `+ MINIMUM. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE TYPE 1 AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM.THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO TYPE 1 THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (31.8 N). FLORIDA LAW, 5.553B04(3), F.S. 2016, ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE. 10 FRAME ELEVATIONS NTS (DDOOR ELEVATIONS NTS .;Y 1 15/16" yf 111 N 16�� ! 4 , 2 ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLO55 FINISH r ;.Na SEALANT �► ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 5' ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED � 21 0, 1L ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERIFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 8-L" THROAT VIP 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO 8 EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE O HM EXT DOOR JAMB 11/2"=1'-0" 4 HM DR JAMS /RETRO 1112"=1'-0" SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON O DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN 7 HIGH. f'OOI I F (N 1 5t 4 SC1�!E D UL E RM N ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS rl NOTES 129 SALES cqcq cot, tcy-1 NONE PAINT ACT pq Q 129A EXIT ENCLO VCT �O � O tq iq PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT O EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 129D ADA TOILTE O CT/P PAINT PAINT �r ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO r �W ~� AMM" R. SUN ue000srat Lu J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY O d Q I I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE 1� OTE5 OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 2 W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES Q r 0 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION Op OC 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL 5 ALL NEW 5CWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY 1 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS'24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. 0 i FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT 15 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. I ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE E MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT TO CODE. BY STARTING AND WORDING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES PBOJ NO•:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. ' I DOOR HARD W�I\p �O�Sf=ars 1l� TMM naaMM AM corr- Rrcam ar sasmm rurasaaam = sofd T comm or=e srcars assrsncrs Tes ass or r�si DOCUAR s To rm o am oa Pamoss m WMW ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR �j� SINGLE SWING FLUSH rJr FJ= POWA M r01t AMMODWrNIM1. PJWAZNM W W 3. ALL HINGES TO 41/2 X 41/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS L PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS DRAWN: AE 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE AOA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM CRE CK. AE Co 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR t OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) co 'Q MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. -1 DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 4042.8 OF THE ADA. O ju TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. IF SPRING HINGES ARE USED DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL LLI O per. 0 BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF TO DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE TYPE 1 AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM.THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO TYPE 1 THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (31.8 N). FLORIDA LAW, 5.553B04(3), F.S. 2016, ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE. 10 FRAME ELEVATIONS NTS (DDOOR ELEVATIONS NTS A200 fLl o O O 7z Lu U U z O z� L cd) Lu -Z co z Q' z I 1-- luLu O O t—Li Uj fj 0- S, Cl 1LU out a ° � W W W W LK O D U z z o LU Q W DOOR SGI IEDULE O O ►� -1 IL �1 �O z elZE DOOR RATING FRXME IDTL REMlAfR e CIS 4 U -� 0 OO w U r -`_ J Q I u0i z u0i z1� Y -z U TYPE MATR'L FINISH TYPE MTR'L FINISH 1 EXIT DOOR 3'-0 X l'-0 X 13/4 1 16 GA HM PAINT i I&GA PAINT 2 1 0 1 0 2 SUITE REAR OR 3'-0 X l'-0 X 13/4 1 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 I&GA PAINT 0 0 * 0 3 SUITE REAR OR 3'-0 X l'-0 X 13/4 I 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 16GA PAINT 1 0 0 0 0 4 TOILET 3'-0 X l'-0 X 13/4 I 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 I&GA PAINT 3 0 0 0 5 MAINT RM 3'-6 X l'-0 X 13/4 1 16 GA HM PAINT 45 MIN 1 I&GA PAINT 3 0 a 0 .;Y 1 15/16" yf 111 N 16�� ! 4 , 2 ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLO55 FINISH r ;.Na SEALANT �► ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 5' ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED � 21 0, 1L ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERIFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 8-L" THROAT VIP 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO 8 EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE O HM EXT DOOR JAMB 11/2"=1'-0" 4 HM DR JAMS /RETRO 1112"=1'-0" SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON O DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN 7 HIGH. f'OOI I F (N 1 5t 4 SC1�!E D UL E RM N ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS rl NOTES 129 SALES cqcq cot, tcy-1 NONE PAINT ACT pq Q 129A EXIT ENCLO VCT �O � O tq iq PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 129C EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 129D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P PAINT PAINT �r ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO r �W ~� AMM" R. SUN ue000srat Lu J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY O Q I I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE 1� OTE5 OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 2 W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 0 r 0 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION Op OC 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL 5 ALL NEW 5CWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY 1 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS'24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. 0 .;Y 1 15/16" yf 111 N 16�� ! 4 , 2 ALL DOOR AND FRAME PAINT TO BE GLO55 FINISH r ;.Na SEALANT �► ALL HARDWARE TO HEAVY DUTY CORNER GUARD 5' ALL HARDWARE IN RATED DOORS TO BE FIRE RATED � 21 0, 1L ALL FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THE GC SHALL SECURE COPY OF THIS STANARD AND BRING IT TO THE PRECON MTG HEAD SIMILAR 8" VERIFY I FIELD I. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO EXIST GOND 8-L" THROAT VIP 1. 1. VERIFY THROAT DEPTH DUE TO 8 EXIST GOND 2. PROVIDE 20X20 RED ON WHITE SIGN "EXIT DOOR" ON DOOR. LETTERS TO BE MIN i" HIGH. 3. PROVIDE 20X30 RED ON WHITE O HM EXT DOOR JAMB 11/2"=1'-0" 4 HM DR JAMS /RETRO 1112"=1'-0" SIGN "NOT AN EXIT DOOR" ON O DOOR LETTERS TO BE MIN 7 HIGH. f'OOI I F (N 1 5t 4 SC1�!E D UL E RM N ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CLG NOTES 129 SALES NONE NONE PAINT ACT 129A EXIT ENCLO VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 1298 BLDG MAINT VCT VINYL PAINT ACT 129C EXIST TOILET VCT VINYL PAINT PAINT 129D ADA TOILTE CT CT/P PAINT PAINT �r ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO REVISIONS �W ~� A Lu J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY Q I I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE 1� OTE5 OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 2 W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 0 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 0 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION Op OC 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL 5 ALL NEW 5CWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY 1 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS'24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. 0 i FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT 15 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. I ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE E MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT TO CODE. BY STARTING AND WORDING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES PBOJ NO•:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. ' I DOOR HARD W�I\p �O�Sf=ars TMM naaMM AM corr- Rrcam ar sasmm rurasaaam = sofd T comm or=e srcars assrsncrs Tes ass or r�si DOCUAR s To rm o am oa Pamoss m WMW ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR �j� SINGLE SWING FLUSH rJr FJ= POWA M r01t AMMODWrNIM1. PJWAZNM 3. ALL HINGES TO 41/2 X 41/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS L PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS DRAWN: AE 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE AOA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM V. 1V.7C.IJ\1 V11y I Ir LC3pLU %LJI ULJVUA cV 10 rI UjfVt LW1LV 10 -UI -UV -U 10-UZU F1LVU.uWy, /1I -VU U�,JVR ok rlu, V1Z0/1-U l0'4.U4.0a MlV1, WHY rlr LajAwp, t-%ULUl.r\v rur knlyllWuauty rnny.Hw, P-%mt n run D1eeu u kon.uu x /-4.uu mcnes), 1:l, C:UVYKIUH I tUt51GN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 0 CT CERAMIC TILE- MUST MEEP SLIP RESISTANCE COEFFICIENT CERAMIC TILE TO 4 FEET PAINT ABOVE VCT VINYL COMP TILE 12X12 - NEW VINYL 4" H VINYL COVE BASE / SHEET VINYL FLOORING (NEW AT NEW WALLS AND VPT LOCATIONS, SALVAGE EXISTING ALL EXISTING CPT LOCATIONS) PAINT ON GWB PROVIDE 1 COAT PRIMER 4 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT NEW L6 Q ma in a LL = J 0 O CC CC Q 0 = U (A cc ON GWB PROVIDE 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT EXISING ..J O ACT 2X4 ACOUSTICAL IN ALUM GRID - EXISTING TO REMAIN. AT NEW GRID LLZ O Q aM PROVIDE NEW TO MATCH ( FLAT LAY - IN) J N (a In ALL ACT SHALL INSTALLED PER ASTM C 635 AND ASTM 636 ON �r ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO REVISIONS �W ~� A Lu J THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY Q I I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE 1� OTE5 OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 2 W H 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 0 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 0 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION Op OC 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL 5 ALL NEW 5CWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY 1 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS'24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. 0 i FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT 15 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. V. 1V.7C.IJ\1 V11y I Ir LC3pLU %LJI ULJVUA cV 10 rI UjfVt LW1LV 10 -UI -UV -U 10-UZU F1LVU.uWy, /1I -VU U�,JVR ok rlu, V1Z0/1-U l0'4.U4.0a MlV1, WHY rlr LajAwp, t-%ULUl.r\v rur knlyllWuauty rnny.Hw, P-%mt n run D1eeu u kon.uu x /-4.uu mcnes), 1:l, C:UVYKIUH I tUt51GN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT CT CERAMIC TILE- MUST MEEP SLIP RESISTANCE COEFFICIENT CERAMIC TILE TO 4 FEET PAINT ABOVE VCT VINYL COMP TILE 12X12 - NEW VINYL 4" H VINYL COVE BASE / SHEET VINYL FLOORING (NEW AT NEW WALLS AND VPT LOCATIONS, SALVAGE EXISTING ALL EXISTING CPT LOCATIONS) PAINT ON GWB PROVIDE 1 COAT PRIMER 4 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT NEW L6 Q ma in a LL = J 0 O CC CC Q 0 = U (A ON GWB PROVIDE 2 COAT LATEX BASED ENAMEL - AT EXISING ..J ACT 2X4 ACOUSTICAL IN ALUM GRID - EXISTING TO REMAIN. AT NEW GRID ZNZ Q (1) Q O Q PROVIDE NEW TO MATCH ( FLAT LAY - IN) J N (a In ALL ACT SHALL INSTALLED PER ASTM C 635 AND ASTM 636 ALL FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER UNO REVISIONS A 0 THE GC SHALL ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL DOOR HARDWARE COMPANY I I AND SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING WITH OWNER FOR COORDINATION DOOR SCHEDULE 1� OTE5 OF EXACT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 0 1 KEY ALL DOORS PER OWNER DESIRES 0 2 ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE HIGH GRADE AWWA STANDARDS 0 3 ALL DOOR HARDWARE FINHSES SHALL BE PER OWNER AND BUILDER COORDINATION 4 PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES ON ALL SETS UNO ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL 5 ALL NEW 5CWD DOORS TO BE STAIN GRADE RED OAK OR BIRCH ROTARY CUT OR PER OWENR BUILDER COORDINATION APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO LIABILITY 1 6 TG= TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS'24 SRIKE SIDE TEMP GLASS VIEW PANEL. 0 FULL VIS= FULL VISION PANEL X LESS 14" OF HEIGHT MIN BOTTOM RAIL HEIGHT 15 10" FOR WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODES. ALL IN FORCE CODES ARE PART OF THIS DOCUMENT. I ALL VIEW PANELS IN WOOD DOORS SHALL HAVE STEEL FRAME MISC ITEMS SHOWN IN CONFLICT TO CODE E MISC ITEM NOT SHOWN SHALL BE BUILT TO CODE. BY STARTING AND WORDING ON 8 ALL NEW WOOD DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH SEALER OR PAINT AS APPLICABLE THIS PROJECT CONTRACTOR OR OWNER/BUILDER SPECIFICALLY 1 9 ALL LATCH SETS SHALL MATCH IN STYLE, COLOR, MAUFACTURERS, ETC,. VERIFY WITH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL CODES PBOJ NO•:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 OWNER EXCACT SYLE AND COLOR DESIRED AND SHALL CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT TO CODE. ' I DOOR HARD W�I\p �O�Sf=ars TMM naaMM AM corr- Rrcam ar sasmm rurasaaam = sofd T comm or=e srcars assrsncrs Tes ass or r�si DOCUAR s To rm o am oa Pamoss m WMW ALL WEATHER STRIP SHALL BE NEOPRENE STYLE REPLACE ALL STRIPPING IN THE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OR FRAMES 2. PROVIDE DOOR BOTTOM WITH NEOPRENE SWEEP. METAL COLOR TO MATCH DOOR �j� SINGLE SWING FLUSH rJr FJ= POWA M r01t AMMODWrNIM1. PJWAZNM 3. ALL HINGES TO 41/2 X 41/2. IN SF DOORFRAMES MATCH THE COLOR. ALL SCREWS L PENETRATE THE WOOD BUCK AND METAL STUDS DRAWN: AE 4. ALL DEAD BOLTS THUMB TURNS SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY. 5. ALUM THRESHOLD SHALL BE AOA COMPLIANT. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM CRE CK. AE 6. THE NEW ADA HC PUSH BAR t OFFSET PULL HANDLES, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH (ADA SECTION) 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. -1 DOOR CLOSER CLOSING SPEED. DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 4042.8 OF THE ADA. ALL NEW DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. IF SPRING HINGES ARE USED DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF TO DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1.5 SECONDS MINIMUM. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE TYPE 1 AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (222 N) MAXIMUM.THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO TYPE 1 THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION. 3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (31.8 N). FLORIDA LAW, 5.553B04(3), F.S. 2016, ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE. 10 FRAME ELEVATIONS NTS (DDOOR ELEVATIONS NTS A200 V. 1V.7C.IJ\1 V11y I Ir LC3pLU %LJI ULJVUA cV 10 rI UjfVt LW1LV 10 -UI -UV -U 10-UZU F1LVU.uWy, /1I -VU U�,JVR ok rlu, V1Z0/1-U l0'4.U4.0a MlV1, WHY rlr LajAwp, t-%ULUl.r\v rur knlyllWuauty rnny.Hw, P-%mt n run D1eeu u kon.uu x /-4.uu mcnes), 1:l, C:UVYKIUH I tUt51GN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT D6 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE AND DECK _ 4 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" /GRID 1 HR FR CEILING 1 HR FR WALL :>D FRAME LL 5T FLOOR D7 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF URE n 010-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD "M2 -14X 11i2" AT 8" OC 5/8" FR GW5 "10-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 3585162-33 6 2'-0" OC 5/8" FR GW5 358T125-33 CONT V .C. c :••. cotCO. � *4CO aoi. � Ca M24 -4q cc S4 Cq M Irij Q €ap �, 1-14 CS 4 ako wa I ~ •} J•} 250J200-33 CONT • 'Z 3581125-33 CONT �.. "'10-16X3/4" T1'P EACH SIDE •.h� P CORE 50ARD P CORE 50ARD TRACK TO STUD ti ;�.•, 25OJ200-33 CON . •.♦• ;.♦ ..:. • ;; • ..� • c .: ��• , .. ~' •.♦ •� _ t ,y. •, • '�' .•" ... �: '�• .•�. _ �_ �:. :! •. ;--b; •• ' ; • •,.; '•fes: •�,♦. ;i '. . �► '• :, • '. '_ :: ; .. ,. •• : ,. *12 -14X 11/2 At 8" OC ' • ... , . � G • •• • •M • •'i• f •• 012 -14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC ' • '5/S" 5/8" FR GW5• • •• ' FR GW5 • JS `•' ••� • ��• 358T125-33 CONI :• 358T125-33 CONI • • ACT AND GRID •• ACT WALL ANGLE 012 -14X 11/2 " AT 8" OC •y • •. 3585162-33 0 2'-0" OC j.:; 3585162-33 a 2'-0" OG •} •} . 5/8" FIR GW5�• 5/8" FR GW5' / • , A .; D6 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE AND DECK _ 4 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" /GRID 1 HR FR CEILING 1 HR FR WALL :>D FRAME LL 5T FLOOR D7 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF URE n 010-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD "M2 -14X 11i2" AT 8" OC 5/8" FR GW5 "10-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE TRACK TO STUD 3585162-33 6 2'-0" OC 5/8" FR GW5 358T125-33 CONT 250J200-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 5/8" FR 356T125-33 D8 SECTION DETAIL �^ I f" /i, I' AT —II ^^ Scale: HALF Di 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL -OOR EXIST SLAB D9 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF DLATE 3 WALL SECTION - 2 WALL SECTION - 1 WALL SECTION Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 6 v a co 64 C*1 .C. c :••. cotCO. � *4CO aoi. � Ca M24 -4q cc S4 Cq M Irij Q €ap �, 1-14 CS 4 ako wa I ~ •} J•} 'Z 250J200-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 5/8" FR 356T125-33 D8 SECTION DETAIL �^ I f" /i, I' AT —II ^^ Scale: HALF Di 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL -OOR EXIST SLAB D9 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF DLATE 3 WALL SECTION - 2 WALL SECTION - 1 WALL SECTION Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 6 v a co 64 C*1 .C. c :••. cotCO. � *4CO aoi. � Ca M24 -4q cc S4 Cq M Irij Q €ap �, 1-14 CS 4 ako wa •} J•} 250J200-33 CONT 1" CORE 50ARD 5/8" FR 356T125-33 D8 SECTION DETAIL �^ I f" /i, I' AT —II ^^ Scale: HALF Di 30 HR FR CEILING HR FR WALL -OOR EXIST SLAB D9 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF DLATE 3 WALL SECTION - 2 WALL SECTION - 1 WALL SECTION Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale. 3/4 —1 0 Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" 6 v a co 64 C*1 cotCO. � *4CO aoi. � Ca M24 -4q cc S4 Cq M Irij Q €ap �, 1-14 CS 4 ako wa M00 `-/ it N r W I— a N a .J IL 0 ac 0 L zo 4 C tib r 0 4) I— r F- Co W Z~ W y W W > 00 a0 �ZLL � J � O fEw .500 LL zCmZ a0)a J N Co REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 A A z _O V W ca J Q 3 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 meas DBIMM AM COPr- ara mw Dr s wmw Mas.^d tr,� sora rats coPrt:M = on= AM" xrsmrcrs rai Usi or r"SS DOCUJIZNW TO ras ORIGU l6 SM GR PUMOOM PW IPICa rain FJ= PMPIRiD. Ia1V1fiD 8174tGn. r PRDAmuriD. DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE A300 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A300 WALL SECT, 9/28/2018 4:54:34 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 250J200-33 CONT D1 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF n../ /-/.It Y 1b 5 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" ACTURE D2 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF D4 A301 1 HR PR CEILING HR FR WALL .00R 6 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" � WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" D3 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF RUCTURE ING INCA nt /T/ -I I — CONT -CS. - A - 11 III -- w ECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF CSA W/ 5 EA SIDE 3585162-33 m 2'-0" OC .00R 8 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" P FR CORE BOARD 358T125-33 CONT W, PR GW5 DRYWALL SCREWS PER THE UL LISTING DS DETAIL Scale: HALF �8T125-33 CONT v V co 2 - 014 - 2 OX21/2 h W 1-*12-14XII/2 C9 WIN.90 �� vCoicy �� i g EACH STUD v Ro C .v eqA� 661, OC "10-16X3/4" TYP EACH SIDE T CK TO STUD OP CLJ JOIST j P FR CORE BOARD 5/a" CWB TO TOP OF WALL r ' • ', ; .:.. •�•,; '' : `:t s ^ • s 358T125-33 CONT AS SHOWN :: • . r. •.. •:• ;. . t. • . ••� ., s i f ; i I ; I EXIST U)OO6 STUD �` ::• ,, , • r . ,� .~• �� i '`, DRYWALL SCREWS P 3568112-33 2'-0" OC + i j • ` •- 3585162-33 � 2'-0" : •+• EXISTING WALL 50ARD `"- 5/8" GrtW5 •• ! - D1 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF n../ /-/.It Y 1b 5 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" ACTURE D2 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF D4 A301 1 HR PR CEILING HR FR WALL .00R 6 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" � WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" D3 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF RUCTURE ING INCA nt /T/ -I I — CONT -CS. - A - 11 III -- w ECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF CSA W/ 5 EA SIDE 3585162-33 m 2'-0" OC .00R 8 WALL SECTION Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" P FR CORE BOARD 358T125-33 CONT W, PR GW5 DRYWALL SCREWS PER THE UL LISTING DS DETAIL Scale: HALF �8T125-33 CONT v V co h W Ci C9 WIN.90 �� vCoicy �� b � �t C5 I v Ro C .v eqA� �tLe o 03 AMNONY R. ZWZN IR0009781 M r \ O! Cm W I— a N a J IL 0 cc 0 LL Z 0 oc C CO r ON r N W H � W y W W > > Fe 00 w IL 0 2Zj 0 a LL j 10 0CCcc .j00 LL Z N Z a0)a J N CO REVISIONS A A A 0 0 0 0 PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 resss DRlMM AM cOPr- R16BM BY aDAffM NAMiGRlGM. ZJ4 sofa TMV 6OPYPWff AM OTAM Jugm Rssrmcrs ras Uss or rRssz Docuiam TO rm oRtaum snw an PUJLVM P" FMCff rRa HAAs PRa AM. RIPRODUCrMN8. CN/ficis. aR sssraNAGUnT AM srjuvnr PROAmuri D. DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE A301 I—XUseIJ\ I U1ly rlr Ldp1Up%U1U[JUUX\ LU 10 I-rojectsv-U-1 o-ULg1LU-10-ULd /\-I UU-.aWg, H3U-I VVHLL JCI I , eIZOILU-10 4:04:34 HM, I ony r1r Lapiop, HuioL,Hu vur �rilgn uuau y rnnt).pc3, HrKurl Tull nleea u (se.UU x 14.UU Inches), 1:1, WHY RIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:1Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A100-.dwg, A302 CLG DETAILS, 9/28/2018 4:54:35 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A400.dwg, A400 STD BLDG DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:37 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1/211 EaUAL 2" MIN. FROM „ EDGE OF SLAB NCs��INUD�ICAES —HATCHI,/211 N 1 1 (2JIW'x* &l CLIP A OLM, x x � ATTACH CRACK t0 SLAB 3 �� + MIN. USING- (2)0.145"0 HILTI X -DNI PCAING LOCATED ASI SHOWN ABOVE. + RATED SCREWSAq AS REQ'D� y rii �Co b w Ci ch 4 cow ko z` � �4i �l cot, w w � ��j �N o %V � t4 Qtllrl�Lb bTi�b OI E TOP 4 W1 10M CP WACXR x 1!1 Um "A4 em WIDTH. COP VIEW � pct \ cs cot` o 1��q eh IJP: (SPO-* GCPWA Ad EACH �� ,otl A ATTACHEACH FIRE RATED INTERSECTION FRAMING ON& TO b1'1� IJ6N�k FIRE RATED INTER5ECTf ON O� x 3A EXIST STEEL DECK "� RUNNER TRACK Scale: 3/4u=I'-(d" >< >< x HATCHING INDICATES 3/1 to" SELL= TAPPER EYE HOOKS CONCRETE SLAB (1'10-16 SCREW I RATED / (BY OTHERS) 6 EACH FLANGE. SCREWS AS REQ'D F w i aim -1b BCNU ; TYR. EACH PLANU I" I*IW • . ` SCE EI"ATM ftft h!J" M 12 GA WIRE 4'-0" OCEw MAX GL= / =44TITYr. FIRE RATED INTERSECTION FRAMING "THONra. alraaeleoo ff81 lU 1�1�M'tblCr}!D bTi�, LAY IN DEADER SCUD t0 �'RACfG D�tAIL_ I`IR� RA��D INt�R'S�C�ION BE R"ATIOHMR 1 Scale: DO NOT SCALE' Scale: DO NOt SCALE Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" ISCREW 1/2" "T" A MAIN AM B R BE EaUAL ,/2 " 1 " a Li. 1 1/4 " TO Z 1 1/2" DIA. to o BAR DOGRAB x FRT 2X6 OR FRT 2X8 W 4- 1/4" X 1 1/2" SCREWS AND WITH 4"H X 20 FRAMING CLIP W/ 4 #10 X 3" SCREW EACH SIDES TO METAL STUDS WHERE REQUURED AS SHOWN ON DETAIL TO LEFT O / DOOR FRAME BEYOND x 2"4"xlro CSA. CLIP ANGLE, WALL/ r Q% GRAB BAR SECTION N DOOR -SEE PLAN 1/2" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH. USE: (3)010-16 SCREWS ON r TEGULAR EDGE SQUARE EDGE CARPET EACH LECs AS SHOWN ABOVE. �' w W LAY- IN PANELS LAY -IN -PANELS K H RUBBER OR VINYL REDUCER STRIT SCREWS PER EQUIPMENT MANF SPECIFICATIONS ♦A v+ JOWNSONITE CTA -K EQUIPEMNT BRACKET WALL PLATE Q JAMB STUDS. VCT ON CONC. SLAB SEE ELEVATIONS FOR IN QUANTITY 4 MEMBER SIZES. o J x HEAD TRACK FRT 2X6 OR FRT 2X8 W 4- 1/4" X 1 1/2" SCREWS AND a SEE ELEVATION FOR WITH 4"H X 20 FRAMING CLIP W/ 4 #10 X 3" SCREW EACH MEMBER SIZES. SIDES TO METAL STUDS WHERE REQUURED AS SHOWN 0 DETAIL TO LEFT O WALL BOARD LL a CEILING TILE MANGER R�Dt�C�R 5�'Rf P D�tAf L_ �I�AD �O JAl„IB DOOR D�tAf L_ A _ � GRAB � RS 5 PPOR� BRAC�G�t M 1 DO NOT SCALE Sca Is: DO NOt SCALE ,�� Scale: DO NOt SCALE (O Scale: 3/4 =1 -0 0 r 00) H r J --- -- - W R SCREWS As REQ'D. l000Z ~ W W� D Lu W> >- z CORNER INTER5ECTION DETAIL. 00 9 w � Scale: 3/4"=1'-0" d O � ZSCREWS Jm STUD OR CLIP ANGLES AS REQ D. FORLL STUD CONNECTION J Z AS REQ' D Z Q DCC Q O p LL z zNz a --- a o) a Cc RNr=R INTER5ECDETAIL_ 1 �' N cc p FASTEN HERE WITH p ° p I Scale: 3/411x1'-011 4 014X 11/2 " TAPPING REVISIONS SCREWS. ° o ° p 0 a 0 0 12 GA HANGER WIRE AY- IN AT 44'-V OC EW Q NOM. 2' CROSS TEE 0 FRT 2Xro OR FRT 2X8 ANEL AT 2'-0' OC 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 T=Sa O,i..n M AM COM- Rramw ar a wmw MAMMnxra LW. sola rata COPrPJcar AM or=a VERTICAL WALL Rices rim= DOCUAMM m r" 01' SCUDS At 24" O.G. AM. mmo vvrzojm CHMMS. 02 ASSUNArsrrra AJW SrRrcrzr pitoMmm ISOMETRIC DRAWN: AE WALL FINISH CHECK: AE PRELUDE MAIN 5EAM-/ 16 CSA CLIP NOM. 4' CROSS TEE-/ GENERAL NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN SEE ALTEi,IATE DETAIL ON COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF A404 HORIZONTAL FASTENERS. A400 PRELUDE MAIN BEAMS AT 4'-0" OC MAX OFF5ET BRACKET 's 5LOCKING13 CEILING GRID DO NOT SCALE DO NOT SCALE C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A400.dwg, A400 STD BLDG DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:54:37 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT CzYPSUM PANEL FfRODUCTS IN5TALLATION NOTES 1. THE ENTIRE TEXT OF THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION ENTITLED APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS GA 216-2013 SHALL APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. THE GC SHALL PRINT THE PUBLICATION AND ATTACH IT TO EACH AND EVERY SET SUBMITTED TO THE BLDG DEPT. THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PUBLICATION ARE MANDATORY AND SHALL MANDATE COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT WHETHER OR NOT ENFORCED BY LOCAL OFFICIALS AND OR INSPECTORS OR NOT. THE ARCHITECT ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR GYPSUM PANELS NOT APPLIED AND FINISHED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE PUBLICATION AND THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS LISTED BELOW. 2. PRIOR TO GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT ERECTION ALL WOOD AND/OR METAL FRAMING SHALL BE VERIFIED TRUE TO LINE AND PLUMB. THIS MAY BE ACHIEVED BY USE OF LASERS, LASER LEVELS, AND OTHER HIGH PRECISION ELECTRONIC DEVICES. THE VERIFICATION MAY BE DOCUMENTED WITH DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY AND DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDING. THE FRAMING VERIFICATION SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL STUDS AND PLATES ARE ALIGNED TO WITHIN 1/16" IN ANY 10 FOOT AREA AND Y4" OVER ANY WALL TOTAL LENGTH DISTANCE. STUDS SHALL BE ALIGNED TO PLUMB WITHIN 1/16" IN ANY 10 FOOT AREA AND 3/32" TOTAL FROM TOP TO BOTTOM. 3. WHERE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS ARE NAILED TO WOOD CROSS FURRING ON CEILING THOSE FURRING MEMBER'S SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 1/2 X 1 1/2" ACTUAL SIZE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PER TABLE 1, 2, OR 3 ON THE GA -216-2013 PUBLICATION. WHERE SCREW APPLICATION IS USED WOOD FURRING MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4"X 1 1/2" ACTUAL SIZE 4. UNLESS SPECIFIED HEREIN, THE SURFACES TO WHICH THE ABUTTING GYPSUM PANELS PRODUCT EDGES OR ENDS ARE ATTACHED SHALL NOT BE LESS 1 1/2" WIDE FOR WOOD FRAMING AND 1 1/14" WIDE FOR STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. AT INTERNAL CORNERS OR ANGLES BEARING SUR!FACES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4" 5. THE ATTACHMENT SURFACE OF ANY FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBER SHALL NOT VARY MORE THAN 3/32"FROM THE PLANE OF THE FACES OF ADJACENT FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBERS. SPACING OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE PER TABLE 1 OR PER CODE TABLES WHICH EVER IS MORE STRINGENT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT FOR THE SUPPORT OF CEILING FIXTURES. 6. WHEN LOOSE FILL INSULATION IS USED ABOVE THE CEILING, THE ATTIC INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE CEILING PANEL PRODUCT IS APPLIED AND BEFORE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS ARE TAPED OR ANY OTHER WET FINISHING OPERATION ARE BEGUN ON THE WALLS OR CEILING. 1. WHEN THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLED ABOVE CEILINGS IS SUPPORTED BY THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT CEILING MEMBRANE, THE WEIGHT OF THE OVERLAID INSULATION SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM WEIGHT SHOWN IN TABLE 4 FOR THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT TYPE , THICKNESS, NUMBER OF LAYERS AND FRAMING SPACING. CONSULT THE INSULATION SUPPLIER FOR INSULATION WEIGHT INFORMATION 8. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL NOT BE CUT BY SCORING AND BREAKING S. CUT ALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS BY SAWING WITH A DEVICES THAT ENSURES STRAIGHT LINE CUTTING TO WITH I/16" OVER THE LENGTH OF THE BOARD 10. ALL CUT EDGES SHALL BE SMOOTHED AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN NEAT FITTING JOINTS. 11. ALL HOLES AND CUT SHALL BE ACHIEVED BY USE OF A ROUTER 12. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED FIRST TO CEILINGS AND THEN TO WALL. APPLY AND COMPLETE HANGING ALL CEILINGS BOARDS IN THE ENTIRE BUILDING BEFORE INSTALLING THE FIRST WALL BOARD. 13. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT JOINT SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT NO JOINT WILL OCCUR WITHIN 12" OF THE CORNER OF A WINDOW OR DOOR OPENING UNLESS CONTROL JOINTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT THESE LOCATIONS. 14. JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS SHALL NOT OCCUR ON THE SAME STUD. 15. ALL ENDS AND EDGES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT JOINTS, EXCEPT THOSE LISTED BELOW IN 15, 16, AND 11 BELOW, SHALL BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING MEMBERS OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 16. TREATED OR UNTREATED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALL OR CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 1-1. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS EDGES OR ENDS, ORIENTED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALL FRAMING THAT OCCUR ABOVE CEILINGS IN CONCEALED SPACED WHEN THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT IS TERMINATED AT LESS THAN FULL HEIGHT OF THE FRAMING NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING G OR OTHER SOLID BACKING. 18. WHEN ADHESIVES ARE USED BETWEEN LAYERS IN MULTI -LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, JOINT IN THE SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT LAYERS NEED NOT BE LOCATED OVER FRAMING MEMBERS. 19. IN SINGLE LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, END JOINTS PARALLEL TO AND ON THE SAME SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE STAGGERED BETWEEN ALTERNATE COURSES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND FROM JOINTS ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS 20. IN MULTI LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SYSTEMS, END JOINT PARALLEL TO AND ON THE SAME SIDE OF FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE STAGGERED BETWEEN ALTERNATE COURSES OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS 21. SASE LAYER END JOINT PARALLEL TO AND ON ONE SIDE OF THE FRAMING SHALL BE STAGGERED FROM THE BASE LAYER END JOINT ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE FRAMING MEMBERS 22, WHERE ADJACENT LAYERS ARE APPLIED IN THE SAME DIRECTION, EITHER PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR APPLICATION, JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET BETWEEN LAYERS, HORIZONTAL JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET NOT LESS THAN 12" AND VERTICAL JOINTS SHALL BE OFFSET NOT LESS THEN ONE CAVITY SPACE. 23, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT SHALL BE ABUTTED AT JOINTS SO AS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ONE ANOTHER BUT NOT FORCED TOGETHER FOR THE FULL LENGTH OF THE JOINT. ANY GAPING OR SPACE BETWEEN BOARDS AT JOINTS INCLUDING AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION. IN FIRE RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION IS SHALL BE CONSIDERED GROUNDS FOR REJECTION BY THE ARCHITECT. 24. ALL FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY JOINT COMPOUND BEING APPLIED AND AFTER THE COMPOUND IS APPLIED. MULTI LAYER GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE ARCHITECT AT EACH SUCCESSIVE LAYER PRIOR TO AND AFTER THE APPLICATION OF THE COMPOUND AT EACH LAYER. 25. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH 3 DAYS NOTICE PRIOR TO EACH OBSERVATION PERIOD. 26. IN NON RATED SYSTEMS PROJECT THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE ABUTTED AT JOINTS SO AS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ONE ANOTHER BUT NOT FORCED TOGETHER FOR THE FULL LENGTH OF THE JOINT AND THE GC SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT 3 DAYS NOTICE TO OBSERVE THE PROJECT PRIOR TO ANY JOINT COMPOUND BEING APPLIED. 27. AT INSIDE CORNERS THE EDGE OR END OF THE ENTIRE FIRST WALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO FRAMING. THE SUBSEQUENT WALL SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO THE FIRS WALL PANEL PRODUCT. THE BOARDS SHALL ABUT TIGHT BUT NIT BE FORCED. NO FRAMING SHALL BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE CORNER 28. AT OUTSIDE CORNERS THE FIRST WALL BOARD SHALL BE BROUGHT FLUSH TO THE SECOND WALL FRAMING PLANE. THE SECOND WALL PANELS SHALL BE BROUGHT FLUSH TO THE OUTSIDE FACE OF THE FIRST WALL PANELS. NO FRAMING SHALL BE VISIBLE THROUGH THE CORNER. 29. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CONSTRUCT THIS PROJECT UNLESS YOU HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO PROVIDE A VIRTUALLY "GAP FREE" GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION. WHERE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT ON SITE, GAPS 1/4" WIDE AND LESS MAY REMAIN. 30. GAPS BETWEEN 1/8" AND 1/4" WIDE SHALL BE PRE -FILLED WITH SETTING TYPE JOINT COMPOUND 31. GAPS LESS THAN 1/8" WIDE SHALL BE PRE -FILLED WITH EITHER DRYING -TYPE OR SETTING TYPE COMPOUND 32. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS APPLIED TO WALLS SHALL BE APPLIED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE SPACED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 33. A CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE A PARTITION, WALL, OR CEILING TRAVERSES A CONSTRUCTION JOINT (EXPANSION, SEISMIC, OR OTHER BUILDING ELEMENT EXPANSION CONTROL ELEMENTS) 34. CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION RUNS IN AN UNINTERRUPTED STRAIGHT PLANE EXCEEDING 30 LINER FEET. 35. CONTROL JOINT IN DIRECT APPLIED INTERIOR CEILING AND SUSPENDED CEILING WITHOUT PERIMETER RELIEF SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINT DO NOT EXCEED 30 FEET. 36. CONTROL JOINT IN SUSPENDED CEILING WITH PERIMETER RELIEF SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT NO LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS DO NOT EXCEED 50 FEET. 3-1. CONTROL JOINT IN EXTERIOR CEILING AND SOFFITS SHALL BE TALENTED SO THAT LINER DIMENSION BETWEEN CONTROL JOINTS DO NOT EXCEED 30 FEET 36. A CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS CHANGE DIRECTION. 39. FASTENERS AT GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS EDGES AND ENDS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 3/8"FROM THE EDGE OR END. IN PERPENDICULAR APPLICATIONS FASTENERS AT EDGES AND ENDS SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE EDGE OR END. DO NOT FASTEN PERIMETER INTO THE TOP OR BOTTOM PLATES (OR FURRING) OF WALL EXCEPT AT FIRE RATED WALLS, STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE WALLS, OR OTHER SPECIAL CONDITIONS THAT REQUIRE SUCH ATTACHMENT. 40. GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE HELD IN CONTACT WITH FRAMING MEMBERS OR UNDERLYING SUPPORT WHEN DRIVING FASTENERS. ANY EVIDENCE THAT THE BACK OF THE BOARD IS NOT IN FULL CONTACT SHALL BE CAUSE AND MANDATE FOR REJECTION BY EITHER ARCHITECT AND/OR LOCAL GOVERNMENT INSPECTOR 41. SCREWS INTO WOOD FRAMING SHALL PENETRATE A MIN 3/4". FOR 1/2" PANEL PRODUCTS USE A 1 1/4" LONG SCREWS. 42. SCREWS SHALL BE DRIVEN SO THAT THE SCREW HEAD ARE SLIGHTLY BELOW THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT SURFACE WITHOUT BREAKING THE FACE PAPER, FRACTURING THE CORE, OR STRIPPING THE FRAMING MEMBER AROUND THE SCREW SHANK. 43. DO NOT USE STAPLES TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING. 44. DO NOT USE NAILS TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING 45. USE ONLY SCREWS TO SECURE THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS TO THE FRAMING 46. FASTENER TYPE, SIZE, AND SPACING FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE SPECIFIED FIRE RATED DESIGN. 4-1. AT CEILING WALL INTERSECTIONS, THE FIRST SCREW FASTENER INTO EACH CEILING FRAMING MEMBER, FRAMED EITHER PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE WALL SHALL BE LOCATED NOT MORE THAN 12" OUT FROM THE INTERSECTION. 48. USE THE FLOATING ANGLE METHOD OF APPLICATION TO MINIMIZE THE EFFECT OF TRUSS UPLIFT IN ALL LOCALES WHERE THE WIND V -ULT IS GREATER THAN 120 MPH. 49. SCREW SPACING ON WALL.AND CEILING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SPECIFIED IN THE 2014 FBG CODES 5TH ED., BUT IN NO CASE SHALL IT BE LESS THAN 12"ON WALLS. ON CEILINGS IT SHALL NOT BE LESS -1" 50. FLOATING ON INTERIOR WALL ANGLES OR CORNERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED 51. ALL HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN THE FIELD OF WALLS AND CEILING SHALL BE TAPERED EDGE TO TAPERED EDGE. TAPERED EDGE TO CUT EDGE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CUT EDGE TO CUT EDGE HORIZONTAL JOINT IN WALL SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 52. ALL CORNER BEAD SHALL BE NAILED AT S" OC EACH EDGE STAGGERED- DO NOT USE CRIMPING TOOL METHOD. DO NOT USE PAPER TAPE METHOD. 53. ARRANGE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT APPLICATION OVER STEEL FRAMING SO THAT THE LEADING EDGE OE EACH PRODUCTS IS ATTACHED TO THE OPEN OR UNSUPPORTED EDGE OF THE STEEL STUD FLANGE (SEE FIG 9 ON THE GA SPEC) 54. SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THE FRAMING NOT LESS THAN 1/2" 55. WHERE RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELS ARE USED OVER WOOD OR STEEL FRAMING THE SCREWS USED TO ATTACHED THE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT TOT EH FURRING SHALL NOT CONTACT THE FRAMING. 56. EXTERIOR GPP SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON FRAMING AT 16" OC FOR )�" BOARDS AND 24" OC MAX FOR V BOARDS. 51 EXTERIOR SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL OR SHALL SLOPE DOWN AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. 56. EXTERIOR GPP SOFFIT BOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH Y4" MIN SPACING OR GAP AWAY FROM THE VERTICAL EDGES OF THE WALL/ FASICA BAORDS. ADDITIONAL_ NOTE 5 1. FOR G1'P5UI" 1 PANEL PRODUCTS USED IN FIRE AND OR SOUND RESISTIVE ,A55E1" 15LIES THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES SHALL GOVERN. SYSTEM DETAILS FOR FIRE ,AND SOUND SHALL SE CONSTRUCTED PER THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION ENTITLED FIRE RESISTIVE DESIGN MANUAL G - (000 2. ATTIC ,AND 511" IILAR UNCONDITIONED SPACES ,ABOVE GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS SHALL BE VENTILATED BY PROVING CROSS VENTILATION FOR ALL SPACES BETWEEN THE ROOF ,AND THE TOP FLOOR LEVEL CEILING 3. IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA ONLY LICENSED DRYWALL CONTRACTORS SHALL INSTALL GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS OR ANY COMPONENT THEREOF. 4. ALL GPP SHALL FOR EACH PROJECT SECTION ,AND INSTALL AREA SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER ,AND TYPE. DO NOT CROSS MIX MANUFACTURERS OR GPP TYPES S. USE ONLY GLA66 MATT GPP FOR BEHIND CERAMIC TILE ,AND WET AREAS. (o. ALL 1„1,ATERI,AL5 SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 2 OF GA-21ro-2013. THE GY5PUM PANEL PRODUCT MANUFACTURER SHALL ENSURE THAT THE PANELS COMPLY WITH ALL THE ,ASTM STrANARDS LISTED � a m E" 121 0 zwCZ, m,�� 4a� j g,4�� o� Cq I A bv 0 cl r r� N r W N ca a N a J a p O LL Z aM CO) T- 00) Op Hr y W H � W � W W > cc Op cc a0 No J paLL olzCC j 0 0 N LL ZZ ao)a ..i N ca REVISIONS A 0 0 0 0 0 ca IiiO Z z 0 H a J a H Z H 0 p 0 cc IL J W Z a a a O PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 mese mum= ata COM- Piom D BY Ems= M"ma mW. M4 sora ras commur "m ossa arcate aasrarcrs tae Uss OP rim= DOCUAMM TO rm oRrcnr" era oR PUP -VU POR WMW 22W FM PBaPAM. RaPAWDUCTMM, CBII M. OB PROalNTM DRAWN.AE CHECK: AE A500 �..wsGis\�uny nr Ld(JWjJ\vIUIJUUX\_LV 10 rfOJeGLS\LV 18-ULq\LUlii-ULq HUUV.UW9, H�UV C7Tr rIVL.7rCl.J, ylLii/LUlii 4:�4:4U HNI, cony nr Lapiop, HUIOIJHU rUr (t'llgn htUalliy rfini).pC3, HKl.ti LVII Dle@Q U (Z4.UU X:iti.UU 111Ch@S), 1:1, GUI'YRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT T I - PROVIDE A CLEAR SPACE 30"x48" IN FRONT I V O= THE LAVATORY. - THE 45" DEEP CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MAY EXTEND 19" MAX. UNDERNEATH THE LAV. 4 O A MAX. OF 6" CAN EXTEND INTO THE REQ. 11" KNEE CLR (9" TO 21" TOE SPACE. — — — — — — — — — — — — — �1 AFF), - TOE CLEARANCE IS FROM (0" TO 9") AFF r — — — — — r — — — — — r FULL SIDE V" O - M�L 11" IN. PEEP TAPERING MIN BEYOND THE LOWER POINT OF THE I PULL SIDE PULL SIDE �—CLEARANCE I I , ' �t w 7 & DOWN t0 all MIN. DEEP KNEE CLEARANCE, AND 11" MIN. FROM THE I SPACE REQ. ( � ( V' a9 CDN to t, MIN FRONT EDGE OF LAV. LEVER HANDLE ON 1=AUGET KNEE CLEARANCE Is FROM (9" TO 21") AFF < z I I I 1 I UQ 't� �ti 04 TAPERING: DRT THE OWN TO &'OWER CPLR. AT THE � I I @ ( Z I 1 I � aicd DiiN N00 � rm UPPER PORTION. I i '4 I I �Q �� o"' - ALL DRAIN 4 HOT WATER PIPES UNDER LAV. ( I PROVIDE MM 10" HT. IS" MIN. CLEAR I&" MIN. CLR V� R O� A C4 NEED TO BE INSULATED OR COVERED w/ ( I BOTTOM RAIL KICK .09 02 RO� A �O O A BOOT OR SHIELD TO PREVENT CONTACT. WHEN 'X' �/!aC �I rA - ALL SHARP 4 ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER ( GREATER �1 �� I'-5" MIN L ITOE GLR PLATE I ( I lil �W m N Iii r (0" TO 9" AFF) IS I AT ACCESSIBLE DOORS 1 ( G 4� 1 — 6" MIN. DEEP THE LAV. NEED TO BE COVERED TO I THAN 8° U*t0 BEYOND TOE PREVENT CONTACT. I - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE REEL QLFARANC CLEAR SPACE. - TOP OF LAVATORY SHALL BE 34" MAX. AFF X :%I X 6"MAX.�,�,6� M� SP� �R FLR -13011 OF FRONT APRON SHALL BE 29" PROV, 5UMM I I ADD. CLR SPADE d CAN EXTND. 19" MAX MIN REQ IF DOOR IS Z X F 11"MIN UNDER LAY w/ 6" MAX 32" MIN. D POCKET F PREVENT DOOR FROM FULL? 32" CLEAR MI 12 EQUIP. w/ BOTH INTO REQ. TOE SPACE FAUCETS: LATCH 4 CLOSER a Z rL 0 19" MAX GLR FLOOR - FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECH. RECEDING MIN I I I �' DOOROR S RECESS z VE Y- °'c`L 't SPACE BELOW LAV SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, AND I +c,• ' FE '� CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING:, PINCHING, I I DOOR 4 HARDWARE NOTES: •Ifs J�. g OR TWISTING OF WRIST. 4 INSULATE HOT WATER PIPE a 6, r — — — — — — — — - L TO OPERATE 1 �� t � I I---- CLEARANCE�� AND DRAIN PIPE l IF NOT UNINTERRUPTED SPACE AT BBHroM OF DOOR SHALL BE . X i ip - PUSH -TYPE 4 ELECTRONICALLY PUSH SIDE i THRESHOLD MAX Ht. SHALL BE I/2 w/ MAX VERTICAL CHANGE a CONTROLLED MEGH. ARE ACCEPTABLE. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FORM INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF } �. COVERED OR IN CA5INET) F 611 MAX. OEMAX.OPENSELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE FOR 10 SECONDS M TO REMAIN — — — — — — -� — — KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT • HARDWARE SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM SINGLE EFFORT, NO - - KNEECLAR4NCE5 GRASPING OR WRIST MOVEMENT ( LEVERS, PUSH -PULLS OR r" CLEARANCES 17" MIN. - — — — HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED AND CENTER AT 30" - 44" HT. 30 WIDE J PANIC DEVICES ) I F z 6" MAX INTO THE AFF DEPTH DOOR CLOSERS MUST BE SET 80 THAT IT TAKES AT LEAST 5 30" WIDE REa TOE �' SEC. TO CLOSE FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF W DEG. TO WITHIN 30" W x 48" D MIN. CLEARANCE • SLIDING DOOR DOOR LANDING CLEARANCES 12" O THE LAtGH IM'EOJVY a 11IEN IR000878f GLR FLR SPACE ALLOWABLE CLOSURE - i OPENING5F.MenorE: INT. DOORS • 5 LBF. MAX EXT. DOORS • 8 LBF. MAX � _ LAVATORY fREQUlREi„IEN�"5 1 Scale: Nt Scale: NTS Scale: NtS Scale: NtS 24" x 36" MIRROR 10 lu IV TOWELR �o 11/2° ~ Lu } 6 low #ARM MIN. cLR � T � I m m 6 w a a t M/S MIS 1�� 01lrrt M}qi � FILLER WALL DISPENSE // E 1 1/4" t0 I Irl" BAR DIA W -71 o o GRAB BAR CLEARANCE Q oo r SINGLE OR MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION RESTROOM W PROVIDE 48" BAR PROVIDE 42" BAR _ k Qr • GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS TO ENSURE TO ENSURE!ju a a COMPLIANCE COMPLIANCE m_ r F_ ►� O v O m • GRAB BARS 4 THE ADJACENT SURFACES HAVE ROUNDED EDGES FREE OF SHARP OR 54" MINL r ABRASIVE ELEMENTS WITH A 1/8" MIN. RADIUS TOILET PAPER 36 ~ Wa lu 4 12" 42" MIN. DISFVN R MIN.41 E W rLLu SOAP DIST • THE GRAB BARS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE ALLOW FOR A VERTICAL .HORIZONTAL MAX �k r01 x = BENDING STRESS, SHEAR 4 TENSILE FORCE OF 250 LBS MIN. 1 24 I2 /� Z < Q MIN. MIN. - A 30"x4S" GLR FLOOR SPACE 18 PROVIDED AT EACH ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY. v+ • GRAB BARS HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 1 1/4" t0 1 1/2" MAX _ 4-_ - QI - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF THE ACCESSIBLE ACCESSORY C - ALL CONTROLS ARE WITHIN COMPLIANT REACH RANGES AND ARE OPERABLE WITH ONE SEE NOTE *2 I OFFSET THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR 4 ANY PROJECTING OBJECT BELOW ORAH EACH - I HAND AND NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST N to END IS 1 1/2" IL - FORGE To OPERATE OR ACTIVATE CONTROLS IS 5 L58. MAX WASTE W - BABY CHANGING STATION SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED So THAT THEY INTRUDE ON ANY N • THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR 4 ANY PROJECTING OBJECT ABOVE IS 18" MIN. W = 1 FLUS VALVE REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE IN THE OPEN POSITION. IT IS PREFERABLE NOT TO LOCATE a ON WIDE 5DE THEM IN THE ACCESSIBLE STALL. NOTE "3 • GRAB BARS ARE LOCATED MIN 33" TO THE TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE 4 MAX 36" To THE O - SOAP OR OTHER DISPENSERS LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL OF THE LAVATORY SHOULD J TOP OF GRIPPING SURFACE. o! 4 Q � X � BE 40" MAX TO THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART IF THE LAV. OR COUNTER IS 20" OR LESS a THE SIDE GRAB BAR IS 42" MIN IN LENGTH 4 LOCATED 12" MAX FROM BACK WALL 4 - ;e O a ~ I - DISPENSERS, DISPOSAL UNITS, GOAT HOOKS, AND SHELVES MAY OVERLAP THE CLEAR 15" MIN SEE PLAN KNEE CLEARANCE - = a EXTENDING 5' MIN FROM WALL -SPACE OF T14E TOILET BY 311. FDER SECTION 306 u- FREE-STANDING ACCESSORIES CAN NOT BE LOCATED IN THE CLEAR SPACE OF ANY DOOR M ADA -ASA ACs. • THE BACK GRAB BAR I8 36" MIN. IN LENGTH, LOCATED 12" MIN. FROM CENTER LINE OF �" 70 9"11 OR OTHER ACCESSORY. Ii TOILET TOWARDS THE NEAR WALL 4 24" MIN. IN THE OTHER DIRECTION. TO qk 11" - SEAT COVER DISPENSER CAN NOT BE LOCATED ON THE BACK WALL BEHIND THE TOILET. O Q ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION MOUNT AT 35'V7" to Isss NSULATE HOT SUPPLY AND WASTE. MAX TOP of BAR TO 16 To 1&" U. ENSURES TO FINISH Z O W co) r � Scale: NTS � Scala: NtS � Scale: NtS S Scala: NtS O 0) � HN Z TOM 0 NOTES: ♦/� • SUFFICIENT SPACE IS REQUIRED IN TOILET ROOM FOR A WHEELCHAIR MEASURING 30"W x �+J 40"L t0 ENTER ROOM AND PERMIT DOOR TO CLOSE. 20" 20" - 25" M� • WHEN DOOR IS LOCATED IN CORRIDOR SIDEWAU_L AND SWINGS INTO CORRIDOR MIN. MAX. MAX. W WIDTH OF CORRIDOR SHALL BE 60". NOTES: Lu • FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE LOCATED TO MINIMIZE EXCESS BODY MOVEMENT (STANDARD_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - ALL REACH RANGES ARE FROM 30" x 48" LEVER CLEAR SPACE OF (2x) SLOPE MAX 2 u AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER) X - - ALL OPERABLE PARTS ARE WITHIN COMPLIABLE REACH RANGES Lu ' Q - DOORS SHALL NOT SWING INTO THE REQUIRED GLEAN SPACE • FLUSH CONTROL SHALL BE OSCILLATING HANDLE wAIAX. 3 LBF OPERATING FORCE, X Q I ( = � ELECTRIC OPERATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL. PINCHING, - =ALL CONTROLS SHALL Be OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND DO NOT REQ TIGHT GRASPING, �/ PINCHING, OR TURNING OF THE WRIST NOTES:MINESB: 0 FORCE TO OPERATE ANY CONTROLS SHALL BE 5 LBS. MAX • TOILET COMP081HION DOORS SHALL BE EOUIFi'Ep w/ LOOP OR U -SHAPED HANDLE v� I I `n O O 0 - CONTROL LIGHTING, SWITCHES, I IMMEDIATELY BELOW LATCH. 1 I ( FORWARD REACH'S' RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, 60" DIA. TURNING SPACE IN THE RESTROOM WITH A CLEAR HT. OF 21" MIN. AFF. THE _ - UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGE IS 15" MIN. TO 48" MAX APPLIANCES ON COOLING, a O Q • � — — — — — — — — — J HEATING: AND VENTILATING 113 TURNNG SPACE CAN OVERLAP CLEAR SPACES OF OTHER FIXTURES, AND DOOR CAN - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH RANGES SHOULD HAVE THE SAME CLEAR DEPTH BELOW EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED •� SWING INTO THE TURNING SPACE BY 12" MAX THE OBSTRUCTION AS THE REACH DEPTH ABOVE Z ELEC. WALL NO MORE THAN 48 FROM T.O. � J UNOBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED 038TRJCTED -OBSTRUCTED FORWARD NEAGH RANGE OVER AN OBJECT SHALL BE: SWITCH OUTLET BOX AND NO LESS THAN Q Q • RESTROOM DOOR SHALL NOT SWING INTO REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE OF ANY (RESTROOM 48 MAX WHEN LESS THAN OR EQUAL t0 20" IN DEPTH 15" FROM BOTTOM OF OUTLET FIXTURE.44" MAX. WHEN GREATER THAN 20" AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL t0 25" IN DEPTH BOX TO THE LEVEL OF FIN. • PROVIDE A 36" MIN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE ACCESSIBLE SINGLE ACCOMMODATION 30 10"c SIDE REACH RANGE; FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. RESTROOM WITH COMPLIANT CLEARANCES AT DOORS AND AROUND OBJECTS AX. _ - CONTROLS AND OPERATING 0 - UN05STIRUCTED SIDE REACH.- CLEAR In • PROVIDE PRIVACY LATCH LOCATED ABOVE THE HC COMPATMENT DOOR PULL. - UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE BEACH: HEIGHTS FLOOR LL BE 54" MAX 4 LOW REAC4 OF 99"" MWALL ONE AFF O u SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH j O O ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT 1 - At OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE 34" MAX AFF (FLR REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, U. Z • FACE of DOORS WITHIN 10" AFF TO HAVE FULL WIDTH SMOOTH KICK PLATE. MOUNTED) AND 48 MAX AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION IS LESS PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE Z w, Z a X THAN 10" AFF. • PROVIDE ONE ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY IN THE HC STALL. \ i Q — — — - AT OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH: HEIGHT OF OBSTRUCTION BALL BE 34" MAX AFF (FLR CONVENIENCE WRIST. THE FORCE REQ. A,CtIVATE CONTROLS SRA LL BE QIsss F MOUNTED) AND 46" MAX. AFF (WALL MOUNTED) WHEN DEPTH OF 0587RUCtION IS MORE WALL OUTLET NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. Or - THAN �♦AA ///�� 10" 4 LESS THAN 24" AFF. FORCE. J N (+ v+ WATER CLOSET: \ \ tF J( x RECEPTACLE 1 10" .4 10" - 24" Q v • TOILET IS LOCATED 16" To IS" FROM THE SIDE WALL TO ITS CENTERLINE Q — MAX u OUTLET • FLUSH VALVE LEVER IS LOCATED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET 4 44" MAX AFF �A m • FLUSH VALVE REQUIRES 5 LB. MAX FORCE TO OPERATE 10" - z r • TOP OF SEAT IS 11" TO 19" AFF MAX • VISIONS SEAT HT. 18 2" MAX • TOILET PAPER DISPENSER ALLOWS FOR CONTINOUS PAPER FLOW 4 DOES NOT CONTROL UNOBSTRUCTED NARROW OBSTRUCTION NARROW OBSTRUCTION DEEPER OBSTRUCTION DELIVERY CONTROLS, SWITCHES, AND OUTLETS • TOILET PAPER DISPENSER IS LOCATED 1 TO 9" FROM THE FRONT OF THE TOILET TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE DISPENSER INTENDED O BY Q OCCUPANT OF�THE tROOM COI �l I I\O� 1-4E (Gl�I I S g Scale: NTS Scale: NTS0 Scala: NTS 0 _ 6" RAISED WHEELCHAIR I Q WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE 3.1 TO BE LOCATED ON Q LATCH MIN. SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF CHARACTERS RAISED CORRESPONDING DOOR -SWING. 1/32" 4 2" HIGH MAX GRADE II BRAILLE NOTES: - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING SIGNAGE IN FIELD AND PROVIDE NEW PROJ NO.:18-024 RM. 101 .: - L SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED PER FL ACCESSIBILITY CODE DATE: 9-28-18 LRM. 101 .CL - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORD "EXIT" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH GRADE LEVEL \ UPPERCASE EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR CHARACTERS REQUIRED Ai PERMANENT - A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH EXIT ACCESS U � AM COM swx LETTERING DOOR IDENTIFICATION DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY TAT 18 JfAMommr. Lm told 1 T Imo\ RAISED 1/32" REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN rEW 09PIR/C8r AND 01=2 I UU - TACTILE EXIT SIGN IS REQUIRED IN ADDITION TO ILLUMINATED SIGN ABOVE EXIT DOORS Juan ESSTAI'm rAr URN of X - CONTRACTED GRADE 11 BRAILLE R 2012 FL ACCESSIBLTY CODE SHALL BE USED OAFG Ib PVBAOOSS! POR C=:5)1 / F_ Cl 1M X EIIOI - LETTERS 4 NUMBERS BMR BE UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND BALL BE WMCH rA37 FM PREp�p y UNI F _ RiPEOD(1Cl70Jrlty CEVIfROB. 0 ROOM SIGN ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE II BRAILLE 14 7,IX I - PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE 4SSICMJIfJ<NM Ilii Sl a 1�2 • OF THE DOOR MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A PERSON APPROACH WITHOUT Pao mmulm Z • " ENCOUNTERING PROTUDfNG OBJECTS OR STANDING WITTING THE SWING PATH of C CORM GRADE I�1 ONAInLL Z ip O CHARACTERS RAISED CHARACTERS 1" NIGHT- RS 4 NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH-TO-HEKiHT RATIO PER 2012 FL DRAWN: AE 5/8 4 2 HIGH MIN. 12" MIN. w/ 1/4 STROKE - CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH BACKGROUND CHECK.' AE ACGESSIBL7Y CODE • 'I - CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATHS, OR OTHER NONGLARE { FONT SHALL BE CHARACTERS 5" HIGHT FINISH I � 5AN8-SERIF UPPERCASE � � W w x wesr srai w/ 3/4" STROKE - SIGNAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 60" APP. t0 THE CENTER OF THE SIGN and per 10323. an FRT TO �K SIM'I♦� ASON_ I NOTES: DUAL 10 LE" I ADDITIONAL MOUNTING QtUIREMENtB - RESTROOM SIGNS ARE TO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF DOOR BEYOND THE EXIT DN )= MAIN LEVEL STAIRS r � LOCATION SHALL BE SO THAT A PERSON APPROACHING WITHIN 3" OF SIGN DOES NOT ARG OF THE DOOR BWR�fs ENCOUNTER PROT'RJDING OBJECTS OR WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR - RESTROOM Oh" ARE PEIWANENT ROOM SIGNS HAVING RAISED CHARACTERS WITH BRAILLE rr�� BELOW STATNCs MEN, WOMEN, OR UNISEX WITH A IS" x 18" MIN. CLR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT 4 CORRESPONDING CORRESPONDING I ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH TO Will -41N3" WITHOUT ENCOUNTERRING PROTUDNG OBJECTS RESTROOM S*NAGE HAS A PICTOGRAM ABOVE THE TEXT N A SEPARATE FIELD 6" MIN. Hr*4 - RESTROOM 84NAGE HAS b" MIN. HT. 18A ABOVE �� " E11� GRADE If BRAILLE GRADE II BRAILLE - SIGN IS MOUNTED 80 THAT ITS BASELINE OF THE TOP ROW OF RAISED CHARACTERS 18 60" MAX I AFF 4 THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST ROW OF TEXT 15 48" MIN AFF 4 16 60" AFF TO THE CENTERI.NE I TACTILE EXIT SIGN TACTILE STAIRWAY SIGN - RAISED CI-fAR4CTER8, PICTOGRAMS, AND SYM MS HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH 4 CONTRAST WITH ! THEIR BACIGGROIND - RESTROOM IDENTIFICATION DOOR SKaNAGE 18 To BE LOCATED b0" AFF TO THE CENTERLINE ON THE DOOR, AND ARE TO BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM DOOR IN COLOR AND CONTRAS? A601 - THE 81GN SHOULD BE 1/4" THICK AND CONTRAST VISUALLY WITH THE DOOR - THE SIGN SFIOULD HAVE ROUNDED, CHAMFERED, OR EASED COIBJER6 WITH A VS" MIN. RADIUS SIGNAGE fRE I QU I RE1" ENT5 C RA5 5AfR TACTILE EXIT 5 IC- N AGE RE QUI REl ENT5 3 Sca Is: NTS Sca Ia: Nts ! 1 scale: NTS E Wily . 11 "c+Navrwi I V r I%jjVk LJ%Lv iv-vcv:cv Iv -I nvv 1.Uwy, nvv I o I v nom. v 1 w, .7/DC7/Gv 10 Y.v-F.•to mm, 1 vlly nr L-c3ptU,7, r+Uttn.P+v rur kn1yII WILL my rintt).Nw, /yr[l.n iuii vICt;u LJ 130.vv X L4.W If1Cf1@S), "I:l, UUF'YKIUH I EL)LbIUN LW 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 3 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCESSIBILITY - BUILDING BLOCKS 301 GENERAL 3043 Size. Turning space shall comply with 3043.1 or 30432. 306 KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE 308 REACH RANGES co 301.1 Scope. The provisions of Cha ter 3 shall apply where required b Chapter 2 or where referenced 3043.1 Circular Space. The turnip space shall be a space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum. 306.1 General. Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground space or 306.1 General. Reach ranges shall comply with 308. 6 H p p p pp y q y p p g p p by a requirement in this code. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. turning space, the space shall comply with 306. Additional space shall not be prohibited beneath an element rsi F os ta 302 FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES 30432 T -Shaped Space. The turning space shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1525 mm) but shall not be considered as part of the clear floor or ground space or turning space. W �� �w� 302.1 General. Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall comply with square minimum with arms and base 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T shall be 3082 Forward Reach. o� 3062 toe Clearance. cy cot. to V. � 302. clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 3062.1 General. Space under an element between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (230 mm) 3082.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward r 00 C.L' � 24 inches (610 mm) minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance g comply reach is unobstructed the high forward 04 cc above the finish Floor or round shall be considered toe clearance and shall com I with 3062. g Gi aN �,� complying with 306 only at the end of either the base or one arm. 30622 MaximumDeptKToe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under anelement. reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum Im �oo�q30623 Minimum Required Depth. Where toe clearance is required at an element as part of a clear and the low forward reach shall be 15 c�aa R I im I -- floor space, the toe clearance shall extend 1-i inches (430 mm) minimum under the element. inches (380 mm) minimum above Wq w �q :; I. 3022 Carpet. Carpet or carpet the shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, orwilt 3062.4 Additional Clearance.5pace extending greater than 6 inches (150 mm) beyond the available the finish floor or ground. A ��� t•� backing or no cushion or pad.Carpet or carpet the shall have a level loop, textured loop, level out pile, or knee clearance at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not be considered toe clearance. � ��aa, 04 r�:,NN level cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum. Exposed edges of carpet r � 306.2.5 Width. toe clearance shall be 30 inches (160 mm) wide minimum. shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge.Carpet r edge trim shall comply with 303. , -- 9� � x f max �� t� 1FIGURE 3043.2 :4 T -SHAPED TURNING SPACE Rum FIGURE 3082.1 UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH 304.4 Door Swing. Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces. eklwabw 308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall extend inrrsowra. anax "of FIGURE 3022 305 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FIGURE 3062 beneath the element for a distance not less than the required CARPET PILE HEIGHT 305.1 General. Clear floor or ground space shall comply with 305. TOE CLEARANCE reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall 3052 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. inches (510 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 3063 Knee Clearance. inches (510 mm), the high forward reach shall be 44 inches (1120 3053 Size. The clear floor or rounds ace shall be 30 inches (160 mm) minimum b 46 inches (1220 3063.1 General.Space under an element between 9 inches (230 mm) and 21 inches (685 mm) above mm) maximum and the reach depth shall be 25 inches (635 mm) 3023 Openings. Openings in floor or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 9 I� y p I/2 inch (13 mm) diameter except as allowed in 401.43, 409.43, 410.4, 810.53 and 810.10. Elongated mm) minimum. the finish floor or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall comply with 3063. maximum. openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. 30632 Maximum Depth. Knee clearance shall extend 25 inches C635 mm) maximum under an element at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground. 30633 Minimum Required Depth. Where knee clearance is required under an element as part of a W aft, clear floor space the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum at 9 inches (230 mm)48 Z min above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep minimum at 21 inches (685 mm) above the 1finish floor or ground. 3063.4 Clearance Reduction. Between 9 inches (230 mm) and 21 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground, the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1 inch (25 mm) in depth for Q each 6 inches 0150 mm) in height. b 30635 Width. Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (160 mm) wide minimum. Q JIM_Y /rLLa Min,Q+ I T 1 N W a 1 FIGURE 308.2.2LLI max. OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH Q FIGURE 3053 Il Z 13 CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE a 23DL� - ..., _ _ 308.3 Side Reach. Q 3083.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear floor or ground space allows a FIGURE 3023 305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground apace shall be permitted parallel approach to an element and the side reach is N CA to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306. 1 unobstructed, the high side reach sha II be 48 inches (1220 mm) ELONGATED OPENINGS IN FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES g J a 305.5 Position. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either i �; maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum forward or parallel approach to an element. above the finish floor or ground. d EXCEPTIONS: W e *n 1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or Q Q 303 CHANGES IN LEVEL ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction 303.1 General. Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall comply _ FIGURE 3063 is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum. with 303. LL KNEE CLEARANCE 0 3032 Vert Ica l.Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be vertical. f t tt 301 PROTRUDING 05JECTS Z 0 LU 301.1 General. Protruding objects sha I l comply with 301. '; a co 3012 Protrusion Limits. g g Objects with leading edges more than 21 inches (685 mm) and not more , �` Co r j a than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4 inches (100 mm) maximum horizontally into the circulation path.'5 �, 0 N = EXCEPTION: Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 41/2 inches (115 mm) maximum.'. V4.�. V MSLXI ._� _� - ul . 10 i> W to + W J W > m FIGURE 3083.1 > F UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH 0 FIGURE 3032 Q W VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL Ir UJ 30832 Obstructed High Reach. Where a clear floor or la 0 3033 5eveled. Changes in level between 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (13 mm) high FIGURE 3058 ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and 20 maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2. POSITION OF CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE LL the high side reach 1s over an obstruction, the height of Z the obstruction shall be 34 Inches (865 mm) maximum and the a Advisor 3033 5eveled.A chap a in level of 1/2 inch (13 mm) is permitted to be 1/4 inch (6.4 FIGURE 3012 depth of the obstruction shall be 24 inches (610 mm) Q J Advisory 9 p 305.6 Approach. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an accessible maximum. the high side reach shall be 48 inches 11220 mm) � � Q mm) vertical plus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) beveled. However, in no case may the combined change LIMITS OF PROTRUDING 05JECTS g CC = route or adjoin another clear floor or ground space. maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches 0255 mm) maximum. � m in level exceed 1/2 inch (13 mm). Changes in level exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm) must comply 305.1 Maneuvering Clearance. Where a clear floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise Where the reach chdepth exceeds 10 inches (255 mm), the . h J 0 0 LL with 405 (Ramps) or 406 (Curb Ramps). confined on all or art of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be provided in accordance g LL I� g p 3013 Post -Mounted Objects. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons shall overhang circulation side reach shall be 46 inches (1110 mm) maximum for a reach Q r with 305.1.1 and 305.12.paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 21 inches (685 mm) minimum and 80 depth of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. Z N Z r 24 inches 0610 mm). h Forward Approach. Alcoves shall be 36 inches 0915 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds inches (2030 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where a sign or other obstruction is a C) a O 24 mounted between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater than 12 J CV CA CV inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be 21 inches (685 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2030 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be required to comply REVISIONS with 3013. �. *'W Iasi FIGURE 3033 BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL 0 A ` ake Q t� 303.4 Ramps. Changes in level greater than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply FIGURE 30832 PROD N0.:18-024 with 405 or 406. 05STRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH DATE: 9-28-18 FIGURE 305.1.1 FIGURE 3013 POST -MOUNTED PROTRUDING COM - ��r U �� Is MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, FORWARD APPROACH OBJECTS 309 OPERABLE PARTS � ii AMM assns m rm uam or 304 TURNING SPACE 301.4 Vertical Clearance. Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2030 mm) high minimum. Guardrails 309.1 General. Operable parts shall comply with 309. 3092 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space rMam Doculaim ro ram OPJVL as am OR rvarosm PM Warta r8r ream PJWAien. 304.1 General. Turning space shall comply with 304. 3042 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with 302. 305.12 Parallel Approach. Alcoves shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 15 inches (380 mm). or other barriers shall be provided where the vertical clearance is less than 80 inches (2030 mm) high. p g complying with 305 shall be provided. 3093Height.Operable OA riro�rrsm. Changes in level are not permitted. g p the leading edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 21 inches 0685 mm) maximum above the arts shall be laced within one or more of the reach ranges Ic p g in 308. EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 18 inches (1980 mm) minimum specified 309.4 Opera tion.Opera b Is parts shall be operable with one hand DRAIPN: AE Advisory 3042 Floor or Ground Surface Exception. As used in this section, the phase ---- above the finish floor or ground. and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the- The force AE "changes in level"refers to surfaces with slopes and to surfaces with abrupt rise exceeding ;? wrist. required to activate operable parts shall be 5 that permitted in Section 3033. Such changes in level are prohibited in required clear floor n pounds (222 N) maximum. and ground spaces, turning spaces, and in similar spaces where people using wheelchairs X= and other mobility devices must park their mobility aids such as in wheelchair spaces, or manuver to use elements such as at doors, fixtures, and telephones. The exception permits 104.1 DIMENSIONS. slopes not steeper than 1:48. law DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. i 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC A602 FIGURE 305.12 MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE, PARALLEL APPROACH FIGURE 301.4 WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN VERTICAL CLEARANCE ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE 301.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. routes. i i C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A602.dwg, A602 CPT3 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:46 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 4 OF THE 2017 FBC - ACCESSIBILITY - ACCESSIBLE ROUTES 402 ACCESS15LE ROUTES 402.1 General. Accessible routes shall comply with 402. 4022 Components.Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components:walking surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts. All components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 4 and 2083.1. 403 WALKING SURFACES 403.1 General. Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with 403. 4032 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302. 4033 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces "fl I not be steeper than 1:48. 403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303. 403.5 Clearances. Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with 403.5. EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, clearances on common use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of the work being performed. 403.5.1 Clear Width. Except as provided in 403.52 and 403.53, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. EXCEPTION: The clear width shall be permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum For a length of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by segments that are 46 inches (1220 mm)long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm)wIde minimum. FIGURE 403.5.1 CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 403.52 Clear Width at Turn. Where the accessible route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is less than 48 inches (1220 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum approaching the turn, 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum at the turn and 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum leaving the turn. EXCEPT ION: Where the clear width at the turn is 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum compliance with 403.52 sha I I not be required. 141; o� 403.53 Passing Spaces.Anaccessible route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525 mm) shall provide passing spaces at intervals of 200 Feet (rol m) maximum. Passing spaces shall be either: a space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimums or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a T-shaped space complying with 30432 where the base and arms of the T-shaped space extend 46 inches (1220 mm) minimum beyond the intersection. 404 DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES 404.1 General. Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 404. EXCEPTION: Doors, doorways, and gates designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be required to comply with 4042.1, 40428, 4042.9, 40432 and 4043.4 through 40431. 404.2 Manual Doors, Doorways, and Manual Gates. Manual doors and doorways and manual gates intended for user passage shall comply with 404.2. 4042.1 Revolving Doors, Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 40422 Double -Leaf Doors and Gates. At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with 40423 and 4042.4. 404.23 Clear Width. Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (865 mm) and 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (100 mm). EXCEPTIONS: 1. In alterations, a projection of 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for the latch side stop. 2. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be -78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. r n 32 min 32 rain $ sup �. its ME N (W mW door Melling, dpor fomkv dater FIGURE 40423 CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS 4042.4 Maneuvering Clearances. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance. EXCEPT ION: Entry doors to hospital patient rooms shall not be required to provide the clearance beyond the latch side of the door. 4042.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 4042.4.1. TA5LE 404.2.4.1 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS AND GATES MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT MANUAL SWING DOORS AND GATES TYPE OF USE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE APPROACH DIRECTION DOOR OR GATE SiDE PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (5EYOND LATCH SIDE UNLESS NOTED) FROM FRONT PULL 60 INCHES 18 INCHES FROM FRONT PUSH 48 INCHES 0 INCHES (1) FROM HINGE SIDE PULL 60 INCHES 36 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PULL 54 INCHES 42 INCHES FROM HINGE SIDE PUSH 42 INCHES(2) 22 INCHES(3) FROM LATCH SIDE PULL 48 INCHES(4) 24 INCHES FROM LATCH SIDE PUSH 42 INCHES(4) 24 INCHES I. Add 12 inches (305 mm) if closer and latch are provided. 2. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer and latch are provided. 3. Beyond hinge side. 4. Add 6 inches (150 mm) if closer is provided. M app"wNh, .W.W.'V Iii #na; F"", 14�1 $]i - d p VvW6d With 9:k L - -i FIGURE 404.2.4.1 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS AND GATES 4042.4.2 Doorways without Doors or Crates, Sliding Doors, and Folding Doors. Doorways less than 36 inches (915 mm) wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 4042.42. TA5LE 4042.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, MANUAL SLIDING DOORS, AND MANUAL FOLDING DOORS 1. Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. FIGURE 404.2.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 16 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. Advisory 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway. This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed. 4042.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 4042.5 shall be permitted. 4042.5 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. EXCEPT ION: Existing or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (IS mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 4042.5. 404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates to Series.The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. FIGURE 4042.6 DOORS IN $ERIES AND GATES IN SERIES 4042.1 Door and Crate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4.Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self -latching devices at 54 inches (1310 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock. 4042.6 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 4042.8. 40428.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of SO degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 404282 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of -70 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 3. Exterior hinged doors shall be designed so that such doors can be pushed or pulled open with a force not exceeding 85 pounds (378 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Advisory 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the force required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep the door in a closed position Florida law, s.553.504(6), F.S., establishes requirements for exterior door opening force. 404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.Parts creating horizontal or vertical Joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (116 mm)of the same plane as the other.Cavltles created by added kick plates sha I I be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 4042.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped. 4043 Automatic and Power -Assisted Doors and Gates.Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 4043. Full -powered automatic doors shall comply with AN5I/5HMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power -assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/5HMA A156.19 (ISSI or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). 4043.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in power -on and power -off mode.The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position. 40432 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power -assisted doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 4042.4. EXCEPTION: Where automatic doors and gates remain open to the power -off condition, compliance with 4042.4 shall not be required. 40433 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 4042.5. 4043.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with 4042.6. 40435 Controls. Manua Ily operated controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 4043.6 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 4042 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 404316 shall not be required. 4043.E Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. V MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE APPROACH DIRECTION PERPENDICULAR TO DOORWAY PARALLEL TO DOORWAY (5EYONO STOP/LATCH SiDES UNLESS NOTED ) FROM FRONT 48" INCHES 0 INCHES FROM SIDE(1) 42 INCHES 0 INCHES FROM POCKET/HINGE SIDE 42 INCHES 22 INCHES (2) FROM STOP/HINGE SIDE 42 INCHES 24 INCHES 1. Doorway with no door only. 2. Beyond pocket/hinge side. FIGURE 404.2.42 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS, SLIDING DOORS, GATES, AND FOLDING DOORS 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 16 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more than 8 inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate. Advisory 4042.43 Recessed Doors and Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway. This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed. 4042.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted. 2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 4042.5 shall be permitted. 4042.5 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303. EXCEPT ION: Existing or altered thresholds 3/4 inch (IS mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with 4042.5. 404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates to Series.The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of doors or gates swinging into the space. FIGURE 4042.6 DOORS IN $ERIES AND GATES IN SERIES 4042.1 Door and Crate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4.Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Existing locks shall be permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles, existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the top or bottom rail. 2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas, and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release of latch on self -latching devices at 54 inches (1310 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground provided the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic opener, or integral combination lock. 4042.6 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 4042.8. 40428.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of SO degrees, the time required to move the door to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 404282 Spring Hinges. Door and gate spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of -70 degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5 seconds minimum. 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows: 1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (222 N) maximum. 3. Exterior hinged doors shall be designed so that such doors can be pushed or pulled open with a force not exceeding 85 pounds (378 N). These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold the door or gate in a closed position. Advisory 4042.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the force required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep the door in a closed position Florida law, s.553.504(6), F.S., establishes requirements for exterior door opening force. 404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side extending the full width of the door or gate.Parts creating horizontal or vertical Joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (116 mm)of the same plane as the other.Cavltles created by added kick plates sha I I be capped. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60 degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the 10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement. 3. Doors and gates that do not extend to within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to comply with 4042.10. 4. Existing doors and gates without smooth surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 4042.10 provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by such kick plates are capped. 4043 Automatic and Power -Assisted Doors and Gates.Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 4043. Full -powered automatic doors shall comply with AN5I/5HMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power -assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/5HMA A156.19 (ISSI or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). 4043.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall provide a clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in power -on and power -off mode.The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open position. 40432 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances at power -assisted doors and gates shall comply with 4042.4. Clearances at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an accessible means of egress shall comply with 4042.4. EXCEPTION: Where automatic doors and gates remain open to the power -off condition, compliance with 4042.4 shall not be required. 40433 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 4042.5. 4043.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with 4042.6. 40435 Controls. Manua Ily operated controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space adjacent to the control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing. 4043.6 Break Out Opening. Where doors and gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode. EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and gates comply with 4042 and serve the same means of egress compliance with 404316 shall not be required. 4043.E Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates, and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. V 6 w a Ncqaq U UN Gots �t �1.q� 04,4 c�GO r4 rqCZ rq v w 04Q waw �a 0 C9 'f C4 W H cc Q N Q a 0 cc 0 U.Z Q; Co r ON TM W ZCO ~ W WLU > >� 00 a0 Z� Q Q LL 0�� J00 LL ZNZ Q co 4C J N CO) REVISIONS A A A 0 0 0 IL ca Z 0 Q V LL V a ca 0 Z Q cc J Q W cc LUa Q V H J m c cov V Q V LL N 0 N PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-16 ragas DRIMM Les COPr- RfOerZD BY Z"S" AfINIOOMM, MC. 1018 rffia COPrRtCer IND oresa RfCm RsarRlCrs res ass or resat DOCUAMM ro ret 0XIGI IL arcs oil PURFFORW FOR seW rear FM PRSPIRM ZSPRODUMONS. CBINCZS, OR ISBIQNJfZ m Am sriumr PAOAZNTM DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE A603 i vny rnr LaptvpwropooxX zu i is rro)ectsu!u-i o-uzo\zu i o-uzo HnUS.awg, Hduo t,t- 14 r bum, y/LIS/ZU-I Z5 4:54:01 HIVI, c ony rlr Laptop, fluto%,/-HU rur (r ign uuaiity t'nni).pco, AKUN run Dieea U kM.UU x 14.UU inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE 2017 FBC-ACCESSIBILITY - PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 6 shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a requirement in this code. 602 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 602.1 General. Drinking fountains shall comply with 30,1 and 602. 6022 Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned For a forward approach and centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided. 6023 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 3013- &02.4 Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 602.5 Spout Location. The spout shall be located 15 inches (380 mm) minimum from the vertical support and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers. FIGURE 602.5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN SPOUT LOCATION 602.6 Water Flow. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit.The angle of the water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the front face of the unit.Where spouts are located less than 3 inches (15 mm) of the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees maximum. Where spouts are located between 3 inches (15 mm) and 5 inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 15 degrees maximum. 602.1 Drinking Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for standing persons shall be 38 inches 1965 mm) minimum and 43 inches OOSO mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 603 TOILET AND BATHING ROOMS 603.1 General. Toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with 603. 6032 Clearances. Clearances shall comply with 6032. 6032.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room. 603.2.2 Overlap. Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fixtures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap. 60323 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Doors shall be permitted to swing into the required turning space. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Doors to a toilet room or bathing room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance provided the swing of the door can be reversed to comply with 60323. 2. Where the toilet room or bathing room is for individual use and a clear floor space complying with 305.3 is provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. 603.3 Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 603.4 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 604 WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS 604.1 General. Water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with 6042 through 6048. EXCEPTION: Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 604.9. 6042 Location. The water closet shall be positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The centerline of the water closet shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to 18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 11 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in 60482. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach. FIGURE 6042 WATER CLOSET LOCATION 604.3 Clearance. Clearances around water closets and in toilet compartments shall comply with 6043. 604.3.1 Size. Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches 11525 mm) minimum measured perpendicular From the side wall and 56 inches (1420 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from the rear wall. i 43 i I I 1 6D14ft- FIGURE 6043.1 SIZE OF CLEARANCE AT WATER CLOSETS 604.32 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance. 604.4 Seats. The seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 11 inches (430 mm) minimum and IS inches (485 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. 604.5 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with 60S.Grab bars shall be provided on the side wall closest to the water closet and on the rear wall. 604.5.1 Side Wall. The side wall grab bar shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum, located 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (13,10 mm) minimum from the rear wall. 300 ' FIGURE 604.5.1 SIDE WALL GRAB BAR AT WATER CLOSETS 604.52 Rear wall. The rear wall grab bar shall be 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and extend from the centerline of the water closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on the other side. EXCEPTIONS: 1. The rear grab bar shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (915 mm) minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water closet. 2. Where an administrative authority requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of the toilet area. 36 afm 2d, rc>ics s 42 min owe FiGURE 60452 REAR WALL GRAB BAR WATER CLOSETS 604.6 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 30S.Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with 604.82. 604.1 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 1 inches (160 mm) minimum and S inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser.The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow. Advisory 604.1 Dispensers. if toilet paper dispensers are installed above the side wall grab bar, the outlet of the toilet paper dispenser must be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish Floor and the top of the gripping surface of the grab bar must be 33 inches 6840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor. L FIGURE 604.1 DISPENSER OUTLET LOCATION 6048 Toilet Compartments.Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the requirements of 6048.1 and 60483. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply with 603. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with 60482 and 60483. 6048.1 Wheelchair Accessible Compartments. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall comply with 6048.1. 6048.1.1 Size. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to the sidewall, and 56 inches (1420 mm) deep minimum for wall hung water closets and 59 inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall. > i FIGURE 6048.1.1 SIZE OF WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT 6048.12 Doors. Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with 404 except that if the approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum.Doors shall be located in the front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the front partition.The door shall be self-closing.A door pull complying with 4042.1 shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment area. c#q�r ban#" r r' FI URE 6048.12 WHEELCHAIR ACCE5815E TOILET COME 'ARTMENT DOORS 604.8.13 Approach. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet. 604.8.1.4 Toe Clearance. The front partition and at least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment -side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor. EXCEPTION:Toe clearance at the front partition 1s not required in a compartment greater than 62 inches (1515 mm) deep with a wall -hung water closet or 65 inches (1650 mm) deep with a floor -mounted water closet. Toe clearance at the side partition 1s not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1615 mm) wide. Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment for children's use that is greater than 65 inches (1650 mm) deep. FIGURE 604.8.1.4 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE 604.8.1.5 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying with 604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be located on the wall closest to the water closet. In addition, a rear -wall grab bar complying with 604.52 shall be provided. 6048.1.6 Lavatory. In new construction, the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment shall contain an accessible lavatory within it, which must be at least IS inches wide by 11 inches deep, nominal size, andwall-mounted.The lavatory shall be mounted so as not to overlap the clear floor space areas required by section 604 for the wheelchair accessible toilet compartment and shall comply with section 606. Such lavatories shall be counted as part of the required fixture count for the building. See also section 2133.4. 604.8.1.,1 Water closet. in new construction, the accessible water closet within the wheelchair accessible compartment shall be located in the corner, diagonal to the door. Advisory 6048.110 Lavatory and 6048.1.1 Water Closet. Florida law, section 553504(5), F.S., stipulates that "...required bathing rooms and toilet rooms in new construction shall be designed and constructed..." with an accessible lavatory in the wheelchair accessible compartment and the water closet located in a corner diagonal to the door. The ADA Standards For Accessible Design and therefore this code require wheelchair accessible compartments in new construction and in alterations of existing buildings to have self closing doors. While the Florida lavatory requirement and water closet placement apply only to new construction, they are desirable for all wheelchair accessible compartments and should be considered where feasible. 1l 1 FIGURE 6048.1.6 WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT IN NEW CONSTRUCTION Note: The drawings are not the complete code requirements, do not depict all possible options and the code text must be reviewed for additional requirements 60483 Coat Hooks and Shelves.Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor. 605 URINALS 605.1 General. Urinals shall comply with 605. 6052 Height and Depth. Urinals shall be the stall -type or the wall -hung type with the rim 11 inches (430 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall be 13 1/2 inches (345 mm) deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture. 105 REFERENCED STANDARDS 105.1 Genera I. The standards listed in 1052 are incorporated by reference in this code and are part of the requirements to the prescribed extent of each such reference. The Director of the Federal Register has approved these standards for incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.G. 552(x) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the referenced standards may be inspected at the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DG 20004± at the Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, Disability Rights Section, 1425 New York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC± at the Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10424, Washington DC± or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-141-6030 1052 Referenced Standards. The specific edition of the standards listed below are referenced in this code. Where differences occur between this code and the referenced standards, this code applies. 1052.1 ANSI/BHMA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Avenue, l,1th floor, New York, NY 1001,1(http://www.buildershardware.com). ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1999 American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors (see 4043). ANSI/BHMA A156.IS-199,1 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 4043, 40832.1, and 40S3.1). ANSI/BHMA A156JS-2002 American National Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see 4043, 40832.1, and 40S3.1). ANSI/BHMA A156.IS-199,1 and A156.19-2002 applies to power assist doors, low energy power operated doors or low energy power open doors for pedestrian use not provided for in ANSI/BHMA A156.10 for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors. Included are provisions intended to reduce the chance of user injury or entrapment. 10522 ASME. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016 (http://www.aameorg). 10523 ASTM. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org). 1052.4 IGC/IBC. Copies of the referenced standard may be obtained From the International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, Virginia 22041 (www.iccsafe.org). International Building Code, 2000 Edition (see 2011, 2012, 216.42, 216.43, and 10052.1). International Building Code, 2001 Supplement (see 201.1 and 2012). International Building Code, 2003 Edition (see 201.1, 20,12, 216.42, 216.43, and 10052.1). 105.215 NFPA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Parr, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-1411, (http://www.nfpa.org). NFPA 12 National Fire Alarm Code, 1999 Edition (see 102.1 and 809.52). NFPA 12 National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition (see 102.1 and 809.52 ). FIGURE 6052 HEIGHT AND DEPTH OF URINALS 6053 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided. 605.4 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309. 606 LAVATORIES AND SINKS 606.1 General. Lavatories and sinks shall comply with 606. Advisory 606.1 General. If soap and towel dispensers are provided, they must be located within the reach ranges specified in 308. Locate soap and towel dispensers so that they are conveniently usable by a person at the accessible lavatory. 6062 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with 305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided. 6063 Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. 606.4 Faucets. Controls for Faucets shall comply with 309. Hand -operated metering faucets shall remain open for 10 seconds minimum. 6065 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces.Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM END POINTS. WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. 0 M r C4 W a N Q a 0 LL ZD Q \ ON VM N W W N W W > >� 00 cc IL 0 �ZJ 04 CC .10 LL 0CCcc J00 LL ZNZ Qo)Q J N cc REVISIONS 0 ❑A co Z 0 Q LL V W IL cc 0 Z Q co J Q W 0 CID cc LUa a V H J c W v V Q V LL r 0 N PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 reeas MUMM Asa twrr- sra n= sr snaWW rusaasiasr, uc, eoia Fars cOrnrrcer An 0TJ= amara msrarcre res nae ar meas sOcaiasra TO rss oRrcnua sire an rUxrose gyros Farce rear FM MWAReD. ARPAODUCTMIX CHAMs. Os asstCNAMM Ase srJU=r PJWBZKTJM DRAWN. AE CSECK.• AE A604 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects12018-02612018-026 A604.dwg, A604 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:55 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A604.dwg, A604-1 CPT6 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:54:57 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT ALL CONSTRUCTION AND SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 7 OF THE 2017 FBC - A COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES 103 SIGNS 103.1 General. Signs shall comply with 103. Where both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign with both visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided. 1032 Raised Characters. Raised characters shall comply with 1032 and shall be duplicated in braille complying with 1033. Raised characters shall be installed in accordance with 103.4. 1032.1 Depth. Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum above their background. 10322 Case. Characters shall be uppercase. 10323 Style.Charactere shall be sans serif.Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1032.4 Character Proportions.Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "1" 10325 Character Height. Character might measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8 inch (16 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of the uppercase letter "I" , I". EXCEPTION: Where separate raised and visual characters with the same information are provided, raised character height shall be permitted to be 1/2 inch (13 mm) minimum. FIGURE 10325 HEIGHT OF RAISED CHARACTERS 1032.6 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I"shall be 15 percent maximum of the height of the character. 1032.1 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (32 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (32 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and decorative elements 3/6 inch (95 mm) minimum. 1032.8 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the raised character height. 1033 Braille. Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with 1033 and 103.4. 1033.1 Dimensions and Capitalization. Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table 1033.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms. TABLE 1033.1 BRAILLE DIMENSIONS MEASUREMENT RANGE MiNIMUM IN INCHES MAXIMUM IN INCHES Dot base diameter 0.059 05 mm) to 0.063 (I.6 mm) Distance between two dots in the same cells 0.090 (23 mm) to 0.100 (25 mm) Distance between corresponding dots in adjacent cellel 0.241 (6.1 mm) to 0300 C1.6 mm) Dot height 0.025 (0.6 mm) to 0.031 (0.9 mm) ndin dots from one cell direct) below] Distance between corresponding y 0395 (10 mm) to 0.400 (102 mm) FIGURE 1033.1 BRAILLE MEASUREMENT 10332 Position. Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If text is multi -lined, braille shall be placed below the entire text$raille shall be separated 3/8 inch (95 mm) minimum from any other tactile characters and 3/6 inch (95 mm) minimum from raised borders and decorative elements. EXCEPTION:5ra111e provided on elevator car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (48 mm) minimum and shall be located either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised characters or symbols. FIGURE 10332 FIGURE 103.4.1 HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND POSITION OF BRAILLE 103.4 Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile characters shall comply with 103.4. 103.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or Ground.Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile character and 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile character. EXCEPTION:Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 103.4.1. X03.42 Locatlon.l1here a tactile sign 1s provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the latch side.Uklere a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf.Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right of the right hand doorLhere there is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of IS inches (455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without hold -open devices. FIGURE 103.42 LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS 1035 visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with 1035. EXCEPTION: Where visual characters comply with 1032 and are accompanied by braille complying with 1033, they shall not be required to comply with 10352 through 1035.9. 1035.1 Finish and Contrast. Characters and their background shall have a non -glare finishCharacters shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light background. 10352 Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both 10353 Style. Characters shall be conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly decorative, or of other unusual forms. 1035.4 Character Proportione.Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase letter "i" 10355 Character Height. Minimum character height shall comply with Table 10355. viewing distance shall be measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an obstruction preventing further approach towards the sign. Character height shall be based on the uppercase letter+ "i". ESSIBILITY - TABLE 103.5.5 VISUAL CHARACTER HEIGHT HEIGHT TO FiNISH FLOOR OR 4 .,. ISO 13m? RG GROUND FROM BASELINE OF HORIZONTAL VIEWING DISTANCE MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT CHARACTER 2. cernerultiolrs Boort Cast Options: d_`t 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than less than 12 inches (1830 mm) 5/8 ISO 13007 C2E52172 or equal to inch (16 mm) 5/8 inch (16 mm) 70 inches (1180 mm) C. GrarxiraWSyst- 180IM07C2.FSV2 40 inches (1015 mm) to less than 0. UftaRex^' LFT'N 5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) or equal to 12 inches (1830 mm) and greater per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance 70 inches (1180 mm) F. Uttraaax 3 above 12 inches (1630 mm) Greater than 10 inches (1180 mm) 3. Optional Alambrana 0tlons: SCALE: N., T. S_ to less than or equal to 120 inches less than 160 inches (4570 mm) 2 inches (51 mm) (3050 mm) IAiniefwtnP¢rfarrn��ncs R9/p�ii'etnents Tcunt T£►t&�1�GWdeNtres 1' Grout options: A, t14racotar°PusFA Greater than 10 in to lessers (11 80 mm) s Camels0rout 19013007C0torANSI A118.6orbetter 2 inches (51 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) than or equal 120 inches 180 inches (4510 mm) and greater per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance (3050 mm) K1 at? ctAnJ3tAtf4 3ur-betier' above 180 inches (4510 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 mm) less than 21 feet (6400 mm) 3 inches C15 mm) Greater than 120 inches (3050 21 feet (6400 mm) and greater 3 inches (15 mm), plus 1/8 inch (32 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance mm) above 21 feet (6400 mm) 1035.6 Height From Finish Floor or Ground. Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground. EXCEPTION: visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 1035.6. 1035.1 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent maximum of the might of the character. 1035.8 Character Spacing. Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent characters, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 percent maximum of character height. 1035.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the character helght. 103.6 Pictograms. Pictograms shall comply with 103.6. 103.6.1 Pictogram Field.Pictograms shall have a field height of 6 inches (150 mm) minimum.Charactere and braille shall not be located in the pictogram field. --- ME1,L FIGURE 103.6.1 PICTOGRAM FIELD 103.62 Finish and Contra st.Pictograms and their field shall have a non -glare finlshPictoerams shall contrast with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a dark pictogram on a light field. 103.63 Text Descriptors. Pictograms shall have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field. Text descriptors shall comply with 1032, 1033 and 103.4. 103.1 Symbols of Accessibility. Symbols of accessibility shall comply with 103.1. 103.1.1 Finish and Contrast. Symbols of accessibility and their background shall have a non -glare finish. Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their background with either a light symbol on a dark background or a dark symbol on a light background. 103.12 Symbols. 103.12.1 International Symbol of Accessibility. The International Symbol of Accessibility shall comply with Figure 103.12.1. FIGURE 103.12.1 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 103.122 International Symbol of TTY. The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 103.122. FIGURE 103.122 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF TTY 103.123 volume Control Telephones. Telephones with a volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone handset with radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in Figure 103.123. FIGURE 103.123 VOLUME CONTROL TELEPHONE 103.12.4 Assistive Listening Systems.Assistive listening systema shall be identified by the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with Figure 103.12.4. FIGURE 103.12.4 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS HEARING LOSS INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAP€I: MF125-Full Ori -Ground o bovie- rou d Concrete r rA G n n fiCNi4: F125 -1G -Full Crack],olation iv embTane (f=ull CokragC GeramicTiie fiTMAG, N/A 1). GROUT 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND GOAT r,3). BONDED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE 4), PRIMERFOR BONDED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE�SHEETI r- CONCRETE, ON -GROUND OR ASOVE.GROUND INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAPEc MF115A Above -Ground Concrete, TCNA: F1 15A-16 Epoxy Grout TTMAC: 311E A Ceramic Tile TILE EPDXY GROUT - 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT 1 3). OPTIONAL MEMBRANE 1. Grout opttortor hNnimum Performance PAmmikemerits from TCNA 2016 OWdeitrtes 4 .,. ISO 13m? RG Epoxy Ovitr 130 t3OUT RG or ANSI Al 18.8 & Ksrapafrp IEG 00 15013007 RG 02 ,A4 2. cernerultiolrs Boort Cast Options: d_`t �.A A. Karabane T f Ksretaste System ISO 13007 C2E52172 CM;;rs0.�i� S. 1(*rabonWKeratssft - System ISO 13W7 C2ES2P2 p _ C. GrarxiraWSyst- 180IM07C2.FSV2 a �'} 0. UftaRex^' LFT'N ISO 13007C2TESlPl Res 1, 2, 3, 5' E. ttkret" LFT RWd 180130P CZTF51P 4 F. Uttraaax 3 ISO 13007 C2ESfP1 Comm 1, 2, 3. 5 3. Optional Alambrana 0tlons: SCALE: N., T. S_ F�APEJPmr�tlg i���r�v, A- hlapaiastte AgaaDeferrsa IMbftism lawfornwca Rsauaantis *gm TCNA 2016 t3tut iws 1. OrvA Opflonr. A, dart o? fto FA ISO 13007 CG2WAF CemenrAloi s Grot& iSO 13007CGI or ANSI A118:0 or bath S. Kerac*tO U ISO 13.607 CGZIVA IAiniefwtnP¢rfarrn��ncs R9/p�ii'etnents Tcunt T£►t&�1�GWdeNtres 1' Grout options: A, t14racotar°PusFA ISO 13007C(#NYAf Camels0rout 19013007C0torANSI A118.6orbetter B. Keracahxr & iSO 13007.Cd*A '�C C. Kett" [So 13I0TPG. K1 at? ctAnJ3tAtf4 3ur-betier' D K2r4rtcryCC1 r E. lI,CAEaE! Fig>:C'i�r 1$013007RC CernertkiousSendCeat(On-Otnund) 18&43007CIS1arANSIA118.1arbetW 2. Csriferftieout, 6ondCostOptim: Cer rtiNsS!oroCoa#(Abov�Qruu l� hS71 fl7C2 torAN lAti84ar „ A. " d�'ersto, eT'{ISeraiast c SMem 1$913,007 G2ES�2 Q. Ker [?P KSaaiSst T n ISO,J3007C2ES�2 C (gr4rnr6 detysterri ISO 13007 CXS2P2 Etwitunmerltal Cl` . R V03 180 1 X07'02ES1 P1 catiotis 1"'x" E. Uttafitx -7- ISO 13007 G`2'i'E$1P1 r2estde iia {IZes) 1, 2, 3 F. PJkratie ( LFT Rapkd, Igo 13q0 0,,TPS01 3. Bonded crack-Jaomtirar eaemdrarwtttitrarrs: Comrercial(Gorn) 1, 2, 3_ A, At'afro .ird° 2 (sheel) Service Mina B. A4tita3t�s1 ep tT $. 1-�8�y:1 0 tQhtl� (homes, aOrtmerits, condot'ilit upas) and CT>t;Y1rY 1! ,iBF {87Yti0It'E, Prirller ier Roofed Cr'el tf-iSUlaflOn MEti16[BAer: rraHsflflsabutdtrgs:rtlarurarrts,gaHeiias)flo0ra,both itter©Cshdexterior (rolkn A. AdAt°€3Sri4.�rnarT' w e¢tunt? Y proper dgirtagle3, Ideally redtictng nalse ri ansr Ysson kYrou Jb qts vitnu tanulY or mWlFstory buOdIrve Drawings art de.elopedrootr. irk Tlk Eo.nor of Noris A.ina lea'* (TCNA)2010 .TCM Handbeek for Cetamro Tiff lnata[W.. and the TerraaZo. The and Marbte A".61004 of Canadae MmAC) Tito Instarason Manaat MAIM Drod osis are s,"d as,opfbns and are sutls9tute¢ tar TPNA4X and 1714k4C - rsttd ANSI and 154 (150, t=;i).is rrdaras,. leas ret - ipthsrefwanaad bandbodri and wnant sista she.ts foe-tenrplati msiiue6onr endptreatian lindatbrs: SomeiredBaLanrrrtfhada andadmpanent'mat�nals'rre nut Z_=107 nfptancad,....N1051 encoutagea 1ha us r:ta aanaua ajl apprmred resaUrc�s fa ensure a eampMta rise rtAtgh:, INTERIOR FLOORS OVER CONCRETE MAPEc MF115A Above -Ground Concrete, TCNA: F1 15A-16 Epoxy Grout TTMAC: 311E A Ceramic Tile TILE EPDXY GROUT - 2). CEMENTITIOUS BOND COAT 1 3). OPTIONAL MEMBRANE 1. Grout opttortor hNnimum Performance PAmmikemerits from TCNA 2016 OWdeitrtes A. Kwapox1 or KerapoxyCO ISO 13m? RG Epoxy Ovitr 130 t3OUT RG or ANSI Al 18.8 & Ksrapafrp IEG 00 15013007 RG 02 ,A4 2. cernerultiolrs Boort Cast Options: �c Ro � Gerrism t€iotas Bond Goat: ISO 13007 C2 or ANSI Al 1$.4 A. Karabane T f Ksretaste System ISO 13007 C2E52172 CM;;rs0.�i� S. 1(*rabonWKeratssft - System ISO 13W7 C2ES2P2 Favir"merM Ciatssili€aHoM C. GrarxiraWSyst- 180IM07C2.FSV2 0. UftaRex^' LFT'N ISO 13007C2TESlPl Res 1, 2, 3, 5' E. ttkret" LFT RWd 180130P CZTF51P } F. Uttraaax 3 ISO 13007 C2ESfP1 Comm 1, 2, 3. 5 3. Optional Alambrana 0tlons: N. T. S. 3ervi A- hlapaiastte AgaaDeferrsa IMbftism lawfornwca Rsauaantis *gm TCNA 2016 t3tut iws 1. OrvA Opflonr. A, dart o? fto FA ISO 13007 CG2WAF CemenrAloi s Grot& iSO 13007CGI or ANSI A118:0 or bath S. Kerac*tO U ISO 13.607 CGZIVA B: ilrepetas9lc 31$ D. MAPE7 r4ax6otor- CO CeinenNoint Braid Goat: ISO 13007 0261 or ANSI Al ISA or better 2. Csrerantlttous Bond Coat Optlows A. KarahavrGls Tt Kar&IesBCe t3ystem 15013007 C2E82P2 scat Emdr�nmenr>i!!S Extra Hoavy< INTERIOR WALLS OVER WOOL} OR METAL STUDS MAPEi: MW248 Wood or Metal Muds TCNA: W248-16 Glass Mat Water -Resistant Gypsum Backer Board TTMAC: NIA Ceramic Tile taming am dwooped..*orn arra Tor Cauna of Nom ArnomA (TVMI 7016 TCNA Narnl600k Mr Cafarrao. Qt"0 TWO ht abs, and the TOM=, TWO and 440rtft 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. m :.. CERAMIC TILE Aq 01 w w Xcot. .< 1). GROUT 02 ,A4 00 Cb tb r03 44 IA �c Ro � h� c ba � � e N 4 4* CM;;rs0.�i� 2). CEMENTITIQUS BONIa Cf34T a,. K' GLASS MAT NEATER -RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKER BOARD } WOOD OR METAL STUD SCALE: N. T. S. MAPS Products As MMY IMbftism lawfornwca Rsauaantis *gm TCNA 2016 t3tut iws 1. OrvA Opflonr. A, dart o? fto FA ISO 13007 CG2WAF CemenrAloi s Grot& iSO 13007CGI or ANSI A118:0 or bath S. Kerac*tO U ISO 13.607 CGZIVA C. K or XaretzoxY GQ ISO 1,3007 RG Epoxy" Gr%*.16013007 RG orANSi A118.3 or better D. MAPE7 r4ax6otor- CO CeinenNoint Braid Goat: ISO 13007 0261 or ANSI Al ISA or better 2. Csrerantlttous Bond Coat Optlows A. KarahavrGls Tt Kar&IesBCe t3ystem 15013007 C2E82P2 scat Emdr�nmenr>i!!S !i. KarnborfcIltCeratssiic"* Systei tISO 1300'1 C2ES2P2 C. Grenhso? System ISO 13,007 C2FS2P2 Res 1 b. IJJtiWIWTs 3 ISO 13007 C2ESiPt E. Ubw7exCFTm ISO 13007C2TESIPI CommI F. Uttr ex LFT Rapid ISO 13007 C2TFS 1P1 G. MAPEI tlk`talttaT" Wrtar 16013007 02TESIPI H, AdesNex'"a P10 j%r gfo$s the) ISO 13007 G21'E taming am dwooped..*orn arra Tor Cauna of Nom ArnomA (TVMI 7016 TCNA Narnl600k Mr Cafarrao. Qt"0 TWO ht abs, and the TOM=, TWO and 440rtft 104.1 DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS THAT ARE NOT STATED AS "MAXIMUM" OR "MINIMUM" ARE ABSOLUTE. 104.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CONVENTIONAL INDUSTRY TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE THE REQUIREMENT IS STATED AS A RANGE WITH SPECIFIC WHERE THE REQUIREMENT STATES A SPECIFIED RANGE, THE RANGE PROVIDES AN ADEQUATE TOLERANCE AND THEREFORE NO TOLERANCE OUTSIDE OF THE RANGE AT EITHER END POINT IS PERMITTED. m Aq 01 w w Xcot. tri Ci CON 02 ,A4 00 Cb tb r03 44 IA �c Ro � h� c ba � � e N 4 4* CM;;rs0.�i� O M TOM \ 1) Lli ♦♦I -ss vJ a N J a O LL ZO a Ct) CO r ON TOM N W F W� W W > cc Op W IL 0 1ZZLL Ir J f% OCCW JOO LL ZNZ acoa ..1 N CAI REVISIONS 0 0 A 0 A J a W 0 W J_ W co `\ J LU a W H a�. V I 00001 .J 100011W cc ui W v v a V LL r O' N PROD N0.:18-024 DATE: 13-28-18 rMSE MUM= IRs COM- AreArrdD BY AFRO N YINICIYiRri :Oita( n CUPrRrcar IhD orBSR RJCBrd RsdrR m MR 17th ar rMss DOCCAIROT ro rim ORWRIM Bird an Pu tlam POR WMW rear FJ= MWAMA RLVAODUMM". CBINCid. OR ASSIMAMMS IRs srPJ=r PROMMMA DRAWN: AE CHECK.- AE �61 CAUsers\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\ 2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 A605.dwg, A605 CPT7 FBCA, 9/28/2018 4:55:00 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pdnt).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT N .-. �.. _.�....... �....- System No. BW -S-0003 CON to _s ASSEMBLY RATINGS - I AND 2 HR (SEE ITEM 2) -.0-4N� o�t1 r = L RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FT (SEE ITEM 3B)� �� CO L RATING AT 400°F - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FI' (SEE ITEM 3B) -4 0� �q °� 64 JOINT WIDTH 3/4 IN. MAX System No. WW -$-0052 �a �Z' N 04 ASSEMBLY RATI G-1, 2,3 JOINT WIDTHD 4 AN D (SEE MAX ITEMS 2 AND 3B) �� �� �, 0 C4:�4 AD L RATING AT AMBIENT - LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FT A Biba � .1Rt (.L8 � L RATING AT 400 OF -LESS THAN 1 CFM/LIN FF w ��a C'4o �a DESIGN NO. V438 Q 2 1 1 B DECEMBER 21, 2016 NONBEARING WALL RATINGS - 1, 2, 3 OR 4 HR (SEE ITEMS 4 4 E0 /10001-@ • ��`ii: * INDICATES SUCH PRODUCTS SHALL BEAR THE UL OR CUL A CERTIFICATION MARK FOR JURISDICTIONS EMPLOYING THE UL OR CUL • • •�' • 'i • A% h. CERTIFICATION (SUCH AS CANADA), RESPECTIVELY. 4t Zic== �r A 1. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS —(NOT SHOWN) —CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN WIDTH TO ACCOMMODATE STUD SIZE, WITH MIN 1-1/4 IN. LONG LEGS, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS 24 IN. OC MAX. 3B en =Nr R. anap a osre1 1. Floor Assembly -MIN 4-1/2 IN. (114 MM) THICK REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF OR 2. STEEL STUDS —CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG 1600-2400 KG/M3) STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FLOOR MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY 6 IN. (152 MM) THICK UL CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN WIDTH AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5, CLASSIFIED HOLLOW -CORE Precast Concrete Units*. MIN 1-1/4 IN. FLANGES AND 1/4 IN. RETURN, SPACED A MAX OF 24 IN. OC. SEE Precast Concrete Units CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURES. STUDS TO BE CUT 3/8 TO 3/4 IN. LESS THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT. 2. Wall Assembly - THE 1 OR 2 H FIRE -RATED GYPSUM BOARDiSTEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES WALL OR PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. IN ADDITION, THE WALL MAY INCORPORATE A HEAD -OF -WALL 3. NOT USED JOINT SYSTEM CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE HW SERIES JOINT SYSTEMS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. THE WALL SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: 1. Wall Assembly THE ] 2 3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE A. Steel Floor Runner - FLOOR RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF MIN NO. 25 GAUGE GALV STEEL y - 4. 4. 5ATT5 AND BLANKETS= —(REQUIRED AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE STEEL STUDS (ITEM 2B). FLOOR RUNNERS TO BE PROVIDED WITH MIN 1-1/4 CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES 5) —MINERAL WOOL 5ATT5, FRICTION FITTED BETWEEN STUDS AND RUNNERS. IN. (32 MM) FLANGES. RUNNERS SECURED WITH STEEL FASTENERS SPACED 121N. (305 MM) OC. WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING MIN NOM THICKNE55 AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5. B. Studs - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-12 IN. (89 MM) WIDE STUDS CUT 1/2 TO 3/41N. (13 TO 19 MM) LESS IN LENGTH CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR BZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT WITH BOTTOM NESTING IN, RESTING ON AND FASTENED TO FLOOR RUNNER WITH A. Studs - STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN 3-12 IN. (89 MM) WIDE BY 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) DEEP CORROSION PROTECTED MIN 25 CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. SHEET METAL SCREWS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 24 IN. (610 MM) OC. MSG STEEL CHANNELS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 24 IN. (610 MM) OC. STUD INSTALLED NOMINALLY C. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/8 IN. (16 MM) OR 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) CENTERED AT JOINT LOCATION. 4A. BATTS AND BLANKETS* —(OPTIONAL) —PLACED IN STUD CAVITIES, ANY ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR A 1 OR 2 HR FIRE RATED WALL, RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS B. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/8 IN. (16 MM), 1-1/4 IN. (32 O GLASS FIBER OR MINERAL WOOL INSULATION BEARING THE UL SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY EXCEPT MM), 1-1/2 IN. (38 MM) OR 2 IN. (51 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR 1, Z 3 AND 4 HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, CLASSIFICATION MARKING AS TO SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERI5TICS THAT A MAX 3/4 IN. (19 MM) GAP SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400 OR V400 SERIES DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE AND/OR FIRE RESISTANCE. TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR. RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. \ SEE 5ATT5 AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR BZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF The hourly fire rating of the joint system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall. THE HOURLY RATING OF THE JOINT SYSTEM IS DEPENDENT ON THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE WALL ASSEMBLY N CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. 3. Joint System -Max separation between top of floor and bottom of gypsum board is 3/4 in. (19 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. CONSISTS OF A PACKING MATERIAL AND A FILL MATERIAL, AS FOLLOWS: 2. Wall Assembly - MIN 6 IN. (152 MM) THICK STEEL -REINFORCED LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT (100-150 PCF OR TM A. Packing Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION, POLYETHYLENE BACKER ROD 1600-2400 KG/M3) STRUCTURAL CONCRETE. WHEN THE HOURLY RATING IS GREATER THAN 3 HR, THE MIN W OR GLASS FIBER INSULATION FIRMLY PACKED INTO THE GAP BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD THICKNESS OF THE WALL SHALL BE 7-5/8 IN. (194 MM) WALL MAY ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED OF ANY UL CLASSIFIED 5. GYPSUM BOARD* —GYPSUM PANELS WITH BEVELED, SQUARE OR AND THE TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR AND RECESSED FROM EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL TO Concrete Blocks*. Poo TAPERED EDGES. FOR SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED ACCOMMODATE THE REQUIRED THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL. SEE Concrete Blocks (CAZT) CATEGORY IN THE FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR NAMES OF MANUFACTURERS. VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY WITH JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS. FOR B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -Sealant - MIN V2 IN. (13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL INSTALLED ON EACH SIDE 3. Joint System - Max width of joint is 1 in. (25 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: ALL PRODUCTS EXCEPT F511-8, HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT BE BACKED OF THE WALL BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE TOP OF THE CONCRETE FLOOR, FLUSH A. Forming Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - IN 2,3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, POLYETHYLENE Q BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT WITH EACH SURFACE OF THE WALL. WHEN MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION IS USED AS A PACKING MATERIAL, BACKER ROD, MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION OR FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION FRICTION FIT INTO JOINT N JOINTS ON OPPOSITE 51F -)E6 OF 5TUD5 NEED NOT BE STAGGERED. FOR TWO MIN THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL IS V4 IN, (6 MM). OPENING, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. 4C LAYER SYSTEMS (CONSTRUCTED WITH 5/8 IN. THICK BOARD) GYPSUM SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT, SPECSEAL LCI SEALANT, SPECSEAL LC150 SEALANT, PENSIL B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* - Sealant - IN I HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, MIN 5/8 IN. (16 MM) THICKNESS OF PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS 300 SEALANT OR SPECSFAL SERIES SIL300. FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT OPENING. IN 2,3 OR 4 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, MIN 1 IN. (5 MM) d CENTERED OVER STUDS AND STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE Note: L Ratings apply when SpecSeal ES Sealant is used. THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT OPENING. SEALANT APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, FLUSH SIDES OF STUDS AND IN ADJACENT LAYERS. HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK WITH BOTH SURFACES OF THE WALL. Q BE BACKED BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SPECSEAL ES SEALANT, PENSIL 300 SEALANT, SPECSEAL SERIES SIL300 SEALANT, HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE SPECSEAL LC150 OR SPECSEAL LE600 SEALANT. 0 STAGGERED. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED Note: When SpecSeal LC150 or LE600 Sealant is used, the max assembly rating is 2 hr. LL A MIN OF 12 IN. FOR TWO LAYER SYSTEMS (CONSTRUCTED WITH 1/2 IN. THICK WALL I //�� -}- III WALL THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK BOARD) INNER LAYER OF GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY AND 50TTOM OF WALL DETAIL RATED ED GW5 FRA�E WALL TO CMU WALL a M OUTER LAYER OF GYPSUM PANELS MAY BE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED ONE Scale: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOT � T S STUD CAVITY. FOR THREE AND FOUR LAYER 5Y5TEMS INNER LAYERS TO BE 0 0i APPLIED VERTICALLY WITH JOINTS CENTERED OVER 5TUD5 ANDN STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE 5IDE5 OF STUDS. VERTICAL ~ Too JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY. OUTER LAYER y MAY BE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. THE THICKNESS AND W NUMBER OF LAYERS FOR THE 1 HR, 2 HR, 3 HR AND 4 HR RATINGS ARE AS Z FOLLOWS: W� 0� — ria janaftn Si" nf_I W 0 Rioting, nin sw its. 4I calve S ' 1"mm Min Thim 0j>~Mmist €tram a) A. Steel Floor and Ceiling Runners - FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF GALV 2 iaYSCr, 112 in. ttttdt 2 in. thick • -sta 2 kW&14 112 4r, chick optional z tla I wyY rs, va in. ttfidc ramal z sI Iayw,, -V,4 in. 3 K. L NWV AR Aft isa - Le" 7hm I CrW/WIn IZ FLOOR UNIT DIRECTION, WITH STEEL FASTENERS OR WELDS SPACED MAX 241N. (610 MM) OC. I -we 3 jayen; I/Z in. t I NATIONAL GYPSUM CO —1/2 IN. THICK TYPE EXP -C, FSW-G, FSK -G, I-va, 9 Wyem 5/B ift. I 4 I -Sts 4 lay ,1/2 in. thick ovZonal 4 a-s/s 4 * 514, in., s vP,"t System No. W -L-1172 F Ratings - 3 and 4 Hr (See Item 1) IL 0 T Rating - 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft Z J (� L Rating At 400 F - Less Than 1 CFM/sq ft System No. HW -$-0044 Q Q J Q Z CANA,LG as 0 CC Poo ,a..GdWV It.UW - I end Z W (ew kwn Z) P NO&O - I OW z W (dw It 2) -J 0 0 cc LL0001 1� al"I Joft MOM - W4 hL #T IRtMW - I AW Z W (Ow MSI 2) Z N Z J 2 Wall Assembly -THE 1 HR OR 2 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD/STEEL STUD WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE 44 0) Q' � 0111111116 11 MOVIIIIII11111" I -Is 11111F IiOM PH �t1M - I &W Z Ii' lbw RM Zi CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL U400, V400 OR W400 J N 4 SERIES WALL AND PARTITION DESIGNS IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE L;:\users\ I ony HH Laptop\uropnox\_z01tt Hrojects\2ols-U26\201t3-U2b AIUU.dwg, AIUU UL L15 1 IN(3, 912t3/2U1t3 4:bb:Ub AM, 1 ony HP Laptop, AutoUAU HUF (High uuaiity Fnnt).pc3, AKCH toll bleed u (36.00 X24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT a I FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: L ftW4 Alt AwblrMO - Le" 1hm I C:lMolh Pt MW MtkW - I Old 2 W (Ow RM Z% A. Steel Floor and Ceiling Runners - FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS OF WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL CONSIST OF GALV L AR 41010 f - Le" IIPM I OMIM K NOWMI Joft W16M - »J4 k STEEL CHANNELS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE STEEL STUDS (ITEM 2B). CEILING RUNNER TO BE PROVIDED WITH MIN 1-1/41N. (32 MM) FLANGES. CEILING RUNNER SECURED TO STEEL FLOOR UNITS, PERPENDICULAR TO STEEL REVISIONS L NWV AR Aft isa - Le" 7hm I CrW/WIn IZ FLOOR UNIT DIRECTION, WITH STEEL FASTENERS OR WELDS SPACED MAX 241N. (610 MM) OC. Q NATIONAL GYPSUM CO —1/2 IN. THICK TYPE EXP -C, FSW-G, FSK -G, B. Studs - STUDS TO BE MIN 3-5/8 IN. (92 MM) WIDE, 1-1/4 IN. (32 MM) DEEP NO. 25 GA STEEL CHANNELS. STUD SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 24 IN. (610 MM) OC. 0 FSW-C, F5MR-C OR FSK -Cf 5/8 IN. THICK TYPE FSL, FSW, FSK, FSW-3, FSW-5, L M tft AR 4N F - Le" IIP M I CR%11t ft FSW-G, FSK -G, FSW-6, FSW-8, FSW-C, FSMR-C OR FSK -C, 3/4 IN. THICK TYPE A C. Gypsum Board* - GYPSUM BOARD SHEETS INSTALLED TO A MIN TOTAL THICKNESS OF 5/81N. (16 MM) AND 1-1/4 IN. ULTRASHIELD (32 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FOR 1 HR AND 2 HR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, RESPECTIVELY. WALL TO BE 0 CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDIVIDUAL WALL AND PARTITION DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, EXCEPT THAT THE GYPSUM BOARD IS CUT TO FOLLOW THE CONTOUR OF THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS 0 Section A -A 6. FA5TENER5 —(NOT SHOWN) —TYPE 5 OR 5-12 STEEL SCREWS USED TO � A WITH A MAX 3/4 IN. (19 MM) GAP MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE GYPSUM BOARD AND THE STEEL FLOOR UNITS. The hourly fire the is dependent the hourly fire the 0 ATTACH PANELS TO STUDS ( ITEM 2) OR FURRING CHANNELS ( ITEMS -1 OR -1A). rating of joint system on rating of wall assembly in which it is SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS: WHEN 5/8 IN. THICK GYPSUM PANELS APPLIED VERTICALLY, 1 IN. LONG, SPACED 8 IN. OG ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 1. Wall Assembly -The 3 or 4 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard/steel stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and installed. N 3. Joint System -Max separation between bottom of floor and top of wall is 3/4 in. (19 mm). THE JOINT SYSTEM CONSISTS 'd • IN. OC IN THE FIELD OF BOARD. WHEN 5/8 IN. THICK GYPSUM PANELS in the manner specified in the individual U400 Series Wall and Partition Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: OF THE FOLLOWING: 0 APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, 1 IN. LONG SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG VERTICAL A. Forming Material - (OPTIONAL, NOT SHOWN) - IN 2 HR FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES, FOAM BACKER ROD EDGES AND IN THE FIELD, AND 12 IN. OC ALONG TOP AND BOTTOM OF WALL- A. Studs -Wall framing shall consist of steel channel studs. Steel studs to be min 3-5/8 in. (92 mm) wide and spaced max 24 FRICTION FIT INTO JOINT OPENING AND RECESSED MIN 12 IN. 13 MM FROM EACH SURFACE OF WALL. J ( ) WHEN USED WITH ITEM 2F AND APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, SCREWS SPACED 8 in. (610 mm) OC. B. Fill, Void or Cavity Material* -Sealant - MIN 121N. (13 MM) THICKNESS OF FILL MATERIAL APPLIED WITHIN JOINT IN. OC IN THE FIELD AND 8 IN. ALONG THE TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES OF THE B. Gypsum Board* - Multiple layers of min 1/2 in. (13 mm) thick gypsum wallboard. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, OPENING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL, FLUSH WITH BOTH SURFACES OF WALL. A MIN V4 IN. (6 MM) DIAM BEAD OF SEALANT SHALL BE APPLIED AT POINT CONTACT LOCATIONS. PROJ NO.:18-024 WALL. WHEN 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS ARE APPLIED VERTICALLY OR number of layers and orientation shall be as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Max diam of opening is QSPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC SPECSEAL FS SEALANT DATE: S-28-18 HORIZONTALLY, 1 IN. LONG, SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 13-1/2 in. (343 mm). Law-AAXNM 12IN. OG IN THE FIELD OF BOARD. WHEN 3/4 IN, THICK PANELS ARE APPLIED The hourly F Rating of the firestop system is equal to the hourly fire rating of the wall assembly in which it is MR" MUMIN AM COPT- ow12 MkEMW roan uC' MIS VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY, 1-1/4 IN. LONG SPACED 8 IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND IN THE FIELD. TWO LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 installed. t�Oh #BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARK = sCOMUrAirr"SMIC Sr ori Rrcers RssrxrcTs res ass or IN. LONG FOR 1/2 AND 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 1(o IN. OC. SECOND 2. Through Penetrants - One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentrically or eccentrically within the d 4• - r�ss oocviaRra ro r� cn,taar� st�a � s � rarca �r � LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN. OC firesto system. The annular space between the P Y p pipe, conduit or tubing and the periphery of the opening shall be min 1/4 in. to . C woes. ceTxw oa WITH SCREWS OFFSETS IN. FROM FIRST LAYER. THREE -LAYER SY5TEM5: max 1/2 in. 6 to 13 mm . Pipe, conduit or robin to be rigidly ( ) P g gidly supported on both sides of floor or wall assembly. The following • •• �s s:Rncszr FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN, 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. types and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: r. SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED A. Steel Pipe - Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. DRAWN: AE 24 IN. OC. THIRD LAYER- 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-5/8 B. Iron Pipe - Nom 12 in. (305 mm) diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. % • • • CHECK.• AE IN, LONG FOR 5/0 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC. 5CREW5 OFFSET MIN 6 IN. FORM LAYER BELOW. FOUR -LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- I IN. LONG C. Conduit - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) rigid steel conduit, nom 4 in. (102 mm) diam (or smaller) electrical metallic FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 tubing or nom 1 in. (25 mm) diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduit. IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS SPACED 24 IN. OC. THIRD LAYER- D. Copper Tubing - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Type M (or heavier) copper tubing. 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. FOURTH LAYER- 2-5/6 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN, THICK E. Copper Pipe - Nom 6 in. (152 mm) diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. PANELS OR 3 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Materials* - Sealant - Min 1 in. (25 mm) thickness of fill material applied within the annulus, flush with both SCREWS OFFSET MIN 6 IN. FROM LAYER BELOW. surfaces of wall. SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal Series SSS Sealant or SpecSeal LCI Sealant 1. Floor Assembly - THE FIRE -RATED FLUTED STEEL DECK/CONCRETE FLOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE MATERIALS AND IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE INDIVIDUAL FLOOR -CEILING DESIGN IN THE UL FIRE *Bearing the UL Classification Mark RESISTANCE DIRECTORY AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: A700 A. Steel Floor and Floor Units* - MAX 3 IN. (76 MM) DEEP GALV STEEL FLUTED FLOOR UNITS. B. Concrete - MIN 2-V2 IN. (64 MM) THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE, AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP PLANE OF THE FLOOR UNITS. RATED WALL DETAIL - - UL V438 Tftrf=1GAL 5ARE FIFE i=ENETRATION HEAD OF WALL DETAIL 3 4 Sca Is: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOT SCALE Scale: DO NOT SCALE L;:\users\ I ony HH Laptop\uropnox\_z01tt Hrojects\2ols-U26\201t3-U2b AIUU.dwg, AIUU UL L15 1 IN(3, 912t3/2U1t3 4:bb:Ub AM, 1 ony HP Laptop, AutoUAU HUF (High uuaiity Fnnt).pc3, AKCH toll bleed u (36.00 X24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT Design NO. 0469 July 26, 2018 Assembly Rating — 1 HR Nonbearing Wall * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 2 A' ir 19 I �} • 4 YY %'j e iOR 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners — "J" - shaped, 2-1/2 in. wide with unequal legs of 1 in. and 2 in., fabricated from 24 MSG gaiv steel (min 20 MSG steel required when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used). Runners attached to structural supports with steel fasteners located not greater than 2 in. from ends and not greater than 24 in. OC. 2. Steel Studs — "C -H" shaped studs, 2-1/2 in. wide by 1-1/2 in. deep, fabricated from min 25 MSG galv steel (min 20 MSG steel required when Item 4A, 413, or 4C is used), spaced 24 in. or 600 mm OC (max 16 in. OC when Item 4A, 4B, or 4C is used). Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 3/8 in. less than floor to ceiling height. 3. Gypsum Board* — 1 in. thick gypsum wallboard liner panels, supplied in nominal 24 in. or 600 mm widths. Vertical edges inserted in "H" shaped section of "C -H" studs. Free edge of end panels attached to long leg of "J" runners with 1-5/8 in. long Type S head steel screws spaced not greater than 12 in. OC. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Types Shaftliner, EGRG Shaftliner or GlasRoc Shaftliner CGC INC — Type SLX. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Type LGFCSL GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types TP -6 DGUSL and TRSL YP , UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SLX USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Type SLX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SLX. 250�Gi-�1�2 - 33 EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL METAL CORNER BEAD 250400-33 CONT i" CORE BOARD 4. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD — 5/8 Type X, Type Blueglass Exterior Sheathing AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, M -Glass, AG -C, LightRoc. CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC — Type C, Type X-2, Type X, Type X-1. CGC INC — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C — Types LGFC-C, LGFC-C/A, LGFC6A GEORGIA -PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C — Types 5, DAPC, Type X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type X, Water Rated - Type X, Sheathing - Type X, Soffit - Type X, Type TG -C, Type LWX, Veneer Plaster Base -Type LWX, Water Rated -Type LWX, Sheathing Type-LWX, Soffit -Type LWX, Type DGLW, Water Rated -Type DGLW, Sheathing Type- DGLW, Soffit -Type DGLW, Type LW2X, Veneer Plaster Base - Type LW2X, Water Rated - Type LW2X, Sheathing - Type LW2X, Soffit - Type LW2X, Type DGL2W, Water Rated - Type DGL2W, Sheathing - Type DGL2W, Type DGG, Type DAP, Type DS. PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM — Types C, PG -11, PG -C, PGS-WRS. SAINT-GOSAIN GYPROC MIDDLE EAST FZE — Type Gyproc FireStop, Gyproc FireStop MR, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH, Gyproc FireStop ACTIV'Air, Gyproc FireStop MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc FireStop M2TECH ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line, Gyproc Dura Line MR, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH, Gyproc Dura Line ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line MR ACTIV'Air, Gyproc Dura Line M2TECH ACTIV'Air THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL — Type C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types C, FRX-G, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX or WRC. USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC — Types C, SCX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types C, IP -X1, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, ULX, or WRC. 4A. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips (Item 6) required behind vertical joints RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 4B. Gypsum Board* — Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4. Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 6B) or Lead Discs (see Item 6C). MAPCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X -Ray Shielded Gypsum 4C. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown - As an Alternate to Item 4.). Nom 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws gypsum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted or adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ- L-201f, Grade "C". HM 45 MIN FR FRAME FiLL SOLiD WITH GROUT EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL. D10 PLAN DETAIL D11 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF Scale: HALF n RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 4D. Gypsum Board* For use with Item 5D, Batts and Blankets*and minimum stud depth increased to 4 in. - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft or 1200 mm wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULIX 5. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Mineral wool batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. ROCKWOOL — Type AFB THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB, SAFB FF 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) — (100% Borate Formulation) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 Ib/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 Ib/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C — INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only. 58. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation 5C. Fiber, Sprayed* — As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP — Celbar-RL 5D. Batts and Blankets* — For use with Item 4D. Placed in stud cavities, any min. 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (SKNV or BZ3Z) Categories for names of Classified companies. 6. Lead Batten Strips — For Use with Item 4A - (Not Shown) — Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 4A) and optional at remaining stud locations. Strips, min 1-1/2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6A. Lead Discs or Tabs — (Not Shown) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 6) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 5) underneath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 6B. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, for use with Item 4B) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in, long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". 6C. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item 413) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". dicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. 250400-33 CONT PROVIDE j�"o X 0i4" P all OC I" CORE B MASONRY a WALL a •• © .+ STRIP OF P CORE BD OR " 5/8" FR GWB AM SEALANT EXIST WOOD FRAME WALL D12 SECTION DETAIL Scale: HALF i ° CORE BOARD 112-14X li/z" AT 8" OC 25OJ200-33 CONT • • * 5/8" FR GWB ' ,+ •• •moi'• I' ♦,• ♦• • •, •� • � % • •• • •• •. '•+, N y• • ••� _ '._ 1_•. ' . • _ 1. 5/8" FR GLIB • 3585125-33 TYP "''' D13 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF v co E~ � 44 It! w IS �cat,con�� Tq OQ io os eq R o� voov Meo �04 �� qtC o O �5 03 kcq N • ti • • ti • r .f• s i ° CORE BOARD 112-14X li/z" AT 8" OC 25OJ200-33 CONT • • * 5/8" FR GWB ' ,+ •• •moi'• I' ♦,• ♦• • •, •� • � % • •• • •• •. '•+, N y• • ••� _ '._ 1_•. ' . • _ 1. 5/8" FR GLIB • 3585125-33 TYP "''' D13 PLAN DETAIL Scale: HALF v co E~ � 44 It! w IS �cat,con�� Tq OQ io os eq R o� voov Meo �04 �� qtC o O �5 03 kcq 0 N VM W co a N J a 0 LLz a; Vi r ON T= Co W W co W 0 a0 � Z J o 4C oCCCc J00 LL zNZ JNCO) REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 z J PROJ NO.:i0-024 DATE: 9-28-18 TBdss DJUFM S IRs COPr- RRT m Dr sD1s" 111lrICiL(d1Vf', LLC, i0/d ?IDs UbPAi - IND 07AR Arm= AW221117719 !BL URs ar T=SZ DOCUAM is TO ME ORR,OrIL MW OR PURPOSE POR WARN rAIr FJRs AWARM. RlPROD11117170= CZAMS. OR AsszvmAyzm IRs srju rLr DRAWN: AE CHECK. AE A701 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects�2018-0262018-026 A700.dwg, A701 UL LISTING, 9/28/2018 4:55:07 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES 1 . PLUMBING INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL STATE LOCAL CODES, AND UTILITY COMPANY REGULATIONS. 2. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES RELATIVE TO THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK 3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS DURING PRE-BID SITE VISITS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INCLUSION OF ALL REQUIRED DEMOLITION IN AREAS UNDERGOING MODIFICATION, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH WORK IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DEMOLITION SHALL GENERALLY BE ARRANGED TO AGREE WITH THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF WORK UNDER THE VARIOUS PHASES AND IN COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 4. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A FULL SET OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT, AND SHALL BE AWARE OF THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES WHICH MAY REQUIRE COORDINATION. 5. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY POINT OF CONNECTION TO, AND ELEVATION OF EXISTING PIPING, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING. 6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK IN CHASES, CEILING SPACES AND OTHER AREAS WHERE CONFLICTS MAY OCCUR. 7. ALL PIPING SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE EVERY OFFSET, ELBOW, UNION, VALVE, TRAP, ACCESS PANEL, ETC. THAT IS REQUIRED FOR A PROPERLY WORKING SYSTEM. NO ADDITIONAL COST WILL BE ALLOWED FOR FITTINGS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE PIPING SYSTEM WITHIN THE SPACE PROVIDED AND ARE REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODES AND REGULATIONS. 8. PERFORM ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED FOR UNDERGROUND PLUMBING LINES. ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE MADE IN A MANNER TO PROVIDE A UNIFORM BEARING FOR ALL PIPES. AFTER WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CLEAN EARTH PLACED IN LAYERS NOT OVER SIX (6) INCHES DEEP AND THOROUGHLY COMPACTED TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT. EXCAVATION BELOW THE REQUIRED GRADE SHALL BE REFILLED WITH SAND OR GRAVEL. WHERE ROCK IS ENCOUNTERED, IT SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO THREE (3) INCHES BELOW THE REQUIRED GRADE AND FILLED WITH SAND AND FINE GRAVEL. EXCESS MATERIAL FROM EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PROPERTY UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 9. SANITARY OR STORM DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED BELOW SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. 10. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPE, OR STORM DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT WELD JOINTS. 11. SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE WATER TESTED BEFORE FINAL CONNECTION TO THE SANITARY SEWER. ALL OPENINGS SHALL BE PLUGGED EXCEPT THE HIGHEST OPENING, WHICH SHALL PRODUCE A MINIMUM OF A 10 FOOT HEAD. THE SYSTEM SHALL RETAIN THE WATER LEVEL FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN (15) MINUTES AT WHICH TIME ALL JOINTS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND ALL OBSERVED LEAKS CORRECTED. 12. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING RUN UNDER SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER TUBING WITH CAST BRASS FLARED TYPE FITTINGS. 13. NEW DOMESTIC WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE SCHEDULE 80 CPVC. 14. PROVIDE "WATTS" NO. 8A 'VACUUM BREAKER ON ALL HOSE BIBS AND WALL HYDRANTS. 15. SOLDER SHALL BE LEAD FREE, HAVING A COMPOSITION SIMILAR TO 95.5% TIN, 4% COPPER, AND 0.57. SILVER AS MANUFACTURED BY ENGELHARD CORPORATION OR EQUAL. 16. VALVES IN DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE BRONZE BODY WITH FULL PORT STAINLESS STEEL BALL, AND LEVER HANDLE. 17. STERILIZE THE ENTIRE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM THOROUGHLY WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 50 PARTS PER MILLION OF AVAILABLE CHLORINE. USE EITHER LIQUID CHLORINE CONFORMING TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION BB -C-120 OR CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE OR CHLORINATED LIME CONFORMING TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION, 0-C-114. INTRODUCE INTO THE SYSTEM IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ALLOW THE STERILIZING SOLUTION TO REMAIN IN THE SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS, DURING WHICH TIME ALL VALVES AND FAUCETS SHALL BE OPENED AND CLOSED SEVERAL TIMES. AFTER STERILIZATION, THE SOLUTION SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL THE RESIDUAL CHLORINE CONTENT IS NOT GREATER THAN 0.2 PARTS PER MILLION UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. 18. WATER PIPING SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO A HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST OF NOT LESS THAN 100 PSI FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS WITH A PRESSURE LOSS N IN EXCESS OF 1 PSI. 19. INSULATION FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE 3/4' THICK, PREFORMED FIBERGLASS WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION HE MAY USE 3/8' THICK PRE -MOLDED FOAM PLASTIC SIMILAR TO "ARMAFLEX" INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH OWNER A CERTIFICATE STATING THAT ALL TESTS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED AND THAT ALL OF THE PIPING SYSTEMS ARE FREE OF DEFECTS, IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP AND ALL SYSTEMS HAVE SUCCESSFULLY PASSED THE TESTS. THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE SIGNED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 21. FOR FACTORY -ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ON WHICH THE MANUFACTURERS FURNISH STANDARD PUBLISHED GUARANTEES AS REGULAR TRADE PRACTICE, OBTAIN SUCH GUARANTEES AND REPLACE ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT WHICH PROVES DEFECTIVE DURING THE LIFE OF THESE GUARANTEES. 22. GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR WHICH MATERIALS ARE FURNISHED, FABRICATED OR FIELD ERECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL FACTORY - ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE IS FURNISHED, AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH INSTALLING MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEED EQUIPMENT. THIS PERSONAL ,GUARANTEE SHALL EXIST FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND TO DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OF ANY KIND. 23. FABRICATED OR FIELD ERECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL FACTORY - ASSEMBLED EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH NO SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE IS FURNISHED, AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH INSTALLING MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEED EQUIPMENT. THIS PERSONAL ,GUARANTEE SHALL EXIST FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL APPLY TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND TO DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OF ANY KIND. HANGER INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIER TYPE IS REQUIRED FOR LOW TEMPERATURE PIPE PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH INSULATION (9 PSE MIN. DENSITY) UNDER INSULATION SHIELD INSULATION SHIELD AT HANGER ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 1 - SEE SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD 4 INSERT FOR ALL PIPING (8" MIN.) - NOTES: SEE SPECIFER FOR DETAILED HANGER REQUIREMENTS ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HAN TYPE 43 - SEE SPECIFICATIONS X1/2" DIA. HANGER RODS WITH 36 " MAX. SPACING ON EACH CHANNEL d SIDE VIEW TRAPEZE HANGER FOR UP TO 1000 LB. UNIFORM LOAD 1-5/8" X 12 GAUGE CHANNEL OR 2 "x2 "xl/4" ANGLE PIPE HANGERS 3 16 H l� 22 LAVATORY CARRIER DO NOT SCALE 1 MIN. 1 8 MAX. " LEVELING SC D E F LOCKI DEVICE 2 $ MIN. C 2 MAX. g ADJUSTM T SCREWS MUST BE LOCATED AT BOTTOM AS SHOWN \FINISHED SURFACES q X 3/2" EXP ANCHORS 4� 32 FOR ALL DIMEISON WITH LETTERS REFER TO ROUGH IN GUIDE OF SPECIFIC FIXTURE •• WITH STANDARD SLEEVE LENGTH OF 4 DO NOT SCALE MEGHANICAL LEGENE:) MAXIMUM PIPE/TUBING SUPPORT SPACING NOM. SIZE IN. THRU 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 Ib 18 20 CLOSET EQUAL. EXCEEDS ASME A112.19.2 M FOR VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES. SELECTRONIC FLUSH 1 1 1 9 10 it 12 14 16 11 19 22 23 25 21 28 30 PIPE FT. CLEAN OUT STANDARD PVC GRADE 2 WAY CLEAN OUT CONFIGURATION WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER O� w IL 0 z 11111C No j j -Z a �. et TUBING FT. 5 FT 6 1 8 8 9 10 12 13 14 16 - - - - - - NOTE: FOR TRAPEZE HANGER TAKE SPACING OF SMALLEST SIZE ON TRAPEZE. PIPE HANGERS 3 16 H l� 22 LAVATORY CARRIER DO NOT SCALE 1 MIN. 1 8 MAX. " LEVELING SC D E F LOCKI DEVICE 2 $ MIN. C 2 MAX. g ADJUSTM T SCREWS MUST BE LOCATED AT BOTTOM AS SHOWN \FINISHED SURFACES q X 3/2" EXP ANCHORS 4� 32 FOR ALL DIMEISON WITH LETTERS REFER TO ROUGH IN GUIDE OF SPECIFIC FIXTURE •• WITH STANDARD SLEEVE LENGTH OF 4 DO NOT SCALE MEGHANICAL LEGENE:) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DE5CRIFTION NEW SANITARY DRAIN PIPING EXIST SANITARY PIPING - POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING - - - POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING _CO FLOOR DRAIN POC T POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING TO MEET ANSI Al 17.1 M HANDICAP SPECIFICATION. MOUNT SINK AT 33.9" TO RIM 19.25" X 17.25" 1. DEMO EXISTING LAVATORY 2. PROVIDE IN WALL STEEL FLOOR MOUNTED LAVATORY CARRIER ZURN 21231 CONCALED ARM SYSTEM 250 LB LOAD RATING 3. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON LAVATORY AND EWF 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY 5. EXTEND EXISTING SUPPLY FROM EXISTING LAY LOCATION- 1i2" CPVC 6. CLEAN EXISTING FIXTURES AND REPAIR TO WORKING ORDER OR REPLACE IF UNITS ARE BEYOND REPAIR I. EXISTING SERVICE SINK CLEAN AND REPAIR t0 WORKING OREDER MISCELLANEOUS PLUMBING NOTES ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES MAY BE SUPPLIED ON AN "OR EQUAL" BASIS. PLUMBING SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FULL SUBMITTAL PACKAGE TO AND FOR THE REVIEW OF THE GC AND THE ARCHITECT. INCLUDE FULL COMPLETE INFORMATION ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DEVICES, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, MATERIALS, AND ACCESSORIES. 3 5 11%° ARM 2 HLAV EWF I 0 11/2 ARM i I it I II I ii i I I ,SII 1► HWC , 6 r____1 0_1 01 �4y 0I ' I � I 4 PLUMBING WASTE AND SUPPLY PLAN SUBMIT A MIN OF 3 COPIES BOUND AND IDENTIFIED WITH THE PROJECT NAME, PLUMBING SUB -CONTRACTOR NAME, AND DATE. FL UM5 INN CQU I Ft**1 NT 4 FIXTUfRE SCBE lD U'L ITEM NO. ITEM DE5CRIFTION GLACIERS BAY ARAGON WALL MOUNT, WHITE, LAVATORY, 13 -0010 -ADA OR APPROVED EQUAL PROVIDE HLAV HC BUILDERS 4 IN CENTERSET 2 LEVER HANDLE LOW ARC FAUCET 7032EC-A8104 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LAVATORY TO MEET ANSI Al 17.1 M HANDICAP SPECIFICATION. MOUNT SINK AT 33.9" TO RIM 19.25" X 17.25" HC WATER AMERICAN STD MADERA 1.6 GPF ADA FLOOR MOUNTED, ELONGATED 3461.660 OR APPROVED HWC CLOSET EQUAL. EXCEEDS ASME A112.19.2 M FOR VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES. SELECTRONIC FLUSH VALVE WITH CP -P2 LITHIUM EATERY, WITH OVERRIDE BUTTON,WHITE, OPEN FRONT SEAT EWF DRINKING NEW HI - LO ADAAG COMPLIANT ELAKY LMABF8 115V 60 HZ 8GPM 5.0 FL AMPS 370 W FOUNTAIN OR APPROVED EQUAL WATER WHA HAMMER WATTS SERIES 15. ARRESTOR WCO CLEAN OUT STANDARD PVC GRADE 2 WAY CLEAN OUT CONFIGURATION WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER O� Scale: 1/2"=1'-0" r z 0 C404.8.2 LAVATORIES OR RESTROOI"IS OE PUBLIC FACILITIES. LAVATORIES OR RESTROOMS OF PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL: 1. BE EQUIPPED WITH OUTLET DEVICES WHICH LIMIT THE FLOW OF HOT WATER TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.5 GPM (0.03 LAS) OR BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING VALVES THAT LIMIT DELIVERY TO A PER CYCLE MAXIMUM OF 025 GALLONS (0.95 L) OF HOT WATER FOR RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS AND TO A MAXIMUM OF 0.50 GALLONS (1.9 L) FOR NONRECIRCULATING SYSTEMS. EXCEPTION: SEPARATE LAVATORIES FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL NOT BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING VALVES. 2. BE EQUIPPED WITH DEVICES WHICH LIMIT THE OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO A MAXIMUM OF 110'F (43'C). 3. MEET THE PROVISIONS OF 42 CFR 62g5(K), STANDARDS FOR WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS. FAUCET SEE SPECIFICATI LAMINAR FLOW CONTROL DEVICE tt LU N? � �qo 0 (YY 8" � O LOOSE LU KEY STOP m ESCUTCHEON OFFSET X W WASTE FINISHED ly 0 TRAP (FLOW) FLOOR 0 (X PARALLEL TO WALL U_ 4 5 HC LAVATAORY DO NOT SCALE 3 t th cotCO• � t ci "co v. M C� �p�" Hp 0 4 C#j Rab �q tl, ra w �4 � waw - eMaor►r Z. swss O r N r W y Q N J a REVISIONS 0 0 A 0 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 mass MUM= vee corr- arcarso ar smsm NAMOM(Mr. MA 2018 rats corrarrsr AM ossa agars aesrmm res vu or rmss DOCUAw rs TO res oarcnraa sirs os rvaposs Frog NUM rear FRM pasratM /ssr-mi m its slpjmr DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE owl C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\-2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 P100.dwg, P100 PLUMB PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:55:19 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pnnt).pc3, ARCH tull bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT cc LL z aCf) _/ \ ON r N W W CO W O� w IL 0 z 11111C No j j -Z a �. et V OCCM Z .500 m LL ZZ N Q0)a .jaaO IL REVISIONS 0 0 A 0 0 0 PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 mass MUM= vee corr- arcarso ar smsm NAMOM(Mr. MA 2018 rats corrarrsr AM ossa agars aesrmm res vu or rmss DOCUAw rs TO res oarcnraa sirs os rvaposs Frog NUM rear FRM pasratM /ssr-mi m its slpjmr DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE owl C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\-2018 Projects\2018-02612018-026 P100.dwg, P100 PLUMB PLAN, 9/28/2018 4:55:19 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Pnnt).pc3, ARCH tull bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT MECHANICAL SYMBOLS FLEX SYMBOL & ABBREV. DESCRIPTION 240 SA/SUP SUPPLY AIR (RISE/DROP) 5" RA/RET RETURN AIR DUCT (RISE/DROP) 75 EA/EXH EXHAUST AIR DUCT (RISE/DROP) ® CD/SR CEILING DIFFUSER/SUPPLY REGISTER ARROWHEAD REPRESENTS NUMBER OF THROW) 225 RR/RG RETURN REGISTER/GRILLE ER/EG EXHAUST REGISTER/GRILLE _ RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FD FIRE DAMPER (L) DUCT LINING (1" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) SINGLE LINE DUCT BRANCH TAKE -OFF DUCT TRANSITION (RECTANGULAR TO ROUND) FLEX FLEXIBLE DUCT -NO LIMIT ON LENGTH (FLEX CONNECTORS NOT A T T -STAT PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT S T -STAT THERMOSTAT SENSOR (REMOTE) D D CONDENSATE DRAIN 0 DIA. DIAMETER DL DL DOOR LOUVER UC UC DOOR UNDERCUT (3/4" MINIMUM) -------- DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR VERIFY AHU AND CU LOCATION AND ROOF CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. ANY AND ALL NEW EQUIPMENT STANDS TO BE REPLACED OR INSTALLED SHALL BE DESIGNED AND PAID SY FOR BY THE GC AND MECH HVAC SUB AND SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A FLORIDA PE. NONE ARE SCHEDULED OR ANTICIPATED. THIS IS ONLY FOR ANY REPLACEMENT DUE TO FAILURE PRIOR TO COMPLETION PRIOR TO BID AND PERMIT APPLICATION VERIFY SIZE, LOCATION, CONFIGURATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT. CONFIRM ALL ITEMS ABOVE THE CEILING LOWED) REPORT AHU & CU MODEL #S TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. REPORT CFM CAPACITY OF THE AHU TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTUATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. HVAC PLAN Scale: 1/4"=V-0" SUPPLY FLEX DROP DUCT SIZES 240 DUCTSIZE MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW 5" 50 CFM 6" 75 7" 110 8" 160 9" 225 10" 300 NEW DUCT SMOKE DE PROVIDE INICATOR I HT, TEST. AND RESET IN AC EILING AREA IN SALE' IN: HEATERAR VIF: IRIPAIR ANY LINE MISSIINGC COVERS I TO A ONNECT ONEXISTISPAN -ECOR JTTON AREA. EXISTING STEEL DUCT PENETRATIONS__THRI!__. __.___ _ ___._. __ ._.._ - -_ - _-_----_--- NON, ___.___NON, RATED WALLNEW 6" DIA SUPPLY 2— NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL VERIFY EF DUCT TO ROOF PRIOR TO BID NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF EXHAUST FAN IS NOT CONNECTED TO DUCTWORK UP TO ROOF OR OUT THRU WALL 75 CFM 8X4 RETURN GRILL SIZES GRILL SIZE MAX DESIGN AIRFLOW 80 SI 200 CFM 160 400 240 600 340 800 440 1000 540 1200 EXISTING FLEX DROPS 2—NEW 18" RETURN AIR DUCT AND 24X24 RETURN AIR GRILL— ONE ABOVE THE OTHER CONNECT 12" DIA (113 SI) OUTSIDE AIR DUCT TO SIDE OF EXISTING RETURN AIR PLENUM ___— RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SIDE OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM EXISTING STEEL RETURN PLENUM—REMOVE DUCT ON BOTTOM AND SEAL OFF. VERIFY SIZE PRIOR TO BID PROVIDE DETAIL SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING NEW CONNECTIONS EXISTING AHU TO REMAIN ESTIMATED 10 TONS VIF CONNECT NEW 18" DIA RETURNS INTO SI OF EXIST RETURN PLENUM INSTALL THE 2 18" DIA FLEX RETURN ONE OVER THE OTHER EXACTLY AS SHOWN PROVIDE MIN 48" X 24" SPACE FOR AHU SERVICE SIDE ACCESS MAINTAIN MIN 12" HORIZONTAL CLEAR TO ELEC PANELS FROM DUCT ABOVE EF -1 75 CFM WITH GRILL RAIN CAP WITH INSECT SCREEN 8X8 STEEL 10X10 OR OR 8" DIA 10" DIA PENETRATION THRU NON RATED WALL v N � 64 N t �to Cb ko 0404 �H �N �� 04 �M Ogo � I q �qpV RQ' Cz coo ooh 0 —i ANWONr s ZWN 0 r o� N r W Coll a N a J IL 0 c LL Zo acr) t/� r ON ~ r N W W W W > > Fe Op m IL 0 � Z J oa" oCCIE .500 LL ZNZ ao�a .j Cm w REVISIONS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z a a V a PROJ N0.:18-024 DATE. 9-28-18 T"SJr DRINLYCs IRR COPY- RfOBTID BY IDIS" YIMiGMMNr. LLC. 2018 TM COPYRrGRT IND OTBIR RrGEM RSSTRrCTS TBI USI Or T"SN DOCVWNW To ME OWWUL slid' OR PUMVSJr "A NUM TAW NIRS PMPIRID. RIPRODUGTMM CB'INCIS, OR Issl6NYINTs IRs smcnr PROAMMIA DRAWN: AE CHECK. AE %, %usersxiony ryr Laptopxuropooxx zuiu rrojectsxzuits-uzuuuiu-uzu miuu.awg, MIUU HVAU PLAIN, U/ZtNZUIu 4:55:ZZ AM, cony Hr Laptop, AutOUAu rur (Hign uuauty rrint).pcJ, AKCH Tull eieea u (35.UU x24.UU Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMI F15G-M-2011 I SECTION 604 INSULATION 604.1 GENERAL. DUCT INSULATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 6042 THROUGH 604.13 AND THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, ENERGY CONSERVATION. 6042 SURI=ACE TEMPERATURE. DUCTS THAT OPERATE AT TEMPERATURES EXCEEDING 120'F (49'C) SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT THERMAL INSULATION TO LIMIT THE EXPOSED SURFACE TEMPERATURE TO 120'1 (49'C). 6043 COVERINGS AND LININGS. COVERINGS AND LININGS, INCLUDING ADHESIVES WHERE USED, SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX NOT MORE THAN 50, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84 OR UL 123, USING THE SPECIMEN PREPARATION AND MOUNTING PROCEDURES OF ASTM E2231. DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL NOT FLAME, GLOW, SMOLDER OR SMOKE WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 0411 AT THE TEMPERATURE TO WHICH THEY ARE EXPOSED IN SERVICE. THE TEST TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT FALL BELOW 250'F (121'0). COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED. 604.4 FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. FOAM PLASTIC USED AS DUCT COVERINGS AND LININGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 604. 6049 APPLIANCE INSULATION. LISTED AND LABELED APPLIANCES THAT ARE INTERNALLY INSULATED SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 604. 604.&FENETRATION OF ASSEMBLIES. DUCT COVERINGS SHALL NOT PENETRATE A WALL OR FLOOR REQUIRED t0 HAVE A FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OR REQUIRED TO BE FIREBLOCKED. 604.1 IDENTIFICATION. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION, EXCEPT SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM, AND FACTORY -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE LEGIBLY PRINTED OR IDENTIFIED AT NTERVALS NOT GREATER THAN 36 INCHES (914 MM) WITH THE NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER THE THERMAL RESISTANCE R -VALUE AT THE SPECIFIED INSTALLED THICKNESS AND THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEXES OF THE COMPOSITE MATERIALS. DUCT INSULATION PRODUCT R -VALUES SHALL BE BASED ON INSULATION ONLY, EXCLUDING AIR FILMS, VAPOR RETARDERS OR OTHER DUCT COMPONENTS, AND SHALL BE BASED ON TESTED C -VALUES AT 15'1 (24'C) MEAN TEMPERATURE AT THE INSTALLED THICKNESS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PROCEDURES. THE INSTALLED THICKNESS OF DUCT INSULATION USED TO DETERMINE ITS R -VALUE SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: 1FOR DUCT BOARD, DUCT LINER AND FACTORY -MADE RIGID DUCTS NOT NORMALLY SUBJECTED TO COMPRESSION, THE NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE USED. 2FOR DUCT WRAP, THE INSTALLED THICKNESS SHALL BE ASSUMED TO BE 15 PERCENT (25 PERCENT COMPRESSION) OF NOMINAL THICKNESS. 3FOR FACTORY -MADE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS, THE INSTALLED THICKNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY DIVIDING THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ACTUAL OUTSIDE DIAMETER AND NOMINAL INSIDE DIAMETER BY TWO. 4FOR SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM, THE AGED R -VALUE PER INCH, MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS, SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING AT THE TIME OF FOAM APPLICATION. AIR CONDITIONING HEATING AND VENTILATION SPECIFICATIONS SCOPE OF WORK: 1.) ALL WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR, AND THE PERFORMING OF ALL FUNCTIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS, FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND ALL DUCTWORK, GRILLES, REGISTERS, ETS., INCLUDING ALL CONNECTIONS TO EACH SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IT SHALL FURTHER INCLUDE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM, WHETHER SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT OR NOT. 2.) INSTALL A COMPLETE AND WORKING MECHANICAL SYSTEM IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE AND SMACNA STANDARDS. COORDINATION: 1.) ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY EACH OTHER'S WORK. CODES AND PERMITS: 1.) ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS, REQUIRED BY CITY, COUNTY AND STATE, AS WELL AS FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.) PERMITS: OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LICENSES AND FEES. 3.) INSPECTIONS: FURNISH OWNER WITH CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. ALL WORK MUST BE INSPECTED. 1.) ALL PRODUCTS SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED, OF ESTABLISHED AND REPUTABLE AMERICAN MANUFACTURERS. ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT USED FOR THE SAME PURPOSE SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2.) SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE. ANY ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INCLUDED AS THOUGH SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO THE PROVIDED. SUCH ACCESSORIES WOULD INCLUDE FILTERS, CONDENSATE DRAINS, RELIEF VALVES, SERVICE VALVES, THERMOSTATS, VIBRATION INSULATORS, ETC. MOTOR STARTERS FOR PRE WIRED EQUIPMENT (AND OTHER PROTECTION AND CONTROL DEVICES) ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. 3.) SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO A MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IS ONLY TO ESTABLISH TYPE, QUALITY, AND PERFORMANCE REQUIRED. THESE QUALIFICATIONS ARE IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. LISTING OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS AN UNCONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF THE PRODUCTS OF THOSE MANUFACTURERS. SUBSTITUTIONS: 1.) SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS SHOWN HEREIN SHALL BE AT THE OWNER'S, ARCHITECTS, OR ENGINEER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL ONLY WITH COPIES OF APPROVAL SENT TO THE PROJECT FILE. ANY DEVIATION FROM THESE DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND WIRING: 1.) ALL WIRING IS INCLUDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL INTEGRAL STARTERS, CONTROLS, RELAYS AND OTHER DEVICES ARE INCLUDED UNDER THE MECHANICAL DIVISION. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND WIRING SHALL CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND PROPERLY IDENTIFIED WITH INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS. RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER CONNECTIONS AND OPERATION IS INCLUDED UNDER THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. VERIFY ALL VOLTAGES, PHASES AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT, AND IF DISCREPANCIES OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THEIR DECISION. DUCTWORK: 1.) ALL MAIN TRUNK AIR CONDITIONING AND HEATING DUCT WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD (R-6.0) IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS, SEAMS SHALL BE STAPLED OR TAPED AND SEALED WITH GLASS FABRIC IMBEDDED IN MASTIC. USE OF PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES AS THE ONLY DUCT CLOSURE METHOD IS PROHIBITED. DUCT WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/2- WIDE GALVANIZED CHANNEL, STRAPPED TO STRUCTURE WITH #12 WIRE. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4 FEET OR OTHER PER DETAIL/SPEC THIS SHEET. 2.) FLEXIBLE DUCT WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF U.L. CLASS I POLYESTER LINED, METAL HELIX SUPPORTED, INSULATED FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE DUCT (R-6.0). MAXIMUM DEVELOPED LENGTH INSTALLED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE UNLIMITED. DUCT WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH 1-1/2" WIDE, 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BANDS. THE BANDS MAY BE SUPPORTED WITH #12 WIRE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. USE ONLY APPROVED CLAMPS TO SUPPORT THE WIRE TO THE PEMB ROOF GIRTS ABOVE. ALTERNATE IS MINIMUM 2" WIDE NO BURN RATE/SELF EXTINGUISHING FABRIC HANGER STRAPS. THESE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF METAL STRAPS. BANDS SHALL BE SECURED DIRECTLY TO THE TOP CHORD OF PEMB ROOF GIRT STRUCTURE USING SCREWS, RIVETS, OR BOLTS. MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS SHALL BE 4 FEET. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DUCT DROP IS 1 INCH IN 10 FEET. 3.) EACH DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH ALL REQUIRED DUCTWORK FITTINGS, TURNING VANES, SPUTTER DAMPERS AND SUPPORTS, AND EXTRACTORS AT ALL RIGHT ANGLE TAKEOFFS AND TEES. 4.) NOT USED 5.) ALL ROUND DUCT BRANCH TAKEOFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPIN -IN WITH AIRSCOOP AND BALANCING DAMPER. 6.) ALL FRESH AIR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCT SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. 7.) DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE TO THE INSIDE OF ACOUSTICAL/INSULATION LININGS. INCREASE SIZES OF DUCTS AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CLEAR INSIDE DISTANCE. 8.) DUCTWORK SHALL CONFORM TO DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PROHIBITED. IN CASE OF CHANGE IN DIMENSIONS, CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS: 1.) FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, CEILING DIFFUSERS AND DOOR GRILLES WHERE INDICATED. THEY SHALL BE OF SIZE AND MODEL CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.) ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND CEILING DIFFUSERS MUST BE SET FLUSH AND TRUE TO WALL OR CEILING TO PREVENT AIR LEAKAGE AROUND EDGES. ALL UNITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NEOPRENE GASKETING AROUND THE INSIDE OF THE FRAME. 3.) ALL UNITS SHALL BE FACTORY FINISHED, OF COLOR SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 1.) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL THE NECESSARY CUTTING OF VAPOR BARRIER LID. GC SHALL PATCH VAPOR BARRIER LID TO VAPOR TIGHT CONDITION AFTER INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED ELEMENTS 2.) NO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE CUT. NO EXCEPTIONS 3.) PATCH AROUND ALL OPENINGS TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 4.) DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION INCLUDING SHEET METAL GAUGES, REINFORCEMENT, JOINT SEALING, AIR LEAKAGE, AND DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE -MECHANICAL, LOW VELOCITY DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 5.) COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, AIR DEVICES, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC., WITH PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND GENERAL CONTRACTORS DRAWINGS. 6.) WORKMANSHIP: ALL EQUIPMENT APPURTENANCES, DEVICES AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN CONFORMITY WITH THE PROVISIONS AND INTENT OF THE LATEST APPROVED MECHANICAL CODE. 7.) LOCATE ALL EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS 10'-0- MIN. FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 8.) LIGHTING LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DIFFUSER LOCATION. CONTRACTORS SHALL MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO DIFFUSERS TO AVOID ANY CONFLICT WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT. 9.) PROVIDE ALL EXHAUST AIR DUCTS WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPER. 10.) PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER AT EACH AND EVERY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 11.) TAKE -OFF FITTING SHALL BE TAB TYPE WITH DAMPER. 12.) CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND INSPECT ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. NOTIFY BUILDING OWNER OF ANY DYSFUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT IMMEDIATELY. 13.) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS IN SATISFACTORY WORKING CONDITION PRIOR TO TURN OVER TO OWNER 14.) NOT USED. 15.) ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS ARE TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED AND CALIBRATED FOR PROPER OPERATION. 16.) NOT USED 17.) PROVIDE CLEARANCES AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 18.) PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 19.) INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT EVERY 90 -DEGREE TURN ON AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES. 20.) MOUNT ALL SENSORS AT ADAAG REQUIRED HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. HVAC: ,0(6;10 �iF 4JI)FK INVIi'L`✓E� A DEM�� S��ME E s:I�TIfJCFI D11/;T\'Jt FK I�UT Et�111!''MENT IS i�F;F_MAIN. l''f;(�VIIdE NES^! ICU(.;T IVI�IHK SYSTEM t;I�,Nil;l�)LS F'-T`�TAT Ce;fILLE` F-,E(�iFllf'�EDD A(,t,E`�St�f;lE`=� ETC; AS `•�Hul�'JN i��N F"LAN`;. THE �V(�If';K DI• -FS Niel INCLUDE ANI' NF\"J AHU i��l� C;U E_C•)UIF'MF_N�. ALL E>:IS11NCc, ELIUIFMENT SHALL;E VEf';IFIED AND TEST[D Foil DDELIVE�;'Y SIF MINIMUM CFM AT nESICc;N TE�fIF'EF;ATUFE f''FF MANUFACTUfEF; Sh'F_CIFICATI(�N>. I''F�UVIUE A !°;FI''G'F;T I :�� �;�VNEI'; ANU Ah;;HIT ECT I'FI���f°; T(�I Hln. ANY I�)UC;14'J(�IP;K TI�� F;;F IN.�TALLE[I') SHALL F)E NES^J ANU SHALL f=.E IN'=TALLER FEf 2i�111 FF'C; ME( HANI6*40 NU H`✓A(; �JGFK `;HALL SiA�T UNIT. A MECHANICAL PEFMIT I� IsSUED f,Y THE CITY FINAL TESTS: 1.) BEFORE ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT, IT SHALL BE DEMONSTRATED THAT ALL. APPARATUS IS FUNCTIONING PROPERLY AND EFFICIENTLY. GUARANTEE: 1.) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP FROM DEFECT OF WORKMANSHIP, AND SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER ALL DEFECTIVE MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP, FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR AFTER COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. FBC-M-2011 603.9 JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS. ALL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS IN METALLIC AND NONMETALLIC DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SPECIFIED IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE AND NAIMA FIBROUS GLASS DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. ALL JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS IN DUCTWORK SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED AND SEALED WITH WELDS, GASKETS, MASTICS (ADHESIVES), MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED -FABRIC SYSTEMS, LIQUID SEALANTS OR TAPES. TAPES AND MASTICS USED TO SEAL FIBROUS GLASS DUCTWORK SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 A-P"FOR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE, "181 A-M"FOR MASTIC OR "181 A-W'FOR HEAT -SENSITIVE TAPE. TAPES AND MASTICS USED TO SEAL METALLIC AND FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND FLEXIBLE AIR CONNECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 1815 AND SHALL BE MARKED "181 5-FX'FOR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE OR "181 5-M"FOR MASTIC. DUCT CONNECTIONS TO FLANGES OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SEALED AND MECHANICALLY FASTENED. MECHANICAL FASTENERS FOR USE WITH FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC AIR DUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 1815 AND SHALL 5E MARKED "181 15-C."CLOSURE SYSTEMS USED TO SEAL ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. EXCEPTION: FOR DUCTS HAVING A STATIC PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF LESS THAN 2 INCHES OF WATER COLUMN (500 PA), ADDITIONAL CLOSURE SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR CONTINUOUSLY WELDED JOINTS AND SEAMS AND LOCKING -TYPE JOINTS AND SEAMS OF OTHER THAN THE SNAP -LOCK AND 5UTTONLOCK TYPES. 603JOSUPPORTS. DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE. FLEXIBLE AND OTHER FACTORY -MADE DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITW THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. FMC -M-201`1 6M6 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS AND FLEXIBLE AIR COMECTORB. KJDMLE AIR DUCTS, BOTH METALLIC AND NON METALLIC, SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 603,6J, 603,61L 603,63 AND 603,6A. FLEXIBLE AIR CONJEcTORA, BOTH METALLIC AND NOWWAIWIC, SHALL COI'IPLY WITH SECT010 603,62 h*WWvH 603,6A. 603,6J FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS. R.EXftX AIR DUCTS, BOTH METALLIC AND Na'i'IETALLIC, SHALL BE TEGTED IN AGCOImA%= WITH UL IOL 8UCH DUCTS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AS CLASS 0 OR GLASS I FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS Atm SHALL BE METALLED M ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 304.4 603,6.0 DUCT LENGTH. FLEXIBL£ AIR DUCTS SHALL NOT BE LMTIEp N Lowrw 603,62 FLEXIBLE AIR COMIECTOR6. FLEXIBLE AIR CONIEGTORS, BOTH METALLIC AND NCN'ETALLIC SHALL BE TESTED N ACCORDANCE WITH UL ISL SUCH cOMECTOR6 SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AS CLASS 0 OR CLAS I FLEXIBLE AIR 024IECTOR6 AND SHALL BE MSTALLM N ACCORDANCE UTHI SECTION 304J. 603,62J 0016EGTOR LENGTH. FLEXILE AIR C41+EGTOR6 614ALL BE LIMITED M LENGTH TO 14 FMT (4461 MM). 603,622 COMEGTOR MWRATICN LI MAT10a FLEXIBLE AIR cOMEGTOR6 SWILL NOT PAW THROUGH ANY UALL, FLOOR OR CEILMG. 603,63 AIR TEM19!RATUW- THE DE6IGPI 1L4 1011ATURE OF AIR TO BE CONVEYED M IPLEXISLE AIR DUCTS AND FLEXIBLE AIR CCN42CTORS SWILL BE LEGS THAN 40011 (141'0.,6 603,6AF1.EXIBLE AIR DUCT AND AIR CONNECTOR CLEARANCE. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCTS MID AIR COMECTORS 6HAL.L BE METALLED WITH A MINIMUM CLEAJRN TO AN APPLIANCE AS SPECIFIED N THE APPLIANCE MANFACTtpiER'S N6TALLATION MTRICTION6 ALL NEW OR REUSED DUCTS SHALL BEAR A LABEL INDICATING TYPE OF DUCT FBG -M-2011 SECTION 606 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS CONTROL 606.1 CONTROLS REQUIRED. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED AND LABELED FOR INSTALLATION IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 268A. OTHER SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 266. 6062WHERE REQUIRED. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED IN SECTIONS 6062) THROUGH 60623. 6062.1 TO PREVENT THE RECIRCULATION OF DANGEROUS QUANTITIES OF SMOKE, A DETECTOR APPROVED FOR AIR DUCT USE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE SUPPLY SIDE OF AIR-HANDLNG SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA WA, STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS. SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED FOR USE IN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE AIR FILTERS AND AHEAD OF ANY BRANCH CONNECTIONS IN AIR SUPPLY SYSTEMS HAVING THE CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CUFT/MIN. EXCEPTION: SMOKE DETECTORS ARE NOT REQUIRED IN THE SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM WHERE ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING SERVED BY THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ARE PROTECTED BY AREA SMOKE DETECTORS CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE. THE AREA SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 606.4. 60622 COMMON SUPPLY SYSTEMS. WHERE MULTIPLE AIR -HANDLING SYSTEMS SHARE COMMON SUPPLY WITH A COMBINED DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2000 CFM (0.9 M3/5), EACH SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 6062.1. EXCEPTION: INDIVIDUAL SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR EACH FAN -POWERED TERMINAL UNIT, PROVIDED THAT SUCH UNITS DO NOT HAVE AN INDIVIDUAL DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2,000 CFM (0.9 M3/5) AND WILL BE SHUT DOWN BY ACTIVATION OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ISMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED BY SECTIONS 6062.1 AND 60623. 2AN APPROVED AREA SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR PLENUM SERVING SUCH UNITS. 3AN AREA SMOKE DETECTOR SYSTEM AS PRESCRIBED IN 114E EXCEPTION TO SECTION 6062.1. IN ALL CASES, THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 606.4 AND 606.4.1. 60623 RETURN AIR RISERS. WHERE RETURN AIR RISERS SERVE TWO OR MORE STORIES AND SERVE ANY PORTION OF A RETURN AIR SYSTEM HAVING A DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 15000 CFM (1.1 M3/S), SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH STORY. SUCH SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE LOCATED UPSTREAM OF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE RETURN AIR RISER AND ANY AIR DUCTS OR PLENUMS. 60631NSTALLATION. SMOKE DETECTORS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 12. THE REQUIRED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MONITOR THE ENTIRE AIRFLOW CONVEYED BY THE SYSTEM. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED FOR FAN UNITS WHOSE SOLE FUNCTION IS TO REMOVE AIR FROM THE INSIDE OF THE BUILDING TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SMOKE DETECTORS FOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE. 606.4 CONTROLS OPERATION. UPON ACTIVATION, THE SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL SHUT DOWN ALL OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES OF THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LISTING AND LABELING OF APPLIANCES USED IN THE SYSTEM. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS THAT ARE PART OF A SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL SWITCH TO THE SMOKE CONTROL MODE UPON ACTIVATION OF A DETECTOR 606.4.1 SUPERVISION. T DUCT SMOKE OKE DETECTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WHERE A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED BY THE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE. THE ACTUATION OF A DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. IN FACILITIES THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE MONITORED BY A SUPERVISING STATION, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL REPORT ONLY AS A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL, NOT AS A FIRE ALARM. EXCEPTIONS- LTHE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION IS NOT REQUIRED WHERE THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ACTIVATES THE BUILDING'S ALARM -INDICATING APPLIANCES. 2.IN OCCUPANCIES NOT REQUIRED TO 5E EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, ACTUATION OF A SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TROUBLE CONDITIONS SHALL ACTIVATE A VISIBLE OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN AN APPROVED LOCATION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS INSTALLED THRU AN EXHAUISTIVE AND THROUGH FIELD INVESTIGATION PRIOR TO ANY BID OR CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PROVIDE COMPLIANCE WITH THE F5C-M-2014 SECT60S ABOVE FOR SUITE 110, 116, 105 AND 101. THE ARCHITECT HAS SHOWN THE DUCT DETECTORS EXISTING TO THE BEST ABILITY OF THE FIELD INVESTIGATION CONDUCTED 9-2-13, BUT IN NO WAY DOES HE WARRANT THAT THE UNIT(S) INSTALLED ARE WORKING OR COMPLIANT WITH THE EXISTING CODE. THE GC SHALL VERIFY ALL AHU AND SHALL VERIFY THE AIR FLOW DIRECTION AND VERIFY WHICH MAN TRUNIK DUCTS ARE SUPPLY AND WHICH ARE RETURNS - THE GC SHALL CONDUCT TESTING ON THE SMOKE DUCT DECTOR UNITS TO VERIFY THAT THEY ARE WORKING ATTIME OF CO. THE GC SHALL CONDUCT TESTING ON THE AHU/CU SPLIT SYSTEM TO VERIFY THEY ARE DELIEVERING THE DESIGN CFMS AT THE DESIGN TEMPERATURES. THE GC SHALL PROVIDE A REPROT TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT WITH 10 DAYS AFTER START OF PROJECT F5C-EC-2011 C4032.9DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION, CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING (MANDATORY). C4032.SJ INSULATION. TABLE 04032.9.1 MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R -VALUES, HEATING AND COOLING SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS LOCATION SUPPLY DUCT RETURN DUCT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING R-6 R-42 VENTILATED ATTIC R-6 R-42 UNVENTED ATTIC ABOVE INSULATED CEILING R-6 R-42 UNVENTED ATTIC WITH ROOF INSULATION R-42 NONE UNCONDITIONED SPACESI R-42 R-42 INDIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES2 NONE NONE CONDITIONED SPACES NONE NONE BURIED R-42 NONE UNCLUDES CRAWL SPACES, BOTH VENTILATED AND NONVENTILATED. 2.NCLUDES RETURN AIR PLENUMS WITH OR WITHOUT EXPOSED ROOFS ABOVE. C4032.9.1.IINSULATION REQUIRED. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE INSULATED TO THE LEVELS SHOWN IN TABLE 040329.1. EXCEPTIONS: 1.W -EN LOCATED WITHIN EQUIPMENT. 2.1114EN THE DESIGN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF THE DUCT OR PLENUM DOES NOT EXCEED 15'F (8'C). 3FOR "OUTS LESS THAN 10 FEET (3048 MM) IN LENGTH TO AIR TERMINALS OR AIR OUTLETS, THE RATED R -VALUE OF INSULATION NEED NOT EXCEED R-5. 4.5ACKS OF AIR OUTLETS AND OUTLET PLENUMS EXPOSED TO UNCONDITIONED OR INDIRECTLY CONDITIONED SPACES WITH FACE AREAS EXCEEDING 5 SQUARE FEET (.46 M2) NEED NOT EXCEED R -2t THOSE 5 SQUARE FEET (.46 M2) OR SMALLER NEED NOT BE INSULATED. 5.11RETURN AIR DUCTS MEETING ALL THE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING CAVITIES THAT WILL BE USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS. C4032.1BJ2INSULATION PROTECTION. INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE, INCLUDING THAT DUE TO SUNLIGHT, MOISTURE, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND WIND, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: LINSULATION EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR SERVICE, Els., PROTECTED BY ALUMINUM, SHEET METAL, PAINTED CANVAS OR PLASTIC COVER. CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION SHALL BE PROTECTED AS A50VE OR PANTED WITH A COATING THAT IS WATER RETARDANT AND PROVIDES SHIELDING FROM SOLAR RADIATION THAT CAN CAUSE DEGRADATION OF THE MATERIAL. 2.IN5ULATION COVERING COOLING DUCTS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL NCLUDE A VAPOR RETARDANT LOCATED OUTSIDE THE INSULATION (UNLESS THE INSULATION IS INHERENTLY VAPOR RETARDANT), ALL PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS OF WHICH SHALL BE SEALED. C4032.9.13CONDENSATION CONTROL. ADDITIONAL INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE THE MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 04032.9.1.1 ARE DETERMINED TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. C4032.92DUCT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DUCTS, AIR HANDLERS, FILTER BOXES, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS AND ENCLOSED SUPPORT PLATFORMS THAT FORM THE PRIMARY AIR CONTAINMENT PASSAGEWAYS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DUCTS OR PLENUM CHAMBERS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 04032.92 AND WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL. DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, BRACED, REINFORCED AND INSTALLED TO PROVIDE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH AND DURABILITY. ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS, LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND FITTING CONNECTIONS SHALL 5E SECURELY FASTENED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF THIS SECTION. F5C-EC-2011 C-4032.93SEALNG, GENERAL (MANDATORY). ALL DUCTS, AIR HANDLERS, FILTER BOXES, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS AND ENCLOSED SUPPORT PLATFORMS THAT FORM THE PRIMARY AIR CONTAINMENT PASSAGEWAYS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CRITERIA OF THIS SECTION AND TABLE 04032.92. C4032.93.IME04ANICAL FASTENING. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN SECTIONS OF AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS, BETWEEN INTERMEDIATE AND TERMINAL FITTINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AND BETWEEN SUB SECTIONS OF THESE COMPONENTS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO SECURE THE SECTIONS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CLOSURE SYSTEM(S). C4032.932SEAL NG. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED CLOSURE SYSTEMS. C4032.933SPACE PROVIDED. SUFFICIENT SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO ALL MECHANICAL COMPONENTS LOCATED IN OR FORMING A PART OF THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO ASSURE ADEQUATE ACCESS FOR: (1) CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION C4032.%(2) INSPECTION AND (3) CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES (102 MM) IS CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND AIR -HANDLING UNITS. EXCEPTION: RETROFIT OR REPLACEMENT UNITS NOT PART OF A RENOVATION. C4032.93APRODUCT APPLICATION. CLOSURE PRODUCTS SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE AIR BARRIERS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS BEING JOINED IN ORDER TO FORM A CONTINUOUS BARRIER OR THEY MAY BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR APPROPRIATE INDUSTRY INSTALLATION STANDARD WHERE MORE RESTRICTIVE. C4032.939SURFACE PREPARATION. THE SURFACES UPON WHICH CLOSURE PRODUCTS ARE TO BE APPLIED SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C4032.93bAPPROVED MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS. APPROVED MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDE SCREWS, RIVETS, WELDS, INTERLOCKING JOINTS CRIMPED AND ROLLED, STAPLES, TWIST IN (SCREW ATTACHMENT), AND COMPRESSION SYSTEMS CREATED BY BEND TABS OR SCREW TABS AND FLANGES OR BY CLINCHING STRAPS. MECHANICAL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM TABLE 04032.92 TO BE APPROPRIATE TO THE DUCT SYSTEM TYPE. C4032.93.1APPROVEO CLOSURE SYSTEMS. THE FOLLOWING CLOSURE SYSTEMS AND MATERIALS ARE APPROVED FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION AND SEALING FOR THE APPLICATIONS AND PRESSURE CLASSES SHOWN IN TABLE 04032.92: ]METAL CLOSURES. A.WELDS APPLIED CONTINUOUSLY ALONG METAL SEAMS OR JOINTS THROUGH WHICH AIR COULD LEAK BSNAPLOCK SEAMS AND GROOVED, STANDING, DOUBLE -CORNER SINGLII[ER AND PITTSBURGH LOCK SEAMS, AS DEFINED BY SMACNA, AS WELL AS ALL OTHER ROLLED MECHANICAL SEAMS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE ROLLED OR CRIMPED. 2:GASKETING, WHICH ACHIEVES A 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE-DENSITY-DEVELOPMENT RATING UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 123, PROVIDED THAT IT IS USED ONLY BETWEEN MATED SURFACES THAT ARE MECHANICALLY FASTENED WITH SUFFICIENT FORCE TO COMPRESS THE GASKET AND TO FILL ALL VOIDS AND CRACKS THROUGH WHICH AIR LEAKAGE WOULD OTHERWISE OCCUR 311ASTIC CLOSURES. MASTICS SHALL BE PLACED OVER THE ENTIRE JOINT BETWEEN MATED SURFACES. MASTICS SHALL NOT BE DILUTED. APPROVED MASTICS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: AMASTIC OR MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS APPLIED TO F15ROUS GLASS DUCT50ARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART III. 511ASTIC OR MASTIC -PLUS -EMBEDDED FABRIC SYSTEMS APPLIED TO NONMETAL FLEXIBLE DUCT THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1815, PART II. CMASTIC RIBBONS, WHICH ACHIEVE A 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DENSITY DEVELOPMENT RATINGUNDER ASTM 084 OR UL 123, PROVIDED THAT THEY MAY BE USED ONLY IN FLANGE JOINTS AND LAP -JOINTS, SUCH THAT THE MASTIC RESIDES BETWEEN TWO PARALLEL SURFACES OF THE AIR BARRIER AND THAT THOSE SURFACES ARE MECHANICALLY FASTENED. 47APES. TAPES SHALL BE APPLIED SUCH THAT T14EY EXTEND NOT LESS THAN I INCH ONTO EACH OF THE MATED SURFACES AND SHALL TOTALLY COVER THE JOINT. WHEN USED ON RECTANGULAR DUCTS, TAPES SHALL BE USED ONLY ON JOINTS BETWEEN PARALLEL RIGID SURFACES AND ON RIGHT ANGLE JOINTS. APPROVED TAPES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A.PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES. I.PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES APPLIED TO FIBROUS GLASS DUCT50ARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART I. II.PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPES APPLIED TO NONMETAL FLEXIBLE DUCT THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1815, PART 1. 5J4EAT-ACTIVATED TAPES APPLIED TO FIBROUS GLASS DUCTBOARD THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A, PART II. 5AEROSOL SEALANT. SUCH SEALANTS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER -CERTIFIED INSTALLERS FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SHALL ACHIEVE 25/50 FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE-DENSITY-DEVELOPMENT RATINGS UNDER ASTM E84 OR UL 723. C4032.9.40AVITIES OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. CAVITIES IN FRAMED SPACES, SUCH AS DROPPED SOFFITS AND WALLS, SHALL NOT BE USED TO DELIVER AIR FROM OR RETURN AIR TO THE CONDITIONING SYSTEM UNLESS THEY CONTAIN AN AIR DUCT INSERT THAT IS INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 04032.9.1 AND CONSTRUCTED AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 04032.92 APPROPRIATE FOR THE DUCT MATERIALS USED. EXCEPTION: RETURN AIR PLENUMS BENEATH A ROOF DECK THAT IS INSULATED TO AT LEAST R-19. U m h D k co ci 00N 01 Q ppb� 0 >7w 0000 Co FAQ cb I q 1 6.4 n '� rrraa� 0 cl r N r W cc a N a J a 0 U. Z0 41C C9 c ON r `N W r F W y W W > m 00 ao J Z LL 14 J r% 0CCCC 00 0 r LL ZNz av)a J N co REVISIONS La r a W O ♦0 V U) V W v+♦aww N Ujr 0 ♦Z V a PROD NO.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 TNMW DJUWMW IRs COPr- Ares D Br RDs8IC11T JfINIClJQ1Yf; LLC. "IS TR7s COPrXtGffT AND OTMrR Arm= Rssrxmw }m DSR or rims DOCVAMM TO TRS ORRJLYIL sm OR PURPOss POR FMCR' rJW )•ERs PRSPIRED. REPRODUCw0im C M&S. 0R IsslydiJ/i1VTs IRs srmmr PROS DRAWN: AE CSECK.' AE M200 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects12018-0262018-026 M200.dwg, M200 HVAC SPECS, 9/28/2018 4:55:25 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x 24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 M200.dwg, M201 HVAC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:55:26 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT v m 0 ti h �1 Data w�D co to ►CV DO M C~/1 Q �'�' a Q I c� Ro eqo o O C4.54 wi lot03 �a 1 INTHONr a. s1 ZN ARMOR781 O r N r W H Q N Q J IL 0 cc 0 z o aCO) a c� 00 Q N r W LU 0 F E- 0 W ca W W> cc W IL cc IL 0 m oJ � Uj Qat F- Ir 0 Omm z 0 a0 V. LL V zNz a J N co Z REVISIONS 0 0 0 PROD N0.:18-024 DATE: 9-28-18 rarsa murmw AM COPr- rllluMMM LLQ sola TBis COMUMT IND OT"A Rrcars MSTR/CTs "m vu OP rBLas DOCUAIRM TO rm ORMUL sm OR PVRPM PDR WMW rBa DSBs P1WAM. REPRODUcriom CBINOts. OR IssICNYBN7s Am slpjmr isojuarrZA DRAWN: AE CHECK.• AE M201 C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 M200.dwg, M201 HVAC DTLS, 9/28/2018 4:55:26 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT C:\Users\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\_2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 E100.dwg, E100 ELEC PLAN, 9/28120184:55:29 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36-00x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT AS E 90.1-2010 AND 2013 8.4.2 UTOMATIC RECEPTACLE CONTROL THE FOL WING SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED: A AT LEAST 50 o OF ALL 125 VOLT, 15 AND 20 AMPERE RECEPTACLES IN OPTE OFF ES, CONFERENCE RO S, ROOMS USED PRIMARILY FOR PRINTING AND/OR OPYIN UNCTIO BREAK ROOMS, CLASSR00 AND INDIVIDUAL WORKSTATIONS B AT LEAST 25% OF BRAN CIRCUIT FEEDERS INSTALLED FOR M DULAR RNITU NOT SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCU TS. THIS CONTROL SHALL FUNCTION N A) A SCHEDULED BASIS USING A TIME- -DAY OPERAT TR L TURNS RECEPTACLES OFF AT SPECIFIC PROGRAMMED TIMES N INDEPE N ROG ED SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR CONTROLLED AREAS OF NO MORE TH 5000 T RE AN ONE FLOOR (THE OCCUPANT SHALL BE ABLE TO MANUALLY OV IDE E C T CE FOR UP TO TWO HOURS); OR B) AN OCCUPANT SENSOR THAT SHALL TU P F H 20 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING A SPACE; OR C) AN AUTOMATED SIGNAL FROM ANO OL LA STEM THAT SHALL TURN RECEPTACLES OFF WITHIN 20 MINUTES AFTER DET I G T EA 1 UNOCCUPIED. ALL CONTROLLED RECEPTA L BE LY M KED TO VISUALLY DIFFERENTIATE THAN FROM UNCONTROLLED P S AND E U RM LY DIS UTED THROUGHOUT THE SPACE. PLUG-IN DEVIC A NOT U 0 CO L ITH SECTIO 8.4.2. EXCEPT] S: RECEPTACLES FO E LLOWIN L NOT U AN AUTOMAT DEVI A) RECEPTACLES S ICALL D EDF EQ ENT REQUIRING CONTINUOUS OPERA N (24 HOURS/DAY, 65 DAYS B) SPACES HERE AN AUTO IC CO D ENDANGER THE SAFETY OR SECURITY OF THE R M OR ILDING OCCUPANTS) n FBC-EC-2017 C405.6.4COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS. C405.6.4.1 DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER, INCLUDING: 1.A SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND 2.FLOOR PLANS INDICATING LOCATION AND AREA SERVED FOR ALL DISTRIBUTION. C405.6.4.2MANUALS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT AN OPERATING MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER. THE MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING: 1.SUBMITTAL DATA STATING EQUIPMENT RATING AND SELECTED OPTIONS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. 2.OPERATION MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ACTIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3.NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AT LEAST ONE QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE EXEM TAMLITE LXPCPIRWEM- SINGLE FACED RED LETTER STRIP LIGHT EXIT EMERG COMBO TAMLITE LXPCP2RWEM- DOUBLE FACED RED LETTER STRIP LIGHT EXIT EMERG COMBO (DOUBLE FACES WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN) EM TAMLITE ESLR3 LED FIXED THERMOPLASTIC EMERGENCY LIGHT FOR A COMPLETE & PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. ALL OTHERS SELECTED BY OWNER AND BUILDER LLyti$ . OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL WIRING DIAGARM Scale: none SPECIFICATIONS - DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.01 PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT COORDINATE SEQUENCING WITH OWNER & OTHER CONTRACTORS. FOR A COMPLETE & PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: ALL ELECTRICAL WORK DEVICES & CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON PLANS WERE TAKEN FROM A SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE SITE VISITATION. THESE PLANS MAY NOT BE ENTIRELY ACCURATE. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, THE LOCAL COUNTY THEY ARE INTENDED TO GIVE THE CONTRACTOR A GENERAL IDEA ELECTRICAL CODE AND POWER COMPANY. ALL OF WHAT EQUIPMENT IS BEING REMOVED, DISCONNECTED OR RETAINED. MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD INSPECTION DEFECTS, & SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITERS' LABEL. 1.03 CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE AND/OR THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. SITE BEFORE BIDDING. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED IN CONTRACT PRICE FOR WORK IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT AND REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 1.04 ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND ANY SUCH CONNECTION SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS LOCATED AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 1.05 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT RECEPTACLE TYPE WITH OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (RANGE, DRYER, ETC.) 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.01 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS: ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL WITH LOCKNUTS AND WIRING DEVICES, SIGNAL EQUIPMENT, EXHAUST FANS, BASEBOARD BUSHINGS, WITH THE EXCEPTION THAT WHERE HEATERS, UNIT HEATERS, ECT. SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE NATIONAL SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR HEATERS, EXHAUST FANS, ETC., ELECTRICAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES, WHICH MUST BE DISCONNECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL BRANCH CIRCUIT RACEWAYS MAY BE (E.M.T.) OR ABANDONMENT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING OR PVC SCHEDULE REMOVE ALL CONDUIT WIRE, BOXES AND FASTENING DEVICES, AS 40. (PVC MAY BE USED BELOW GRADE ONLY.) REQUIRED TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE WITH NEW INSTALLATION. E.M.T. SHALL BE JOINED WITH STEEL COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS. MC CABLE IF ALLOWED BY OWNER 1.02 CONDUCTORS: BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE (#12 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) "THW OR THWN" COPPER (NO ALUMINUM SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE). ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE WIRED WITH COLOR -CODED WIRE WITH THE SAME COLOR USED FOR A PHASE THROUGHOUT. COLOR -CODE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BLACK, PHASE B- RED, PHASE C- BLUE, NEUTRAL- WHITE, GROUND- GREEN. 16200 ELECTRICAL SERVICE SYSTEM 1.01 IN GENERAL, ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, METALLIC CONDUIT, MOTOR FRAMES, PANEL - BOARDS, ETC., SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE GREEN SYSTEM GROUNDING CONDUCTOR RUN FROM THE MAIN SWITCH GROUND TO ALL PANELS AND FROM GROUNDING LUGS ON EACH PANEL TO EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICE AND FIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC RULES OF ARTICLE 250 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL PANELS SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL BAR ISOLATED FROM STANDARD NEUTRAL BAR FOR GROUNDING. 1.02 THE FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ALL ELECTRIC POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION, LIGHTING, BALANCING AND TESTING CONSUMED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. 16300 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1.01 ALL WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. SWITCHES SHALL BE QUIET TYPE. RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE GROUND TERMINAL. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 16400 LIGHTING FIXTURES 1.01 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, AND ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE, HANGERS AND TRIM. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE BID AS SPECIFIED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE AUTO - RESET, CLASS P, ETL, CBM WITH EXTERNAL FUSE AND FUSE HOLDER. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND BALLASTS TO BE ENERGY SAVING TYPE. 1.02 LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE CONTRACTOR SELECTED. SUBMIT CUT SHEETS TO ARCHITECT/OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 1.03 PROVIDE MULTI -GANG BOXES AND COVER PLATES ALL WORK SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH 2014 NEC VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELEC CONDITIONS BEFORE BIDDING VERIFY WITH OWNER SWITCHING CONFIGURATION BEFORE BIDDING VOLTAGE DROP SHALL COMPLY WITH FBC ENERGY CONSERVATION 2017 SECTION C405.6.3 C405.6.3VOLTAGE DROP. THE CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS COMBINED SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM OF 5 PERCENT VOLTAGE DROP TOTAL. EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO BE ON LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL NOT BE ABLE TO BE INTERRUPTED BY ACCIDENTALLY OPENING SWITCH CONTROLLING NORMAL LIGHTING. EITHER AN AUTOMATIC MOTION SENSOR -TYPE LIGHTING SWITCH PER FBC 10006.1.2 EXCEPTION CAN BE USED OR PROVIDE A NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT THAT IS CONNECTED AHEAD OF A WALL SWITCH CIRCUIT SO THAT MINIMAL REQUIRED LIGHT LEVELS CAN BE MAINTAINED IN THE PATHS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION OF MEAN OF EGRESS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS DURING TIME OF OCCUPANCY ANY NEW INTERIOR LIGHTS FORTOILEf ROOM AND JANITOR ROOM LIGHTS SHALL BE ON OCCUPANT SENSOR DEVICE ON AND TIMER OFF. AUTO LIGHTING SHUTOFF -- INTERIOR LIGHTING IN BLDGS LARGER THAN 5000 SF SHALL BE CONTROLLED W/ AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICE TO SHUT OFF BLDG LIGHTING IN ALL NEW RENOVATED SPACES WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF ALL OCCUPANTS LEAVING A SPACE. AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OVERRIDING ANY TIME OF DAY SCHEDULED SHUT OFF CONTROL FOR NO MORE THAN 4 HOURS. LIGHTING FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATION INCLUDING SIGNS SHALL HAVE AUTOMATIC CONTROLS CAPABLE OF TURNING OFF EXTERIOR LIGHTING WHEN SUFFICIENT DAYLIGHT IS AVAILABLE OR WHEN LIGHTING IS NOT REQUIRED DURING NIGHTTIME HOURS. LIGHTING NOT DESIGNED FOR DUSK TO DAWN OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH. LIGHTING DESIGNED FOR DUSK TO DAWN OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCH OR PHOTOSENSOR. _LECTRICAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF SERVICE WITH POWER COMPANY 2. ALL WIRE SHALL BE THW COPPER, UNO. 3. WHERE REQUIRED BY OTHER CODES, SERVICE AND FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER OF EQUAL AMPACITY 4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 5. COORDINATE RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. VERIFY ALL CONDUCTORS AND BREAKERS WITH EQUIP. MANUF. SPECS. 7. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OF SIZE AS REQUIRED BY LOAD AND UNITS. 8. PROVIDE NON -FUSIBLE GENERAL DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES AT A/C EQUIP., & AT PUMPS NOT VISIBLE FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AND AS PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS. 9• PROVIDE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON PLAN AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 10. ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, TRIM, AND APPLIANCES SHALL BE UL OR EQUAL APPROVED. 11. PROVIDE UNPREWIRED PHONE OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON PLANS 12. PROVIDE UNPREWIRED TV OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 13. ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL UTILIZE LOW NOISE, ENERGY SAVING BALLAST AND BULBS ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT AND EXAMINE THE SITE PRIOR ABANDONED CONDUIT SHALL BE CAPPED AT BOTH ENDS. TO CONSTRUCTION TO ASCERTAIN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LIMITS OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. ANY PRESENT FLOOR OUTLETS OCCURRING SHALL BE CAPPED FLUSH C~ � WITH FLOOR. COORDINATE SEQUENCING WITH OWNER & OTHER CONTRACTORS. ALL REMOVED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THIS DEVICES & CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON PLANS WERE TAKEN FROM A CONTRACTOR UNLESS DIRECTED TO DO OTHERWISE BY THE OWNER. SITE VISITATION. THESE PLANS MAY NOT BE ENTIRELY ACCURATE. THEY ARE INTENDED TO GIVE THE CONTRACTOR A GENERAL IDEA WHERE WORK BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (WALL REMOVAL, NEW OF WHAT EQUIPMENT IS BEING REMOVED, DISCONNECTED OR RETAINED. OR RELOCATED WALL OPENING, ETC..) RESULTS IN THE REMOVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD INSPECTION RELOCATION OF REFEEDING OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES OR LIGHTING OF SITE TO DETERMINE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE INSTALLATION FIXTURES, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND AND/OR THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. RECONNECT AS REQUIRED ALL ACTIVE DEVICES SOME TO SUIT CONFLICTING EQUIPMENT. IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT AND MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF REMAINING DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT, THE COVERS ON ALL JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND ANY SUCH CONNECTION SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS LOCATED SHALL BE MARKED WITH A "MAGIC MARKER" TO INDICATE CIRCUIT IN UNFINISHED AREAS. NUMBER & SERVING PANEL OF CONDUCTORS OR SYSTEM CABLES ASSOCIATED WITH EACH BOX. DISCONNECT, REMOVE OR RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT THAT INTERFERES WITH NEW INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR CAN REUSE EXISTING UNDERSLAB CONDUIT IF APPLICABLE THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO PANELS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, FOR PULLING NEW CIRCUIT WIRING. WIRING DEVICES, SIGNAL EQUIPMENT, EXHAUST FANS, BASEBOARD HEATERS, UNIT HEATERS, ECT. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR HEATERS, EXHAUST FANS, ETC., WHICH MUST BE DISCONNECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OR ABANDONMENT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT WIRE, BOXES AND FASTENING DEVICES, AS REQUIRED TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE WITH NEW INSTALLATION. V Nego C~ � �A COIN 1% 03 r w O4 �o �a w R 0 C9 r N r `W Calr Q N Q IL 0 LLZ Q 0 Co r \ ON � r y W W y W W _> >� Op a0 2ZJ Q Q LL 0 m m .500 LL ZNZ ao)a ..1Ncc REVISIONS A A A A 0 0 IL PROJ NO.:18-024 DATE: S-28-18 Cassa su>r M Asa COM- Rraffm ar RUSZG v HAMG MHT, LLC. 2018 rMS COPYWcar AM orA= areata aisr'Rrcrs "m vu of resss Docuiaars rO r= oawzw sm an Pujuvw F" /Ince rear tsar PMPAMM. asrRODvcrloxs, cauvcss, oR �sstosoaara ues sr�crzr DRAWN. AE CHECK.• AE E200 CAUsers\Tony HP Laptop\Dropbox\--2018 Projects\2018-026\2018-026 E200.dwg, E200 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, 9/28/2018 4:55:32 AM, Tony HP Laptop, AutoCAD PDF (High Quality Print).pc3, ARCH full bleed D (36.00 x24.00 Inches), 1:1, COPYRIGHT EDESIGN LLC 2018, ISSUE FOR PERMIT